Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
2011 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual M
In Brief ...... 1-1 Storage ...... 4-1 Climate Controls ...... 8-1 Instrument Panel ...... 1-2 Storage Compartments ...... 4-1 Climate Control Systems ...... 8-1 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-8 Air Vents ...... 8-10 Vehicle Features ...... 1-25 Instruments and Controls . . . . 5-1 Performance and Controls ...... 5-2 Driving and Operating ...... 9-1 Maintenance ...... 1-32 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Driving Information ...... 9-2 Indicators ...... 5-11 Starting and Operating ...... 9-31 Keys, Doors and Windows . . . 2-1 Information Displays ...... 5-32 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-40 Keys and Locks ...... 2-2 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-41 Automatic Transmission ...... 9-42 Doors ...... 2-9 Vehicle Personalization ...... 5-50 Manual Transmission ...... 9-48 Vehicle Security...... 2-11 Universal Remote System . . . . 5-58 Drive Systems ...... 9-50 Exterior Mirrors ...... 2-14 Brakes ...... 9-63 Interior Mirrors ...... 2-17 Lighting ...... 6-1 Ride Control Systems ...... 9-67 Windows ...... 2-18 Exterior Lighting ...... 6-1 Cruise Control ...... 9-69 Roof ...... 2-20 Interior Lighting ...... 6-8 Object Detection Systems . . . . 9-72 Lighting Features ...... 6-9 Fuel ...... 9-79 Seats and Restraints ...... 3-1 Towing...... 9-85 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Infotainment System ...... 7-1 Introduction ...... 7-1 Conversions and Front Seats ...... 3-3 Add-Ons ...... 9-117 Rear Seats ...... 3-11 Radio ...... 7-8 Safety Belts ...... 3-12 Audio Players ...... 7-14 Airbag System ...... 3-29 Rear Seat Infotainment ...... 7-36 Child Restraints ...... 3-47 Phone ...... 7-48 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
2011 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual M
Vehicle Care ...... 10-1 Service and Maintenance . . . 11-1 Customer Information ...... 13-1 General Information ...... 10-2 General Information ...... 11-1 Customer Information ...... 13-1 Vehicle Checks ...... 10-4 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-2 Reporting Safety Defects . . . . 13-15 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-41 Recommended Fluids, Vehicle Data Recording and Bulb Replacement ...... 10-43 Lubricants, and Parts ...... 11-8 Privacy...... 13-16 Electrical System ...... 10-47 Maintenance Records ...... 11-12 Index ...... i-1 Wheels and Tires ...... 10-55 Jump Starting ...... 10-94 Technical Data ...... 12-1 Towing...... 10-99 Vehicle Identification ...... 12-1 Appearance Care ...... 10-104 Vehicle Data ...... 12-2 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
Introduction iii
Please refer to the purchase Canadian Vehicle Owners documentation relating to your specific vehicle to confirm each of Propriétaires Canadiens the features found on your vehicle. A French language copy of this For vehicles first sold in Canada, manual can be obtained from your substitute the name “General dealer or from: Motors of Canada Limited” for The names, logos, emblems, Chevrolet Motor Division wherever On peut obtenir un exemplaire de slogans, vehicle model names, it appears in this manual. ce guide en français auprès du and vehicle body designs appearing ® concessionnaire ou à l'adresse in this manual including, but not If the vehicle has the Duramax suivante: limited to, GM, the GM logo, diesel engine, see the Duramax CHEVROLET, the CHEVROLET diesel supplement for additional and Helm, Incorporated Emblem, SILVERADO, and Z71 specific information on this engine. P.O. Box 07130 Detroit, MI 48207 are trademarks and/or service If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the marks of General Motors LLC, its hybrid supplement for more 1-800-551-4123 subsidiaries, affiliates, or licensors. information. Numéro de poste 6438 de This manual describes features that langue française Keep this manual in the vehicle for www.helminc.com may or may not be on your specific quick reference. vehicle either because they are options that you did not purchase or due to changes subsequent to the printing of this owner manual.
Litho in U.S.A. Part No. 25965913 C Third Printing © 2011 General Motors LLC. All Rights Reserved. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
iv Introduction
Using this Manual Symbols { WARNING To quickly locate information The vehicle has components and about the vehicle, use the Index These mean there is something labels that use symbols instead of in the back of the manual. It is an that could hurt you or other text. Symbols are shown along with alphabetical list of what is in the people. the text describing the operation or manual and the page number information relating to a specific where it can be found. component, control, message, Notice: This means there is gauge, or indicator. something that could result in Danger, Warnings, and property or vehicle damage. M : This symbol is shown when Cautions This would not be covered by you need to see your owner manual the vehicle's warranty. for additional instructions or Warning messages found on vehicle information. labels and in this manual describe hazards and what to do to avoid or * : This symbol is shown when reduce them. you need to see a service manual for additional instructions or Danger indicates a hazard with a information. high level of risk which will result in serious injury or death. Warning or Caution indicates a A circle with a slash through it is a hazard that could result in injury safety symbol which means “Do or death. Not,”“Do not do this,” or “Do not let this happen.” Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
Introduction v
Vehicle Symbol Chart " : Charging System : : Oil Pressure Here are some additional symbols I : Cruise Control g : Outside Power Foldaway that may be found on the vehicle B : Engine Coolant Temperature Mirrors and what they mean. For more } information on the symbol, refer to O : Exterior Lamps : Power the Index. / # : Fog Lamps : Remote Vehicle Start 0 : Adjustable Pedals > . : Fuel Gauge : Safety Belt Reminders : Airbag Readiness Light 9 + : Fuses 7 : Tire Pressure Monitor : Air Conditioning _ # 3 : Headlamp High/Low-Beam : Tow/Haul Mode ! : Antilock Brake System (ABS) Changer F : Traction Control % : Audio Steering Wheel Controls j : LATCH System Child M : Windshield Washer Fluid or OnStar® Restraints $ : Brake System Warning Light * : Malfunction Indicator Lamp Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
vi Introduction
2 NOTES Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
In Brief 1-1
Sensing System for Driver Information In Brief Passenger Airbag ...... 1-15 Center (DIC) ...... 1-28 Mirror Adjustment ...... 1-16 Rear Vision Steering Wheel Camera (RVC) ...... 1-30 Instrument Panel Adjustment ...... 1-17 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 1-30 Instrument Panel (Base/Uplevel Throttle and Brake Pedal Power Outlets ...... 1-30 Version) ...... 1-2 Adjustment ...... 1-17 Universal Remote System . . . 1-31 Instrument Panel (Premium Interior Lighting ...... 1-17 Sunroof ...... 1-31 Version) ...... 1-6 Exterior Lighting ...... 1-18 Performance and Maintenance Initial Drive Information Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . 1-19 ® Climate Controls ...... 1-20 StabiliTrak System ...... 1-32 Initial Drive Information ...... 1-8 Tire Pressure Monitor ...... 1-33 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Transmission ...... 1-22 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 1-23 Engine Oil Life System ...... 1-33 System ...... 1-8 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 1-34 Remote Vehicle Start ...... 1-8 Vehicle Features Driving for Better Fuel Door Locks ...... 1-9 Radio(s) ...... 1-25 Economy ...... 1-34 Windows ...... 1-9 Satellite Radio ...... 1-26 Roadside Assistance Seat Adjustment ...... 1-10 Portable Audio Devices ...... 1-26 Program ...... 1-34 Memory Features ...... 1-13 Bluetooth® ...... 1-27 OnStar® ...... 1-35 Heated Seats ...... 1-14 Steering Wheel Controls . . . . . 1-27 Head Restraint Cruise Control ...... 1-28 Adjustment ...... 1-14 Navigation System ...... 1-28 Safety Belts ...... 1-15 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
1-2 In Brief
Instrument Panel Instrument Panel (Base/Uplevel Version) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
In Brief 1-3
A. Air Vents on page 8‑10. F. Shift Lever. See Automatic I. Integrated Trailer Brake Transmission on page 9 42. Controller (If Equipped). See B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. ‑ See Turn and Lane-Change Tow/Haul Selector Button (If Trailer Towing on page 9‑89. Signals on page 6‑6. Equipped). See Tow/Haul Mode J. Exterior Lamp Controls on Windshield Wiper/Washer on on page 9‑46. page 6‑1. page 5‑4. Range Selection Mode (Allison K. Data Link Connector (DLC) ® C. Driver Information Center (DIC) Transmission and Hydra-Matic (Out of View). See Malfunction Buttons. See Driver Information 6‐Speed Button) (If Equipped). Indicator Lamp on page 5‑24. See Manual Mode on Center (DIC) on page 5‑32. L. Hood Release. See Hood on page 9‑45. D. Hazard Warning Flashers on page 10‑5. G. Infotainment on page 7 1. page 6‑5 (Out of View). ‑ M. Parking Brake on page 9‑64. H. Instrument Panel Storage on E. Instrument Cluster on N. Dome Lamps on page 6‑8. page 5 12. page 4‑1. ‑ Fog Lamps on page 6‑6 (If Equipped). Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
1-4 In Brief
O. Cruise Control on page 9‑69. U. StabiliTrak® System on W. Climate Control Systems (with P. Steering Wheel Adjustment on page 9‑67 (If Equipped). Air Conditioning) on page 8‑1 or Climate Control Systems (with page 5‑2. Ultrasonic Parking Assist on Heater Only) on page 8 4 (If page 9‑72 (If Equipped). ‑ Q. Horn on page 5‑4. Equipped). R. Steering Wheel Controls on Pedal Adjust Button (If Equipped). See Adjustable Dual Automatic Climate Control page 5‑2 (If Equipped). Throttle and Brake Pedal on System on page 8‑5 (If Equipped). S. Automatic Transfer Case page 9‑31. Control (If Equipped). See X. Power Take Off (PTO) Control Four-Wheel Drive on Exhaust Brake (If Equipped). See Brakes in the Duramax (If Equipped). See Power Take page 10‑34. “ ” diesel supplement. Off (PTO) in the Duramax diesel T. Ashtray (If Equipped). See supplement. V. Power Outlets on page 5‑9. Ashtrays on page 5‑11 and Y. Passenger Airbag Off Control (If Cigarette Lighter on page 5‑10. Equipped). See Airbag On-Off Switch on page 3‑37. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
In Brief 1-5
2 NOTES Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
1-6 In Brief
Instrument Panel (Premium Version) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)
In Brief 1-7
A. Air Vents on page 8‑10. J. Integrated Trailer Brake Dual Automatic Climate Control Controller (If Equipped). See System on page 8 5 B. Turn and Lane‐Change Lever. ‑ See Turn and Lane-Change Trailer Towing on page 9‑89. (If Equipped). Signals on page 6‑6. K. Dome Lamps on page 6‑8. U. Power Outlets on page 5‑9. Windshield Wiper/Washer on L. Automatic Transfer Case Cigarette Lighter (If Equipped). page 5‑4. Control (If Equipped). See See Ashtrays on page 5‑11 and Four-Wheel Drive on C. Instrument Cluster on Cigarette Lighter on page 5‑10. page 10‑34. ® page 5‑12. M. Data Link Connector (DLC) V. StabiliTrak System on D. Hazard Warning Flashers on (Out of View). See Malfunction page 9‑67 (If Equipped). page 6‑5 (Out of View). Indicator Lamp on page 5‑24. Pedal Adjust Button (If E. Shift Lever. See Automatic N. Hood Release. See Hood on Equipped). See Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on Transmission on page 9‑42. page 10‑5. page 9‑31. Range Selection Mode O. Parking Brake on page 9‑64. (If Equipped). See Manual Ultrasonic Parking Assist on P. Cruise Control on page 9‑69. page 9 72 (If Equipped). Mode on page 9‑45. ‑ Q. Steering Wheel Adjustment on F. Tow/Haul Mode on page 9 46 Exhaust Brake (If Equipped). ‑ page 5‑2. (If Equipped). See “Brakes” in the Duramax R. Horn on page 5‑4. diesel supplement. G. Driver Information Center (DIC) S. Steering Wheel Controls on Buttons. See Driver Information W. Passenger Airbag Off Control page 5‑2. (If Equipped). See Airbag Center (DIC) on page 5‑32. T. Climate Control Systems (with On-Off Switch on page 3‑37. H. Infotainment on page 7‑1. Air Conditioning) on page 8‑1 or Climate Control Systems (with I. Exterior Lamp Controls on Heater Only) on page 8‑4 (If page 6‑1. Equipped). Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)
1-8 In Brief
Initial Drive See Keys on page 2‑2 and Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) System Information Operation on page 2‑3. This section provides a brief overview about some of the Remote Vehicle Start important features that may or may With this feature the engine can be not be on your specific vehicle. started from outside of the vehicle. For more detailed information, refer Starting the Vehicle to each of the features which can be found later in this owner manual. 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the vehicle. Remote Keyless Entry 2. Press Q. (RKE) System K : Press to unlock the driver door. 3. Immediately after completing Press K again within three seconds The RKE transmitter is used to Step 2, press and hold / until to unlock all remaining doors. remotely lock and unlock the doors the turn signal lamps flash. from up to 60 m (195 ft) away from Q : Press to lock all doors. Lock the vehicle. and unlock feedback can be When the vehicle starts, the parking personalized. See Vehicle lamps will turn on and remain on as Personalization (with DIC Buttons) long as the engine is running. The doors will be locked and the climate on page 5‑50. control system may come on. L : Press and release to locate the vehicle. Press L and hold for more than two seconds to sound the panic alarm. Press L again to cancel the panic alarm. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)
In Brief 1-9
The engine will continue to run for Door Locks Windows 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a 10-minute time extension. Remote There are several ways to lock and Turn the hand crank on each door start can be extended only once. unlock the vehicle. to manually raise or lower the manual windows. Canceling a Remote Start From outside, use the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or Power Windows To cancel a remote start: the key in the driver door. From . Aim the RKE transmitter at inside, use the power door locks or the vehicle and press and the manual door locks. To lock or / unlock the door with the manual hold until the parking locks, push down or pull up on the lamps turn off. manual lock knob. . Turn on the hazard warning flashers. Power Door Locks If available, these switches are on . Turn the ignition on and then back off. the front doors. K See Remote Vehicle Start on : Press to unlock the doors. page 2‑5. Q : Press to lock the doors. Crew Cab Shown See Door Locks on page 2‑7. If available, the power window switches are located on each of the side doors in the front and rear. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)
1-10 In Brief
The driver door has a switch for the Power Sliding Rear Window Seat Adjustment passenger window and rear windows. Manual Seats Push the switch to lower the window. Pull the switch up to raise it. For more information, see: . Windows on page 2‑18. . Power Windows on page 2‑18.
On vehicles with a power sliding rear window, the switch is located in the overhead console. See Rear To adjust the seat: Windows on page 2‑19. 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. The power sliding rear window cannot be operated manually. 2. Slide the seat to the desired position and release the bar. . Push to open the window. 3. Try to move the seat back and . Pull to close the window. forth to be sure the seat is locked in place. See Seat Adjustment on page 3‑3 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)
In Brief 1-11
Power Seats . If available, raise or lower the Power Lumbar entire seat by moving the entire control up or down. See Power Seat Adjustment on page 3‑5 for more information. Lumbar Adjustment Manual Lumbar
To adjust a power seat, if equipped: To adjust the power lumbar support, if equipped: . Move the seat forward or . rearward by sliding the control On vehicles with two-way forward or rearward. lumbar, press and hold the top or bottom of the control to . If available, raise or lower the increase or decrease lumbar front or rear part of the seat support. cushion by moving the front or If equipped, increase or decrease rear of the control up or down. manual lumbar support by turning the knob forward or rearward. See Lumbar Adjustment on page 3‑7 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)
1-12 In Brief
. On vehicles with four-way Reclining Seatbacks To return the seatback to the upright lumbar, press and hold the front position: or rear of the control to increase Manual Reclining Seatbacks or decrease lumbar support. To 1. Lift the lever fully without raise or lower the height of the applying pressure to the support, press and hold the top seatback, and the seatback will or bottom of the control. return to the upright position. See Lumbar Adjustment on 2. Push and pull on the seatback to page 3‑7 for more information. make sure it is locked. See Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑8 for more information.
To recline a manual seatback: 1. Lift the lever. 2. Move the seatback to the desired position, and then release the lever to lock the seatback in place. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)
In Brief 1-13
Power Reclining Seatbacks Memory Features Storing Memory Positions To save into memory: 1. Adjust the driver seat and seatback recliner, both outside mirrors, and the throttle and brake pedals, if equipped. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑15 and Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 9‑31 for more information. Not all mirrors and adjustable throttle and brake pedals will have the ability to save and To adjust a power seatback, recall their positions. if equipped: On vehicles with the memory feature, the controls on the driver 2. Press and hold “1” until . Tilt the top of the control door are used to program and recall two beeps sound. rearward to recline. memory settings for the driver seat, 3. Repeat for a second driver . Tilt the top of the control forward outside mirrors, and the adjustable position using “2.” to raise. throttle and brake pedals, if equipped. To recall, press and release “1” See Reclining Seatbacks on or “2.” The vehicle must be in page 3‑8 for more information. P (Park). A single beep will sound. The seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable throttle and brake pedals, if equipped, will move to the position previously stored for the identified driver. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)
1-14 In Brief
See “Memory Seat, Mirrors, and Heated Seats Head Restraint Pedals” under Power Seat Adjustment Adjustment on page 3‑5 and Vehicle Personalization (with DIC Buttons) Do not drive until the head restraints on page 5‑50 for more information. for all occupants are installed and adjusted properly. Easy Exit Driver Seat To achieve a comfortable seating This feature can move the seat position, change the seatback rearward to allow extra room to exit recline angle as little as necessary the vehicle. while keeping the seat and the head B : Press to recall the easy exit restraint height in the proper seat position. The vehicle must be position. in P (Park). For more information see Head See “Memory Seat, Mirrors, and Restraints on page 3‑2 and Seat Pedals” under Power Seat If available, the controls are on the Adjustment on page 3‑3. Adjustment on page 3‑5 and Vehicle driver and passenger doors. Personalization (with DIC Buttons) I : Press to heat the on page 5 50 for more information. ‑ seatback only. J : Press to heat the seat and seatback. See Heated Front Seats on page 3‑10. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)
In Brief 1-15
Safety Belts Sensing System for The passenger airbag status indicator will be visible on the Passenger Airbag overhead console when the vehicle The passenger sensing system, is started. if equipped, turns off the right front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. The driver airbags, seat‐mounted side impact airbags and roof‐rail airbags are not affected by this. If the vehicle has one of the United States indicators pictured in the following illustrations, then the vehicle has a passenger sensing system for the right front passenger position unless Refer to the following sections for important information on how to use there is an airbag off switch located in the glove box. safety belts properly. If there is an airbag off switch, the . Safety Belts on page 3 12. ‑ vehicle does not have a passenger Canada and Mexico . How to Wear Safety Belts sensing system. See Airbag On-Off See Passenger Sensing System on Properly on page 3‑16. Switch on page 3‑37 for more page 3‑40 for important information. . Lap-Shoulder Belt on page 3‑22. information. . Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑56. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)
1-16 In Brief
Mirror Adjustment See Manual Mirrors on page 2‑14 or Interior Mirror Power Mirrors on page 2‑15. Exterior Mirrors Vehicles with a manual rearview If the vehicle has towing mirrors, mirror can be adjusted to see clearly they can be adjusted for a clearer behind the vehicle. Hold the mirror view of the objects behind you. in the center to move it up or Manually pull out the mirror head to down and side to side. To reduce extend it for better visibility when headlamp glare during nighttime towing a trailer. See Trailer-Tow use, push the tab forward for Mirrors on page 2‑14. daytime use and pull it for nighttime use. Power Foldaway Mirrors Vehicles with the automatic dimming To fold the mirrors: feature will automatically reduce 1. Press (C) to fold the mirrors out the glare of lights from behind the to the driving position. vehicle. The dimming feature comes 2. Press (D) to fold the mirrors in to on and the indicator light illuminates Vehicles with outside power mirrors the folded position. each time the vehicle is started. and foldaway mirrors have controls Manual Foldaway Mirrors See Automatic Dimming Rearview located on the driver door. Mirror on page 2‑17 for more Manually fold the mirrors inward 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the information. to prevent damage when going driver or passenger side mirror. through an automatic car wash. 2. Press the arrows on the control To fold, pull the mirror toward the pad to move the mirror up, vehicle. Push the mirror outward, down, right, or left. to return to its original position. 3. Press either (A) or (B) again to See Folding Mirrors on page 2‑15. deselect the mirror. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)
In Brief 1-17
Steering Wheel 3. Release the lever to lock the Press the bottom of the control to Adjustment wheel in place. move the pedals closer to your Do not adjust the steering wheel body. Press the top of the control to while driving. move the pedals away. See Adjustable Throttle and Brake Throttle and Brake Pedal Pedal on page 9‑31. Adjustment Interior Lighting On vehicles with this feature, you can change the position of the Dome Lamps throttle and brake pedals. The dome lamps are located in the overhead console. They come on when any door is opened and turn off after all the doors are closed. The tilt lever is located on the lower Turn the instrument panel left side of the steering column. brightness knob located below the To adjust the steering wheel: The control used to adjust the dome lamp override button, pedals is located on the instrument clockwise to the farthest position to 1. Hold the steering wheel and pull manually turn on the dome lamps. the lever. panel below the climate control system. The dome lamps remain on until the 2. Move the steering wheel up knob is turned counterclockwise. or down. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)
1-18 In Brief
Dome Lamp Override Reading Lamps Exterior Lighting The dome lamp override button is For vehicles with reading lamps in located next to the exterior lamps the overhead console, press the control. button located next to the lamp to turn it on or off. The vehicle may also have reading lamps in other locations. To turn the lamps on or off, press the button located next to the lamp. For more information about interior lamps, see: The exterior lamps control is located . Dome Lamps on page 6‑8. on the instrument panel to the left of the steering wheel. . Reading Lamps on page 6‑9. O : Turns off the automatic . Instrument Panel Illumination headlamps and Daytime Running Control on page 6‑8. Lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp control to the off position again to k : Press the button in and the turn the automatic headlamps or dome lamps remain off when a door DRL back on. is opened. Press the button again to return it to the extended position so that the dome lamps come on when a door is opened. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)
In Brief 1-19
For vehicles first sold in Canada, 5 : Turns on the headlamps, Windshield Wiper/Washer the off position will only work when parking lamps, taillamps, instrument the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). panel lights, roof marker lamps (if AUTO: Automatically turns on the equipped) and license plate lamps. headlamps, parking lamps, For more information, see: taillamps, instrument panel lights, roof marker lamps (if equipped) and . Exterior Lamp Controls on license plate lamps. page 6‑1. ; : Turns on the parking lamps, . Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) taillamps, instrument panel lights, on page 6‑3. 8 : Single wipe, turn to 8, then roof marker lamps (if equipped) and . Fog Lamps on page 6‑6. release. Several wipes, hold the license plate lamps. band on 8 longer. 9 : Turns the windshield wipers off. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)
1-20 In Brief
6 : Turn the band up for more Climate Controls frequent wipes or down for less frequent wipes. These systems control the heating, cooling, and ventilation. 6 : Slow wipes. Climate Control System (With Air Conditioning) ? : Fast wipes. L : Push the paddle at the top of the lever to spray washer fluid on the windshield. See Windshield Wiper/Washer on page 5‑4.
A. Fan Control E. Outside Air B. Temperature Control F. Air Recirculation C. Air Delivery Mode Control G. Rear Window Defogger D. Air Conditioning Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)
In Brief 1-21
Climate Control System (With Heater Only)
A. Fan Control See Climate Control Systems (with B. Temperature Control Air Conditioning) on page 8‑1 or Climate Control Systems (with C. Air Delivery Mode Control Heater Only) on page 8‑4. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)
1-22 In Brief
Dual Automatic Climate Control System Transmission Range Selection Mode
The Range Selection Mode switch, if equipped, is located on the shift lever. To enable the Range Selection feature, move the column shift lever to the M (Manual) A. Driver and Passenger H. Display position. The current range will Temperature Controls I. Power Button appear next to the M. This is the highest attainable range with all B. Fan Control J. Rear Window Defogger lower gears accessible. As an C. AUTO K. Air Conditioning example, when 5 (Fifth) gear is D. Defrost L. PASS (Passenger) selected, 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are available. E. Air Recirculation See Dual Automatic Climate Control F. Outside Air System on page 8‑5. G. Air Delivery Mode Control Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)
In Brief 1-23
Press the plus/minus buttons, Four-Wheel Drive Manual Transfer Case located on the steering column shift lever, to select the desired range of If the vehicle has Four-Wheel Drive, gears for current driving conditions. you can send the engine's driving See Manual Mode on page 9‑45. power to all four wheels for extra traction. While using Range Selection Mode, cruise control and the Tow/Haul Transfer Case Buttons mode can be used. The vehicle will have one of these Grade Braking is not available when three styles of transfer case Range Selection Mode is active. controls. Use these controls to shift See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑46. into and out of the different Four-Wheel Drive modes.
This transfer case shift lever is on the floor to the right of the driver. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)
1-24 In Brief
Electronic Transfer Case Automatic Transfer Case AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel Drive): This setting is ideal for use when road surface traction conditions are variable. 4 m (Four-Wheel High): Use the Four-Wheel-Drive High position when extra traction is needed, such as on snowy or icy roads or in most off-road situations. N (Neutral): Shift the transfer case to Neutral only when towing the vehicle. See Recreational Vehicle Towing on page 10‑99 or Trailer This transfer case knob is located This transfer case knob is located Towing on page 9‑89. next to the steering column. next to the steering column. 4 n (Four-Wheel-Drive Low): This Each transfer case design offers setting sends maximum power to all different drive options. The list four wheels. You might choose below describes the different drive Four-Wheel-Drive Low if you are options that may be available. driving off-road in deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, and while climbing 2 (Two-Wheel-Drive High): This m or descending steep hills. setting is used for driving in most street and highway situations. See Four-Wheel Drive on page 9‑50. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)
In Brief 1-25
Vehicle Features 4 : Press to switch the display between the radio station frequency Radio(s) and the time. While the ignition is off, press this button to display the time. Press to display additional text information related to the current FM-RDS or XM station; or CD, MP3, or WMA song. If information is available during XM, CD, MP3, or WMA playback, the song title information displays on the top line of the display and artist information displays on the bottom line. When information is not available, “NO INFO” displays. For more information about these and other radio features, see Operation on page 7‑2. For vehicles with a Rear Seat Entertainment System (RSE) and Rear Seat Audio System (RSA), see Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3) Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) O System on page 7‑36 and Rear : Press to turn the system on BAND: Press to choose between Seat Audio (RSA) System on and off. Turn to increase or FM, AM, or XM , if equipped. ™ page 7‑46 for more information. decrease the volume. f : Select radio stations. © ¨ : Seek or scan stations. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)
1-26 In Brief
Storing Radio Stations 2. Press H to display HR, MIN, For more information, refer to: A maximum of 36 stations can be MM, DD, and YYYY (hour, . www.xmradio.com or call stored as favorites using the six minute, month, day, and year). 1-800-929-2100 (U.S.) softkeys located below the radio 3. Press the softkey located under . www.xmradio.ca or call station frequency tabs and by using any one of the labels to be 1-877-438-9677 (Canada) the radio FAV button. Press FAV changed. to go through up to six pages of See Satellite Radio on page 7‑10. favorites, each having six favorite 4. To increase or decrease the time stations available per page. Each or date, turn f clockwise or Portable Audio Devices counter clockwise. page of favorites can contain any ‐ This vehicle may have an auxiliary combination of AM, FM, or XM For detailed instructions on setting input located on the radio faceplate stations. the clock for the vehicle's specific and a USB port located in the center For more information, see “Storing audio system, see Clock on console or on the dashboard. Radio Stations” in AM-FM Radio on page 5‑7. External devices such as an iPod®, page 7‑8. laptop computer, MP3 player, CD Satellite Radio changer, or USB storage device can Setting the Clock be connected to the auxiliary port XM is a satellite radio service To set the time and date: using a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) input cable based in the 48 contiguous United or the USB port depending on the 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ States and 10 Canadian provinces. audio system. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then XM satellite radio has a wide press O, to turn the radio on. variety of programming and See “Using the Auxiliary Input Jack” commercial-free music, coast to and “Using the USB Port” in coast, and in digital-quality sound. Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑31. A fee is required to receive the XM service. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)
In Brief 1-27
® Bluetooth Steering Wheel Controls b g : Press to silence the vehicle speakers only. Press again to turn For vehicles with a Bluetooth the sound on. Press and hold longer system, it allows users with a than two seconds to interact with Bluetooth enabled cell phone to ‐ OnStar® or Bluetooth systems, make and receive hands-free calls if equipped. using the vehicle’s audio system and controls. + e − e : Press to increase or The Bluetooth‐enabled cell phone decrease volume. must be paired with the Bluetooth c x : Press to reject an system before it can be used in the incoming call, or to end a call. vehicle. Not all phones will support all functions. For more information, SRCE: Press to switch between visit www.gm.com/bluetooth. the radio and CD, and for equipped vehicles, the DVD, front auxiliary, For more information, see Bluetooth If available, some audio controls and rear auxiliary. on page 7‑48. can be adjusted at the steering ¨ : Press to seek the next radio wheel. station, the next track or chapter w / c x : Press to select preset while sourced to the CD or DVD or favorite radio stations, select slot, or to select tracks and folders tracks on a CD/DVD, or to navigate on an iPod or USB device. an iPod or USB device. For more information, see Steering Wheel Controls on page 5‑2. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)
1-28 In Brief
Cruise Control SET − : Press to set the speed and The navigation system provides activate cruise control or make the detailed maps of most major vehicle decelerate. freeways and roads. After a [ : Press to disengage cruise destination has been set, the control without erasing the set system provides turn-by-turn speed from memory. instructions for reaching the destination. In addition, the system See Cruise Control on page 9‑69. can help locate a variety of points of interest (POIs), such as banks, Navigation System airports, restaurants, and more. If the vehicle has a navigation See the navigation system manual system, there is a separate for more information. navigation system manual that includes information on the radio, Driver Information The cruise control buttons are audio players, and navigation Center (DIC) located on the left side of the system. The DIC display is located at the steering wheel. bottom of the instrument panel T : Press to turn the system on cluster. It shows the status of or off. The indicator light is on when many vehicle systems and enables cruise control is on and turns off access to the personalization menu. when cruise control is off. + RES : Press briefly to make the vehicle resume to a previously set speed, or press and hold to accelerate. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)
In Brief 1-29
The compass and outside air Vehicle Customization temperature will also be shown in Some vehicle features can be the display. The temperature will be programmed by using the DIC shown in °C or °F depending on the buttons next to the steering wheel. units selected. These features include: T : Press to display the oil life, . Language units, tire pressure readings for vehicles with the Tire Pressure . Door Lock and Unlock Settings Monitor System (TPMS), trailer . RKE Lock and Unlock Feedback brake gain and output information for vehicles with the Integrated . Lighting Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, . Chime Volume The DIC buttons are located on the engine hours, compass zone instrument panel, next to the setting, and compass recalibration. . Memory Features steering wheel. U : Press to customize the feature See Vehicle Personalization (with Some vehicles do not have the settings on your vehicle. See DIC Buttons) on page 5‑50. buttons shown, however some of Vehicle Personalization (with DIC the menus can be viewed by using Buttons) on page 5‑50 for more the trip odometer reset stem. information. 3 : Press to display the V : Press to set or reset certain odometer, trip odometer, fuel range, functions and to turn off or average economy, fuel used, timer, acknowledge messages on the DIC. instantaneous economy and Active For more information, see Driver Fuel Management™ indicator, Information Center (DIC) on and transmission temperature. page 5‑32. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)
1-30 In Brief
Rear Vision Ultrasonic Parking Assist Power Outlets Camera (RVC) If available, Ultrasonic Rear Parking Accessory power outlets can be If available, the rear vision camera Assist (URPA) uses sensors on the used to plug in electrical equipment, displays a view of the area behind rear bumper to detect objects while such as a cell phone, MP3 the vehicle when the vehicle is parking the vehicle. URPA comes player, etc. shifted into R (Reverse). This is on automatically when the shift lever The vehicle may have two displayed on the inside rearview is moved into R (Reverse) and accessory power outlets located mirror or the navigation screen, operates at speeds less than 8 km/h below the climate control system, if equipped. (5 mph). URPA uses audio beeps to or may have one accessory power provide distance and system outlet and one cigarette lighter. The To clean the camera lens, located in information. the bezel for the tailgate handle, cigarette lighter is designed to fit rinse it with water and wipe it with a Keep the sensors on the vehicle's only in the receptacle closest to the soft cloth. rear bumper clean to ensure proper driver. operation. For more information, see Rear There may be another accessory Vision Camera (RVC) on page 9‑74. The system can be disabled by power outlet in the rear cargo area. pressing the rear park aid disable If the vehicle has a floor console, button located next to the radio. there is an accessory power outlet See Ultrasonic Parking Assist on inside the storage bin and one on the rear of the floor console. page 9‑72 for more information. The accessory power outlets are powered, even when the ignition is in LOCK/OFF. Continuing to use power outlets while the ignition is in LOCK/OFF may cause the vehicle's battery to run down. See Power Outlets on page 5‑9. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)
In Brief 1-31
Universal Remote System Sunroof Open: From the vent position, press and hold the rear of the switch Extended Cab to open the sunroof. Close: Press and hold the front of the switch to close the sunroof. The sunroof also has a roller sunshade that can be used to block the rays of the sun. To open the This system provides a way to sunshade, press and unlatch it, and replace up to three remote control roll it back. To close, pull it forward transmitters used to activate and latch it into the closed position. devices such as garage door openers, security systems, and home automation devices. Read the instructions completely before attempting to program the The sunroof switch is located on the transmitter. Because of the steps headliner above the rearview mirror. involved, it may be helpful to have another person assist with Vent: From the closed position, programming the transmitter. press and hold the rear of the switch to vent the sunroof. See Universal Remote System on page 5‑58. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)
1-32 In Brief
Crew Cab Manual-Open/Manual-Close: To Performance and open the sunroof, press and hold the rear of the driver side switch Maintenance (A) until the sunroof reaches the desired position. Press and hold the StabiliTrak® System front of the driver side switch to close it. If equipped, the vehicle has a traction control system that limits Express-Open/Express-Close: wheel spin and the StabiliTrak To express-open the sunroof, fully system that assists with directional press and release the rear of the control of the vehicle in difficult driver side switch (B) until the driving conditions. Both systems sunroof reaches the desired turn on automatically every time the position. To express-close the vehicle is started. sunroof, fully press and release the A. Open or Close front of the driver side switch. Press . To turn off traction control, press and release 5 on the instrument B. Vent the switch again to stop it. panel. F illuminates and the There are two sunroof switches The sunroof also has a sunshade that you can pull forward to block appropriate DIC message located in the overhead console displays. See Ride Control above the rearview mirror. the rays of the sun. The sunshade must be opened and closed System Messages on page 5‑46. Vent: From the closed position, manually. press the rear of the passenger side switch (B) to vent the sunroof. See Sunroof (Extended Cab) on page 2‑20 or Sunroof (Crew Cab) on page 2‑21. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)
In Brief 1-33
. To turn off both traction control warning light comes on, stop as Engine Oil Life System and StabiliTrak, press and hold soon as possible and inflate the 5 until F illuminates and the tires to the recommended pressure The engine oil life system calculates appropriate DIC message shown on the Tire and Loading engine oil life based on vehicle use displays. See Ride Control Information label. See Vehicle Load and, on most vehicles, displays a System Messages on page 5‑46. Limits on page 9‑22. The warning DIC message when it is necessary light will remain on until the tire to change the engine oil and filter. . Press and release 5 again to pressure is corrected. The oil life system should be reset turn on both systems. to 100% only following an oil During cooler conditions, the low tire For more information, see change. pressure warning light may appear StabiliTrak® System on page 9 67. ‑ when the vehicle is first started and Resetting the Oil Life System Tire Pressure Monitor then turn off. This may be an early To reset the Engine Oil Life System indicator that the tire pressures are on most vehicles: This vehicle may have a Tire getting low and the tires need to be Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). inflated to the proper pressure. 1. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING on the DIC. If the vehicle does The TPMS does not replace normal not have DIC buttons, the monthly tire maintenance. It is the vehicle must be in P (Park) to driver’s responsibility to maintain access this display. correct tire pressures. 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET See Tire Pressure Monitor System button on the DIC, or the trip on page 10‑65. odometer reset stem if the The TPMS warning light alerts you vehicle does not have DIC to a significant loss in pressure of buttons, for more than one of the vehicle's tires. If the five seconds. The oil life will change to 100%. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)
1-34 In Brief
On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life Driving for Better Fuel . Replace the vehicle's tires with System can be reset as follows: the same TPC Spec number Economy molded into the tire's sidewall 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with near the size. the engine off. Driving habits can affect fuel mileage. Here are some driving tips . Follow recommended scheduled 2. Fully press the accelerator pedal to get the best fuel economy maintenance. slowly three times within possible. five seconds. . Avoid fast starts and accelerate Roadside Assistance 3. Display OIL LIFE REMAINING smoothly. Program on the DIC. If the display shows 100%, the system is reset. . Brake gradually and avoid U.S.: 1-800-243-8872 abrupt stops. See Engine Oil Life System on TTY Users (U.S.): 1-888-889-2438 . Avoid idling the engine for long page 10‑12. periods of time. Canada: 1-800-268-6800 Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . When road and weather Mexico: 01-800-466-0800 conditions are appropriate, use As the owner of a new Chevrolet, Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge cruise control. you are automatically enrolled in the and a yellow fuel cap can use either Roadside Assistance program. unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel . Always follow posted speed containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). limits or drive more slowly when See Roadside Assistance Program See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on conditions require. (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or page 9‑81. For all other vehicles, . Keep vehicle tires properly Roadside Assistance Program use only the unleaded gasoline inflated. (Mexico) on page 13‑9 for more described under Recommended information. . Fuel on page 9‑79. Combine several trips into a single trip. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)
In Brief 1-35
Roadside Assistance and OnStar OnStar® How OnStar Service Works (U.S. and Canada) Q : Push this blue button to If you have an active OnStar connect to a specially trained subscription, press the Q button OnStar Advisor to verify your and the current GPS location will be account information and to answer sent to an OnStar advisor who will questions. assess your problem, contact ] : Push this red emergency Roadside Assistance, and relay button to get priority help from your exact location to get the help For vehicles with an active OnStar specially trained OnStar Emergency you need. subscription, OnStar uses several Advisors. innovative technologies and live Online Owner Center X : Push this button for hands‐free, Advisors to provide a wide range of (U.S. and Canada) voice‐activated calling and to give safety, security, navigation, voice commands for Hands‐Free The Online Owner Center is a diagnostics, and calling services. complimentary service that includes Calling and Turn‐by‐Turn online service reminders, vehicle Automatic Crash Response Navigation. maintenance tips, online owner In a crash, built‐in sensors manual, special privileges, automatically alert an OnStar and more. Advisor who is immediately Sign up today at: connected to the vehicle to see if www.chevyownercenter.com you need help. (U.S.) or www.gm.ca (Canada). Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)
1-36 In Brief
Automatic Crash Response, OnStar service requires wireless OnStar service may not work if the Emergency Services, Crisis Assist, communication networks and the OnStar equipment is not properly Stolen Vehicle Assistance, Vehicle Global Positioning System (GPS) installed or you have not maintained Diagnostics, Remote Door Unlock, satellite network. Not all OnStar it even if the vehicle is in good Roadside Assistance, Turn‐by‐Turn services are available everywhere working order and in compliance Navigation, and Hands‐Free Calling or on all vehicles at all times. with all government regulations. are available on most vehicles. Not OnStar service cannot work unless If you try to add, connect, or modify all OnStar services are available on the vehicle is in a place where any equipment or software in the all vehicles. For more information, OnStar has an agreement with a vehicle, OnStar service may not see the OnStar Owner's Guide; wireless service provider for service work. Other problems beyond visit www.onstar.com (U.S.) or in that area, and the wireless OnStar's control may prevent www.onstar.ca (Canada); contact service provider has coverage, service to you, such as hills, tall OnStar at 1-888-4-ONSTAR network capacity, reception, and buildings, tunnels, weather, (1‐888‐466‐7827) or TTY technology compatible with OnStar electrical system design and 1‐877‐248‐2080; or push service. Service involving location architecture of the vehicle, damage the Q button to speak with an information about the vehicle cannot to important parts of the vehicle in a OnStar Advisor 24 hours a day, work unless GPS signals are crash, or wireless phone network seven days a week. available, unobstructed, and congestion or jamming. For a full description of OnStar compatible with the OnStar See Radio Frequency Statement on services and system limitations, hardware. The vehicle must have page 13‑18 for information see the OnStar Owner's Guide in a working electrical system and regarding Part 15 of the Federal the glove box. adequate battery power for the Communications Commission (FCC) OnStar equipment to operate. rules and Industry Canada OnStar service is subject to the Standards RSS-210/220/310. OnStar Terms and Conditions included in the OnStar Glove Box Kit. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)
In Brief 1-37
OnStar Steering Wheel Your Responsibility Controls Increase the volume of the radio if This vehicle may have a Talk/Mute the OnStar Advisor cannot be button that can be used to interact heard. with OnStar Hands-Free calling. If the light next to the OnStar See Steering Wheel Controls on buttons is red, the system may page 5‑2 for more information. not be functioning properly. On some vehicles, the Talk button Push Q and request a vehicle can be used to dial numbers into diagnostic check. If the light voice mail systems, or to dial phone appears clear (no light appears), extensions. See the OnStar Owner's your OnStar subscription has Guide for more information. expired and all services have been deactivated. Push Q to confirm that the OnStar equipment is active. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)
1-38 In Brief
2 NOTES Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-1
Doors Interior Mirrors Keys, Doors and Rear Doors Manual Rearview Mirror ...... 2-17 Windows (Extended Cab) ...... 2-9 Automatic Dimming Rearview Tailgate ...... 2-10 Mirror ...... 2-17 Vehicle Security Windows Keys and Locks Vehicle Security ...... 2-11 Windows ...... 2-18 Keys ...... 2-2 Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 2-11 Manual Windows ...... 2-18 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Immobilizer ...... 2-12 Power Windows ...... 2-18 System ...... 2-2 Immobilizer Operation ...... 2-12 Rear Windows ...... 2-19 Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) Sun Visors ...... 2-20 System Operation ...... 2-3 Exterior Mirrors Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-14 Roof Door Locks ...... 2-7 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-14 Sunroof (Extended Cab) . . . . . 2-20 Power Door Locks ...... 2-8 Trailer-Tow Mirrors ...... 2-14 Sunroof (Crew Cab) ...... 2-21 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Power Mirrors ...... 2-15 Automatic Door Locks ...... 2-8 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-15 Lockout Protection ...... 2-8 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-16 Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-17 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
2-2 Keys, Doors and Windows
Keys and Locks If you are locked out of the vehicle, call the Roadside Assistance Center. See Roadside Assistance Keys Program (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or Roadside Assistance { WARNING Program (Mexico) on page 13‑9. Leaving children in a vehicle with Remote Keyless Entry the ignition key is dangerous for many reasons. Children or others (RKE) System could be badly injured or even See Radio Frequency Statement on killed. They could operate the page 13‑18 for information power windows or other controls regarding Part 15 of the Federal The key is used for the ignition and or even make the vehicle move. Communications Commission (FCC) all door locks. The windows will function with the rules and Industry Canada keys in the ignition and children The key has a bar-coded key tag Standards RSS-210/220/310. could be seriously injured or killed that the dealer or qualified locksmith If there is a decrease in the RKE if caught in the path of a closing can use to make new keys. Store operating range: window. Do not leave the keys in this information in a safe place, not in the vehicle. . Check the distance. The a vehicle with children. transmitter may be too far from See your dealer if a replacement the vehicle. key or additional key is needed. . Check the location. Other Notice: If the keys get locked in vehicles or objects may be the vehicle, it may have to be blocking the signal. damaged to get them out. Always carry a spare key. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-3
. Check the transmitter's battery. (Lock): Press to lock all the See Battery Replacement later Q “ ” doors. in this section. If enabled through the Driver . If the transmitter is still not Information Center (DIC), the turn working correctly, see your signal lamps flash once to indicate dealer or a qualified technician locking has occurred. If enabled for service. through the DIC, the horn chirps Remote Keyless Entry when Q is pressed again within three seconds. See Vehicle (RKE) System Operation Personalization (with DIC Buttons) The Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) on page 5‑50 for additional transmitter functions work up to With Remote Start (without information. 60 m (195 ft) away from the vehicle. Remote Start Similar) Pressing Q arms the content theft‐ There are other conditions which / (Remote Vehicle Start): For deterrent system. See Anti-theft can affect the performance of the vehicles with this feature, press / Alarm System on page 2‑11. transmitter. See Remote Keyless to start the engine from outside the K (Unlock): Press once to unlock Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2. vehicle using the RKE transmitter. only the driver door. If K is pressed See Remote Vehicle Start on again within three seconds, all page 2‑5 for additional information. remaining doors unlock. The interior lamps may come on and stay on for 20 seconds or until the ignition is turned on. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
2-4 Keys, Doors and Windows
If enabled through the DIC, the turn Press and hold L for more than When the replacement transmitter signal lamps flash twice to indicate two seconds to activate the panic is programmed to this vehicle, all unlocking has occurred. See Vehicle alarm. The turn signal lamps flash remaining transmitters must also be Personalization (with DIC Buttons) and the horn sounds repeatedly for reprogrammed. Any lost or stolen on page 5‑50. If enabled through the 30 seconds. The alarm turns off transmitters will no longer work DIC, the exterior lights may turn on. when the ignition is moved to once the new transmitter is See Approach Lighting under programmed. Each vehicle can “ ” ON/RUN or is pressed again. Vehicle Personalization (with DIC L have up to eight transmitters The ignition must be in LOCK/OFF Buttons) on page 5‑50. programmed to it. See your dealer for the panic alarm to work. for transmitter programming. Pressing K on the RKE transmitter Programming Transmitters to disarms the content theft deterrent Battery Replacement ‐ the Vehicle system. See Anti-theft Alarm Replace the battery if the REPLACE System on page 2‑11. Only RKE transmitters programmed BATTERY IN REMOTE KEY L (Vehicle Locator/Panic to this vehicle will work. If a message displays in the DIC. transmitter is lost or stolen, a Alarm): Press and release to Notice: When replacing the locate the vehicle. The turn signal replacement can be purchased and programmed through your dealer. battery, do not touch any of the lamps flash and the horn sounds circuitry on the transmitter. Static three times. from your body could damage the transmitter. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-5
3. Insert the new battery, positive During a remote start, if the vehicle side facing down. Replace with a has an automatic climate control CR2032 or equivalent battery. system and heated seats, the 4. Snap the transmitter back heated seats will turn on during together. colder outside temperatures and will shut off when the key is turned to ON/RUN. If the vehicle does not Remote Vehicle Start have an automatic climate control If available, this feature allows you system, during remote start, to start the engine from outside of manually turn the heated seats on the vehicle. It may also start up the and off. See Heated Front Seats on vehicle's heating or air conditioning page 3‑10 for additional information. systems and rear window defogger. To replace the battery: Laws in some communities may Normal operation of the system will restrict the use of remote starters. 1. Separate the transmitter with a return after the key is turned to the For example, some laws may flat, thin object, such as a flat ON/RUN position. require a person using the remote head screwdriver. If the vehicle has an automatic start to have the vehicle in view . Carefully insert the tool into climate control system, the climate when doing so. Check local the notch located along the control system will default to a regulations for any requirements on parting line of the heating or cooling mode depending remote starting of vehicles. transmitter. Do not insert on the outside temperatures. If the Do not use the remote start feature the tool too far. Stop as vehicle does not have an automatic if the vehicle is low on fuel. The soon as resistance is felt. climate control system, the system vehicle may run out of fuel. . Twist the tool until the will turn on at the setting the vehicle transmitter is separated. was set to when the vehicle was last turned off. 2. Remove the old battery. Do not use a metal object. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
2-6 Keys, Doors and Windows
If the vehicle has the remote start 3. Immediately press and hold / To cancel a remote start: feature, the RKE transmitter until the turn signal lamps flash. . Aim the RKE transmitter at the functions will have an increased If you cannot see the vehicle's / range of operation. However, the vehicle and press and hold lamps, press and hold / for range may be less while the vehicle until the parking lamps turn off. two to four seconds. is running. . Turn on the hazard warning There are other conditions which When the vehicle starts, the flashers. parking lamps will turn on and can affect the performance of the . Turn the ignition on and then transmitter. See Remote Keyless remain on while the vehicle is running. The doors will be back off. Entry (RKE) System on page 2‑2 for additional information. locked and the climate control The vehicle can be remote started system may come on. two separate times between driving / (Remote Start): This button will The engine will continue to run sequences. The engine will run for be on the RKE transmitter if the 10 minutes after each remote start. vehicle has remote start. for 10 minutes. Repeat the steps for a 10-minute time extension. Or, you can extend the engine run To start the vehicle using the remote Remote start can be extended time by another 10 minutes within start feature: only once. the first 10 minute remote start time 1. Aim the RKE transmitter at the After entering the vehicle during a frame, and before the engine stops. vehicle. remote start, insert and turn the key For example, if Q and then / are to ON/RUN to drive the vehicle. 2. Press Q. pressed again after the vehicle has been running for 5 minutes, 10 minutes are added, allowing the engine to run for 15 minutes. The additional 10 minutes are considered a second remote vehicle start. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-7
Once two remote starts, or a single Door Locks remote start with one time extension WARNING (Continued) has been done, the vehicle must be started with the key. After the key { WARNING injuries or even death from heat stroke. Always lock the is removed from the ignition, the Unlocked doors can be vehicle can be remote started again. vehicle whenever leaving it. dangerous. . The vehicle cannot be remote Outsiders can easily enter . Passengers, especially started if the key is in the ignition, through an unlocked door children, can easily open the the hood is not closed, or if there when you slow down or stop doors and fall out of a moving is an emission control system the vehicle. Locking the doors vehicle. When a door is malfunction and the check engine can help prevent this from locked, the handle will not light is on. happening. open it. The chance of being Also, the engine will turn off during a thrown out of the vehicle in a remote vehicle start if the coolant crash is increased if the There are several ways to lock and temperature gets too high or if the doors are not locked. So, all unlock the vehicle. oil pressure gets low. passengers should wear From outside, use the Remote safety belts properly and the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter or Remote Start Ready doors should be locked the key in the driver door. If the vehicle does not have the whenever the vehicle is From inside, use the power door remote vehicle start feature, it may driven. locks or manual door locks. To lock have the remote start ready feature. . Young children who get into or unlock the door with the manual This feature allows your dealer to unlocked vehicles may be locks, push down or pull up on the add the manufacturer's remote unable to get out. A child can manual lock knob. vehicle start feature. be overcome by extreme heat See your dealer to add the and can suffer permanent manufacturer's remote vehicle (Continued) start feature to the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)
2-8 Keys, Doors and Windows
Power Door Locks and a door is open, the doors will Lockout Protection lock five seconds after the last door With power door locks, the switches is closed. You will hear three chimes If the driver side power door lock on the front doors can be used to to signal that the delayed locking switch is pressed when the driver lock and unlock the vehicle. feature is in use. door is open and the key is in the ignition, all of the doors will lock and Pressing the power lock switch then the driver door will unlock. twice will override the delayed locking feature and immediately lock If the passenger side power door all the doors. lock switch is pressed when the front passenger door is open and This feature will not operate if the the key is in the ignition, all of the key is in the ignition. doors will lock and then the front This feature can be programmed passenger door will unlock. using the Driver Information Center (DIC). See “Delay Door Safety Locks Lock under Vehicle Personalization ” The vehicle has rear door security (with DIC Buttons) on page 5 50. ‑ locks to prevent passengers from Automatic Door Locks opening the rear doors from the K (Unlock): Press to unlock the inside. doors. The vehicle may have an automatic lock/unlock feature. This feature can Q (Lock): Press to lock the doors. be programmed using the Driver Information Center (DIC). See Delayed Locking Vehicle Personalization (with DIC The vehicle may have the delayed Buttons) on page 5‑50 for more locking feature. When locking the information on DIC programming. doors with the power lock switch Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-9
Doors The rear access door must be closed before the front door can Rear Doors close. (Extended Cab)
Open the rear doors to access the security locks on the inside edge of each door. To set the locks, insert a key into the slot and turn it to the horizontal To open a rear access door from the position. The door can only be inside, first open the front door. opened from the outside with the To open a rear access door from the Then, use the handle located on the door unlocked. To return the door to outside, first open the front door. inside of the rear access door normal operation, turn the slot to the Then, use the handle located on the to open. vertical position. front edge of the rear access door to open it. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)
2-10 Keys, Doors and Windows
Tailgate Open the tailgate by lifting up on its To remove the tailgate: handle while pulling the tailgate toward you. { WARNING To shut the tailgate, firmly push it It is extremely dangerous to ride upward until it latches. on the tailgate, even when the After you put the tailgate back up, vehicle is operated at low speeds. pull it back towards you to be sure it People riding on the tailgate latches securely. can easily lose their balance and fall in response to vehicle Tailgate Removal maneuvers. Falling from a moving The tailgate can be removed to vehicle may result in serious allow for different loading situations. injuries or death. Do not allow Someone may need to assist with people to ride on the tailgate. Be removal to avoid damage to the sure everyone in your vehicle is in vehicle. 1. Raise the tailgate slightly and release both retaining cable a seat and using a safety belt On vehicles with a Rear Vision properly. clips. To release the retaining Camera, it must be disconnected cable clips, lift the cable so it before removing the tailgate. See points straight out. Lift the clip On vehicles with a lock on the Rear Vision Camera (RVC) on over the bolt, and push the cable tailgate, use the key to lock or page 9‑74 for more information. forward then rotate down. unlock the tailgate. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-11
2. With the tailgate about halfway Vehicle Security If the delayed locking feature is open, lift the right edge of the active, the alarm will not be tailgate from the lower pivot. This vehicle has theft-deterrent activated until all doors are features; however, they do not make On vehicles with the tailgate closed and the security light it impossible to steal. assist feature, raise the tailgate goes off. nearly all the way to the closed 3. Close all doors. The security position prior to removing the Anti-theft Alarm System light will stop flashing and go off left edge. This vehicle may have a content after approximately 30 seconds. 3. Move the tailgate to the right to theft-deterrent alarm system. The system is armed when the release the left edge. security light goes off. Reverse this procedure to reinstall If a locked driver door is opened the tailgate. Make sure the tailgate without using the RKE transmitter, a is secure. 10 second pre-alarm will occur. The horn will chirp and the lights will flash. If the key is not placed in the ignition and turned to START or the This is the security light. door is not unlocked by pressing the unlock button on the RKE To arm the theft-deterrent system: transmitter during the 10 second 1. Open the door. pre-alarm, the alarm will go off. 2. Lock the door with the Remote The vehicle's headlamps will flash Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. and the horn will sound for about The security light should flash. 30 seconds, then will turn off to save the battery power. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)
2-12 Keys, Doors and Windows
The theft-deterrent system will not Testing the Alarm Immobilizer activate if the doors are locked with To test the alarm: the key or the manual door lock. See Radio Frequency Statement on It activates only if you use the 1. Lower the driver window and page 13‑18 for information power door lock switch or the RKE open the driver door. regarding Part 15 of the Federal transmitter. The vehicle can be Communications Commission (FCC) 2. Press lock on the RKE rules and Industry Canada started with the correct key if the transmitter. alarm is set off. Standards RSS-210/220/310. 3. Close the door and wait for the To avoid setting off the alarm by security light to go out. Immobilizer Operation accident: 4. Reach in through the window, This vehicle has PASS-Key® III+ . If you do not want to activate unlock the door with the manual (Personalized Automotive Security the theft-deterrent system, the door lock, and open the door. System) theft-deterrent system. vehicle should be locked with This should set off the alarm. PASS-Key III+ is a passive the door key after the doors are theft-deterrent system. closed. If the alarm does not sound when it should but the headlamps flash, The system is automatically armed . Always unlock a door with the check to see if the horn works. The when the key is removed from the RKE transmitter. horn fuse may be blown. To replace ignition. If the alarm is set off, press unlock the fuse, see Fuses and Circuit The system is automatically on the RKE transmitter or place the Breakers on page 10‑48. disarmed when the key is turned to key in the ignition and turn it to If the alarm does not sound or the ON/RUN, ACC/ACCESSORY, START. headlamps do not flash, see your or START from the LOCK/OFF dealer for service. position. You do not have to manually arm or disarm the system. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-13
The security light will come on if If the engine still does not start, and See your dealer or a locksmith who there is a problem with arming or the key appears to be undamaged, can service PASS-Key III+ to get a disarming the theft-deterrent try another ignition key. At this time, new key blank cut exactly as the system. you may also want to check the ignition key that operates the When the PASS-Key III+ system fuse. See Fuses and Circuit system. senses that someone is using the Breakers on page 10‑48. If the To program the new additional key: wrong key, it prevents the vehicle engine still does not start with the other key, the vehicle needs service. 1. Verify that the new key has from starting. Anyone using a 1 trial-and-error method to start the If the vehicle does start, the first key a stamped on it. may be faulty. See your dealer who vehicle will be discouraged because 2. Insert the original, already of the high number of electrical key can service the PASS-Key III+ to have a new key made. programmed key in the ignition codes. and start the engine. If the If the engine does not start and the It is possible for the PASS-Key III+ engine will not start, see your security light on the instrument decoder to learn the transponder dealer for service. value of a new or replacement key. panel cluster comes on when trying 3. After the engine has started, turn to start the vehicle, there may be a Up to 10 keys may be programmed for the vehicle. The following the key to LOCK/OFF, and problem with the theft-deterrent remove the key. system. Turn the ignition off and try procedure is for programming again. additional keys only. If all the currently programmed keys are lost or do not operate, you must see your dealer or a locksmith who can service PASS-Key III+ to have keys made and programmed to the system. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)
2-14 Keys, Doors and Windows
4. Insert the new key to be Exterior Mirrors Manual Mirrors programmed and turn it to the ON/RUN position within Adjust the outside mirrors for a five seconds of turning the Convex Mirrors clearer view. ignition to the LOCK/OFF Using hood-mounted air deflectors position in Step 3. { WARNING and add-on convex mirror The security light will turn attachments could decrease A convex mirror can make things, mirror performance. off once the key has been like other vehicles, look farther programmed. away than they really are. If you Trailer-Tow Mirrors 5. Repeat Steps 1 through 4 if cut too sharply into the right lane, additional keys are to be you could hit a vehicle on the programmed. right. Check the inside mirror or If you lose or damage your glance over your shoulder before PASS-Key III+ key, see your dealer changing lanes. or a locksmith who can service PASS-Key III+ to have a new The passenger side mirror is convex key made. shaped. A convex mirror's surface is Do not leave the key or device curved so more can be seen from that disarms or deactivates the the driver seat. theft-deterrent system in the vehicle. If the vehicle has towing mirrors, they can be adjusted for a clearer view of the objects behind you. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-15
Manually pull out the mirror head to Power Mirrors 3. Adjust the outside mirror so that extend it for better visibility when the side of the vehicle and the towing a trailer. area behind are seen. The lower portion of the mirror is 4. Press either (A) or (B) again to convex. A convex mirror's surface is deselect the mirror. curved to see more from the driver seat. The convex mirror can be Folding Mirrors adjusted manually to the driver preferred position for better vision. The mirror may have a turn signal arrow that flashes in the direction of the turn or lane change.
Vehicles with outside power mirrors have controls located on the driver door. To adjust each mirror: 1. Press (A) or (B) to select the driver or passenger side mirror. Vehicles with outside power 2. Press the arrows on the control foldaway mirrors have controls on pad to move the mirror up, the driver door. down, right, or left. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)
2-16 Keys, Doors and Windows
Power Foldaway Manual Foldaway Heated Mirrors 1. Press (A) to fold the mirrors out Manually fold the mirrors inward to For vehicles with heated mirrors: to the driving position. prevent damage when going 1 through an automatic car wash. (Rear Window Defogger): 2. Press (B) to fold the mirrors in to Press to heat the mirrors. If the the folded position. To fold, pull the mirror toward the vehicle. Push the mirror outward, to vehicle has a towing mirror, only the Resetting the Power Foldaway return to its original position. upper glass of the mirror is heated. Mirrors The lower convex part of the towing Automatic Dimming mirror is not heated. Reset the power foldaway mirrors if: If equipped with an automatic Depending on the vehicle's features, . The mirrors are accidentally dimming mirror, the driver outside see “Rear Window Defogger” under obstructed while folding. mirror adjusts for the glare of the Climate Control Systems (with Air . They are accidentally manually headlamps behind you. See Conditioning) on page 8‑1 or folded/unfolded. Automatic Dimming Rearview Climate Control Systems (with Mirror on page 2‑17. Heater Only) on page 8‑4 or Dual . The mirrors will not stay in the Automatic Climate Control System unfolded position. Turn Signal Indicator on page 8‑5 for more information. . The mirrors vibrate at normal The vehicle may also have a turn driving speeds. signal indicator on the mirror. An Fold and unfold the mirrors one time arrow on the mirror flashes in the using the mirror controls to reset direction of the turn or lane change. them to their normal position. A popping noise may be heard during the resetting of the power foldaway mirrors. This sound is normal after a manual folding operation. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-17
Park Tilt Mirrors Interior Mirrors The vehicle may also have a Rear Vision Camera (RVC). See Rear If the vehicle has the memory Vision Camera (RVC) on page 9‑74 package, the passenger and/or Manual Rearview Mirror for more information. driver mirror tilts to a preselected Hold the mirror in the center to If the vehicle has RVC, the O button position when the vehicle is in move it for a clearer view of behind R (Reverse). This feature lets the your vehicle. Adjust the mirror to for turning the dimming feature on or driver view the curb when parallel avoid glare from the headlamps off will not be available. parking. The mirror(s) return to the behind you. Push the tab at the Vehicles with OnStar have three original position when the vehicle is bottom of the mirror forward for additional control buttons for the shifted out of R (Reverse), or the daytime use and pull it for OnStar system. See your dealer for ignition is turned off or to nighttime use. more information about OnStar and OFF/LOCK. how to subscribe to it. See the Turn this feature on or off through Automatic Dimming OnStar Owner Guide for more the Driver Information Center (DIC). Rearview Mirror information about the services See Vehicle Personalization (with OnStar provides. DIC Buttons) on page 5‑50 for more The vehicle may have an automatic information. dimming inside rearview mirror. Cleaning the Mirror Automatic dimming reduces the Do not spray glass cleaner directly glare from the headlamps of the on the mirror. Use a soft towel vehicle behind you. The dimming dampened with water. feature comes on and the indicator light illuminates each time the ignition is turned to start. O (On/Off): Press to turn the dimming feature on or off. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)
2-18 Keys, Doors and Windows
Windows Power Windows
{ WARNING { WARNING
Leaving children, helpless adults, Leaving children in a vehicle with or pets in a vehicle with the the keys is dangerous for many windows closed is dangerous. reasons. Children or others could They can be overcome by the be badly injured or even killed. extreme heat and suffer They could operate the power permanent injuries or even death windows or other controls or even from heat stroke. Never leave a make the vehicle move. The child, a helpless adult, or a pet windows will function and they alone in a vehicle, especially with The vehicle aerodynamics are could be seriously injured or killed designed to improve fuel economy the windows closed in warm or if caught in the path of a closing performance. This may result in a hot weather. window. Do not leave keys in a pulsing sound when either rear vehicle with children. window is down and the front windows are up. To reduce the When there are children in the sound, open either a front window rear seat use the window lockout or the sunroof (if equipped). button to prevent unintentional operation of the windows. Manual Windows Turn the hand crank on each door to manually raise or lower the manual windows. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-19
Express-down Windows Rear Windows Vehicles with the express-down Power Sliding Rear Window feature allow the driver and front passenger windows to be lowered without holding the switch. Push the switch down to the second detent, then release, to activate the express-down mode. The express-down mode can be canceled at any time by pulling up on the front of the switch. To open the window partway, push the switch Crew Cab Shown down to the first detent until the If the vehicle has power windows, window is at the desired position. controls are located on each door. Window Lockout The driver door has a switch for the o (Window Lockout): If a crew On vehicles with a power sliding passenger and rear windows as cab or extended cab vehicle has rear window, the switch is located in well. The power windows will work power windows, the driver door the overhead console. when the ignition is in ON/RUN or power window switch has a lockout The power sliding rear window ACC/ACCESSORY, or when feature. This feature prevents the Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is works when the ignition has been rear windows from operating, except turned to ACC/ACCESSORY or active. See Retained Accessory from the driver position. Press the Power (RAP) on page 9‑36. ON/RUN, or when Retained switch to engage or disengage the Accessory Power (RAP) is active. Push the switch down to lower the lockout feature. An indicator light on See Retained Accessory Power window, and pull up the front of the the switch will come on when the (RAP) on page 9‑36 for more switch to raise the window. lockout feature is engaged, and will information. go off when disengaged. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)
2-20 Keys, Doors and Windows
The power sliding rear window Roof The sunroof only operates when the cannot be operated manually. ignition is in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN or the Retained . Push to open the window. Sunroof (Extended Cab) Accessory Power (RAP) is active. . Pull to close the window. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑36 for more Sun Visors information. Vent: From the closed position, press and hold the rear of the switch (B) to vent the sunroof. To close the sunroof, press and hold the front of the switch. Open: From the vent position, the sunroof can be fully opened either manually or by using the express-open feature. To open manually, press the rear of the On vehicles with a sunroof, the switch (A) to the first detent and sunroof switch is located on the hold until the sunroof has reached headliner above the rearview mirror. the desired position. To open using Pull the sun visor down to block express-open, press the rear of the glare. Detach the sun visor from the switch to the second detent and center mount to pivot to the side release. The sunroof will move to window, or to extend along the rod, the full open position. To stop the if available. sunroof partway, press the switch a second time. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)
Keys, Doors and Windows 2-21
Close: From the vent, or open Sunroof (Crew Cab) position, press and hold the front of the switch (A) to close the sunroof. The sunroof also has a roller sunshade that can be used to block the rays of the sun. The roller sunshade can be manually operated with the sunroof in an open or closed position. To open the Dirt and debris may collect on the sunshade, press and unlatch it, and sunroof seal or in the track. This roll it back. To close, pull it forward could cause an issue with sunroof and latch it into the closed position. operation, noise, or plugging the When the sunroof is opened, an air water drainage system. Periodically deflector will automatically raise. open the sunroof and remove any The air deflector will retract when obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the A. Open or Close the sunroof is closed. sunroof seal and roof sealing area B. Vent using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not remove grease from On vehicles with a sunroof, there the sunroof. are two sunroof switches located in the overhead console above the rearview mirror. The sunroof only operates when the ignition is in the ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN or the Retained Accessory Power (RAP) is active. See Retained Accessory Power (RAP) on page 9‑36 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)
2-22 Keys, Doors and Windows
To open or close the sunroof, press To automatically vent or close the the open or close switch (A) to the sunroof, press the vent open or first detent position. close switch (B). To express open or close the When the sunroof is opened, an air sunroof, press the open or close deflector will automatically raise. switch (A) to the second detent The air deflector will retract when position and release. To stop the the sunroof is closed. movement, press the switch again. The sunroof also has a sunshade The sunroof has a comfort stop which can be pulled forward to block Dirt and debris may collect on the feature which stops the sunroof from sun rays. The sunshade must be sunroof seal or in the track. This opening to the full-open position. opened and closed manually. could cause an issue with sunroof From the comfort stop position, If an object is in the path of the operation, noise, or plugging the press the open or close switch (A) a sunroof while it is closing, the water drainage system. Periodically second time to open the sunroof to anti-pinch feature will detect the open the sunroof and remove any the full-open position. object and stop the sunroof. obstacles or loose debris. Wipe the sunroof seal and roof sealing area using a clean cloth, mild soap, and water. Do not remove grease from the sunroof. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-1
Lap Belt (Crew and Child Restraints Seats and Extended Cab) ...... 3-27 Older Children ...... 3-47 Restraints Safety Belt Extender ...... 3-28 Infants and Young Safety System Check ...... 3-28 Children ...... 3-50 Safety Belt Care ...... 3-28 Child Restraint Systems . . . . . 3-52 Head Restraints Replacing Safety Belt System Where to Put the Restraint . . . 3-54 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-29 Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH Front Seats Airbag System System) ...... 3-56 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-3 Airbag System ...... 3-29 Replacing LATCH System Center Seat ...... 3-4 Where Are the Airbags? . . . . . 3-31 Parts After a Crash ...... 3-64 Power Seat Adjustment ...... 3-5 When Should an Airbag Securing Child Restraints Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-7 Inflate? ...... 3-33 (Rear Seat Position) ...... 3-65 Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-8 What Makes an Airbag Securing Child Restraints Heated Front Seats ...... 3-10 Inflate? ...... 3-35 (Center Front Seat How Does an Airbag Position) ...... 3-67 Rear Seats Restrain? ...... 3-35 Securing Child Restraints Rear Seats (Extended Cab What Will You See after an (Right Front Seat Full Bench) ...... 3-11 Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-35 Position) ...... 3-67 Rear Seats (All Split Bench Airbag On-Off Switch ...... 3-37 and Hybrid Full Bench) . . . . . 3-12 Passenger Sensing System ...... 3-40 Safety Belts Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Safety Belts ...... 3-12 Vehicle ...... 3-44 How to Wear Safety Belts Adding Equipment to the Properly ...... 3-16 Airbag-Equipped Vehicle . . . 3-45 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-22 Airbag System Check ...... 3-46 Safety Belt Use During Replacing Airbag System Pregnancy ...... 3-27 Parts after a Crash ...... 3-47 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
3-2 Seats and Restraints
Head Restraints The front seats have adjustable head restraints in the outboard seating positions.
{ WARNING
With head restraints that are not installed and adjusted properly, there is a greater chance that occupants will suffer a neck/ spinal injury in a crash. Do not Adjust the head restraint so that the Pull the head restraint up to raise it. drive until the head restraints for top of the restraint is at the same To lower the head restraint, press all occupants are installed and height as the top of the occupant's the button, located on the top of the adjusted properly. head. This position reduces the seatback, and push the chance of a neck injury in a crash. restraint down. Push down on the head restraint after the button is released to make sure that it is locked in place. The head restraints are not designed to be removed. The rear seat has headrests that can be adjusted up and down. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-3
Front Seats Seat Adjustment
{ WARNING
You can lose control of the vehicle if you try to adjust a manual driver seat while the vehicle is moving. The sudden movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a Split Bench or Bucket Seat Bench Seat pedal when you do not want to. Adjust the driver seat only when To adjust the seat: To adjust the seat: the vehicle is not moving. 1. Lift the bar to unlock the seat. 1. Move the lever to the right to 2. Slide the seat to the desired unlock the seat. position and release the bar. 2. Slide the seat to the desired 3. Try to move the seat back and position and release the lever. forth to be sure the seat is 3. Try to move the seat back and locked in place. forth to make sure it is locked Some vehicles have a folding front into place. bench seat. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
3-4 Seats and Restraints
Folding the Bench Seat 4. Release the lever. WARNING (Continued) To fold the bench seat: Do not try to release the 1. Push back on the front of the seatback before pulling the rear seatback, always check to be seatback. release levers or the release sure that the safety belts are system can be damaged. properly routed and attached, and are not twisted. { WARNING
If either seatback is not locked, it Reverse the steps to raise the could move forward in a sudden seatback. Push and pull on the stop or crash. That could cause seatback to make sure the seatback injury to the person sitting there. is locked in the upright position before driving. Make sure the safety Always push and pull on the belts are not twisted or caught in the seatbacks to be sure they are seatback. locked. Center Seat If equipped, the center front 2. Pull one of the release levers, at { WARNING seatback doubles as an armrest and each end of the seat on the cupholder/storage area for the driver A safety belt that is improperly lower rear of the seatback, and passenger when the center completely out. routed, not properly attached, front seat is not used. Do not use it 3. While holding the lever out, fold or twisted will not provide the as a seating position when the the seatback forward until it protection needed in a crash. The seatback is folded down. rests on the seat. person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. After raising the (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-5
Power Seat Adjustment To adjust the seatback, see “Power Storing Memory Positions Reclining Seatbacks” under To save into memory: Reclining Seatbacks on page 3‑8. 1. Adjust the driver seat, seatback Memory Seat, Mirrors, and recliner, both outside mirrors, Pedals and the throttle and brake pedals, if equipped. See Power Mirrors on page 2‑15 and Adjustable Throttle and Brake Pedal on page 9‑31 for more information. Not all mirrors and adjustable throttle and brake pedals will have the ability to save and To adjust a power seat, if equipped: recall their positions. . Move the seat forward or 2. Press and hold “1” until rearward by sliding the control two beeps sound. forward or rearward. 3. Repeat for a second driver . If equipped, raise or lower the On vehicles with the memory position using “2.” front or rear part of the seat feature, the controls on the driver door are used to program and recall To recall, press and release “1” or cushion by moving the front or “2.” The vehicle must be in P (Park). rear of the control up or down. memory settings for the driver seat, outside mirrors, and the adjustable A single beep will sound. The seat, . If equipped, raise or lower the throttle and brake pedals, outside mirrors, and adjustable entire seat by moving the entire if equipped. throttle and brake pedals will move control up or down. to the position previously stored for the identified driver. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
3-6 Seats and Restraints
Memory Remote Recall If something has blocked the driver A single beep sounds. The driver The memory feature can recall the seat and/or the adjustable pedals seat moves back approximately driver seat, outside mirrors, and while recalling a memory position, 8 cm (3 in). To move the seat back pedals, if equipped, to stored the recall may stop. Remove the farther, press the easy exit seat positions when entering the vehicle. obstruction; then press and hold the button again until the seat is all the appropriate manual control for the way back. To activate, unlock the driver memory item that is not recalling door with the Remote Keyless If something has blocked the driver for two seconds. Try recalling the seat while recalling the exit position, Entry (RKE) transmitter. The driver memory position again by pressing seat, outside mirrors, and adjustable the recall may stop. Remove the the appropriate memory button. obstruction; then press and hold the pedals, if equipped, will move to the If the memory position is still not memory position associated with the power seat control rearward for recalling, see your dealer for two seconds. Try recalling the exit transmitter used to unlock the service. vehicle. position again. If the exit position is Easy Exit Driver Seat still not recalling, see your dealer for This feature can be turned on or off service. using the vehicle personalization This feature can move the seat See Easy Exit Recall and menu. See “Memory Seat Recall” rearward to allow extra room to exit “ ” under Vehicle Personalization (with the vehicle. “Easy Exit Setup” under Vehicle Personalization (with DIC Buttons) DIC Buttons) on page 5‑50 for more B (Easy Exit Driver Seat): Press on page 5‑50 for more information. information. to recall the easy exit seat position. To stop recall movement, press one The vehicle must be in P (Park). of the power seat controls, memory If the easy exit seat feature is buttons, or power mirror buttons, programmed on in the vehicle or the adjustable pedal switch. personalization menu, automatic seat movement occurs when the ignition key is removed. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-7
Lumbar Adjustment Power Lumbar . On vehicles with four-way lumbar, press and hold the front Manual Lumbar or rear of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. To raise or lower the height of the support, press and hold the top or bottom of the control.
To adjust the power lumbar support, if equipped: If equipped, increase or decrease . manual lumbar support by turning On vehicles with two-way the knob forward or rearward. lumbar, press and hold the top or bottom of the control to increase or decrease lumbar support. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)
3-8 Seats and Restraints
Reclining Seatbacks Manual Reclining Seatbacks WARNING (Continued)
{ WARNING For proper protection when the { WARNING vehicle is in motion, have the You can lose control of the Sitting in a reclined position when seatback upright. Then sit well vehicle if you try to adjust a the vehicle is in motion can be back in the seat and wear the manual driver seat while the dangerous. Even when buckled safety belt properly. up, the safety belts cannot do vehicle is moving. The sudden their job when reclined like this. movement could startle and confuse you, or make you push a The shoulder belt cannot do its pedal when you do not want to. job because it will not be against Adjust the driver seat only when your body. Instead, it will be in the vehicle is not moving. front of you. In a crash, you could go into it, receiving neck or other injuries. The lap belt cannot do its job { WARNING either. In a crash, the belt could If either seatback is not locked, it go up over your abdomen. The could move forward in a sudden belt forces would be there, not at stop or crash. That could cause your pelvic bones. This could injury to the person sitting there. cause serious internal injuries. Do not have a seatback reclined if Always push and pull on the (Continued) the vehicle is moving. seatbacks to be sure they are locked. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-9
2. To recline, move the seatback Power Reclining Seatbacks rearward to the desired position, then release the lever to lock the seatback in place. 3. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To return the seatback to the upright position: 1. Lift the lever fully without applying pressure to the seatback, and the seatback will To adjust a manual seatback: return to the upright position. 1. Lift the lever. 2. Push and pull on the seatback to make sure it is locked. To recline a power seatback, The seatback will automatically if equipped: fold forward. . Tilt the top of the control rearward to recline. . Tilt the top of the control forward to raise. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)
3-10 Seats and Restraints
Heated Front Seats The passenger seat may take longer to heat up. { WARNING The heated seats will be canceled 10 seconds after the ignition is If you cannot feel temperature turned off. change or pain to the skin, the Remote Start Heated Seats seat heater may cause burns even at low temperatures. To When it is cold outside, the heated reduce the risk of burns, people seats may turn on automatically with such a condition should use during a remote vehicle start. The care when using the seat heater, heated seats will be canceled when especially for long periods of the ignition is turned on. Press the time. Do not place anything on If available, the buttons are on the desired button to use the heated the seat that insulates against front doors. seats after the vehicle is started. heat, such as a blanket, cushion, I (Heated Seatback): Press to The lights on the heated seat cover, or similar item. This heat the seatback only. buttons do not turn on during a remote start. may cause the seat heater to J (Heated Seat and Seatback): overheat. An overheated seat Press to heat the seat and The temperature performance of an heater may cause a burn or may seatback. unoccupied seat may be reduced. damage the seat. This is normal. Press the button once for the highest setting. With each press of See Remote Vehicle Start on the button, the heated seat will page 2‑5 for more information. change to the next lower setting, and then to the off setting. The lights indicate three for the highest setting and one for the lowest. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-11
Rear Seats To unfold the seat: 1. Push the seat cushion rearward Rear Seats (Extended while pulling the release strap under the seat cushion. Pull Cab Full Bench) the seat cushion down until it Folding the Rear Seat latches. Notice: Folding a rear seat with 2. Pull up on the seat cushion to the safety belts still fastened may make sure it is locked in place. cause damage to the seat or the Make sure the safety belts are safety belts. Always unbuckle the not twisted or caught in the seat safety belts and return them to cushion. their normal stowed position To fold the seat: before folding a rear seat. { 1. Pull up on the front of the seat WARNING cushion while pulling down on A safety belt that is improperly the release strap under the seat routed, not properly attached, cushion. or twisted will not provide the 2. Pull the seat cushion up until it protection needed in a crash. The latches with the seatback. person wearing the belt could be 3. Pull forward on the seat cushion seriously injured. After raising the to make sure it is locked in rear seatback, always check to place. be sure that the safety belts are properly routed and attached, and are not twisted. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)
3-12 Seats and Restraints
Rear Seats (All Split To return the seat to the normal Safety Belts seating position, slowly pull the Bench and Hybrid Full seat cushion down. This section of the manual Bench) describes how to use safety belts Make sure the safety belts are properly. It also describes some not twisted or caught in the seat Folding Rear Seat things not to do with safety belts. cushion. Either side of the rear seat can be folded for added cargo space. { { WARNING WARNING Notice: Folding a rear seat with Do not let anyone ride where the safety belts still fastened may A safety belt that is improperly a safety belt cannot be worn cause damage to the seat or the routed, not properly attached, properly. In a crash, if you or your safety belts. Always unbuckle the or twisted will not provide the passenger(s) are not wearing safety belts and return them to protection needed in a crash. The safety belts, the injuries can be their normal stowed position person wearing the belt could be much worse. You can hit things before folding a rear seat. seriously injured. After raising the inside the vehicle harder or be Make sure that nothing is on rear seatback, always check to ejected from the vehicle. You the seat. be sure that the safety belts are and your passenger(s) can be properly routed and attached, To fold the seat, slowly pull the seat seriously injured or killed. In the and are not twisted. cushion up. same crash, you might not be, if you are buckled up. Always fasten your safety belt, and check that your passenger(s) are restrained properly too. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-13
This vehicle has indicators as a Why Safety Belts Work { WARNING reminder to buckle the safety belts. When you ride in or on anything, See Safety Belt Reminders on People riding on the tailgate (if you go as fast as it goes. page 5‑20 for additional information. equipped) can easily lose their balance and fall even when the In most states and in all Canadian vehicle is operated at low speeds. provinces, the law requires wearing Falling from a moving vehicle may safety belts. Here is why: result in serious injuries or death. You never know if you will be in a crash. If you do have a crash, you do not know if it will be a serious one. { WARNING A few crashes are mild, and some It is extremely dangerous to ride crashes can be so serious that even in a cargo area, inside or outside buckled up, a person would not of a vehicle. In a collision, people survive. But most crashes are in riding in these areas are more between. In many of them, people Take the simplest vehicle. Suppose likely to be seriously injured or who buckle up can survive and it is just a seat on wheels. killed. Do not allow people to ride sometimes walk away. Without safety belts they could have been in any area of your vehicle that is badly hurt or killed. not equipped with seats and safety belts. Be sure everyone in After more than 40 years of safety the vehicle is in a seat and using belts in vehicles, the facts are clear. a safety belt properly. In most crashes buckling up does matter ... a lot! Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)
3-14 Seats and Restraints
Put someone on it. Get it up to speed. Then stop the The person keeps going until vehicle. The rider does not stop. stopped by something. In a real vehicle, it could be the windshield... Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-15
Questions and Answers About Safety Belts Q: Will I be trapped in the vehicle after a crash if I am wearing a safety belt? A: You could be — whether you are wearing a safety belt or not. But your chance of being conscious during and after an accident, so you can unbuckle and get out, is much greater if you are belted. And you can unbuckle a safety or the instrument panel... or the safety belts! belt, even if you are With safety belts, you slow down upside down. as the vehicle does. You get more Q: If my vehicle has airbags, why time to stop. You stop over more should I have to wear safety distance, and your strongest bones belts? take the forces. That is why safety belts make such good sense. A: Airbags are supplemental systems only; so they work with safety belts — not instead of them. Whether or not an airbag is provided, all occupants still have to buckle up to get the most protection. That is true not only in frontal collisions, but especially in side and other collisions. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)
3-16 Seats and Restraints
Q: If I am a good driver, and I How to Wear Safety Belts First, before you or your never drive far from home, passenger(s) wear a safety belt, why should I wear safety Properly there is important information you belts? This section is only for people of should know. A: You may be an excellent driver, adult size. but if you are in a crash — even Be aware that there are special one that is not your fault — you things to know about safety belts and your passenger(s) can be and children. And there are different hurt. Being a good driver does rules for smaller children and not protect you from things infants. If a child will be riding in the beyond your control, such as vehicle, see Older Children on bad drivers. page 3‑47 or Infants and Young Most accidents occur within Children on page 3‑50. Follow those 40 km (25 miles) of home. And rules for everyone's protection. the greatest number of serious It is very important for all occupants injuries and deaths occur at to buckle up. Statistics show that speeds of less than unbelted people are hurt more often 65 km/h (40 mph). in crashes than those who are Sit up straight and always keep your Safety belts are for everyone. wearing safety belts. feet on the floor in front of you. The lap part of the belt should be worn Occupants who are not buckled up low and snug on the hips, just can be thrown out of the vehicle in a touching the thighs. In a crash, this crash. And they can strike others in the vehicle who are wearing safety belts. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-17
applies force to the strong pelvic Q: What is wrong with this? bones and you would be less likely { WARNING to slide under the lap belt. If you slid under it, the belt would apply force You can be seriously hurt if the on your abdomen. This could cause shoulder belt is too loose. In a serious or even fatal injuries. The crash, you would move forward shoulder belt should go over the too much, which could increase shoulder and across the chest. injury. The shoulder belt should fit These parts of the body are best snugly against your body. able to take belt restraining forces. The shoulder belt locks if there is a sudden stop or crash.
A: The shoulder belt is too loose. It will not give as much protection this way. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)
3-18 Seats and Restraints
Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING
You can be seriously hurt if the lap belt is too loose. In a crash, you could slide under the lap belt and apply force on your abdomen. This could cause serious or even fatal injuries. The lap belt should be worn low and snug on the hips, just touching the thighs.
A: The lap belt is too loose. It will A: The belt is buckled in the wrong not give nearly as much buckle. protection this way. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-19
Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING { WARNING
You can be seriously injured if the You can be seriously injured if the belt is buckled in the wrong place belt goes over an armrest like like this. In a crash, the belt would this. The belt would be much too go up over your abdomen. The high. In a crash, you can slide belt forces would be there, not on under the belt. The belt force the pelvic bones. This could would then be applied on the cause serious internal injuries. abdomen, not on the pelvic Always buckle the belt into the bones, and that could cause buckle nearest you. serious or fatal injuries. Be sure the belt goes under the armrests.
A: The belt is over an armrest. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)
3-20 Seats and Restraints
Q: What is wrong with this? Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING
You can be seriously injured if you wear the shoulder belt under your arm. In a crash, your body would move too far forward, which would increase the chance of head and neck injury. Also, the belt would apply too much force to the ribs, which are not as strong as shoulder bones. You could also severely injure internal organs like your liver or spleen. A: The shoulder belt is worn under The shoulder belt should go over A: The belt is behind the body. the arm. It should be worn over the shoulder and across the the shoulder at all times. chest. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-21
Q: What is wrong with this? { WARNING { WARNING
You can be seriously injured by You can be seriously injured by a not wearing the lap-shoulder belt twisted belt. In a crash, you would properly. In a crash, you would not have the full width of the belt not be restrained by the shoulder to spread impact forces. If a belt belt. Your body could move too is twisted, make it straight so it far forward increasing the chance can work properly, or ask your of head and neck injury. You dealer to fix it. might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. That could cause serious or fatal injuries. The shoulder belt should A: The belt is twisted across go over the shoulder and across the body. the chest. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)
3-22 Seats and Restraints
Lap-Shoulder Belt 2. Pick up the latch plate and pull the belt across you. Do not let it If the vehicle is a regular cab, then get twisted. all seating positions in the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt. If the The lap-shoulder belt may lock if vehicle is a crew or extended cab, you pull the belt across you very then all seating positions in the quickly. If this happens, let the vehicle have a lap-shoulder belt go back slightly to unlock it. belt except for the center front Then pull the belt across you passenger position (if equipped), more slowly. which has a lap belt. See Lap Belt If the shoulder portion of a (Crew and Extended Cab) on passenger belt is pulled out page 3‑27 for more information. all the way, the child restraint locking feature may be engaged. If the belt stops before it reaches The following instructions explain the buckle, when using the how to wear a lap-shoulder belt If this happens, let the belt go back all the way and start again. lap-shoulder belt in a rear center properly. seating position of a crew-cab, 1. Adjust the seat, if the seat is Engaging the child restraint tilt the latch plate and keep adjustable, so you can sit up locking feature may affect the pulling the safety belt until it straight. To see how, see “Seats” passenger sensing system, can be buckled. in the Index. if equipped. See Passenger Sensing System on page 3‑40 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-23
4. If equipped with a shoulder belt height adjuster, move it to the height that is right for you. See “Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster” later in this section.
3. Push the latch plate into the To unlatch the belt, push the button buckle until it clicks. on the buckle. The belt should Pull up on the latch plate to return to its stowed position. make sure it is secure. If the belt Before a door is closed, be sure the is not long enough, see Safety safety belt is out of the way. If a Belt Extender on page 3‑28. door is slammed against a safety 5. To make the lap part tight, pull belt, damage can occur to both the If the latch plate will not go fully up on the shoulder belt. into the buckle, check if the safety belt and the vehicle. correct buckle is being used. It may be necessary to pull stitching on the safety belt Position the release button on through the latch plate to fully the buckle so that the safety belt tighten the lap belt on smaller could be quickly unbuckled if occupants. necessary. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)
3-24 Seats and Restraints
Shoulder Belt Height Adjuster The vehicle has a shoulder belt height adjuster for the driver and right front passenger. Adjust the height so the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. Improper shoulder belt height adjustment could reduce the effectiveness of the safety belt in a crash. See How Regular and Crew Cab Extended Cab to Wear Safety Belts Properly on page 3‑16. To move the adjuster down for the On the extended cab, push down on regular and crew cabs, squeeze the release button (A) and move the the buttons (A) on the sides of the height adjuster to the desired height adjuster and move the height position. adjuster to the desired position. You can move the adjuster up just by pushing up on the shoulder belt guide. After you move the adjuster to where you want it, try to move it down, without squeezing the buttons for the regular and crew cabs, or without pushing the release button for extended cabs, to make sure it has locked into position. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-25
Safety Belt Pretensioners Rear Safety Belt Comfort This vehicle has safety belt Guides pretensioners for front outboard This vehicle may have rear shoulder occupants. Although the safety belt belt comfort guides. If not, they are pretensioners cannot be seen, they available through your dealer. The are part of the safety belt assembly. guides may provide added safety They can help tighten the safety belt comfort for older children who belts during the early stages of a have outgrown booster seats and moderate to severe frontal, near for some adults. When installed and frontal, or rear crash if the threshold properly adjusted, the comfort guide conditions for pretensioner positions the belt away from the activation are met. And, if your neck and head. vehicle has side impact airbags, 2. Place the guide over the belt Here is how to install a comfort safety belt pretensioners can help and insert the two edges of the guide to the shoulder belt: tighten the safety belts in a side belt into the slots of the guide. crash or a rollover event. 1. Remove the guide from its storage clip on the interior body. Pretensioners work only once. If the pretensioners activate in a crash, they will need to be replaced, and probably other new parts for the vehicle's safety belt system. See Replacing Safety Belt System Parts after a Crash on page 3‑29. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)
3-26 Seats and Restraints
{ WARNING
A safety belt that is not properly worn may not provide the protection needed in a crash. The person wearing the belt could be seriously injured. The shoulder belt should go over the shoulder and across the chest. These parts of the body are best able to take belt restraining forces. 3. Be sure that the belt is not 4. Buckle, position, and release twisted and it lies flat. The the safety belt as described elastic cord must be under the previously in this section. Make belt and the guide on top. sure the shoulder portion of the belt is on the shoulder and not falling off of it. The belt should be close to, but not contacting, the neck. To remove and store the comfort guide, squeeze the belt edges together so that the safety belt can be removed from the guide. Slide the guide onto the storage clip. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-27
Safety Belt Use During The best way to protect the fetus is to protect the mother. When a safety Pregnancy belt is worn properly, it is more likely Safety belts work for everyone, that the fetus will not be hurt in a including pregnant women. Like all crash. For pregnant women, as for occupants, they are more likely to anyone, the key to making safety be seriously injured if they do not belts effective is wearing them wear safety belts. properly. Lap Belt (Crew and Extended Cab) This section is only for the lap belt. To learn how to wear a lap-shoulder To make the belt longer, tilt the latch belt, see Lap-Shoulder Belt on plate and pull it along the belt. page 3‑22. Buckle, position, and release it the Your vehicle may have a center same way as the lap part of a seating position. When you sit in the lap-shoulder belt. center front seating position, you have a lap safety belt, which has no retractor. A pregnant woman should wear a lap-shoulder belt, and the lap portion should be worn as low as possible, below the rounding, throughout the pregnancy. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)
3-28 Seats and Restraints
Safety Belt Extender from doing its job. See your dealer to have it repaired. Torn or frayed If the vehicle's safety belt will fasten safety belts may not protect you in a around you, you should use it. crash. They can rip apart under But if a safety belt is not long impact forces. If a belt is torn or enough, your dealer will order you frayed, get a new one right away. an extender. When you go in to Make sure the safety belt reminder order it, take the heaviest coat you light is working. See Safety Belt will wear, so the extender will be Reminders on page 5‑20 for more long enough for you. To help avoid information. personal injury, do not let someone else use it, and use it only for the Keep safety belts clean and dry. See Safety Belt Care on page 3‑28. To make the belt shorter, pull its free seat it is made to fit. The extender end as shown until the belt is snug. has been designed for adults. Never use it for securing child seats. To Safety Belt Care If the belt is not long enough, see wear it, attach it to the regular safety Keep belts clean and dry. Safety Belt Extender on page 3‑28. belt. For more information, see the instruction sheet that comes with Make sure the release button on the { WARNING buckle is positioned so you would the extender. be able to unbuckle the safety belt Do not bleach or dye safety belts. quickly if necessary. Safety System Check It may severely weaken them. In Now and then, check that the safety a crash, they might not be able to belt reminder light, safety belts, provide adequate protection. buckles, latch plates, retractors, and Clean safety belts only with mild anchorages are working properly. soap and lukewarm water. Look for any other loose or damaged safety belt system parts that might keep a safety belt system Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-29
Replacing Safety Belt After a minor crash, replacement of Airbag System safety belts may not be necessary. System Parts after a But the safety belt assemblies that The vehicle has the following Crash were used during any crash may airbags: have been stressed or damaged. . A frontal airbag for the driver. { WARNING See your dealer to have the safety belt assemblies inspected or . A frontal airbag for the right front A crash can damage the safety replaced. passenger. belt system in the vehicle. New parts and repairs may be The vehicle may have the following A damaged safety belt system necessary even if the safety belt airbags: may not properly protect the system was not being used at the . A seat‐mounted side impact person using it, resulting in time of the crash. airbag for the driver. serious injury or even death in a Have the safety belt pretensioners . crash. To help make sure the A seat‐mounted side impact checked if the vehicle has been in a safety belt systems are working airbag for the right front crash, or if the airbag readiness light passenger. properly after a crash, have them stays on after you start the vehicle inspected and any necessary or while you are driving. See Airbag . A roof-rail airbag for the driver and the passenger seated replacements made as soon as Readiness Light on page 5‑20. possible. directly behind the driver. . A roof-rail airbag for the right front passenger and the person seated directly behind the right front passenger. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)
3-30 Seats and Restraints
All of the airbags in the vehicle will Here are the most important things have the word AIRBAG embossed to know about the airbag system: { WARNING in the trim or on an attached label near the deployment opening. Because airbags inflate with great { WARNING force and faster than the blink For frontal airbags, the word of an eye, anyone who is up AIRBAG will appear on the middle You can be severely injured or killed in a crash if you are not against, or very close to any part of the steering wheel for the airbag when it inflates can be wearing your safety belt — even if driver and on the instrument panel seriously injured or killed. Do not for the right front passenger. you have airbags. Airbags are designed to work with safety sit unnecessarily close to any With seat mounted side impact ‐ belts, but do not replace them. airbag, as you would be if sitting airbags, the word AIRBAG will Also, airbags are not designed to on the edge of the seat or leaning appear on the side of the seatback forward. Safety belts help keep closest to the door. deploy in every crash. In some crashes safety belts are your only you in position before and during With roof-rail airbags, the word restraint. See When Should an a crash. Always wear a safety belt, even with airbags. The driver AIRBAG will appear along the Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑33. headliner or trim. should sit as far back as possible Wearing your safety belt during a while still maintaining control of Airbags are designed to supplement crash helps reduce your chance the protection provided by safety the vehicle. of hitting things inside the vehicle belts. Even though today's airbags or being ejected from it. Airbags Occupants should not lean on or are also designed to help reduce sleep against the door or side are “supplemental restraints” to the risk of injury from the force of an windows in seating positions with inflating bag, all airbags must inflate the safety belts. Everyone in your vehicle should wear a safety belt seat-mounted side impact airbags very quickly to do their job. and/or roof-rail airbags. properly — whether or not there is an airbag for that person. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-31
Where Are the Airbags? { WARNING
Children who are up against, or very close to, any airbag when it inflates can be seriously injured or killed. Airbags plus There is an airbag readiness light lap-shoulder belts offer protection on the instrument panel cluster, for adults and older children, but which shows the airbag symbol. not for young children and infants. Neither the vehicle safety belt The system checks the airbag system nor its airbag system is electrical system for malfunctions. designed for them. Young The light tells you if there is an children and infants need the electrical problem. See Airbag protection that a child restraint Readiness Light on page 5‑20 for system can provide. Always more information. The driver airbag is in the middle of secure children properly in the the steering wheel. vehicle. To read how, see Older Children on page 3‑47 or Infants and Young Children on page 3‑50. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)
3-32 Seats and Restraints
The right front passenger airbag is Driver Side Shown, Passenger Driver Side Shown, Passenger in the instrument panel on the Side Similar Side Similar passenger side. If the vehicle has seat‐mounted side If the vehicle has roof-rail impact airbags for the driver and airbags for the driver, right front right front passenger, they are in the passenger, and second row side of the seatbacks closest to outboard passengers, they are in the door. the ceiling above the side windows. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-33
When Should an Airbag Frontal airbags may inflate at { WARNING different crash speeds. For Inflate? example: If something is between an Frontal airbags are designed to occupant and an airbag, the . If the vehicle hits a stationary inflate in moderate to severe frontal object, the airbags could inflate airbag might not inflate properly or near-frontal crashes to help or it might force the object into at a different crash speed than if reduce the potential for severe the vehicle hits a moving object. that person causing severe injury injuries mainly to the driver's or right or even death. The path of an front passenger's head and chest. . If the vehicle hits an object that inflating airbag must be kept However, they are only designed to deforms, the airbags could clear. Do not put anything inflate if the impact exceeds a inflate at a different crash speed between an occupant and an predetermined deployment than if the vehicle hits an object airbag, and do not attach or put threshold. Deployment thresholds that does not deform. anything on the steering wheel are used to predict how severe a . If the vehicle hits a narrow object hub or on or near any other crash is likely to be in time for the (like a pole), the airbags could airbag covering. airbags to inflate and help restrain inflate at a different crash speed the occupants. Do not use seat accessories that than if the vehicle hits a wide block the inflation path of a Whether the frontal airbags will or object (like a wall). seat-mounted side impact airbag. should deploy is not based on how . If the vehicle goes into an object fast your vehicle is traveling. at an angle, the airbags could Never secure anything to the roof It depends largely on what you hit, inflate at a different crash speed of a vehicle with roof-rail airbags the direction of the impact, and how than if the vehicle goes straight by routing a rope or tie‐down quickly your vehicle slows down. into the object. through any door or window opening. If you do, the path of Thresholds can also vary with an inflating roof-rail airbag will be specific vehicle design. blocked. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)
3-34 Seats and Restraints
Frontal airbags are not intended to less than full deployment. For the system's designed threshold inflate during vehicle rollovers, rear more severe frontal impacts, full level. The threshold level can vary impacts, or in many side impacts. deployment occurs. with specific vehicle design. If the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight Vehicles with dual stage airbags Roof-rail airbags are not Rating) of your vehicle is 3 855 kg also have seat position sensors intended to inflate in rear impacts. (8,500 lb) or above, the vehicle has which enable the sensing system to A seat‐mounted side impact airbag single stage airbags. If the GVWR is monitor the position of the driver is intended to deploy on the side of below 3 855 kg (8,500 lb) then the seat (all models), and on crew cab the vehicle that is struck. Both vehicle has dual stage airbags. and extended cab models the right roof-rail airbags will deploy when Vehicles with a full bench seat are front passenger seat on light duty either side of the vehicle is struck, equipped with single state airbags. models only. The seat position or if the sensing system predicts You can find the GVWR on the sensor provides information that is that the vehicle is about to roll over, certification label on the rear edge used to determine if the airbags or in a severe frontal impact. of the driver door. See Vehicle Load should deploy at a reduced level or In any particular crash, no one can Limits on page 9‑22 for more at full deployment. say whether an airbag should have information. The vehicle may or may not have inflated simply because of the The vehicle may have dual‐stage seat‐mounted side impact and damage to a vehicle or because frontal airbags. Dual-stage airbags roof-rail airbags. See Airbag System of what the repair costs were. adjust the restraint according to on page 3‑29. Seat‐mounted side For frontal airbags, inflation is crash severity. The vehicle has impact and roof-rail airbags are determined by what the vehicle hits, electronic frontal sensors, which intended to inflate in moderate to the angle of the impact, and how help the sensing system distinguish severe side crashes. In addition, quickly the vehicle slows down. between a moderate frontal impact these roof-rail airbags are intended For seat‐mounted side impact and and a more severe frontal impact. to inflate during a rollover or in a roof-rail airbags, deployment is For moderate frontal impacts, severe frontal impact. Seat‐mounted determined by the location and dual-stage airbags inflate at a level side impact and roof-rail airbags will severity of the side impact. inflate if the crash severity is above Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-35
In a rollover event, roof-rail airbag How Does an Airbag risk of full or partial ejection in deployment is determined by the rollover events, although no system direction of the roll. Restrain? can prevent all such ejections. In moderate to severe frontal or But airbags would not help in many What Makes an Airbag near frontal collisions, even belted types of collisions, primarily Inflate? occupants can contact the steering because the occupant's motion is wheel or the instrument panel. In not toward those airbags. See When In a deployment event, the sensing moderate to severe side collisions, Should an Airbag Inflate? on system sends an electrical signal even belted occupants can contact page 3‑33 for more information. triggering a release of gas from the the inside of the vehicle. inflator. Gas from the inflator fills the Airbags should never be regarded Airbags supplement the protection airbag causing the bag to break out as anything more than a supplement provided by safety belts. Frontal of the cover and deploy. The inflator, to safety belts. airbags distribute the force of the airbag, and related hardware are the impact more evenly over the all part of the airbag module. occupant's upper body, stopping What Will You See after Frontal airbag modules are located the occupant more gradually. an Airbag Inflates? inside the steering wheel and Seat‐mounted side impact and After the frontal airbags and instrument panel. For vehicles with roof-rail airbags distribute the force seat-mounted side impact airbags seat‐mounted side impact airbags, of the impact more evenly over the inflate, they quickly deflate, so there are airbags modules in the occupant's upper body. quickly that some people may not side of the front seatbacks closest Rollover capable roof-rail airbags even realize an airbag inflated. to the door. For vehicles with are designed to help contain the Roof-rail airbags may still be at least roof-rail airbags, there are airbag head and chest of occupants in the partially inflated for some time after modules in the ceiling of the vehicle, outboard seating positions in the they deploy. Some components of near the side windows that have first and second rows. The rollover the airbag module may be hot for occupant seating positions. capable roof-rail airbags are several minutes. For location of the designed to help reduce the airbag modules, see What Makes an Airbag Inflate? on page 3‑35. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)
3-36 Seats and Restraints
The parts of the airbag that come into contact with you may be warm, WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) but not too hot to touch. There may be some smoke and dust coming If you experience breathing appears to be drivable after a from the vents in the deflated problems following an airbag moderate crash, there may be airbags. Airbag inflation does not deployment, you should seek concealed damage that could prevent the driver from seeing out of medical attention. make it difficult to safely operate the windshield or being able to steer the vehicle. the vehicle, nor does it prevent Use caution if you should attempt people from leaving the vehicle. The vehicle may have a feature that may automatically unlock the doors, to restart the engine after a crash turn on the interior lamps and has occurred. { WARNING hazard warning flashers, and shut off the fuel system after the airbags When an airbag inflates, there In many crashes severe enough to inflate. You can lock the doors, turn inflate the airbag, windshields are may be dust in the air. This dust off the interior lamps and hazard could cause breathing problems broken by vehicle deformation. warning flashers by using the Additional windshield breakage may for people with a history of controls for those features. asthma or other breathing trouble. also occur from the right front passenger airbag. To avoid this, everyone in the { WARNING vehicle should get out as soon as . Airbags are designed to inflate it is safe to do so. If you have A crash severe enough to inflate only once. After an airbag breathing problems but cannot the airbags may have also inflates, you will need some new parts for the airbag system. get out of the vehicle after an damaged important functions If you do not get them, the airbag inflates, then get fresh air in the vehicle, such as the fuel by opening a window or a door. airbag system will not be there system, brake and steering to help protect you in another (Continued) systems, etc. Even if the vehicle crash. A new system will include (Continued) airbag modules and possibly Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-37
other parts. The service manual If the vehicle does not have an for your vehicle covers the need airbag off switch, it may have a to replace other parts. passenger sensing system. See Passenger Sensing System on . The vehicle has a crash sensing and diagnostic module which page 3‑40. records information after a This switch should only be turned to crash. See Vehicle Data the off position if the person in the Recording and Privacy on right front passenger position is a page 13‑16 and Event Data member of a passenger risk group Recorders on page 13‑16. identified by the national government as follows: . Let only qualified technicians work on the airbag systems. United States Infant. An infant (less than Improper service can mean that 1 year old) must ride in the an airbag system will not work front seat because: properly. See your dealer for . My vehicle has no rear seat; service. . My vehicle has a rear seat too Airbag On-Off Switch small to accommodate a rear-facing infant seat; or If one of the switches pictured in the following illustrations is located in . The infant has a medical the glove box, the vehicle has an condition which, according to the airbag on-off switch that you can infant's physician, makes it use to manually turn on or off the necessary for the infant to ride in right front passenger airbag. the front seat so that the driver can constantly monitor the Canada and Mexico child's condition. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)
3-38 Seats and Restraints
Child age 1 to 12. A child . Makes the potential harm from age 1 to 12 must ride in the the passenger airbag in a crash front seat because: greater than the potential harm from turning off the airbag and . My vehicle has no rear seat; allowing the passenger, even if . Although children ages 1 to 12 belted, to hit the dashboard or ride in the rear seat(s) whenever windshield in a crash. possible, children ages 1 to 12 sometimes must ride in the front { WARNING because no space is available in the rear seat(s) of my vehicle; or If the right front passenger airbag . The child has a medical is turned off for a person who is condition which, according to not in a risk group identified by United States the child's physician, makes it the national government, that necessary for the child to ride in person will not have the extra the front seat so that the driver protection of an airbag. In a can constantly monitor the crash, the airbag will not be able child's condition. to inflate and help protect the person sitting there. Do not turn Medical Condition. A passenger off the passenger airbag unless has a medical condition which, according to his or her physician: the person sitting there is in a risk group. . Causes the passenger airbag to pose a special risk for the passenger; and
Canada and Mexico Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-39
To turn off the right front passenger airbag, insert the ignition key into WARNING (Continued) the switch, push in, and move the switch to the off position. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, have the vehicle serviced The word OFF or the off symbol will right away. See Airbag Readiness come on in the passenger airbag Light on page 5‑20 for more status indicator located in the information, including important overhead console to let you know safety information. that the right front passenger airbag is off, after the system check is completed. The airbag off light will come on and stay on to let you know that the right front passenger's Canada and Mexico airbag is off. See Airbag On-Off To turn the right front passenger Light on page 5‑21. airbag on again, insert the ignition key into the switch, push in, and { WARNING move the switch to the on position. If the airbag readiness light ever The right front passenger frontal comes on and stays on, it means airbag is now enabled (may inflate). that something may be wrong See Airbag On-Off Light on page 5 21 for more information. with the airbag system. For ‑ example, the right front United States passenger airbag could inflate even though the airbag on-off switch is turned off. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)
3-40 Seats and Restraints
Passenger Sensing The passenger sensing system will turn off the right front passenger System frontal airbag under certain If the vehicle has one of the conditions. The driver airbag, indicators pictured in the following seat‐mounted side impact airbags illustrations, then the vehicle has a (if equipped), and the roof-rail passenger sensing system for the United States airbags (if equipped) are not right front passenger position, affected by the passenger sensing unless there is an airbag off switch system. located in the glove box. If there is The passenger sensing system an airbag off switch, the vehicle works with sensors that are part does not have a passenger sensing of the right front passenger seat system. See Airbag On-Off Switch and safety belt. The sensors are on page 3‑37 for more information. designed to detect the presence The passenger airbag status Canada and Mexico of a properly-seated occupant indicator will be visible on the The words ON and OFF, or the and determine if the right front overhead console when the symbol for on and off, will be visible passenger frontal airbag should vehicle is started. during the system check. If you be enabled (may inflate) or not. In addition, if the vehicle has a are using remote start to start the According to accident statistics, passenger sensing system for the vehicle from a distance, if equipped, children are safer when properly right front passenger position, the you may not see the system secured in a rear seat in the correct label on the vehicle's sun visors check. When the system check is child restraint for their weight refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS”. complete, either the word ON or and size. OFF, or the symbol for on or off, will be visible. See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5‑23. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-41
We recommend that children be If the vehicle does not have a rear secured in a rear seat, including: WARNING (Continued) seat that will accommodate a an infant or a child riding in a rear-facing child restraint, a rear-facing child restraint; a child injured or killed if the right front rear-facing child restraint should riding in a forward-facing child seat; passenger airbag inflates and the not be installed in the vehicle, even an older child riding in a booster passenger seat is in a forward if the airbag is off. seat; and children, who are large position. The passenger sensing system is enough, using safety belts. Even if the passenger sensing designed to turn off the right front A label on the sun visor says, system has turned off the right passenger frontal airbag if: Never put a rear-facing child seat in “ front passenger frontal airbag, no . The right front passenger seat is the front.” This is because the risk to system is fail-safe. No one can unoccupied. the rear-facing child is so great, guarantee that an airbag will not . The system determines an infant if the airbag deploys. deploy under some unusual is present in a child restraint. circumstance, even though the { WARNING airbag is turned off. . A right front passenger takes his/her weight off of the seat for A child in a rear-facing child Secure rear-facing child a period of time. restraint can be seriously restraints in a rear seat, even if . Or, if there is a critical problem injured or killed if the right front the airbag is off. If you secure a with the airbag system or the passenger airbag inflates. forward-facing child restraint in passenger sensing system. This is because the back of the the right front seat, always move rear-facing child restraint would the front passenger seat as far When the passenger sensing be very close to the inflating back as it will go. It is better to system has turned off the right front airbag. A child in a forward-facing secure the child restraint in a passenger frontal airbag, the off child restraint can be seriously rear seat. indicator will light and stay lit to remind you that the airbag is off. (Continued) See Passenger Airbag Status Indicator on page 5‑23. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)
3-42 Seats and Restraints
The passenger sensing system is 3. Remove any additional items designed to turn on (may inflate) the { WARNING from the seat such as blankets, right front passenger frontal airbag cushions, seat covers, seat anytime the system senses that a If the airbag readiness light ever heaters, or seat massagers. person of adult size is sitting comes on and stays on, it means that something may be wrong 4. Reinstall the child restraint properly in the right front following the directions passenger seat. with the airbag system. To help avoid injury to yourself or others, provided by the child restraint When the passenger sensing have the vehicle serviced right manufacturer and refer to system has allowed the airbag to be Securing Child Restraints (Rear away. See Airbag Readiness enabled, the on indicator will light Seat Position) on page 3 65 or Light on page 5 20 for more ‑ and stay lit to remind you that the ‑ Securing Child Restraints airbag is active. information, including important (Center Front Seat Position) on safety information. For some children, including page 3‑67 or Securing Child children in child restraints, and for Restraints (Right Front Seat very small adults, the passenger If the On Indicator is Lit for a Position) on page 3‑67. sensing system may or may not Child Restraint 5. If, after reinstalling the child turn off the right front passenger If a child restraint has been installed restraint and restarting the frontal airbag, depending upon the and the on indicator is lit: vehicle, the on indicator is still lit, person's seating posture and body turn the vehicle off. Then slightly build. Everyone in your vehicle 1. Turn the vehicle off. recline the vehicle seatback who has outgrown child restraints 2. Remove the child restraint from and adjust the seat cushion, should wear a safety belt the vehicle. if adjustable, to make sure that properly — whether or not there the vehicle seatback is not is an airbag for that person. pushing the child restraint into the seat cushion. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-43
Also make sure the child If the Off Indicator is Lit for an use the following steps to allow the restraint is not trapped under the Adult-Size Occupant system to detect that person and vehicle head restraint. If this enable the right front passenger happens, adjust the head frontal airbag: restraint. See Head Restraints 1. Turn the vehicle off. on page 3‑2. 2. Remove any additional material 6. Restart the vehicle. from the seat, such as blankets, The passenger sensing system cushions, seat covers, seat may or may not turn off the heaters, or seat massagers. airbag for a child in a child 3. Place the seatback in the fully restraint depending upon the upright position. child’s seating posture and body build. It is better to secure the 4. Have the person sit upright in child restraint in a rear seat. the seat, centered on the seat cushion, with legs comfortably If a person of adult-size is sitting in extended. the right front passenger seat, but 5. Restart the vehicle and have the the off indicator is lit, it could be person remain in this position for because that person is not sitting two to three minutes after the on properly in the seat. If this happens, indicator is lit. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)
3-44 Seats and Restraints
Additional Factors Affecting A thick layer of additional material, System Operation such as a blanket or cushion, { WARNING or aftermarket equipment such as Safety belts help keep the seat covers, seat heaters, and seat Stowing of articles under the passenger in position on the seat massagers can affect how well passenger seat or between the during vehicle maneuvers and the passenger sensing system passenger seat cushion and braking, which helps the passenger operates. We recommend that seatback may interfere with the sensing system maintain the you not use seat covers or other proper operation of the passenger passenger airbag status. See aftermarket equipment except when sensing system. “Safety Belts” and “Child approved by GM for your specific Restraints” in the Index for vehicle. See Adding Equipment to additional information about the the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on Servicing the importance of proper restraint use. page 3‑45 for more information Airbag-Equipped Vehicle If the shoulder portion of the belt is about modifications that can affect Airbags affect how the vehicle pulled out all the way, the child how the system operates. should be serviced. There are parts restraint locking feature will be The on indicator may be lit if an of the airbag system in several engaged. This may unintentionally object, such as a briefcase, places around the vehicle. Your cause the passenger sensing handbag, grocery bag, laptop or dealer and the service manual have system to turn the airbag off for other electronic device, is put on information about servicing the some adult size occupants. If this an unoccupied seat. If this is not vehicle and the airbag system. To happens, let the belt go back all the desired, remove the object from purchase a service manual, see way and start again. the seat. Service Publications Ordering Information on page 13‑14. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-45
keep the airbag system from device, installed under or on top { WARNING working properly. Changing or of the seat fabric, could also moving any parts of the front interfere with the operation of For up to 10 seconds after the seats, safety belts, the airbag the passenger sensing system. ignition is turned off and the sensing and diagnostic module, This could either prevent proper battery is disconnected, an airbag steering wheel, instrument deployment of the passenger can still inflate during improper panel, roof-rail airbag modules, airbag(s) or prevent the service. You can be injured if you ceiling headliner or pillar garnish passenger sensing system are close to an airbag when it trim, overhead console, front from properly turning off the inflates. Avoid yellow connectors. sensors, side impact sensors, passenger airbag(s). See They are probably part of the or airbag wiring can affect the Passenger Sensing System on airbag system. Be sure to follow operation of the airbag system. page 3‑40. proper service procedures, and In addition, the vehicle may have If you have any questions about make sure the person performing a passenger sensing system for this, you should contact work for you is qualified to do so. the right front passenger's Customer Assistance before you position, which includes sensors modify your vehicle. The phone that are part of the passenger's numbers and addresses for Adding Equipment to the seat. The passenger sensing Customer Assistance are in Airbag-Equipped Vehicle system may not operate properly Step Two of the Customer Q: Is there anything I might add if the original seat trim is Satisfaction Procedure in this to or change about the vehicle replaced with non-GM covers, manual. See Customer that could keep the airbags upholstery or trim, or with GM Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. and from working properly? covers, upholstery or trim Canada) on page 13‑1 or designed for a different vehicle. Customer Satisfaction A: Yes. If you add things that Any object, such as an Procedure (Mexico) on change your vehicle's frame, aftermarket seat heater or a page 13‑3. bumper system, height, front end comfort enhancing pad or or side sheet metal, they may Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)
3-46 Seats and Restraints
If the vehicle has rollover Q: Because I have a disability, Airbag System Check roof-rail airbags, see Different I have to get my vehicle Size Tires and Wheels on modified. How can I find out The airbag system does not need page 10‑75 for additional whether this will affect my regularly scheduled maintenance or important information. airbag system? replacement. Make sure the airbag readiness light is working. See Q: What if I added a snow plow? A: If you have questions, call Airbag Readiness Light on Will it keep the airbags from Customer Assistance. The page 5‑20 for more information. working properly? phone numbers and addresses for Customer Assistance are in Notice: If an airbag covering is A: We have designed our airbag damaged, opened, or broken, the systems to work properly under Step Two of the Customer Satisfaction Procedure in this airbag may not work properly. Do a wide range of conditions, not open or break the airbag including snow plowing with manual. See Customer Satisfaction Procedure (U.S. and coverings. If there are any vehicles that have the optional opened or broken airbag covers, Snow Plow Prep Package Canada) on page 13‑1 or Customer Satisfaction have the airbag covering and/or (RPO VYU). But do not change airbag module replaced. For the or defeat the snow plow's Procedure (Mexico) on page 13‑3. location of the airbag modules, “tripping mechanism.” If you do, see What Makes an Airbag it can damage your snow plow In addition, your dealer and the Inflate? on page 3‑35. See your and your vehicle, and it may service manual have information dealer for service. cause an airbag inflation. about the location of the airbag sensors, sensing and diagnostic module and airbag wiring. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-47
Replacing Airbag System If an airbag inflates, you will need to Child Restraints Parts after a Crash replace airbag system parts. See your dealer for service. Older Children { WARNING If the airbag readiness light stays on after the vehicle is started or comes A crash can damage the on when you are driving, the airbag airbag systems in the vehicle. system may not work properly. Have A damaged airbag system may the vehicle serviced right away. See Airbag Readiness Light on not work properly and may page 5 20 for more information. not protect you and your ‑ passenger(s) in a crash, resulting in serious injury or even death. To help make sure the airbag systems are working properly after a crash, have them inspected and any necessary replacements made as soon as Older children who have outgrown possible. booster seats should wear the vehicle safety belts. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)
3-48 Seats and Restraints
The manufacturer's instructions that . Can proper safety belt fit be According to accident statistics, come with the booster seat state the maintained for the length of the children and infants are safer weight and height limitations for that trip? If yes, continue. If no, when properly restrained in a child booster. Use a booster seat with a return to the booster seat. restraint system or infant restraint lap-shoulder belt until the child Q: What is the proper way to system secured in a rear seating passes the fit test below: wear safety belts? position. . Sit all the way back on the seat. A: An older child should wear a In a crash, children who are not Do the knees bend at the seat lap-shoulder belt and get the buckled up can strike other people edge? If yes, continue. If no, additional restraint a shoulder who are buckled up, or can be return to the booster seat. belt can provide. The shoulder thrown out of the vehicle. Older children need to use safety belts . Buckle the lap-shoulder belt. belt should not cross the face or Does the shoulder belt rest on neck. The lap belt should fit properly. the shoulder? If yes, continue. snugly below the hips, just If no, try using the rear safety touching the top of the thighs. belt comfort guide. See “Rear This applies belt force to the Safety Belt Comfort Guides” child's pelvic bones in a crash. under Lap-Shoulder Belt on It should never be worn over the page 3‑22 for more information. abdomen, which could cause If the shoulder belt still does not severe or even fatal internal rest on the shoulder, then return injuries in a crash. to the booster seat. Also see “Rear Safety Belt Comfort . Does the lap belt fit low and Guides” under Lap-Shoulder Belt on snug on the hips, touching the page 3‑22. thighs? If yes, continue. If no, return to the booster seat. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-49
{ WARNING { WARNING WARNING (Continued)
Never do this. Never do this. That could cause serious or fatal Never allow two children to wear Never allow a child to wear the injuries. The shoulder belt should the same safety belt. The safety safety belt with the shoulder belt go over the shoulder and across belt cannot properly spread the behind their back. A child can be the chest. impact forces. In a crash, the two seriously injured by not wearing children can be crushed together the lap-shoulder belt properly. In a and seriously injured. A safety crash, the child would not be belt must be used by only one restrained by the shoulder belt. person at a time. The child could move too far forward increasing the chance of head and neck injury. The child might also slide under the lap belt. The belt force would then be applied right on the abdomen. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)
3-50 Seats and Restraints
Infants and Young Airbags plus lap‐shoulder belts offer protection for adults and older WARNING (Continued) Children children, but not for young children Everyone in a vehicle needs and infants. Neither the vehicle's infant will suddenly become a protection! This includes infants and safety belt system nor its airbag 110 kg (240 lb) force on a person's all other children. Neither the system is designed for them. Every arms. An infant should be distance traveled nor the age and time infants and young children ride secured in an appropriate size of the traveler changes the in vehicles, they should have the restraint. need, for everyone, to use safety protection provided by appropriate restraints. In fact, the law in every child restraints. state in the United States and in Children who are not restrained every Canadian province says properly can strike other people, children up to some age must be or can be thrown out of the vehicle. restrained while in a vehicle. { WARNING { WARNING Never do this. Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is Never hold an infant or a child wrapped around their neck and while riding in a vehicle. Due to the safety belt continues to crash forces, an infant or a child tighten. Never leave children will become so heavy it is not unattended in a vehicle and never possible to hold it during a crash. allow children to play with the For example, in a crash at only safety belts. 40 km/h (25 mph), a 5.5 kg (12 lb) (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-51
For most basic types of child { WARNING restraints, there are many different models available. When Never do this. purchasing a child restraint, be Children who are up against, sure it is designed to be used in or very close to, any airbag when a motor vehicle. If it is, the it inflates can be seriously injured restraint will have a label saying or killed. Never put a rear-facing that it meets federal motor child restraint in the right front vehicle safety standards. seat. Secure a rear-facing child restraint in a rear seat. It is also better to secure a forward-facing child restraint in a rear seat. If you Q: What are the different types of must secure a forward-facing add-on child restraints? child restraint in the right front A: Add-on child restraints, which seat, always move the front are purchased by the vehicle passenger seat as far back as it owner, are available in four basic will go. types. Selection of a particular restraint should take into consideration not only the child's weight, height, and age but also whether or not the restraint will be compatible with the motor vehicle in which it will be used. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)
3-52 Seats and Restraints
The restraint manufacturer's Child Restraint Systems instructions that come with the { WARNING restraint state the weight and height limitations for a particular A young child's hip bones are still child restraint. In addition, there so small that the vehicle's regular are many kinds of restraints safety belt may not remain low on available for children with the hip bones, as it should. special needs. Instead, it may settle up around the child's abdomen. In a crash, { WARNING the belt would apply force on a body area that is unprotected by To reduce the risk of neck and any bony structure. This alone head injury during a crash, infants could cause serious or fatal need complete support. This is injuries. To reduce the risk of because an infant's neck is not serious or fatal injuries during a (A) Rear‐Facing Infant Seat fully developed and its head crash, young children should A rear-facing infant seat (A) weighs so much compared with always be secured in appropriate provides restraint with the seating the rest of its body. In a crash, child restraints. surface against the back of the an infant in a rear-facing child infant. restraint settles into the restraint, The harness system holds the infant so the crash forces can be in place and, in a crash, acts to distributed across the strongest keep the infant positioned in the part of an infant's body, the back restraint. and shoulders. Infants should always be secured in rear-facing child restraints. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-53
Securing an Add-On Child Restraint in the Vehicle
{ WARNING
A child can be seriously injured or killed in a crash if the child restraint is not properly secured in the vehicle. Secure the child restraint properly in the vehicle using the vehicle safety belt or LATCH system, following the (B) Forward-Facing Child Seat (C) Booster Seats instructions that came with that A forward-facing child seat (B) A booster seat (C) is a child restraint child restraint and the instructions provides restraint for the child's designed to improve the fit of the in this manual. body with the harness. vehicle's safety belt system. A booster seat can also help a To help reduce the chance of injury, child to see out the window. the child restraint must be secured in the vehicle. Child restraint systems must be secured in vehicle seats by lap belts or the lap belt portion of a lap-shoulder belt, or by the LATCH system. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)
3-54 Seats and Restraints
See Lower Anchors and Tethers for In some areas of the United Where to Put the Children (LATCH System) on States and Canada, Certified Restraint page 3‑56 for more information. Child Passenger Safety Technicians Children can be endangered in a (CPSTs) are available to inspect According to accident statistics, crash if the child restraint is not and demonstrate how to correctly children and infants are safer properly secured in the vehicle. use and install child restraints. In when properly restrained in a child When securing an add-on child the U.S., refer to the National restraint system or infant restraint restraint, refer to the instructions Highway Traffic Safety system secured in a rear seating that come with the restraint which Administration (NHTSA) website to position. locate the nearest child safety seat may be on the restraint itself or in a We recommend that children and inspection station. For CPST booklet, or both, and to this manual. child restraints be secured in a rear availability in Canada, check with The child restraint instructions are seat, including: an infant or a child Transport Canada or the Provincial important, so if they are not riding in a rear-facing child restraint; Ministry of Transportation office. available, obtain a replacement a child riding in a forward-facing copy from the manufacturer. Securing the Child Within the child seat; an older child riding in a Keep in mind that an unsecured Child Restraint booster seat; and children, who are child restraint can move around in a large enough, using safety belts. collision or sudden stop and injure { WARNING If a child restraint is secured in the people in the vehicle. Be sure to right front passenger seat, and the properly secure any child restraint A child can be seriously injured or vehicle has a switch in the glove in the vehicle — even when no child killed in a crash if the child is not box to manually turn off the right is in it. properly secured in the child front passenger airbag, see Airbag restraint. Secure the child On-Off Switch on page 3‑37 and properly following the instructions Securing Child Restraints (Rear that came with that child restraint. Seat Position) on page 3‑65 or Securing Child Restraints (Center Front Seat Position) on page 3‑67 or Securing Child Restraints (Right Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-55
Front Seat Position) on page 3‑67 for more information, including WARNING (Continued) { WARNING important safety information. Even if the passenger sensing A child in a child restraint in the A label on the sun visor says, system or airbag switch has center front seat can be badly “Never put a rear-facing child seat in turned off the right front injured or killed by the frontal the front.” This is because the risk to passenger frontal airbag, no airbags if they inflate. Never the rear-facing child is so great, system is fail-safe. No one can secure a child restraint in the if the airbag deploys. guarantee that an airbag will not center front seat. It is always deploy under some unusual better to secure a child restraint in { WARNING circumstance, even though it is a rear seat. turned off. A child in a rear-facing child restraint can be seriously Secure rear-facing child restraints Do not use child restraints in the injured or killed if the right front in a rear seat, even if the center front seat position. passenger airbag inflates. airbag is off. If you secure a When securing a child restraint in a This is because the back of the forward-facing child restraint in rear seating position, study the rear-facing child restraint would the right front seat, always move instructions that came with your be very close to the inflating the front passenger seat as far child restraint to make sure it is airbag. A child in a forward-facing back as it will go. It is better to compatible with this vehicle. secure the child restraint in a child restraint can be seriously Child restraints and booster seats injured or killed if the right front rear seat. vary considerably in size, and some passenger airbag inflates and the may fit in certain seating positions passenger seat is in a forward better than others. Always make position. sure the child restraint is properly (Continued) secured. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)
3-56 Seats and Restraints
Depending on where you place the Lower Anchors and When installing a child restraint with child restraint and the size of the a top tether, you must also use child restraint, you may not be able Tethers for Children either the lower anchors or the to access adjacent safety belt (LATCH System) safety belts to properly secure the assemblies or LATCH anchors for The LATCH system holds a child child restraint. A child restraint must additional passengers or child restraint during driving or in a crash. never be installed using only the top restraints. Adjacent seating This system is designed to make tether and anchor. positions should not be used if the installation of a child restraint easier. In order to use the LATCH system child restraint prevents access to or The LATCH system uses anchors in in your vehicle, you need a interferes with the routing of the the vehicle and attachments on the child restraint that has LATCH safety belt. child restraint that are made for use attachments. The child restraint If the vehicle does not have a with the LATCH system. manufacturer will provide you with rear seat that will accommodate Make sure that a LATCH-compatible instructions on how to use the child a rear-facing child restraint, a child restraint is properly installed restraint and its attachments. The rear-facing child restraint should using the anchors, or use the following explains how to attach a not be installed in the vehicle, vehicle's safety belts to secure the child restraint with these even if the airbag is off. restraint, following the instructions attachments in your vehicle. Wherever a child restraint is that came with that restraint, and Not all vehicle seating positions or installed, be sure to secure the also the instructions in this manual. child restraints have lower anchors child restraint properly. and attachments or top tether Keep in mind that an unsecured anchors and attachments. child restraint can move around in a collision or sudden stop and injure people in the vehicle. Be sure to properly secure any child restraint in your vehicle — even when no child is in it. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-57
Lower Anchors Top Tether Anchor Your child restraint may have a single tether (A) or a dual tether (C). Either will have a single attachment (B) to secure the top tether to the anchor. Some child restraints that have a top tether are designed for use with or without the top tether being attached. Others require the top tether always to be attached. In Canada, the law requires that Lower anchors (A) are metal bars A top tether (A, C) anchors the top forward-facing child restraints have built into the vehicle. There are of the child restraint to the vehicle. a top tether, and that the tether be two lower anchors for each A top tether anchor is built into attached. Be sure to read and follow LATCH seating position that will the vehicle. The top tether the instructions for your child accommodate a child restraint with attachment (B) on the child restraint restraint. lower attachments (B). connects to the top tether anchor in the vehicle in order to reduce the forward movement and rotation of the child restraint during driving or in a crash. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)
3-58 Seats and Restraints
Lower Anchor and Top Tether Anchor Locations
Regular Cab — Three-Passenger Crew and Extended Cab Rear Seat Front Seat i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating Regular Cab — Two-Passenger i (Top Tether Anchor): Seating positions with top tether anchors. Front Seat positions with top tether anchors. j (Lower Anchor): Seating Do not install a child restraint in the positions with two lower anchors. center front seat position. See For crew and extended cab models, Securing Child Restraints (Rear the rear outboard seating positions Seat Position) on page 3‑65 or have exposed metal lower anchors Securing Child Restraints (Center located in the crease between the Front Seat Position) on page 3‑67 seatback and the seat cushion. or Securing Child Restraints (Right Front Seat Position) on page 3‑67 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-59
Child Restraints (Center Front Seat Position) on page 3‑67 or Securing Child Restraints (Right Front Seat Position) on page 3‑67 for more information. For regular cab models, the top For regular cab models, there is an tether anchors are located under anchor symbol on the covers to covers on the back panel behind the assist you in locating the top tether passenger seat. Remove the trim anchors. plug to access the anchor. Be sure to use an anchor located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position where the child Crew Cab Shown, Extended Cab restraint will be placed. Similar For crew and extended cab models, the top tether anchors are the loops located near the top of the seatback for each rear seating position. These loops will be used to route the top tether through, as well as, to secure the top tether in the vehicle. Be sure to use an anchor (loop) Regular Cab located on the same side of the vehicle as the seating position Do not install a child restraint in the where the child restraint will be center seat position. See Securing placed. Child Restraints (Rear Seat Position) on page 3‑65 or Securing Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)
3-60 Seats and Restraints
Be sure to read the instructions Securing a Child Restraint following to properly install a child Designed for the LATCH { WARNING restraint using these loops. System Do not attach more than one child Do not secure a child restraint in a restraint to a single anchor, position without a top tether anchor { WARNING except for the center top tether if a national or local law requires anchors in the crew and extended that the top tether be attached, or if If a LATCH-type child restraint is cabs. Attaching more than one the instructions that come with the not attached to anchors, the child child restraint to a single anchor child restraint say that the top tether restraint will not be able to protect could cause the anchor or must be attached. the child correctly. In a crash, the attachment to come loose or even According to accident statistics, child could be seriously injured or break during a crash. A child or children and infants are safer when killed. Install a LATCH-type child others could be injured. To reduce properly restrained in a child restraint properly using the the risk of serious or fatal injuries restraint system or infant restraint anchors, or use the vehicle safety during a crash, attach only one system secured in a rear seating belts to secure the restraint, child restraint per anchor. position. See Where to Put the following the instructions that Restraint on page 3‑54 for came with the child restraint and additional information. the instructions in this manual. { WARNING
Children can be seriously injured or strangled if a shoulder belt is wrapped around their neck and the safety belt continues to tighten. Buckle any unused safety belts behind the child (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-61
Regular Cab Models 1.4. Route, attach, and tighten WARNING (Continued) 1. If the child restraint manufacturer the top tether according to your child restraint restraint so children cannot reach recommends that the top tether be attached, attach and tighten instructions and the them. Pull the shoulder belt all the following instructions: way out of the retractor to set the the top tether to the top tether lock, if the vehicle has one, after anchor, if your vehicle has one. the child restraint has been Refer to the child restraint installed. instructions and the following steps: 1.1. Pull the passenger Notice: Do not let the LATCH seatback forward by pulling attachments rub against the the recliner handle upward vehicle s safety belts. This may ’ to access the top tether damage these parts. If necessary, anchor. See Reclining move buckled safety belts to Seatbacks on page 3 8 for avoid rubbing the LATCH ‑ If the position you are using additional information. attachments. has an adjustable headrest 1.2. Find the top tether anchor. or head restraint and you Do not fold the empty rear seat are using a dual tether, 1.3. Remove the cover to with a safety belt buckled. This route the tether around the expose the anchor. could damage the safety belt or headrest or head restraint. the seat. Unbuckle and return the safety belt to its stowed position, before folding the seat. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)
3-62 Seats and Restraints
2. See Securing Child Restraints Crew and Extended Cab Models (Rear Seat Position) on 1. Attach and tighten the lower page 3‑65 or Securing Child attachments to the lower Restraints (Center Front Seat anchors. If the child restraint Position) on page 3‑67 or does not have lower Securing Child Restraints (Right attachments or the desired Front Seat Position) on seating position does not have page 3‑67 for instructions on lower anchors, secure the child installing the child restraint using restraint with the top tether and If the position you are using the safety belts. the safety belts. Refer to your has an adjustable headrest 3. Before placing a child in the child restraint manufacturer or head restraint and you child restraint, make sure it is instructions and the instructions are using a single tether, securely held in place. To check, in this manual. raise the headrest or head grasp the child restraint at the 1.1. Find the lower anchors for restraint and route the LATCH path and attempt to tether under the headrest or the desired seating move it side‐to‐side and position. head restraint and in back‐and‐forth. There should be between the headrest or no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of 1.2. Put the child restraint on head restraint posts. movement for proper installation. the seat. 1.3. Attach and tighten the lower attachments on the child restraint to the lower anchors. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-63
2. If the child restraint manufacturer behind the inboard recommends that the top tether headrest or head be attached, attach and tighten restraint post, and the top tether to the top tether under the center anchor (loop), if your vehicle has shoulder belt (C). one. Refer to the child restraint C. Attach the top instructions and the following tether (B) to the steps: top tether anchor (loop) (D) at the center rear seating position. 2.2. When using a child restraint Example Rear Driver Side — with a top tether in the rear Position center position: 2.1. When using a child restraint A. Route the top with a top tether in the rear tether (B) through driver side position: the center loop (D), A. Raise the headrest and behind the or head restraint. inboard passenger side headrest or Example Rear Driver Side B. Route the top — head restraint post. Position tether (B) between the headrest or head B. Attach the top restraint posts, tether (B) to the top through the loop (A), tether anchor (loop) at the rear passenger side seating position. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)
3-64 Seats and Restraints
2.3. When using a child restraint 2.4. Tighten the top tether Replacing LATCH System with a top tether in the rear when and as the child passenger position: restraint manufacturer's Parts After a Crash instructions say. A. Raise the headrest { WARNING or head restraint. When the top tether is B. Route the top tightened, the anchor (loop) A crash can damage the LATCH tether (B) between may bend. This is normal system in the vehicle. A damaged the headrest or head and will not damage the LATCH system may not properly vehicle. restraint posts, secure the child restraint, through the loop on 3. Before placing a child in the resulting in serious injury or even the passenger side child restraint, make sure it is death in a crash. To help make and behind the securely held in place. To check, sure the LATCH system is inboard headrest or grasp the child restraint at the working properly after a crash, head restraint post. LATCH path and attempt to see your dealer to have the C. Attach the top move it side‐to‐side and system inspected and any tether (B) to the back‐and‐forth. There should be necessary replacements made as top tether no more than 2.5 cm (1 in) of soon as possible. anchor (loop) (D) at movement for proper installation. the center rear If the vehicle has the LATCH system seating position. and it was being used during a crash, new LATCH system parts may be needed. New parts and repairs may be necessary even if the LATCH system was not being used at the time of the crash. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (65,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-65
Securing Child Restraints In Canada, the law requires that forward-facing child restraints have (Rear Seat Position) a top tether, and that the tether be When securing a child restraint in a attached. rear seating position, study the If the child restraint does not have instructions that came with the child the LATCH system, you will be restraint to make sure it is using the safety belt to secure the compatible with this vehicle. child restraint in this position. Be If the child restraint has the LATCH sure to follow the instructions that system, see Lower Anchors and came with the child restraint. Secure Tethers for Children (LATCH the child in the child restraint when System) on page 3‑56 for how and and as the instructions say. where to install the child restraint If more than one child restraint For crew cab second row using LATCH. If a child restraint is needs to be installed in the rear seatings positions, tilt the latch secured in the vehicle using a seat, be sure to read Where to Put plate to adjust the belt if needed. safety belt and it uses a top tether, the Restraint on page 3‑54. see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on 1. Put the child restraint on page 3‑56 for top tether anchor the seat. locations. 2. Pick up the latch plate, and run Do not secure a child seat in a the lap and shoulder portions of position without a top tether anchor the vehicle's safety belt through if a national or local law requires or around the restraint. The child that the top tether be anchored, or if restraint instructions will show the instructions that come with the you how. child restraint say that the top strap must be anchored. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (66,1)
3-66 Seats and Restraints
3. Push the latch plate into the 4. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 5. To tighten the belt, push down buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the Position the release button on lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to the buckle so that the safety belt set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, could be quickly unbuckled if not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back necessary. into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Try to pull the belt out of the retractor to make sure the retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 4 and 5. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (67,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-67
6. If the child restraint has a top Securing Child Restraints Securing Child Restraints tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions (Center Front Seat (Right Front Seat regarding the use of the top Position) Position) tether. See Lower Anchors and With Passenger Sensing Tethers for Children (LATCH { WARNING System) on page 3‑56 for more System information. A child in a child restraint in the This vehicle has airbags. A rear 7. Before placing a child in the center front seat can be badly seat is a safer place to secure a child restraint, make sure it is injured or killed by the frontal forward-facing child restraint. See securely held in place. To check, airbags if they inflate. Never Where to Put the Restraint on grasp the child restraint at the secure a child restraint in the page 3‑54. safety belt path and attempt to center front seat. It is always In addition, the vehicle may have a move it side‐to‐side and better to secure a child restraint passenger sensing system which is back‐and‐forth. When the child in a rear seat. designed to turn off the right front restraint is properly installed, passenger frontal airbag under there should be no more than Do not use child restraints in the certain conditions. See Passenger 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. center front seat position. Sensing System on page 3‑40 and To remove the child restraint, Passenger Airbag Status Indicator unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and on page 5‑23 for more information let it return to the stowed position. on this, including important safety If the top tether is attached to a top information. tether anchor, disconnect it. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (68,1)
3-68 Seats and Restraints
A label on the sun visor says, If the vehicle does not have a rear “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) seat that will accommodate a the front.” This is because the risk to rear-facing child restraint, a the rear-facing child is so great, Even if the passenger sensing rear-facing child restraint should if the airbag deploys. system, if equipped, has turned not be installed in the vehicle, even off the right front passenger if the airbag is off. { WARNING frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can guarantee If the child restraint has the LATCH that an airbag will not deploy system, see Lower Anchors and A child in a rear-facing child Tethers for Children (LATCH under some unusual restraint can be seriously System) on page 3 56 for how and circumstance, even though ‑ injured or killed if the right front where to install the child restraint passenger airbag inflates. This it is turned off. using LATCH. If you secure a child is because the back of the Secure rear-facing child restraint using a safety belt and it rear-facing child restraint would restraints in a rear seat, even if uses a top tether, see Lower be very close to the inflating the airbag is off. If you secure a Anchors and Tethers for Children airbag. A child in a forward-facing forward-facing child restraint in (LATCH System) on page 3‑56 for child restraint can be seriously the right front seat, always move top tether anchor locations. injured or killed if the right front the front passenger seat as far Do not secure a child seat in a passenger airbag inflates and the back as it will go. It is better to position without a top tether anchor passenger seat is in a forward secure the child restraint in a if a national or local law requires position. rear seat. that the top tether be anchored, or if the instructions that come with the The vehicle may have a See Passenger Sensing System passenger sensing system which child restraint say that the top strap on page 3‑40 for additional must be anchored. is designed to turn off the right information. front passenger frontal airbag under certain conditions. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (69,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-69
In Canada, the law requires that 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run forward-facing child restraints have the lap and shoulder portions of a top tether, and that the tether be the vehicle's safety belt through attached. or around the restraint. The child You will be using the lap-shoulder restraint instructions will show belt to secure the child restraint in you how. this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. When the passenger sensing 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way system, if equipped, has turned out of the retractor to set the off the right front passenger lock. When the retractor lock is frontal airbag, the off indicator set, the belt can be tightened but in the passenger airbag status not pulled out of the retractor. indicator should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Passenger Airbag Status 4. Push the latch plate into the Indicator on page 5‑23. buckle until it clicks. 2. Put the child restraint on Position the release button so the seat. that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (70,1)
3-70 Seats and Restraints
7. If the vehicle does not have a If a child restraint has been installed rear seat and the child restraint and the on indicator is lit, see “If has a top tether, follow the the On Indicator is Lit for a Child child restraint manufacturer's Restraint” under Passenger Sensing instructions regarding the use System on page 3‑40 for more of the top tether. See Lower information. Anchors and Tethers for To remove the child restraint, Children (LATCH System) on unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and page 3‑56 for more information. let it return to the stowed position. 8. Before placing a child in the If the top tether is attached to a top child restraint, make sure it is tether anchor, disconnect it. securely held in place. To check, With Airbag Off Switch 6. To tighten the belt, push down grasp the child restraint at the on the child restraint, pull the safety belt path and attempt to This vehicle has airbags. A rear shoulder portion of the belt to move it side to side and back seat is a safer place to secure a tighten the lap portion of the belt, and forth. When the child forward-facing child restraint. See and feed the shoulder belt back restraint is properly installed, Where to Put the Restraint on into the retractor. When installing there should be no more than page 3‑54. 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. a forward-facing child restraint, it There may be a switch in the glove may be helpful to use your knee If the vehicle is equipped with a box that you can use to turn off the to push down on the child passenger sensing system, and right front passenger frontal airbag. restraint as you tighten the belt. when the passenger sensing system See Airbag On-Off Switch on Try to pull the belt out of the has turned off the right front page 3‑37 for more information, retractor to make sure the passenger frontal airbag, the off including important safety retractor is locked. If the indicator in the passenger airbag information. retractor is not locked, repeat status indicator should light and stay Steps 5 and 6. lit when you start the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (71,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-71
A label on the sun visor says, “Never put a rear-facing child seat in WARNING (Continued) { WARNING the front unless airbag is off.” This is because the risk to the rear-facing guarantee that an airbag will not If the airbag readiness light ever child is so great, if the airbag deploy under some unusual comes on and stays on, it means deploys. circumstance, even though it is that something may be wrong turned off. with the airbag system. For { WARNING Secure rear-facing child example, the right front restraints in a rear seat, even if passenger airbag could inflate A child in a rear-facing child the airbag is off. If you secure a even though the airbag on-off restraint can be seriously injured forward-facing child restraint in switch is turned off. or killed if the right front the right front seat, always move To help avoid injury to yourself or passenger airbag inflates. This is the front passenger seat as far others, have the vehicle serviced because the back of the back as it will go. It is better to right away. See Airbag Readiness rear-facing child restraint would secure the child restraint in a Light on page 5‑20 for more be very close to the inflating rear seat. information, including important airbag. A child in a forward-facing safety information. child restraint can be seriously injured or killed if the right front passenger airbag inflates and the If the vehicle does not have a rear seat that will accommodate a passenger seat is in a forward rear-facing child restraint, a position. rear-facing child restraint should Even if the airbag switch has not be installed in the vehicle, even turned off the right front if the airbag is off. passenger frontal airbag, no system is fail-safe. No one can (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (72,1)
3-72 Seats and Restraints
If the child restraint has the LATCH You will be using the lap-shoulder 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run system, see Lower Anchors and belt to secure the child restraint in the lap and shoulder portions of Tethers for Children (LATCH this position. Follow the instructions the vehicle's safety belt through System) on page 3‑56 for how and that came with the child restraint. or around the restraint. The child where to install the child restraint 1. Move the seat as far back as it restraint instructions will show using LATCH. If a child restraint is will go before securing the you how. secured using a safety belt and it forward-facing child restraint. uses a top tether, see Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children If you have no other choice but (LATCH System) on page 3‑56 for to install a rear-facing child top tether anchor locations. restraint in this seat, make sure the airbag is off once the child Do not secure a child restraint in a restraint has been installed. position without a top tether anchor if a national or local law requires When the airbag off switch that the top tether be anchored, or if has turned off the right front the instructions that come with the passenger frontal airbag, the off child restraint say that the top strap indicator in the airbag off light must be anchored. should light and stay lit when you start the vehicle. See Airbag In Canada, the law requires that On-Off Light on page 5‑21. forward-facing child restraints have 4. Push the latch plate into the a top tether, and that the tether be 2. Put the child restraint on buckle until it clicks. attached. the seat. Position the release button so that the safety belt could be quickly unbuckled if necessary. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (73,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-73
7. If your vehicle does not have a rear seat and your child restraint has a top tether, follow the child restraint manufacturer's instructions regarding the use of the top tether. See Lower Anchors and Tethers for Children (LATCH System) on page 3‑56. 8. Before placing a child in the child restraint, make sure it is securely held in place. To check, 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way 6. To tighten the belt, push down grasp the child restraint at the out of the retractor to set the on the child restraint, pull the safety belt path and attempt to lock. When the retractor lock is shoulder portion of the belt to move it side to side and back set, the belt can be tightened but tighten the lap portion of the belt, and forth. When the child not pulled out of the retractor. and feed the shoulder belt back restraint is properly installed, into the retractor. When installing there should be no more than a forward-facing child restraint, it 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. may be helpful to use your knee To remove the child restraint, to push down on the child unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and restraint as you tighten the belt. let it return to the stowed position. Try to pull the belt out of the If the top tether is attached to a top retractor to make sure the tether anchor, disconnect it. retractor is locked. If the retractor is not locked, repeat Steps 5 and 6. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (74,1)
3-74 Seats and Restraints
If you turned the airbag off with Never put a rear-facing child If the child restraint has the LATCH the switch, turn on the right front restraint in the right front passenger system, see Lower Anchors and passenger airbag when you remove seat. Here is why: Tethers for Children (LATCH the child restraint from the vehicle System) on page 3‑56 for how and unless the person who will be sitting { WARNING where to install the child restraint there is a member of a passenger using LATCH. If you secure a child airbag risk group. See Airbag A child in a rear-facing child restraint using a safety belt and it On-Off Switch on page 3‑37 for restraint can be seriously uses a top tether, see Lower more information, including injured or killed if the right front Anchors and Tethers for Children important safety information. passenger's airbag inflates. This (LATCH System) on page 3‑56 for top tether anchor locations. Heavy Duty Crew Cab Only is because the back of the rear-facing child restraint would Do not secure a child seat in a This vehicle has airbags. A rear be very close to the inflating position without a top tether anchor seat is a safer place to secure a airbag. Always secure a if a national or local law requires forward-facing child restraint. See rear-facing child restraint in a that the top tether be anchored, or if Where to Put the Restraint on rear seat. the instructions that come with the page 3‑54. child restraint say that the top strap A label on the sun visor says, must be anchored. If the vehicle does not have a Never put a rear-facing child seat “ rear seat that will accommodate a In Canada, the law requires that in the front. This is because the risk ” rear-facing child restraint, a forward-facing child restraints have to the rear-facing child is so great, rear-facing child restraint should a top tether, and that the tether be if the airbag deploys. not be installed in the vehicle, even attached. if the airbag is off. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (75,1)
Seats and Restraints 3-75
You will be using the lap-shoulder belt to secure the child restraint in this position. Follow the instructions that came with the child restraint. 1. Move the seat as far back as it will go before securing the forward-facing child restraint. 2. Put the child restraint on the seat. 3. Pick up the latch plate, and run the lap and shoulder portions of the vehicle's safety belt through 4. Push the latch plate into the 5. Pull the shoulder belt all the way or around the restraint. The child buckle until it clicks. out of the retractor to set the restraint instructions will show lock. When the retractor lock is you how. Make sure the release button is positioned so you would be able set, the belt can be tightened but to unbuckle the safety belt not pulled out of the retractor. quickly if necessary. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (76,1)
3-76 Seats and Restraints
Try to pull the belt out of the 8. Before placing a child in the retractor to make sure the child restraint, make sure it is retractor is locked. If the securely held in place. To check, retractor is not locked, repeat grasp the child restraint at the Steps 5 and 6. safety belt path and attempt to 7. If your child restraint has a top move it side to side and back tether, follow the child restraint and forth. When the child manufacturer's instructions restraint is properly installed, regarding the use of the top there should be no more than tether. See Lower Anchors and 2.5 cm (1 in) of movement. Tethers for Children (LATCH To remove the child restraint, System) on page 3‑56 for more unbuckle the vehicle safety belt and 6. To tighten the belt, push down information. let it return to the stowed position. on the child restraint, pull the If the top tether is attached to a top shoulder portion of the belt to tether anchor, disconnect it. tighten the lap portion of the belt, and feed the shoulder belt back into the retractor. When installing a forward-facing child restraint, it may be helpful to use your knee to push down on the child restraint as you tighten the belt. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
Storage 4-1
Storage Storage Glove Box Compartments Lift up on the glove box lever to open it. Storage Compartments Instrument Panel Storage Instrument Panel Storage . . . . . 4-1 Cupholders Glove Box ...... 4-1 For vehicles equipped with an Cupholders ...... 4-1 instrument panel storage area, it is Vehicles with cupholders have Armrest Storage ...... 4-1 located above the glove box. them located on and behind the Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 center console and in the rear seat armrest. Pull the loop down on the rear seat armrest to access the cupholders. Pull downward on the cover to access the cupholders behind the center console. Armrest Storage Vehicles with a rear seat armrest have two cupholders. Pull the armrest down from the rear seatback to access the cupholders. Access the storage area by pressing and holding in the driver side of the handle and pull out on the exposed portion of the handle. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
4-2 Storage
Center Console Storage Vehicles with an upper and lower center console storage area have cupholders included.
Pull the lever (A) up to access the upper storage area. Raise the upper storage bin, then pull the lever (B) up to access the lower storage area. Use the key to lock and unlock the lower storage area. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-1
Fuel Gauge ...... 5-16 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-32 Instruments and Engine Oil Pressure Front Fog Lamp Light ...... 5-32 Controls Gauge ...... 5-17 Cruise Control Light ...... 5-32 Engine Coolant Temperature Gauge ...... 5-18 Information Displays Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-19 Driver Information Controls Center (DIC) ...... 5-32 Steering Wheel Adjustment . . . 5-2 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-20 Steering Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Airbag Readiness Light ...... 5-20 Vehicle Messages Horn ...... 5-4 Airbag On-Off Light ...... 5-21 Vehicle Messages ...... 5-41 Windshield Wiper/Washer . . . . . 5-4 Passenger Airbag Status Battery Voltage and Charging Compass ...... 5-5 Indicator ...... 5-23 Messages ...... 5-41 Clock ...... 5-7 Charging System Light ...... 5-24 Brake System Messages . . . . 5-41 Power Outlets ...... 5-9 Malfunction Door Ajar Messages ...... 5-42 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-10 Indicator Lamp ...... 5-24 Engine Cooling System Ashtrays ...... 5-11 Brake System Warning Messages ...... 5-43 Light ...... 5-27 Engine Oil Messages ...... 5-44 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Antilock Brake System (ABS) Engine Power Messages . . . . 5-45 Indicators Warning Light ...... 5-28 Fuel System Messages ...... 5-45 Warning Lights, Gauges, and Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 5-29 Key and Lock Messages . . . . . 5-45 Indicators ...... 5-11 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-29 ® Lamp Messages ...... 5-45 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-12 StabiliTrak Indicator Light . . . 5-30 Object Detection System Speedometer ...... 5-15 Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-30 Messages ...... 5-46 Odometer ...... 5-15 Engine Oil Pressure Light . . . . 5-31 Ride Control System Trip Odometer ...... 5-15 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-31 Messages ...... 5-46 Tachometer ...... 5-15 Security Light ...... 5-31 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
5-2 Instruments and Controls
Airbag System Messages . . . . 5-47 Controls 3. Release the lever to lock the Anti-theft Alarm System wheel in place. Messages ...... 5-47 Do not adjust the steering wheel Starting the Vehicle Steering Wheel while driving. Messages ...... 5-48 Adjustment Tire Messages ...... 5-48 Transmission Messages . . . . . 5-49 Steering Wheel Controls Vehicle Reminder Messages ...... 5-49 Washer Fluid Messages . . . . . 5-50 Vehicle Personalization Vehicle Personalization (with DIC Buttons) ...... 5-50 Universal Remote System Universal Remote System . . . 5-58 Universal Remote System Programming ...... 5-58 Universal Remote System The tilt lever is located on the lower Operation ...... 5-63 left side of the steering column. If equipped, some audio controls To adjust the steering wheel: can be adjusted at the steering 1. Hold the steering wheel and pull wheel. the lever. w / c x (Next/Previous): Press 2. Move the steering wheel up to select preset or favorite radio or down. stations, select tracks on a CD/ DVD, or navigate an iPod or USB device. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-3
Radio Navigating Folders on an iPod or Navigating an iPod or USB Device To select preset or favorite radio USB Device (Vehicles without a on the Main Audio Screen stations: Navigation System): (Vehicles with a Navigation System) 1. Press and hold or Press and release or to w c x w c x 1. Press and release or go to the next or previous radio while listening to a song until the w c x to select the next or previous station stored as a preset or contents of the current folder track within the selected favorite. display on the radio display. category. CD/DVD 2. Press and hold c x to go back to the previous folder list. 2. Press and hold w or c x to To select tracks on a CD/DVD: move quickly through the tracks. 3. Press and release w or c x Press and release w or c x to to scroll up or down the list. 3. Press and release ¨ to move up go to the next or previous track. one track within the selected . To select a folder, press category. Selecting Tracks on an iPod or and hold w, or press ¨ USB Device (Vehicles without a when the folder is Navigating an iPod or USB Device Navigation System) highlighted. on the Music Navigator Screen (Vehicles with a Navigation 1. Press and hold w or c x . To go back further in System) while listening to a song until the the folder list, press contents of the current folder and hold c x. 1. Press and release w or c x display on the radio display. to select the next or previous 2. Press and release w or c x track within the selected category. to scroll up or down the list, then press and hold w, or press ¨ to 2. Press and hold w or c x to play the highlighted track. move quickly through the tracks within the selected category. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
5-4 Instruments and Controls
3. Press and release ¨ to move up ¨ (Seek): Press to go to the + e − e (Volume): Press to one track within the selected next radio station while in AM, increase or to decrease the volume. category. FM, or XM™. b g (Mute/Push to Talk): Press to For vehicles with or without a Horn silence the vehicle speakers only. navigation system: To sound the horn, press the center Press again to turn the sound on. Press ¨ to go to the next track or pad on the steering wheel. For vehicles with Bluetooth or chapter while sourced to the CD or OnStar systems, press and hold for DVD slot. Windshield Wiper/Washer longer than two seconds to interact with those systems. See Bluetooth Press ¨ to select a track or a folder on page 7‑48 and the OnStar when navigating folders on an iPod Owner's Guide for more information. or USB device. c x (End): Press to reject an For vehicles with a navigation incoming call, or end a current call. system: SRCE (Source/Voice 1. Press and hold ¨ until a beep is Turn the band with the wiper symbol Recognition): Press to switch heard, to place the radio into between the radio and CD, and for SCAN mode. A station will play to control the windshield wipers. equipped vehicles, the DVD, front for five seconds before moving 8 (Mist): Single wipe, turn to 8, auxiliary, and rear auxiliary. to the next station. then release. Several wipes, hold For vehicles with the navigation 2. To stop the SCAN function, the band on 8 longer. system, press and hold this button press again. 9 (Off): Turns the windshield for longer than one second to ¨ wipers off. initiate voice recognition. See While listening to a CD/DVD, press “Voice Recognition” in the and hold ¨ to quickly move forward Navigation System manual for through the tracks. Release to stop more information. on the desired track. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-5
6 (Adjustable Interval Wipes): L (Washer Fluid): Push the Compass variance is the difference Turn the band up for more frequent paddle marked with the windshield between the earth's magnetic north wipes or down for less frequent washer symbol at the top of the and true geographic north. If the wipes. multifunction lever, to spray washer compass is not set to the zone fluid on the windshield. The wipers where you live, the compass may 6 (Low Speed): Slow give false readings. The compass wipes. clear the window and then either stop or return to the preset speed. must be set to the variance zone in ? (High Speed): Fast wipes. which the vehicle is traveling. Clear ice and snow from the wiper Compass To adjust for compass variance, use blades before using them. If frozen The vehicle may have a compass in the following procedure: to the windshield, carefully loosen or the Driver Information Center (DIC). Compass Variance (Zone) thaw them. Damaged wiper blades Procedure should be replaced. See Wiper Compass Zone Blade Replacement on page 10‑40. The zone is set to zone eight upon 1. Do not set the compass zone when the vehicle is moving. Heavy snow or ice can overload the leaving the factory. Your dealer will Only set it when the vehicle is in wiper motor. A circuit breaker will set the correct zone for your P (Park). stop the motor until it cools down. location. Press the vehicle information Windshield Washer Under certain circumstances, such as during a long-distance, button until PRESS V TO cross-country trip or moving to a CHANGE COMPASS ZONE { WARNING new state or province, it will be displays. Or, if the vehicle does not have DIC buttons, press the In freezing weather, do not use necessary to compensate for compass variance by resetting the trip odometer reset stem until the washer until the windshield zone through the DIC if the zone is CHANGE COMPASS ZONE is warmed. Otherwise the not set correctly. displays. washer fluid can form ice on the windshield, blocking your vision. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
5-6 Instruments and Controls
two seconds to select the next strong magnetic field interfering available variance zone. Repeat with the compass. Such interference this step until the appropriate may be caused by a magnetic CB variance zone is displayed. or cell phone antenna mount, a 5. If calibration is necessary, magnetic emergency light, magnetic calibrate the compass. See note pad holder, or any other magnetic item. Turn off the vehicle, “Compass Calibration move the magnetic item, then turn Procedure” following. on the vehicle and calibrate the Compass Calibration compass. The compass can be manually To calibrate the compass, use the calibrated. Only calibrate the following procedure: compass in a magnetically clean 2. Find the vehicle's current Compass Calibration Procedure location and variance zone and safe location, such as an open number on the map. parking lot, where driving the 1. Before calibrating the compass, vehicle in circles is not a danger. make sure the compass zone is Zones 1 through 15 are It is suggested to calibrate away set to the variance zone in which available. from tall buildings, utility wires, the vehicle is located. See 3. Press the set/reset button to manhole covers, or other industrial “Compass Variance (Zone) scroll through and select the structures, if possible. Procedure” earlier in this appropriate variance zone. If CAL should ever appear in the section. 4. Press the trip/fuel button until DIC display, the compass should be Do not operate any switches the vehicle heading, for calibrated. such as window, sunroof, example, N for North, is If the DIC display does not show a climate controls, or seats during displayed in the DIC. Or, if the heading, for example, N for North, the calibration procedure. vehicle does not have DIC or the heading does not change buttons, press and hold the trip after making turns, there may be a odometer reset stem for Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-7
2. Press the vehicle information Clock 5. Press the H button again until button until PRESS V TO the clock display stops flashing CALIBRATE COMPASS AM-FM Radio and AM‐FM to set the currently displayed displays. Or, if the vehicle does Radio with CD Player time, or wait until the flashing not have DIC buttons, press the To set the clock: stops after five seconds and the trip odometer reset stem until current time displayed CALIBRATE COMPASS 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ automatically sets. displays. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then press the O button to turn the MP3 Radios with a Single CD 3. Press the set/reset button to radio on. or a Single CD and DVD Player start the compass calibration. Or, if the vehicle does not have 2. Press the H button until the hour To adjust the time and date: DIC buttons, press and hold numbers begin to flash, then 1. Turn the ignition key to ACC/ the trip odometer reset stem turn the f knob to increase or ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, then for two seconds to start the decrease the hour. press the O button to turn the compass calibration. radio on. 3. Press the H button until the 4. The DIC will display H CALIBRATING: DRIVE IN minute numbers begin to flash, 2. Press the button to display CIRCLES. Drive the vehicle then turn the f knob to increase HR, MIN, MM, DD, YYYY (hour, in tight circles at less than or decrease the minutes. minute, month, day, and year). 8 km/h (5 mph) to complete the H 3. Press the softkey located under calibration. The DIC will display 4. Press the button until the any one of the tabs to change CALIBRATION COMPLETE 12HR or 24HR time format that setting. for a few seconds when the begins to flash, then turn calibration is complete. The DIC the f knob to change the time display will then return to the format. previous menu. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)
5-8 Instruments and Controls
4. To increase the time or date, do To change the time default setting MP3 Radio with a Six-Disc one of the following: from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change CD Player the date default setting from month/ . Press the softkey below the To set the time and date: selected tab. day/year to day/month/year: 1. Turn the ignition key to 1. Press the H button and then . Press the ¨ SEEK button. ACC/ACCESSORY or ON/RUN, the softkey located below the then press the O button to turn . Press the \ FWD button. forward arrow tab. 12H, 24H, the date MM/DD (month and day), the radio on. . Turn the f knob clockwise. and DD/MM (day and month) 2. Press the MENU button and 5. To decrease the time or date, do displays. then the softkey under the H tab one of the following: 2. Press the softkey located below to display HR, MIN, MM, DD, the desired option. YYYY (hour, minute, month, day, . Press the © SEEK button. and year). 3. Press the H button again to . Press the s REV button. apply the desired option, or let 3. Press the softkey located under any one of the tabs to change . f the screen time out. Turn the knob that setting. counterclockwise. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-9
4. To increase the time or date, do To change the time default setting Power Outlets one of the following: from 12 hour to 24 hour or to change the date default setting from month/ Accessory power outlets can be . Press the softkey below the day to day/month: used to plug in electrical equipment, selected tab. such as a cell phone, MP3 1. Press the MENU button and player, etc. . Press the ¨ SEEK button. then the softkey under the H The vehicle may have two . \ tab. Press the FWD button. accessory power outlets located 2. Press the softkey located below . Turn the f knob clockwise. below the climate control system, the forward arrow tab. 12H, 24H, or may have one accessory power 5. To decrease the time or date, do the date MM/DD (month and outlet and one cigarette lighter. The one of the following: day), and DD/MM (day and cigarette lighter is designed to fit month) displays. only in the receptacle closest to the . Press the © SEEK button. 3. Press the softkey located below driver. . Press the s REV button. the desired option. There may be another accessory 4. Press the MENU button again to power outlet in the rear cargo area. . Turn the f knob apply the desired option, or let If the vehicle has a floor console, counterclockwise. the screen time out. there is an accessory power outlet inside the storage bin and one on the rear of the floor console. Remove the cover to access and replace when not in use. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)
5-10 Instruments and Controls
The accessory power outlets are Certain power accessory plugs may Cigarette Lighter powered, even when the ignition is not be compatible to the accessory in LOCK/OFF. Continuing to use power outlet and could overload To use the cigarette lighter, push it power outlets while the ignition is in vehicle or adapter fuses. If a in all the way, and let go. When it is LOCK/OFF may cause the vehicle's problem is experienced, see your ready for use, the lighter pops battery to run down. dealer. back out. When adding electrical equipment, Notice: Holding a cigarette lighter { WARNING be sure to follow the proper in while it is heating does not let installation instructions included with the lighter back away from the Power is always supplied to the the equipment. See Add-On heating element when it is hot. outlets. Do not leave electrical Electrical Equipment on page 9‑117. Damage from overheating can equipment plugged in when the occur to the lighter or heating vehicle is not in use because the Notice: Hanging heavy element, or a fuse could be equipment from the power outlet vehicle could catch fire and cause blown. Do not hold a cigarette can cause damage not covered injury or death. lighter in while it is heating. by the vehicle warranty. The power outlets are designed for Notice: Leaving electrical accessory power plugs only, such equipment plugged in for an as cell phone charge cords. extended period of time while the vehicle is off will drain the battery. Always unplug electrical equipment when not in use and do not plug in equipment that exceeds the maximum 20 ampere rating. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-11
Ashtrays Warning Lights, Gauges can indicate when there could be a problem with a vehicle The vehicle may have a front Gauges, and function. Often gauges and warning ashtray located near the center of lights work together to indicate a the instrument panel. Pull on the Indicators problem with the vehicle. door to open it. The ashtray may Warning lights and gauges can have a cigarette lighter. When one of the warning lights signal that something is wrong comes on and stays on while Notice: If papers, pins, or other before it becomes serious enough driving, or when one of the gauges flammable items are put in the to cause an expensive repair or shows there may be a problem, ashtray, hot cigarettes or other replacement. Paying attention to the check the section that explains what smoking materials could ignite warning lights and gauges could to do. Follow this manual's advice. them and possibly damage the prevent injury. Waiting to do repairs can be costly vehicle. Never put flammable Warning lights come on when there and even dangerous. items in the ashtray. could be a problem with a vehicle To remove the ashtray, open the function. Some warning lights come door and pull the ashtray bin toward on briefly when the engine is started you. To replace the ashtray, insert to indicate they are working. the ashtray bin inside the ashtray door and press down until it engages. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)
5-12 Instruments and Controls
Instrument Cluster
English Light Duty Premium Shown. Metric, Uplevel, Base, Heavy Duty Similar. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-13
Automatic Transmsission Cluster-Mexico Only Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)
5-14 Instruments and Controls
Manual Transmission Cluster-Mexico Only Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-15
If the vehicle has a diesel engine, The hour meter displays for up to To display the odometer reading see the Duramax diesel supplement 30 seconds, or until the ignition is with the ignition off, press the reset for more information. turned on. See Driver Information button. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Center (DIC) on page 5‑32 for more See Driver Information Center (DIC) information. hybrid supplement for more on page 5‑32 for more information. information. Trip Odometer Tachometer Speedometer The trip odometer shows how far The tachometer displays the engine The speedometer shows the vehicle the vehicle has been driven since speed in revolutions per minute speed in both kilometers per hour the trip odometer was last set (rpm). For a description of how (km/h) and miles per hour (mph). to zero. Grade Braking affects vehicle Press the reset button, located on speed while the Tow/Haul Mode is Odometer the instrument panel cluster next to activated, see Tow/Haul Mode on the voltmeter, to toggle between page 9‑46 for more information. The odometer shows how far the the trip odometer and the regular If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the vehicle has been driven, in either odometer. Holding the reset button kilometers or miles. hybrid supplement for more for approximately one second while information. Engine Hour Meter Display the trip odometer is displayed will reset it. The Driver Information Center (DIC) can also display the number of hours the engine has run. To display the engine hours, turn the ignition off, then press and hold the reset button for at least four seconds. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)
5-16 Instruments and Controls
Fuel Gauge When the ignition is on, the fuel . It takes a little more or less fuel gauge shows about how much fuel to fill up than the fuel gauge is left in the fuel tank. indicated. For example, the gauge may have indicated the An arrow on the fuel gauge tank was half full, but it actually indicates the side of the vehicle took a little more or less than the fuel door is on. half the fuel tank's capacity to The gauge will first indicate empty fill it. before the vehicle is out of fuel, but . The gauge goes back to empty the vehicle's fuel tank should be when the ignition is turned off. filled soon. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, When the fuel tank is low the FUEL see the Duramax diesel supplement LEVEL LOW message appears. for more information. See Fuel System Messages on Metric page 5‑45 for more information. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more Here are some situations owners information. can experience with the fuel gauge. None of these indicate a problem with the fuel gauge. . At the gas station, the fuel pump shuts off before the gauge reads full.
English Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-17
Engine Oil Pressure Oil pressure can vary with engine speed, outside temperature and oil Gauge viscosity, but if readings are outside the normal operating range, the oil pressure light comes on. See Engine Oil Pressure Light on page 5‑31 for more information. A reading outside the normal operating range can be caused by a dangerously low oil level or some other problem causing low oil pressure. Check the English vehicle's oil as soon as possible. For vehicles with an engine oil pressure gauge, it shows the engine Metric oil pressure in kPa (kilopascals) or psi (pounds per square inch) when the engine is running. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)
5-18 Instruments and Controls
See “OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP Engine Coolant ENGINE” under Engine Oil Temperature Gauge Messages on page 5‑44 and Engine Oil on page 10‑8.
{ WARNING
Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low. The engine can become so hot that it catches fire. Someone could be burned. Check the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced. English This gauge shows the engine Notice: Lack of proper engine oil coolant temperature. Metric maintenance can damage the It also provides an indicator of how engine. The repairs would not be hard the vehicle is working. During a covered by the vehicle warranty. majority of the operation, the gauge Always follow the maintenance reads 100°C (210°F) or less. schedule for changing engine oil. If pulling a load or going up hills, it If the vehicle has a diesel engine, is normal for the temperature to see the Duramax diesel supplement fluctuate and go over the 113°C for more information. (235°F) mark. If the gauge reaches the 125°C (260°F) mark, it indicates If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the that the cooling system is working hybrid supplement for more beyond its capacity. information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-19
See Engine Overheating on When the ignition is on, this gauge This condition is normal since the page 10‑26. indicates the battery voltage. charging system is not able to If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the When the engine is running, this provide full power at engine idle. hybrid supplement for more gauge shows the condition of the As engine speeds are increased, information. charging system. The gauge can this condition should correct itself transition from a higher to lower as higher engine speeds allow the Voltmeter Gauge or a lower to higher reading. This is charging system to create maximum normal. If the vehicle is operating power. outside the normal operating range, The vehicle can only be driven for a the charging system light comes on. short time with the readings outside See Charging System Light on the normal operating range. If the page 5‑24 for more information. vehicle must be driven, turn off all The voltmeter gauge may also read accessories, such as the radio and lower when in fuel economy mode. air conditioner. This is normal. Readings outside the normal Readings outside the normal operating range indicate a possible operating range can also occur problem in the electrical system. when a large number of electrical Have the vehicle serviced as soon accessories are operating in the as possible. vehicle and the engine is left For vehicles with a voltmeter gauge, idling for an extended period. this gauge indicates the battery voltage when the ignition is turned on. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)
5-20 Instruments and Controls
Safety Belt Reminders Passenger Safety Belt The front passenger safety belt Reminder Light warning light and chime may turn on Driver Safety Belt Reminder if an object is put on the seat such Light For vehicles equipped with the as a briefcase, handbag, grocery passenger safety belt reminder light, bag, laptop, or other electronic When the engine is started, a chime several seconds after the engine is device. To turn off the warning light sounds for several seconds, on started, a chime sounds for several and/or chime, remove the object vehicles equipped with a radio, to seconds to remind the front from the seat or buckle the remind the driver to fasten the passenger to buckle their safety safety belt. safety belt, unless the driver safety belt. The passenger safety belt light, belt is already buckled. located on the overhead console, flashes for several more seconds Airbag Readiness Light and then comes on solid for The system checks the airbag's several more. electrical system for possible malfunctions. If the light stays on it indicates there is an electrical problem. The system check includes the airbag sensor, the The safety belt light flashes for pretensioners, the airbag modules, several seconds, then comes on the wiring, and the crash sensing solid for several more. and diagnostic module. For more information on the airbag system, This chime and light sequence are This chime and light are repeated if see Airbag System on page 3‑29. repeated if the driver remains the passenger remains unbuckled unbuckled and the vehicle is in and the vehicle is in motion. motion. If the driver safety belt is If the passenger safety belt is already buckled, neither the chime buckled, neither the chime nor nor the light comes on. the light comes on. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-21
If there is a problem with the airbag system, a Driver Information Center (DIC) message can also come on. See Airbag System Messages on page 5‑47 for more information.
The airbag readiness light comes on Airbag On-Off Light Canada and Mexico solid for a few seconds when the If the vehicle has an airbag on-off When the vehicle is started, the engine is started. If the light does switch, it also has a passenger passenger airbag status indicator not come on then, have it fixed airbag status indicator located in the will light ON and OFF, or the symbol immediately. overhead console. for on and off, will light for several seconds as a system check. Then, { WARNING after several more seconds, the status indicator ON or OFF, or either If the airbag readiness light stays the on or off symbol, will light to let on after the vehicle is started or you know the status of the right front comes on while driving, it means passenger frontal airbag. the airbag system might not be working properly. The airbags in United States When the right front passenger the vehicle might not inflate in a airbag is manually turned off using the airbag on-off switch crash, or they could even inflate in the glove box, the indicator without a crash. To help avoid light OFF or the off symbol will injury, have the vehicle serviced come on and stay on as a reminder right away. that the airbag has been turned off. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)
5-22 Instruments and Controls
This light will go off when the airbag has been turned on. See Airbag WARNING (Continued) On-Off Switch on page 3‑37 for more information, including Do not turn off the passenger important safety information. airbag unless the person sitting there is in a risk group identified by the national government. See Airbag On-Off Switch on page 3‑37 for more on this, including important safety information.
Canada and Mexico { WARNING { WARNING If the airbag readiness light If the right front passenger airbag ever comes on and stays on, it United States is turned off for a person who is means that something may be not in a risk group identified by wrong with the airbag system. the national government, that For example, the right front person will not have the extra passenger airbag could inflate protection of an airbag. In a even though the airbag on-off crash, the airbag will not be able switch is turned off. to inflate and help protect the (Continued) person sitting there. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-23
Passenger Airbag Status WARNING (Continued) Indicator To help avoid injury to yourself or If the vehicle has one of the others, have the vehicle serviced indicators pictured in the following right away. See Airbag Readiness illustrations, then the vehicle has a Light on page 5‑20 for more passenger sensing system for the United States information, including important right front passenger position unless safety information. there is an airbag off switch located in the glove box. If there is an If the word ON or the on symbol is airbag off switch, the vehicle does lit, it means that the right front not have a passenger system passenger frontal airbag is enabled system. See Airbag On-Off Switch (may inflate). See Airbag On-Off on page 3‑37. Switch on page 3‑37 for more The passenger airbag status Canada and Mexico information, including important indicator is on the overhead When the vehicle is started, the safety information. console. See Passenger Sensing passenger airbag status indicator If, after several seconds, both status System on page 3‑40 for important will light ON and OFF, or the symbol indicator lights remain on, or if there safety information. for on and off, for several seconds are no lights at all, there may be a In addition, if the vehicle has a as a system check. Then, after problem with the lights or the airbag passenger sensing system for the several more seconds, the status on-off switch. See your dealer for right front passenger position, the indicator will light either ON or OFF, service. label on the vehicle's sun visor or either the on or off symbol to let refers to “ADVANCED AIRBAGS”. you know the status of the right front passenger frontal airbag. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)
5-24 Instruments and Controls
If the word ON or the on symbol is Information Center (DIC) can also lit on the passenger airbag status WARNING (Continued) appear. See Battery Voltage and indicator, it means that the right Charging Messages on page 5‑41 front passenger frontal airbag is Light on page 5‑20 for more for more information. This light could enabled (may inflate). information, including important indicate that there are problems with safety information. If the word OFF or the off symbol is a generator drive belt, or that there lit on the airbag status indicator, it is an electrical problem. Have it means that the passenger sensing Charging System Light checked right away. If the vehicle system has turned off the right front must be driven a short distance with passenger frontal airbag. the light on, turn off accessories, such as the radio and air If, after several seconds, both status conditioner. indicator lights remain on, or if there are no lights at all, there may be a If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the problem with the lights or the hybrid supplement for more passenger sensing system. See information. your dealer for service. This light comes on briefly when the ignition key is turned to START, Malfunction { WARNING but the engine is not running, as a Indicator Lamp check to show it is working. A computer system called OBD II If the airbag readiness light ever If it does not, have the vehicle (On-Board Diagnostics-Second comes on and stays on, it means serviced by your dealer. Generation) monitors operation of that something may be wrong The light should go out once the fuel, ignition, and emission with the airbag system. To help control systems. It ensures that avoid injury to yourself or others, the engine starts. If it stays on, or comes on while driving, there emissions are at acceptable levels have the vehicle serviced right could be a problem with the for the life of the vehicle, helping to away. See Airbag Readiness charging system. A charging produce a cleaner environment. (Continued) system message in the Driver Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-25
Notice: If the vehicle is This light comes on during a continually driven with this malfunction in one of two ways: light on, the emission controls Light Flashing: A misfire condition might not work as well, the has been detected. A misfire vehicle fuel economy might not increases vehicle emissions and be as good, and the engine might could damage the emission control This light should come on when the not run as smoothly. This could system on the vehicle. Diagnosis ignition is on, but the engine is not lead to costly repairs that might and service might be required. running, as a check to show it is not be covered by the vehicle To prevent more serious damage to working. If it does not, have the warranty. the vehicle: vehicle serviced by your dealer. Notice: Modifications made to . Reduce vehicle speed. If the malfunction indicator lamp the engine, transmission, comes on and stays on while the exhaust, intake, or fuel system . Avoid hard accelerations. of the vehicle or the replacement engine is running, this indicates that . Avoid steep uphill grades. there is an OBD II problem and of the original tires with other service is required. than those of the same Tire . If towing a trailer, reduce the Performance Criteria (TPC) can amount of cargo being hauled as Malfunctions often are indicated by affect the vehicle's emission soon as it is possible. the system before any problem is controls and can cause this light apparent. Being aware of the light to come on. Modifications to If the light continues to flash, when can prevent more serious damage these systems could lead to it is safe to do so, stop the vehicle. to the vehicle. This system assists costly repairs not covered by Find a safe place to park the the service technician in correctly the vehicle warranty. This could vehicle. Turn the vehicle off, wait at diagnosing any malfunction. also result in a failure to pass a least 10 seconds, and restart the required Emission Inspection/ engine. If the light is still flashing, Maintenance test. See follow the previous steps and see Accessories and Modifications on your dealer for service as soon as possible. page 10‑3. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)
5-26 Instruments and Controls
Light On Steady: An emission . Check that the electrical system If one or more of these conditions control system malfunction has is not wet. The system could be occurs, change the fuel brand used. been detected on the vehicle. wet if the vehicle was driven It will require at least one full tank of Diagnosis and service might be through a deep puddle of water. the proper fuel to turn the light off. required. The condition is usually corrected when the electrical See Recommended Fuel on The following may correct an system dries out. A few driving page 9‑79. emissions system malfunction: trips should turn the light off. If none of the above have made the . Check that the fuel cap is fully . Check that good quality fuel is light turn off, your dealer can check installed. See Filling the Tank on used. Poor fuel quality causes the vehicle. The dealer has the page 9‑83. The diagnostic the engine not to run as proper test equipment and system can determine if efficiently as designed and can diagnostic tools to fix any the fuel cap has been left off or cause: stalling after start-up, mechanical or electrical problems improperly installed. A loose or stalling when the vehicle is that might have developed. missing fuel cap allows fuel to changed into gear, misfiring, evaporate into the atmosphere. hesitation on acceleration, A few driving trips with the cap or stumbling on acceleration. properly installed should turn the These conditions might go away light off. once the engine is warmed up. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-27
Emissions Inspection and The vehicle may not pass Brake System Warning Maintenance Programs inspection if: Light . The malfunction indicator lamp is Some state/provincial and local With the ignition on, the brake governments may have programs on with the engine running, or if the light does not come on when system warning light comes on to inspect the on-vehicle emission when the parking brake is set. If the control equipment. For the the ignition is turned to ON/RUN while the engine is off. vehicle is driven with the parking inspection, the emission system brake engaged, a chime sounds test equipment is connected . The critical emission control when the vehicle speed is greater to the vehicle’s Data Link systems have not been than 8 km/h (5 mph). Connector (DLC). completely diagnosed by the system. This can happen if the The vehicle brake system consists battery has recently been of two hydraulic circuits. If one replaced or if the battery has circuit is not working, the remaining run down. The diagnostic system circuit can still work to stop the evaluates critical emission vehicle. For normal braking control systems during normal performance, both circuits need to driving. This can take be working The DLC is under the instrument several days of routine driving. If the warning light comes on and a panel to the left of the steering If this has been done and the chime sounds there could be a wheel. See your dealer if assistance vehicle still does not pass the brake problem. Have the brake is needed. inspection, your dealer can system inspected right away. prepare the vehicle for inspection. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)
5-28 Instruments and Controls
This light can also come on due to Antilock Brake System { WARNING low brake fluid. See Brake Fluid on (ABS) Warning Light page 10‑31 for more information. The brake system might not be working properly if the brake system warning light is on. Driving with the brake system warning light on can lead to a crash. If the light is still on after Metric English the vehicle has been pulled off the road and carefully stopped, For vehicles with the Antilock Brake This light comes on briefly when the have the vehicle towed for System (ABS), this light comes on ignition key is turned to ON/RUN. service. briefly when the engine is started. If it does not come on then, have it If it does not, have the vehicle fixed so it is ready to warn if there is serviced by your dealer. If the a problem. If the light comes on while driving, pull off the road and stop carefully. system is working normally the The pedal might be harder to push indicator light then goes off. or might go closer to the floor. It can If the ABS light stays on, turn the take longer to stop. If the light is ignition off. If the light comes on still on, have the vehicle towed for while driving, stop as soon as it is service. See Towing the Vehicle on safely possible and turn the ignition page 10‑99. off. Then start the engine again to If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the reset the system. If the ABS light hybrid supplement for more stays on, or comes on again while information. driving, the vehicle needs service. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-29
If the regular brake system warning Four-Wheel-Drive Light Tow/Haul Mode Light light is not on, the vehicle still has brakes, but not antilock brakes. If the regular brake system warning light is also on, the vehicle does not have antilock brakes and there is a problem with the regular brakes. See Brake System Warning Light on page 5‑27. For vehicles equipped with the For vehicles with the Tow/Haul For vehicles with a Driver four-wheel-drive light, it comes on Mode feature, this light comes on Information Center (DIC), see when a vehicle with a manual when the Tow/Haul Mode has been Brake System Messages on transfer case is shifted into activated. page 5‑41 for all brake‐related four-wheel drive and the front For more information, see Tow/Haul DIC messages. axle engages. Mode on page 9‑46. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Some delay between the shifting hybrid supplement for more and the light coming on is normal. information. See Four-Wheel Drive on page 9‑50 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)
5-30 Instruments and Controls
StabiliTrak® Indicator The light flashes if the system is When the Light Is On Steady Light active and is working to assist the This indicates that one or more driver with directional control of the of the tires are significantly vehicle in difficult driving conditions. underinflated. ® See StabiliTrak System on A tire pressure message can page 9‑67 for more information. accompany the light. See Tire If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Messages on page 5‑48 for more hybrid supplement for more information. Stop as soon as information. possible, and inflate the tires to the For vehicles with the StabiliTrak pressure value shown on the Tire system, this light comes on briefly Tire Pressure Light and Loading Information label. See while starting the engine. Tire Pressure on page 10‑63 for more information. If it does not, have the vehicle serviced by your dealer. If the When the Light Flashes First and system is working normally the Then Is On Steady indicator light then goes off. This indicates that there may be a If the light comes on and stays on problem with the TPMS. The light while driving, there could be a flashes for about a minute and stays problem with the StabiliTrak system For vehicles with the Tire Pressure on steady for the remainder of the and the vehicle might need service. Monitor System (TPMS), this light ignition cycle. This sequence When this warning light is on, the comes on briefly when the engine is repeats with every ignition cycle. StabiliTrak system is off and does started. It provides information See Tire Pressure Monitor about tire pressures and the TPMS. not limit wheel spin. Operation on page 10‑66 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-31
Engine Oil Pressure Light This light comes on briefly while This light and a chime, if the vehicle starting the engine. If it does not, is equipped with a radio, comes on have the vehicle serviced by your when the fuel tank is low on fuel. dealer. If the system is working The Driver Information Center also normally the indicator light then displays a FUEL LEVEL LOW goes off. message. See Fuel System If the light comes on and stays on, it Messages on page 5‑45 for more means that oil is not flowing through information. When fuel is added this the engine properly. The vehicle light and message should go off. If it { WARNING could be low on oil and it might does not, have the vehicle serviced have some other system problem. by your dealer. Do not keep driving if the oil pressure is low. The engine can If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the Security Light become so hot that it catches fire. hybrid supplement for more Someone could be burned. Check information. the oil as soon as possible and have the vehicle serviced. Low Fuel Warning Light
Notice: Lack of proper engine oil maintenance can damage the engine. The repairs would not be For information regarding this light covered by the vehicle warranty. and the vehicle's security system, Always follow the maintenance see Anti-theft Alarm System on schedule for changing engine oil. page 2‑11. This light, under the fuel gauge, comes on briefly while the engine is being started. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)
5-32 Instruments and Controls
High-Beam On Light The light goes out when the fog Information Displays lamps are turned off. See Fog Lamps on page 6‑6 for more information. Driver Information Center (DIC) Cruise Control Light The vehicle has a Driver Information Center (DIC). The DIC displays information about This light comes on when the this vehicle. It also displays warning high-beam headlamps are in use. messages if a system problem is See Headlamp High/Low-Beam detected. Changer on page 6‑3 for more All messages will appear in the information. For vehicles equipped with cruise DIC display located below the control, this light comes on tachometer in the instrument panel Front Fog Lamp Light whenever the cruise control is set. cluster. The light goes out when the cruise The DIC comes on when the ignition control is turned off. See Cruise is on. After a short delay, the DIC Control on page 9‑69 for more will display the information that was information. last displayed before the engine was turned off.
For vehicles equipped with fog lamps, this light comes on when the fog lamps are in use. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-33
The DIC has different displays DIC Buttons The temperature will be shown which can be accessed by pressing in °C or °F depending on the units the DIC buttons located on the selected. instrument panel, next to the T (Vehicle Information): Press steering wheel. If the vehicle does this button to display the oil life, not have DIC buttons, the trip units, tire pressure readings for odometer reset stem can be used to vehicles with the Tire Pressure access some of the menu items. Monitor System (TPMS), trailer The DIC displays trip, fuel, and brake gain and output information vehicle system information, and for vehicles with the Integrated warning messages if a system Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, problem is detected. engine hours, compass zone The DIC also allows some features setting, and compass recalibration. to be customized. See Vehicle U (Customization): Press this Personalization (with DIC Buttons) The buttons are the trip/fuel, vehicle button to customize the feature on page 5‑50 for more information. information, customization, and set/ settings on the vehicle. See Vehicle reset buttons. The button functions Personalization (with DIC Buttons) If the vehicle has a diesel are detailed in the following pages. engine, see the Duramax® diesel on page 5‑50 for more information. supplement for more information. 3 (Trip/Fuel): Press this button V (Set/Reset): Press this button to to display the odometer, trip set or reset certain functions and to odometer, fuel range, average turn off or acknowledge messages economy, fuel used, timer, on the DIC. transmission temperature, and instantaneous economy and Active Fuel Management™ indicator. The compass and outside temperature will also be shown in the display. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)
5-34 Instruments and Controls
Trip/Fuel Menu Items The trip odometer can be reset to activated, the display will show 8 km (with DIC Buttons) zero by pressing the set/reset (5 miles). As the vehicle begins 3 button while the trip odometer is moving, the display will then (Trip/Fuel): Press this button displayed. You can also reset the increase to 8.2 km (5.1 miles), to scroll through the following menu trip odometer while it is displayed by 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc. items: pressing and holding the trip Fuel Range Odometer odometer reset stem. Press the trip/fuel button until FUEL Press the trip/fuel button until The trip odometer has a feature called the retro-active reset. This RANGE displays. This display ODOMETER displays. This display shows the approximate number of shows the distance the vehicle has can be used to set the trip odometer to the number of miles (kilometers) remaining kilometers (km) or miles been driven in either kilometers (km) the vehicle can be driven without or miles. Pressing the trip odometer driven since the ignition was last turned on. This can be used if the refueling. The display will show reset stem will also display the LOW if the fuel level is low. odometer. trip odometer is not reset at the beginning of the trip. The fuel range estimate is based on To switch between metric and To use the retro-active reset feature, an average of the vehicle's fuel English measurements, see economy over recent driving history “Units” later in this section. press and hold the set/reset button for at least four seconds. The trip and the amount of fuel remaining in Trip Odometer odometer will display the number of the fuel tank. This estimate will kilometers (km) or miles driven since change if driving conditions change. Press the trip/fuel button until TRIP For example, if driving in traffic and displays. This display shows the the ignition was last turned on and the vehicle was moving. Once the making frequent stops, this display current distance traveled in either may read one number, but if the kilometers (km) or miles since the vehicle begins moving, the trip odometer will accumulate mileage. vehicle is driven on a freeway, the last reset for the trip odometer. number may change even though Pressing the trip odometer reset For example, if the vehicle was driven 8 km (5 miles) before it is the same amount of fuel is in the stem will also display the trip fuel tank. This is because different odometer. started again, and then the retro-active reset feature is driving conditions produce different Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-35
fuel economies. Generally, freeway Timer Transmission Temperature driving produces better fuel Press the trip/fuel button until Press the trip/fuel button until economy than city driving. Fuel TIMER displays. This display can TRANS TEMP displays. This range cannot be reset. be used as a timer. display shows the temperature of Average Economy To start the timer, press the the automatic transmission fluid in set/reset button while TIMER is either degrees Celsius (°C) or Press the trip/fuel button until AVG degrees Fahrenheit (°F). ECONOMY displays. This display displayed. The display will show the shows the approximate average amount of time that has passed Instantaneous Economy and liters per 100 kilometers (L/100 km) since the timer was last reset, not Active Fuel Management™ or miles per gallon (mpg). This including time the ignition is off. Indicator Time will continue to be counted as number is calculated based on the If the vehicle has this display, press long as the ignition is on, even if number of L/100 km (mpg) recorded the trip/fuel button until INST ECON another display is being shown on since the last time this menu item V8 displays. This display shows the the DIC. The timer will record was reset. To reset AVG current fuel economy at a particular up to 99 hours, 59 minutes, and ECONOMY, press and hold moment and will change frequently 59 seconds (99:59:59) after which the set/reset button. as driving conditions change. This the display will return to zero. Fuel Used display shows the instantaneous To stop the timer, press the set/reset fuel economy in liters per Press the trip/fuel button until button briefly while TIMER is 100 kilometers (L/100 km) or miles FUEL USED displays. This display displayed. per gallon (mpg). Unlike average shows the number of liters (L) or To reset the timer to zero, press and economy, this screen cannot be gallons (gal) of fuel used since the reset. last reset of this menu item. To reset hold the set/reset button while the fuel used information, press and TIMER is displayed. hold the set/reset button while FUEL USED is displayed. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)
5-36 Instruments and Controls
An Active Fuel Management Vehicle Information Menu oil life, additional maintenance is indicator displays on the right side Items (with DIC Buttons) recommended in the Maintenance of the DIC, while INST ECON T Schedule in this manual. See displays on the left side. Active Fuel (Vehicle Information): Press Scheduled Maintenance on this button to scroll through the Management allows the engine to page 11‑2 for more information. following menu items: operate on either four or eight Remember, you must reset the OIL cylinders, depending on driving Oil Life LIFE display after each oil change. demands. When Active Fuel Press the vehicle information It will not reset itself. Also, be Management is active, V4 will careful not to reset the OIL LIFE display on the DIC. When Active button until OIL LIFE REMAINING displays. This display shows an display accidentally at any time Fuel Management is inactive, other than when the oil has just V8 will display. See Active Fuel estimate of the oil's remaining useful ® life. If you see 99% OIL LIFE been changed. It cannot be reset Management on page 9‑40 for accurately until the next oil change. more information. REMAINING on the display, that means 99% of the current oil life To reset the engine oil life system, Blank Display remains. The engine oil life system see Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑12. This display shows no information. will alert you to change the oil on a schedule consistent with your Units driving conditions. Press the vehicle information button When the remaining oil life is low, until UNITS displays. This display the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON allows you to select between metric message will appear on the display. or English units of measurement. See “CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON” Once in this display, press the under Engine Oil Messages on set/reset button to select between page 5‑44. You should change the METRIC or ENGLISH units. All oil as soon as you can. See Engine of the vehicle information will Oil on page 10‑8. In addition to the then be displayed in the unit of engine oil life system monitoring the measurement selected. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-37
Tire Pressure Trailer Gain and Output Compass Zone Setting If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure On vehicles with the Integrated This display allows for setting the Monitor System (TPMS), the Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, compass zone. See Compass on pressure for each tire can be viewed the trailer brake display appears page 5‑5 for more information. in the DIC. The tire pressure will be in the DIC. Press the vehicle shown in either kilopascals (kPa) or information button until TRAILER Compass Recalibration pounds per square inch (psi). GAIN and OUTPUT display. This display allows for calibrating Press the vehicle information TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer the compass. See Compass on button until the DIC displays gain setting. This setting can be page 5‑5 for more information. FRONT TIRES kPa (PSI) LEFT ## adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either Blank Display RIGHT ##. Press the vehicle a trailer connected or disconnected. information button again until the This display shows no information. DIC displays REAR TIRES kPa OUTPUT shows the power output (PSI) LEFT ## RIGHT ##. to the trailer any time a trailer with Trip Odometer Reset Stem electric brakes is connected. Output Menu Items (with DIC Buttons) If a low tire pressure condition is is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes Use the trip odometer reset stem detected by the system while may appear in the OUTPUT display. driving, a message advising you to to view the odometer and trip add pressure in a specific tire will To adjust trailer gain see “Integrated odometer. The Language selection appear in the display. See Tire Trailer Brake Control System” under and Engine Hours display can also Pressure on page 10‑63 and Tire Towing Equipment on page 9‑105 be accessed with the trip odometer Messages on page 5‑48 for more for more information. reset stem. information. Engine Hours Odometer If the tire pressure display shows Press the vehicle information button Press the trip odometer reset stem dashes instead of a value, there until ENGINE HOURS displays. This until ODOMETER displays. This may be a problem with the vehicle. display shows the total number of display shows the distance the If this consistently occurs, see your hours the engine has run. vehicle has been driven in either dealer for service. kilometers (km) or miles (mi). Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)
5-38 Instruments and Controls
Trip Odometer The trip odometer will display the 3. Continue to press and hold the Press the trip odometer reset stem number of kilometers (km) or trip odometer reset stem to scroll until TRIP displays. This display miles (mi) driven since the ignition through all of the available shows the current distance traveled was last turned on and the vehicle languages. in either kilometers (km) or was moving. Once the vehicle The available selections miles (mi) since the last reset begins moving, the trip odometer are ENGLISH (default), for the trip odometer. will accumulate mileage. For FRANCAIS (French), example, if the vehicle was driven The trip odometer can be reset to ESPANOL (Spanish), and 8 km (5 miles) before it is started NO CHANGE. zero by pressing and holding the trip again, and then the retro-active odometer reset stem while the trip reset feature is activated, the 4. Once the desired language is odometer is displayed. display will show 8 km (5 miles). displayed, release the trip The trip odometer has a feature As the vehicle begins moving, the odometer reset stem to set the called the retro-active reset. This display will then increase to 8.2 km choice. can be used to set the trip odometer (5.1 miles), 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc. Engine Hours to the number of miles (kilometers) Language driven since the ignition was last To display the ENGINE HOURS, turned on. This can be used if the This display allows you to select the place the ignition in LOCK/OFF or trip odometer is not reset at the language in which the DIC ACC/ACCESSORY, then press and beginning of the trip. messages will appear. To select a hold the trip odometer reset stem for language: four seconds while viewing the To use the retro-active reset feature, ODOMETER. This display shows press and hold the trip odometer 1. Press the trip odometer reset the total number of hours the engine reset stem for at least four seconds. stem until ODOMETER displays. has run. 2. While in the ODOMETER display, press and hold the trip odometer reset stem for three seconds until the currently set language displays. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-39
Trip Odometer Reset 4. Once the desired language is To use the retro-active reset feature, Stem Menu Items displayed, release the trip press and hold the trip odometer (without DIC Buttons) odometer reset stem to set the reset stem for at least four seconds. choice. The trip odometer will display the Language number of kilometers (km) or Trip Odometer This display allows you to select miles (mi) driven since the ignition the language in which the DIC Press the trip odometer reset stem was last turned on and the vehicle messages will appear. To select a until TRIP displays. This display was moving. Once the vehicle language: shows the current distance traveled begins moving, the trip odometer in either kilometers (km) or will accumulate mileage. For 1. Press the trip odometer reset miles (mi) since the last reset example, if the vehicle was driven stem until ODOMETER displays. for the trip odometer. 8 km (5 miles) before it is started 2. While in the ODOMETER The trip odometer can be reset to again, and then the retro-active display, press and hold the trip zero by pressing and holding the trip reset feature is activated, the odometer reset stem for odometer reset stem while the trip display will show 8 km (5 miles). three seconds until the currently odometer is displayed. As the vehicle begins moving, the set language displays. display will then increase to 8.2 km The trip odometer has a feature (5.1 miles), 8.4 km (5.2 miles), etc. 3. Continue to press and hold the called the retro-active reset. This trip odometer reset stem to scroll can be used to set the trip odometer Transmission Temperature through all of the available to the number of miles (kilometers) Press the trip odometer reset stem languages. driven since the ignition was last until TRANS TEMP displays. This The available languages are turned on. This can be used if the display shows the temperature of ENGLISH (default), trip odometer is not reset at the the automatic transmission fluid in FRANCAIS (French), beginning of the trip. either degrees Celsius (°C) or ESPANOL (Spanish), and degrees Fahrenheit (°F) . NO CHANGE. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)
5-40 Instruments and Controls
Trailer Gain and Output Compass Zone Setting When the remaining oil life is low, On vehicles with the Integrated This display allows for setting the the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, compass zone. See Compass on message will appear on the display. See CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON the trailer brake display appears in page 5‑5 for more information. “ ” the DIC. Press the trip odometer under Engine Oil Messages on reset stem until TRAILER GAIN and Compass Recalibration page 5‑44. You should change the OUTPUT display. This display allows for calibrating oil as soon as you can. See Engine the compass. See Compass on Oil on page 10‑8. In addition to the TRAILER GAIN shows the trailer engine oil life system monitoring the page 5‑5 for more information. gain setting. This setting can be oil life, additional maintenance is adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 with either Oil Life recommended in the Maintenance a trailer connected or disconnected. To access this display, the vehicle Schedule in this manual. See OUTPUT shows the power output to must be in P (Park). Press the trip Scheduled Maintenance on the trailer any time a trailer with odometer reset stem until OIL LIFE page 11‑2 for more information. electric brakes is connected. Output REMAINING displays. This display Remember, you must reset the OIL is displayed in 0 to 10 bars. Dashes shows an estimate of the oil's LIFE display after each oil change. may appear in the OUTPUT display. remaining useful life. If you see It will not reset itself. Also, be To adjust trailer gain see “Integrated 99% OIL LIFE REMAINING on the careful not to reset the OIL LIFE Trailer Brake Control System” under display, that means 99% of the display accidentally at any time Towing Equipment on page 9‑105 current oil life remains. The engine other than when the oil has just for more information. oil life system will alert you to been changed. It cannot be reset change the oil on a schedule accurately until the next oil change. consistent with your driving To reset the engine oil life system, conditions. see Engine Oil Life System on page 10‑12. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-41
Vehicle Messages Battery Voltage and See Charging System Light on page 5‑24. Driving with this problem Messages displayed on the DIC Charging Messages could drain the battery. Turn off all indicate the status of the vehicle BATTERY LOW START unnecessary accessories. Have the or some action may be needed VEHICLE electrical system checked as soon to correct a condition. Multiple as possible. See your dealer. messages may appear one after When the vehicle’s battery is another. severely discharged, this message Brake System Messages will display and four chimes The messages that do not require will sound. Start the vehicle SERVICE BRAKE SYSTEM immediate action can be immediately. If the vehicle is not acknowledged and cleared by This message displays along with started and the battery continues to the brake system warning light if pressing V (Set/Reset) or the trip discharge, the climate controls, there is a problem with the brake odometer reset stem. heated seats, and audio systems system. See Brake System Warning will shut off and the vehicle may The messages that require Light on page 5 27. If this message require a jump start. These systems ‑ immediate action cannot be cleared appears, stop as soon as possible will function again after the vehicle until that action is performed. and turn off the vehicle. Restart the is started. All messages should be taken vehicle and check for the message seriously and clearing the message SERVICE BATTERY on the DIC display. If the message does not correct the problem. CHARGING SYSTEM is still displayed or appears again when you begin driving, the brake The following are the possible On some vehicles, this message system needs service as soon as messages and some information displays if there is a problem with possible. See your dealer. about them. the battery charging system. Under If the vehicle has a diesel certain conditions, the charging engine, see the Duramax® diesel system light may also turn on in supplement for more information. the instrument panel cluster. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)
5-42 Instruments and Controls
SERVICE BRAKES SOON As soon as it is safe to do so, HOOD OPEN carefully pull your vehicle over to On some vehicles, this message This message displays and a the side of the road and turn the displays if there is a problem with chime may sound if the hood is ignition off. Check the wiring the brake system. If this message not fully closed. Stop and turn off connection to the trailer and turn appears, stop as soon as possible the vehicle, check the hood for the ignition back on. If this message and turn off the vehicle. Restart the obstructions, and close the hood still displays, either your vehicle or vehicle and check for the message again. Check to see if the message the trailer needs service. See your on the DIC display. If the message still appears on the DIC. dealer. is still displayed or appears again when you begin driving, the brake See “Integrated Trailer Brake LEFT REAR DOOR OPEN system needs service. See your Control System” under Towing (Crew Cab) dealer. Equipment on page 9‑105 for This message displays and a chime more information. SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE may sound if the driver side rear door is not fully closed and the SYSTEM Door Ajar Messages vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). On vehicles with the Integrated Stop and turn off the vehicle, check Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, DRIVER DOOR OPEN the door for obstructions, and close this message displays and a chime This message displays and a chime the door again. Check to see if the may sound when there is a problem may sound if the driver door is message still appears on the DIC. with the ITBC system. not fully closed and the vehicle is When this message displays, power shifted out of P (Park). Stop and turn is no longer available to the trailer off the vehicle, check the door for brakes. obstructions, and close the door again. Check to see if the message still appears on the DIC. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-43
PASSENGER DOOR OPEN Engine Cooling System ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE This message displays and a chime Messages ENGINE may sound if the front passenger Notice: If you drive the vehicle door is not fully closed and the ENGINE HOT A/C (Air while the engine is overheating, vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). Conditioning) TURNED OFF severe engine damage may Stop and turn off the vehicle, check This message displays when the occur. If an overheat warning the door for obstructions, and close engine coolant becomes hotter than appears on the instrument panel the door again. Check to see if the the normal operating temperature. cluster and/or DIC, stop the message still appears on the DIC. See Engine Coolant Temperature vehicle as soon as possible. Gauge on page 5‑18. To avoid See Engine Overheating on RIGHT REAR DOOR OPEN page 10 26 for more information. (Crew Cab) added strain on a hot engine, the ‑ air conditioning compressor This message displays when the This message displays and a chime automatically turns off. When the engine coolant temperature is too may sound if the passenger side coolant temperature returns to hot. Stop and allow the vehicle to rear door is not fully closed and the normal, the air conditioning idle until it cools down. See Engine vehicle is shifted out of P (Park). compressor turns back on. You Coolant Temperature Gauge on Stop and turn off the vehicle, check can continue to drive your vehicle. page 5‑18. the door for obstructions, and close If this message continues to appear, the door again. Check to see if the See Overheated Engine Protection have the system repaired by your message still appears on the DIC. Operating Mode on page 10‑28 for dealer as soon as possible to avoid information on driving to a safe damage to the engine. place in an emergency. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)
5-44 Instruments and Controls
ENGINE OVERHEATED STOP Engine Oil Messages OIL PRESSURE LOW STOP ENGINE ENGINE CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON Notice: If you drive the vehicle Notice: If you drive the vehicle while the engine is overheating, This message displays when the while the engine oil pressure is severe engine damage may engine oil needs to be changed. low, severe engine damage may occur. If an overheat warning When you change the engine oil, be occur. If a low oil pressure appears on the instrument panel sure to reset the CHANGE ENGINE warning appears on the Driver cluster and/or DIC, stop the OIL SOON message. See Engine Information Center (DIC), stop the vehicle as soon as possible. Oil Life System on page 10‑12 for vehicle as soon as possible. Do See Engine Overheating on information on how to reset the not drive the vehicle until the page 10‑26 for more information. message. See Engine Oil on cause of the low oil pressure is page 10‑8 and Scheduled This message displays and a corrected. See Engine Oil on Maintenance on page 11‑2 for page 10‑8 for more information. chime may sound if the engine more information. cooling system reaches unsafe This message displays if low oil temperatures for operation. Stop ENGINE OIL HOT IDLE pressure levels occur. Stop the and turn off the vehicle as soon as ENGINE vehicle as soon as safely possible it is safe to do so to avoid severe and do not operate it until the cause This message displays when the damage. This message clears when of the low oil pressure has been engine oil becomes hotter than the the engine has cooled to a safe corrected. Check the oil as soon as normal operating temperature. Stop operating temperature. possible and have the vehicle and allow the vehicle to idle until it serviced by your dealer. See Engine cools down. See Engine Coolant Oil on page 10‑8. Temperature Gauge on page 5‑18. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-45
Engine Power Messages Fuel System Messages Key and Lock Messages ENGINE POWER IS REDUCED FUEL LEVEL LOW REPLACE BATTERY IN This message displays and a chime This message displays and a chime REMOTE KEY may sound when the cooling system may sound if the fuel level is low. This message displays if a Remote temperature gets too hot and the Refuel as soon as possible. See Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter engine further enters the engine Fuel Gauge on page 5‑16 and Fuel battery is low. The battery needs to coolant protection mode. See on page 9‑79 for more information. be replaced in the transmitter. See Engine Overheating on page 10‑26 “Battery Replacement” under for more information. TIGHTEN GAS CAP Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) This message also displays when This message may display along System Operation on page 2‑3. the vehicle's engine power is with the check engine light on the reduced. Reduced engine power instrument panel cluster if the Lamp Messages can affect the vehicle's ability to vehicle's fuel cap is not tightened accelerate. If this message is on, properly. See Malfunction Indicator TURN SIGNAL ON but there is no reduction in Lamp on page 5‑24. Reinstall the This message displays and a chime performance, proceed to your fuel cap fully. See Filling the Tank sounds if a turn signal is left on for destination. The performance may on page 9‑83. The diagnostic 1.2 km (0.75 mile). Move the turn be reduced the next time the vehicle system can determine if the fuel signal/multifunction lever to the off is driven. The vehicle may be driven cap has been left off or improperly position. at a reduced speed while this installed. A loose or missing fuel message is on, but acceleration and cap allows fuel to evaporate into the speed may be reduced. Anytime atmosphere. A few driving trips with this message stays on, the vehicle the cap properly installed should should be taken to your dealer for turn this light and message off. service as soon as possible. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)
5-46 Instruments and Controls
Object Detection System SERVICE PARK ASSIST You should see your dealer for service. The vehicle is safe to drive; If the vehicle has the Ultrasonic Messages however, you do not have the Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, benefit of StabiliTrak, so reduce PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE this message displays if there is a your speed and drive accordingly. OWNERS MANUAL problem with the URPA system. If the vehicle has the Ultrasonic Do not use this system to help you SERVICE TRACTION Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, park. See Ultrasonic Parking Assist CONTROL this message displays if there is on page 9‑72 for more information. See your dealer for service. If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this something interfering with the park message displays when there is a assist system. See Ultrasonic Ride Control System problem with the Traction Control Parking Assist on page 9‑72 for System (TCS). When this message more information. Messages displays, the system will not limit PARK ASSIST OFF SERVICE STABILITRAK wheel spin. Adjust your driving accordingly. See your dealer for If the vehicle has the Ultrasonic If the vehicle has StabiliTrak and service. See StabiliTrak® System on Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, this message displays, it means page 9‑67 for more information. after the vehicle has been started, there may be a problem with the this message displays to remind the StabiliTrak system. If you see this driver that the URPA system has message, try to reset the system. been turned off. Press the set/reset Stop; turn off the engine for at least button or the trip odometer reset 15 seconds; then start the engine stem to acknowledge this message again. If this message still comes and clear it from the DIC display. on, it means there is a problem. To turn the URPA system back on, see Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 9‑72. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-47
STABILITRAK OFF . If the brake system warning light Airbag System Messages is on. See Brake System If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this Warning Light on page 5‑27. SERVICE AIR BAG message displays when you turn off StabiliTrak, or when the stability . If the stability system takes This message displays if there is a control has been automatically longer than usual to complete its problem with the airbag system. disabled. To limit wheel spin and diagnostic checks due to driving Have your dealer inspect the realize the full benefits of the conditions. system for problems. See Airbag stability enhancement system, you . If an engine or vehicle related Readiness Light on page 5‑20 and should normally leave StabiliTrak problem has been detected and Airbag System on page 3‑29 for on. However, you should turn the vehicle needs service. See more information. StabiliTrak off if your vehicle gets your dealer. stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow Anti-theft Alarm System . If the vehicle is shifted into 4LO. and you want to rock your vehicle Messages to attempt to free it, or if you The message turns off as soon as are driving in extreme off-road the conditions that caused the SERVICE THEFT DETERRENT conditions and require more wheel message to be displayed are no SYSTEM spin. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck on longer present. This message displays when there page 9‑21. To turn the StabiliTrak system on or off, see StabiliTrak® TRACTION CONTROL OFF is a problem with the theft-deterrent system. The vehicle may or may not System on page 9‑67. If the vehicle has StabiliTrak, this message displays when the Traction restart so you may want to take the There are several conditions that vehicle to your dealer before turning can cause this message to appear. Control System (TCS) is turned off. Adjust your driving accordingly. See off the engine. See Immobilizer ® Operation on page 2 12 for more . If the vehicle is overheating, StabiliTrak System on page 9‑67 ‑ which could occur if StabiliTrak for more information. information. activates continuously for an extended period of time. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)
5-48 Instruments and Controls
Starting the Vehicle If the warning comes on and stays RIGHT FRT (right front), LEFT RR on, there may be a problem with the (left rear), or RIGHT RR (right rear) Messages TPMS. See your dealer. to indicate the location of the low FAST IDLE ON tire. The low tire pressure warning TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE light will also come on. See Tire If your vehicle has this feature, this If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Pressure Light on page 5‑30. You message displays when the fast idle Monitor System (TPMS), this can receive more than one tire feature is on. See Fast Idle System message displays when the system pressure message at a time. To on page 9‑35 for more information. is re-learning the tire positions on read the other messages that may your vehicle. The tire positions must have been sent at the same time, Tire Messages be re-learned after rotating the tires press the set/reset button or the trip odometer reset stem. If a tire SERVICE TIRE MONITOR or after replacing a tire or sensor. See Tire Inspection on page 10 69, pressure message appears on the SYSTEM ‑ Tire Rotation on page 10‑70, Tire DIC, stop as soon as you can. Have If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure Pressure Monitor System on the tire pressures checked and set Monitor System (TPMS), this page 10‑65, and Tire Pressure on to those shown on the Tire Loading message displays if a part on the page 10‑63 for more information. Information label. See Tires on system is not working properly. The page 10‑55, Vehicle Load Limits on tire pressure light also flashes and TIRE LOW ADD AIR TO TIRE page 9‑22, and Tire Pressure on then remains on during the same If the vehicle has the Tire Pressure page 10‑63. The DIC also shows ignition cycle. See Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS), this the tire pressure values. See Driver Light on page 5‑30. Several message displays when the Information Center (DIC) on conditions may cause this pressure in one or more of the page 5‑32. message to appear. See Tire vehicle's tires is low. This message Pressure Monitor Operation on also displays LEFT FRT (left front), page 10‑66 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-49
Transmission Messages TRANSMISSION HOT IDLE Vehicle Reminder ENGINE SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE Messages Notice: If you drive the vehicle If the vehicle has four-wheel drive, while the transmission fluid is CHECK TRAILER WIRING this message may display if a overheating and the transmission On vehicles with the Integrated problem occurs with the temperature warning is displayed Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, four-wheel-drive system. If this on the instrument panel cluster this message may display and a message appears, stop as soon as and/or DIC, you can damage the chime may sound when one of the possible and turn off the vehicle. transmission. This could lead to following conditions exists: Make sure the key is in the LOCK/ costly repairs that would not be . A trailer with electric brakes OFF position for at least one minute covered by the warranty. Do not becomes disconnected from the and then restart the vehicle and drive the vehicle with overheated vehicle. check for the message on the DIC transmission fluid or while the display. If the message is still transmission temperature ‐ If the disconnect occurs while displayed or appears again warning is displayed. the vehicle is stopped, this when you begin driving, the message clears itself after a This message displays and a chime four-wheel-drive system needs short time. service. See your dealer. may sound if the transmission fluid in the vehicle gets hot. Driving with ‐ If the disconnect occurs while the transmission fluid temperature the vehicle is moving, this high can cause damage to the message stays on until the vehicle. Stop the vehicle and let it ignition is turned off. idle to allow the transmission to . There is a short in the wiring to cool. This message clears and the electric trailer brakes. the chime stops when the fluid temperature reaches a safe level. When this message displays, power is no longer available to the trailer brakes. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)
5-50 Instruments and Controls
As soon as it is safe to do so, This message clears itself after Vehicle carefully pull the vehicle over to the several seconds. This message also side of the road and turn the ignition clears if you acknowledge it. After Personalization off. Check the wiring connection to this message clears, the TRAILER the trailer and turn the ignition back GAIN/OUTPUT display appears in Vehicle Personalization on. This message clears if the trailer the DIC. is reconnected. This message also (with DIC Buttons) See “TRAILER GAIN/OUTPUT” clears if you acknowledge it. If this under Driver Information Center The vehicle may have customization message still displays, either the capabilities that allow you to (DIC) on page 5‑32 and “Integrated vehicle or the trailer needs service. program certain features to one Trailer Brake Control System” under See your dealer. preferred setting. Customization Towing Equipment on page 9‑105 features can only be programmed to See “Integrated Trailer Brake for more information. one setting on the vehicle and Control System” under Towing cannot be programmed to a Equipment on page 9‑105 for Washer Fluid Messages more information. preferred setting for two different WASHER FLUID LOW ADD drivers. ICE POSSIBLE DRIVE FLUID All of the customization options WITH CARE This message displays when the may not be available on the vehicle. This message displays when ice windshield washer fluid is low. Fill Only the options available conditions are possible. the windshield washer fluid reservoir will be displayed on the DIC. TRAILER CONNECTED as soon as possible. See Engine The default settings for the Compartment Overview on customization features were set On vehicles with the Integrated page 10‑6 for the location of the when the vehicle left the factory, Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system, windshield washer fluid reservoir. but may have been changed from this message displays briefly when Also, see Washer Fluid on their default state since then. a trailer with electric brakes is first page 10‑29 for more information. connected to the vehicle. The customization preferences are automatically recalled. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-51
To change customization Press the customization button until ESPANOL: All messages will preferences, use the following the PRESS V TO DISPLAY IN appear in Spanish. procedure. ENGLISH screen appears on the NO CHANGE: No change will be Entering the Feature DIC display. Press the set/reset made to this feature. The current Settings Menu button once to display all DIC setting will remain. messages in English. 1. Turn the ignition on and place To select a setting, press the set/ the vehicle in P (Park). DISPLAY LANGUAGE reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. To avoid excessive drain on the This feature allows you to select the battery, turn the headlamps off. language in which the DIC You can also change the language messages will appear. by pressing the trip odometer reset 2. Press the customization button Press the customization button until stem. See “Language” under Driver to scroll through the available Information Center (DIC) on customizable options. the DISPLAY LANGUAGE screen appears on the DIC display. Press page 5‑32 for more information. Feature Settings Menu Items the set/reset button once to access AUTO DOOR LOCK the settings for this feature. Then The following customization features This feature allows you to select allow you to program settings to the press the customization button to scroll through the following settings: when the vehicle's doors will vehicle: automatically lock. See Automatic ENGLISH (default): All messages DISPLAY IN ENGLISH Door Locks on page 2‑8 for more will appear in English. information. This feature will only display if a FRANCAIS: All messages will language other than English has appear in French. been set. This feature allows you to change the language in which the DIC messages appear to English. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)
5-52 Instruments and Controls
Press the customization button until AUTO DOOR UNLOCK ALL AT KEY OUT: All of the doors AUTO DOOR LOCK appears on the This feature allows you to turn off will unlock when the key is taken DIC display. Press the set/reset the automatic door unlocking out of the ignition. button once to access the settings feature. It also allows you to select ALL IN PARK (default): All of the for this feature. Then press the which doors and when the doors will doors will unlock when the vehicle is customization button to scroll automatically unlock. See Automatic shifted into P (Park). through the following settings: Door Locks on page 2‑8 for more NO CHANGE: No change will be SHIFT OUT OF PARK (default): information. made to this feature. The current The doors will automatically lock Press the customization button until setting will remain. when the vehicle is shifted out of AUTO DOOR UNLOCK appears on P (Park). To select a setting, press the set/ the DIC display. Press the set/reset reset button while the desired AT VEHICLE SPEED: The doors button once to access the settings setting is displayed on the DIC. will automatically lock when the for this feature. Then press the vehicle speed is above 13 km/h customization button to scroll REMOTE DOOR LOCK (8 mph) for three seconds. through the following settings: This feature allows you to select the NO CHANGE: No change will be OFF: None of the doors will type of feedback received when made to this feature. The current automatically unlock. locking the vehicle with the Remote setting will remain. DRIVER AT KEY OUT: Only the Keyless Entry (RKE) transmitter. To select a setting, press the set/ driver door will unlock when the key You will not receive feedback when reset button while the desired is taken out of the ignition. locking the vehicle with the RKE setting is displayed on the DIC. transmitter if the doors are open. DRIVER IN PARK: Only the driver See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) door will unlock when the vehicle is System Operation on page 2‑3 for shifted into P (Park) . more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-53
Press the customization button until To select a setting, press the set/ LIGHTS ON (default): The exterior REMOTE DOOR LOCK appears on reset button while the desired lamps will flash when you press the the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting is displayed on the DIC. unlock button on the RKE button once to access the settings transmitter. REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK for this feature. Then press the NO CHANGE: No change will be customization button to scroll This feature allows you to select the made to this feature. The current through the following settings: type of feedback received when setting will remain. OFF: There will be no feedback unlocking the vehicle with the Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) To select a setting, press the set/ when you press the lock button on reset button while the desired the RKE transmitter. transmitter. You will not receive feedback when unlocking the setting is displayed on the DIC. LIGHTS ONLY: The exterior lamps vehicle with the RKE transmitter if DELAY DOOR LOCK will flash when you press the lock the doors are open. See Remote button on the RKE transmitter. Keyless Entry (RKE) System On vehicles with a crew cab, this HORN ONLY: The horn will sound Operation on page 2‑3 for more feature turns the delayed door locks on the second press of the lock information. on or off. When locking the doors button on the RKE transmitter. with the power door lock switch and Press the customization button until a door is open, this feature will HORN & LIGHTS (default): The REMOTE DOOR UNLOCK appears delay locking the doors until exterior lamps will flash when you on the DIC display. Press the set/ five seconds after the last door is press the lock button on the RKE reset button once to access the closed. You will hear three chimes transmitter, and the horn will sound settings for this feature. Then press to signal that the delayed locking when the lock button is pressed the customization button to scroll feature is in use. The key must be again within five seconds of the through the following settings: out of the ignition for this feature to previous command. LIGHTS OFF: The exterior lamps work. You can temporarily override NO CHANGE: No change will be will not flash when you press the delayed locking by pressing the made to this feature. The current unlock button on the RKE power door lock switch twice. See setting will remain. transmitter. Delayed Locking on page 2‑8 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)
5-54 Instruments and Controls
Press the customization button until Press the customization button APPROACH LIGHTING DELAY DOOR LOCK appears on until EXIT LIGHTING appears on This feature allows you to select if the DIC display. Press the set/reset the DIC display. Press the set/reset the exterior lights turn on briefly button once to access the settings button once to access the settings during low light periods after for this feature. Then press the for this feature. Then press the unlocking the vehicle using the customization button to scroll customization button to scroll Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) through the following settings: through the following settings: transmitter. OFF: There will be no delayed OFF: The exterior lamps will not Press the customization button until locking of the vehicle's doors. turn on. APPROACH LIGHTING appears on ON (default): The doors will not 30 SECONDS (default): The the DIC display. Press the set/reset lock until five seconds after the last exterior lamps will stay on for button once to access the settings door is closed. 30 seconds. for this feature. Then press the NO CHANGE: No change will be 1 MINUTE: The exterior lamps will customization button to scroll made to this feature. The current stay on for one minute. through the following settings: setting will remain. 2 MINUTES: The exterior lamps will OFF: The exterior lights will not To select a setting, press the set/ stay on for two minutes. turn on when you unlock the vehicle with the RKE transmitter. reset button while the desired NO CHANGE: No change will be setting is displayed on the DIC. made to this feature. The current ON (default): If it is dark enough setting will remain. outside, the exterior lights will turn EXIT LIGHTING on briefly when you unlock the This feature allows you to select To select a setting, press the set/ vehicle with the RKE transmitter. the amount of time you want the reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. The lights will remain on for exterior lamps to remain on when 20 seconds, until the lock button it is dark enough outside. This on the RKE transmitter is pressed, happens after the key is turned or until the vehicle is no longer off. from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-55
See Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) NO CHANGE: No change will be DRIVER MIRROR: The driver System Operation on page 2‑3 for made to this feature. The current outside mirror will be tilted down more information. setting will remain. when the vehicle is shifted into NO CHANGE: No change will be There is no default for chime R (Reverse). made to this feature. The current volume. The volume will stay at the PASSENGER MIRROR: The setting will remain. last known setting. passenger outside mirror will be To select a setting, press the set/ To select a setting, press the set/ tilted down when the vehicle is reset button while the desired reset button while the desired shifted into R (Reverse). setting is displayed on the DIC. setting is displayed on the DIC. BOTH MIRRORS: The driver and passenger outside mirrors will be CHIME VOLUME PARK TILT MIRRORS tilted down when the vehicle is If available, this feature allows you If the vehicle has this feature, it shifted into R (Reverse). to select the volume level of the allows you to select if the outside NO CHANGE: No change will be chime. mirror(s) will automatically tilt down made to this feature. The current Press the customization button until when the vehicle is shifted into setting will remain. CHIME VOLUME appears on the R (Reverse). See Park Tilt Mirrors on page 2‑17 for more information. To select a setting, press the set/ DIC display. Press the set/reset reset button while the desired button once to access the settings Press the customization button until setting is displayed on the DIC. for this feature. Then press the PARK TILT MIRRORS appears on customization button to scroll the DIC display. Press the set/reset EASY EXIT RECALL through the following settings: button once to access the settings If the vehicle has this feature, it NORMAL: The chime volume will for this feature. Then press the allows you to select your preference be set to a normal level. customization button to scroll for the automatic easy exit seat through the following settings: LOUD: The chime volume will be feature. See “Memory Seat, set to a loud level. OFF (default): Neither outside Mirrors, and Pedals” in Power Seat mirror will be tilted down when the Adjustment on page 3‑5 for more vehicle is shifted into R (Reverse). information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)
5-56 Instruments and Controls
Press the customization button until NO CHANGE: No change will be SEAT ONLY (default): The driver EASY EXIT RECALL appears on made to this feature. The current seat will recall. the DIC display. Press the set/reset setting will remain. NO CHANGE: No change will be button once to access the settings To select a setting, press the set/ made to this feature. The current for this feature. Then press the reset button while the desired setting will remain. customization button to scroll setting is displayed on the DIC. through the following settings: To select a setting, press the set/ EASY EXIT SETUP reset button while the desired DOOR BUTTON ONLY: No setting is displayed on the DIC. automatic seat exit recall will occur. If the vehicle has this feature, it The recall will only occur after allows you to select which areas will MEMORY SEAT RECALL pressing the easy exit seat button. recall with the automatic easy exit If the vehicle has this feature, it BUTTON & KEY OUT (default): If seat feature. It also allows you to allows you to select your preference the features are enabled through the turn off the automatic easy exit for the remote memory seat recall feature. See Memory Seat, Mirrors, EASY EXIT SETUP menu, the “ feature. See “Memory Seat, Mirrors, and Pedals in Power Seat driver seat will move back when the ” and Pedals” in Power Seat Adjustment on page 3 5 and EASY key is removed from the ignition or ‑ “ Adjustment on page 3‑5 for more the easy exit seat button is pressed. EXIT RECALL” earlier for more information. information. The automatic easy exit seat Press the customization button until movement will only occur one time Press the customization button until MEMORY SEAT RECALL appears after the key is removed from the EASY EXIT SETUP appears on the on the DIC display. Press the set/ ignition. If the automatic movement DIC display. Press the set/reset reset button once to access the has already occurred, and you put button once to access the settings settings for this feature. Then press the key back in the ignition and for this feature. Then press the the customization button to scroll remove it again, the seat will stay in menu up/down button to scroll through the following settings: through the following settings: the original exit position, unless a OFF (default): No remote memory memory recall took place prior to OFF: No automatic seat exit will seat recall will occur. removing the key again. recall. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-57
ON: The driver seat and, on some Press the customization button until Press the customization button until vehicles, the outside mirrors will REMOTE START appears on the FACTORY SETTINGS appears on automatically move to the stored DIC display. Press the set/reset the DIC display. Press the set/reset driving position when the unlock button once to access the settings button once to access the settings button on the Remote Keyless for this feature. Then press the for this feature. Then press the Entry (RKE) transmitter is pressed. customization button to scroll customization button to scroll On some vehicles with the through the following settings: through the following settings: adjustable throttle and brake OFF: The remote start feature will RESTORE ALL (default): The pedal feature, the pedals will also be disabled. customization features will be set to automatically move. ON (default): The remote start their factory default settings. NO CHANGE: No change will be feature will be enabled. DO NOT RESTORE: The made to this feature. The current customization features will not be setting will remain. NO CHANGE: No change will be made to this feature. The current set to their factory default settings. To select a setting, press the set/ setting will remain. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. To select a setting, press the set/ reset button while the desired setting is displayed on the DIC. REMOTE START setting is displayed on the DIC. EXIT FEATURE SETTINGS If your vehicle has this feature, it FACTORY SETTINGS This feature allows you to exit the allows you to turn the remote start feature settings menu. off or on. The remote start feature This feature allows you to set all of allows you to start the engine from the customization features back to Press the customization button until outside of the vehicle using the their factory default settings. PRESS V TO EXIT FEATURE Remote Keyless Entry (RKE) SETTINGS appears in the DIC transmitter. See Remote Vehicle display. Press the set/reset button Start on page 2‑5 for more once to exit the menu. information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)
5-58 Instruments and Controls
If you do not exit, pressing the Universal Remote devices such as garage door customization button again will openers, security systems, and return you to the beginning of the System home automation devices. feature settings menu. See Radio Frequency Statement on Do not use this system with any Exiting the Feature page 13‑18 for information garage door opener that does not Settings Menu regarding Part 15 of the Federal have the stop and reverse feature. Communications Commission (FCC) This includes any garage door The feature settings menu will be rules and Industry Canada opener model manufactured before exited when any of the following Standards RSS-210/220/310. April 1, 1982. occurs: Read the instructions completely . The vehicle is no longer in Universal Remote System before attempting to program the ON/RUN. Programming transmitter. Because of the steps . The trip/fuel or vehicle involved, it may be helpful to have information DIC buttons are another person assist with pressed. programming the transmitter. . The end of the feature settings Be sure to keep the original remote menu is reached and exited. control transmitter for use in other vehicles, as well as for future . A 40-second time period has programming. Only the original elapsed with no selection made. Vehicles with the Universal Remote remote control transmitter is needed System will have these buttons for Fixed Code programming. The located in the headliner. programmed buttons should be erased when the vehicle is sold or This system provides a way to the lease ends. See “Erasing replace up to three remote control Universal Home Remote Buttons” in transmitters used to activate this section. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-59
Park the vehicle outside of the hanging antenna wire is garage when programming a garage attached to the motor-head unit door. Be sure that people and and may be a colored button. objects are clear of the garage door Press this button. After pressing or gate that is being programmed. this button, complete the following steps in less than Programming Universal Home 30 seconds. Remote — Rolling Code To program up to three devices: 3. Immediately return to the For questions or help programming 1. From inside the vehicle, vehicle. Press and hold the the Universal Home Remote press the two outside buttons Universal Home Remote button System, call 1-866-572-2728 or go at the same time for one to that will be used to control the to www.learcar2u.com. two seconds, and immediately garage door until the garage release them. Most garage door openers sold door moves. The indicator light, after 1996 are Rolling Code units. above the selected button, should slowly blink. This button Programming a garage door opener may need to be held for up to involves time-sensitive actions, so 20 seconds. read the entire procedure before starting. Otherwise, the device will 4. Immediately, within one second, time out and the procedure will have release the button when the to be repeated. garage door moves. The indicator light will blink rapidly until programming is complete. 2. In the garage, locate the 5. Press and release the same garage door opener receiver button again. The garage door (motor-head unit). Find the should move, confirming that “Learn” or “Smart” button. It can programming is successful and usually be found where the complete. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)
5-60 Instruments and Controls
To program another Rolling Code Programming a garage door opener If there is a row of dip switches device such as an additional garage involves time-sensitive actions, so similar to the graphic above, the door opener, a security device, read the entire procedure before garage door opener is a Fixed or home automation device, repeat starting. Otherwise, the device will Code unit. If you do not see a Steps 1 through 5, choosing a time out and the procedure will have row of dip switches, return different function button in Step 3 to be repeated. to the previous section for than what was used for the garage Programming Universal Home door opener. Remote — Rolling Code. If these instructions do not work, the Your hand-held transmitter can garage door opener is probably a have between 8 to 12 dip Fixed Code unit. Follow the switches depending on the programming instructions that follow brand of transmitter. for a Fixed Code garage door The garage door opener receiver opener. (motor head unit) could also Programming Universal Home have a row of dip switches that Remote — Fixed Code can be used when programming the Universal Home Remote. For questions or help programming If the total number of switches the Universal Home Remote on the motor head and System, call 1-866-572-2728 or To program up to three devices: hand-held transmitter are go to www.learcar2u.com. 1. To verify that the garage door different, or if the dip switch Most garage door openers sold opener is a Fixed Code unit, settings are different, use the before 1996 are Fixed Code units. remove the battery cover on the dip switch settings on the motor hand-held transmitter supplied head unit to program the by the manufacturer of the Universal Home Remote. garage door opener motor. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-61
The motor head dip switch The switch positions on the . If a switch is set between settings can also be used when hand-held transmitter could be the up and down position, the original hand-held transmitter labeled as follows: write “Middle.” is not available. . A switch in the up position The switch settings written could be labeled as Up, down in Step 2 now +, or On. become the button strokes to be entered into the . A switch in the down Universal Home Remote in position could be labeled as Step 4. Be sure to enter the Down, −, or Off. switch settings written down . A switch in the middle in Step 2, in order from left Example of Eight Dip Switches position could be labeled as to right, into the Universal with Two Positions Middle, 0, or Neutral. Home Remote, when completing Step 4. 2. Write down the 8 to 12 switch settings from left to right as follows: . When a switch is in the up position, write “Left.” Example of Eight Dip Switches . When a switch is in the with Three Positions down position, write “Right.” The panel of switches might not appear exactly as they do in the examples above, but they should be similar. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)
5-62 Instruments and Controls
3. From inside your vehicle, first 4. The indicator lights will blink 6. Press and hold the button that firmly press all three buttons slowly. Enter each switch setting will be used to control the at the same time for about from Step 2 into your vehicle's garage door until the garage three seconds. Release the Universal Home Remote. You door moves. The indicator light buttons to put the Universal will have two and one-half above the selected button Home Remote into minutes to complete Step 4. should slowly blink. This button programming mode. Now press one button on the may need to be held for up to Universal Home Remote for 55 seconds. each switch setting as follows: 7. Immediately release the button . If you wrote “Left,” press when the garage door moves. the left button (A) in the The indicator light will blink vehicle. rapidly until programming is complete. . If you wrote “Right,” press the right button (C) in the 8. Press and release the same vehicle. button again. The garage door should move, confirming that . If you wrote “Middle,” press the middle button (B) in the programming is successful and vehicle. complete. 5. After entering all of the switch To program another Fixed Code A. Left Button (Up, +, or On) positions, once again firmly device such as an additional garage door opener, a security device, B. Middle Button press and release all three or home automation device, repeat (Middle, 0, or Neutral) buttons at the same time. The indicator lights will turn on. Steps 1-8, choosing a different C. Right Button button in Step 6 than what was used (Down, −, or Off) for the garage door opener. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)
Instruments and Controls 5-63
Universal Remote System Erasing Universal Home For help or information on the Remote Buttons Universal Home Remote System, Operation call the customer assistance phone Press and hold the appropriate The programmed buttons should be number under Customer Assistance button for at least half of a second. erased when the vehicle is sold or Offices (U.S. and Canada) on the lease ends. The indicator light will come on page 13‑4 or Customer Assistance while the signal is being transmitted. To erase either Rolling Code or Offices (Mexico) on page 13‑5. Fixed Code settings on the Reprogramming Universal Universal Home Remote device: Home Remote Buttons 1. Press and hold the two outside Any of the three buttons can be buttons at the same time for reprogrammed by repeating the approximately 20 seconds, until instructions. the indicator lights, located directly above the buttons, begin to blink rapidly. 2. Once the indicator lights begin to blink, release both buttons. The codes from all buttons will be erased. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)
5-64 Instruments and Controls
2 NOTES Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
Lighting 6-1
Interior Lighting Exterior Lighting Lighting Instrument Panel Illumination Control ...... 6-8 Exterior Lamp Controls Exterior Lighting Cargo Lamp ...... 6-8 Dome Lamps ...... 6-8 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Reading Lamps ...... 6-9 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder ...... 6-3 Lighting Features Headlamp High/Low-Beam Entry Lighting ...... 6-9 Changer ...... 6-3 Exit Lighting ...... 6-9 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Battery Load Management . . . 6-10 Daytime Running Battery Power Protection . . . . 6-10 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Automatic Headlamp System ...... 6-4 The exterior lamps control is located Hazard Warning Flashers . . . . . 6-5 on the instrument panel to the left of Turn and Lane-Change the steering wheel. Signals ...... 6-6 It controls the following systems: Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 Auxiliary . Headlamps Roof-Mounted Lamp ...... 6-7 . Taillamps . Parking Lamps . License Plate Lamps . Instrument Panel Lights . Roof Marker Lamps (If Equipped) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
6-2 Lighting
The exterior lamps control has When the vehicle is turned off . Taillamps four positions: and the headlamps are in AUTO, . License Plate Lamps the headlamps may automatically O (Off): Turns off the automatic . remain on for a set time. Roof Marker Lamps headlamps and daytime running (If Equipped) lamps (DRL). Turn the headlamp The time of the delay can be control to the off position again to changed using the DIC. See Driver When the headlamps are turned on turn the automatic headlamps or Information Center (DIC) on while the vehicle is on, the DRL back on. page 5‑32 headlamps turn off automatically ; (Parking Lamps): Turns on the 10 minutes after the ignition is For vehicles first sold in Canada, turned off. When the headlamps are the off position will only work when parking lamps together with the following: turned on while the vehicle is off, the vehicle is shifted into P (Park). the headlamps will stay on for . AUTO (Automatic): Automatically Instrument Panel Lights 10 minutes before automatically turns on the headlamps at normal . Taillamps turning off to prevent the battery brightness, together with the from being drained. Turn the . License Plate Lamps following: headlamp control to off and then . Roof Marker Lamps back to the headlamp on position to . Parking Lamps (If Equipped) make the headlamps stay on for an . additional 10 minutes. Instrument Panel Lights 2 (Headlamps): Turns on the . Taillamps headlamps together with the Push the turn signal/multifunction following: lever toward the instrument panel to . License Plate Lamps change the headlamps from low . Parking Lamps . Roof Marker Lamps beam to high beam. (If Equipped) . Instrument Panel Lights Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
Lighting 6-3
Exterior Lamps Off Flash-to-Pass Daytime Running Reminder This feature lets you use the Lamps (DRL) For vehicles with a radio, a reminder high-beam headlamps to signal a Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) can chime sounds when the headlamps driver in front of you that you want make it easier for others to see the or parking lamps are manually to pass. It works even if the front of your vehicle during the day. turned on, the ignition is off, and a headlamps are in the automatic Fully functional daytime running door is open. To disable the chime, position. lamps are required on all vehicles turn the lamp off. To use it, pull the turn signal lever first sold in Canada. toward you, then release it. Headlamp High/ The DRL system comes on when the following conditions are met: Low-Beam Changer If the headlamps are in the automatic position or on low beam, . The ignition is on. 5 3 (Headlamp High/Low Beam the high-beam headlamps will turn ‐ . Changer): Push the lever toward on. They will stay on as long as The exterior lamps control is the instrument panel, to change the you hold the lever toward you. in AUTO. headlamps from low to high beam. The high-beam indicator on the . The transmission is not in Park. instrument panel cluster will come . Pull the multifunction lever toward on. Release the lever to return to The light sensor determines it is you and release it, to return to normal operation. daytime. low-beam headlamps. When the DRL system is on, only the DRL lamps are on. The taillamps, sidemarker, instrument panel lights, and other lamps will not be on. When the high beams are on, this indicator light on the instrument panel cluster will also be on. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
6-4 Lighting
When it begins to get dark, the Automatic Headlamp automatic headlamp system switches from DRL to the System headlamps. When it is dark enough outside, the To turn off the DRL lamps, turn the automatic headlamp system turns exterior lamps control to the OFF on the headlamps at the normal position and then release. For brightness, along with the taillamps, vehicles first sold in Canada, the sidemarker, parking lamps, and the transmission must be in the P (Park) instrument panel lights. The radio position before the DRL lamps can lights will also be dim. The vehicle has a light sensor be turned off. To turn off the automatic headlamp located on the top of the instrument system, turn the exterior lamps panel which regulates when the switch to the off position and then automatic headlamps turn on. release it. For vehicles first sold in Do not cover the sensor, otherwise Canada, the transmission must be the headlamps will come on in the P (Park) position before the whenever the ignition is on. automatic headlamp system can be The system may also turn on the turned off. headlamps when driving through a parking garage or heavy overcast weather. This is normal. There is a delay in the transition between the daytime and nighttime operation of the Daytime Running Lamps (DRL) and the automatic headlamp systems so that driving Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
Lighting 6-5
under bridges or bright overhead The headlamps will also stay on Hazard Warning Flashers street lights does not affect the after you exit the vehicle. This system. The DRL and automatic feature can be programmed using headlamp system are only affected the Driver Information Center (DIC). when the light sensor detects a See Vehicle Personalization change in lighting lasting longer (with DIC Buttons) on page 5‑50. than the delay. If the vehicle is not equipped with If the vehicle is started in a dark DIC buttons, exit lighting is garage, the automatic headlamp automatic. When it is dark enough system comes on immediately. outside, the exterior lamps remain Once the vehicle leaves the garage, on for 30 seconds after the ignition it takes approximately one minute is moved from ON/RUN to for the automatic headlamp system LOCK/OFF. to change to DRL if it is bright For vehicles without a radio, the enough outside. During that delay, instrument panel light remains on for the instrument panel cluster may not 30 seconds with the driver door | (Hazard Warning Flashers): be as bright as usual. Make sure the closed. For vehicles with a radio, Press this button located on top of instrument panel brightness control the instrument panel light remains the steering column, to make the is in the full bright position. See on for 10 minutes with the driver front and rear turn signal lamps Instrument Panel Illumination door closed. See Retained flash on and off. This warns others Control on page 6‑8. Accessory Power (RAP) on that you are having trouble. Press To idle the vehicle with the page 9‑36. again to turn the flashers off. automatic headlamp system off, The regular headlamp system can When the hazard warning flashers turn the control to the off position. be turned on when needed. are on, the vehicle's turn signals will not work. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
6-6 Lighting
Turn and Lane-Change Holding the turn signal lever for Fog Lamps more than one second will cause Signals the turn signals to flash until you release the lever. The lever returns to its starting position whenever it is released. If after signaling a turn or a lane change the arrows flash rapidly or do not come on, a signal bulb could be burned out. Have the bulbs replaced. If the bulb For vehicles with fog lamps, the is not burned out, check the fuse. control is located next to the exterior An arrow on the instrument panel See Fuses and Circuit Breakers on cluster flashes in the direction of the lamps control on the instrument page 10‑48. turn or lane change. panel, to the left of the steering column. Move the lever all the way up or Turn Signal On Chime down to signal a turn. If the turn signal is left on for more The ignition must be in the than 1.2 km (0.75 miles), a chime ON/RUN position for the fog lamps Raise or lower the lever for less to come on. than one second until the arrow sounds at each flash of the turn starts to flash to signal a lane signal, if the vehicle has a radio. change. This causes the turn The message TURN SIGNAL ON signals to automatically flash will also appear in the Driver three times. It will flash six times Information Center (DIC). To turn if Tow/Haul Mode is active. the chime and message off, move the turn signal lever to the off position. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)
Lighting 6-7
# (Fog Lamps): Press to turn the Auxiliary Roof-Mounted The emergency roof lamp circuit is fog lamps on or off. A light will come Lamp fused at 30 amps, so the total on in the instrument panel cluster. current draw of the attached lamps If the vehicle has this feature, this should be less than this value. When the fog lamps are turned on, button includes wiring provisions for The attachment points for the roof the parking lamps automatically a dealer or a qualified service center lamp circuits are two blunt cut wires turn on. to install an auxiliary roof lamp. located above the overhead When the headlamps are changed console, a dark green switched to high beam, the fog lamps also go power wire and a black ground wire. off. When the high-beam headlamps For more information on roof mount are turned off, the fog lamps will emergency lamp installation, please come on again. visit the GM Upfitter website at Some localities have laws that www.gmupfitter.com or contact your require the headlamps to be on with dealer. the fog lamps. If the vehicle has this button, the vehicle may have the snow plow This button is located on the prep package. For further overhead console. information, see Adding a Snow Plow or Similar Equipment on When the wiring is connected to page 9‑117. an auxiliary roof‐mounted lamp, pressing the bottom of the button will activate the lamp and illuminate an indicator light at the bottom of this button. Pressing the top of the button will turn off the roof‐mounted lamp and indicator. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)
6-8 Lighting
Interior Lighting Turn the knob clockwise or Dome Lamps counterclockwise to brighten or dim the instrument panel lights. Turning The dome lamps are located in the Instrument Panel the knob to the farthest clockwise overhead console. Illumination Control position turns on the dome lamps. They come on when any door is opened and turn off after all the Cargo Lamp doors are closed. The cargo lamps come on by Turn the instrument panel turning the instrument panel brightness knob located below the brightness control knob to the dome lamp override button, farthest clockwise position. This clockwise to the farthest position to knob is located on the instrument manually turn on the dome lamps. panel and also turns on the dome The dome lamps remain on until the lamps. knob is turned counterclockwise. The cargo lamps can be used if Dome Lamp Override more light is needed in the cargo The dome lamp override button is area of the vehicle or in the top-box located next to the exterior lamps D (Instrument Panel storage units. Brightness): This feature controls control. the brightness of the instrument panel lights and is located next to the exterior lamps control. Push the knob to extend out and then it can be turned. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)
Lighting 6-9
Reading Lamps Lighting Features For vehicles with reading lamps, they are located on the overhead Entry Lighting console. The vehicle has an illuminated entry To turn on the reading lamps, press feature. the button located next to each When the doors are opened, the lamp. To turn them off, press the dome lamps will come on if the button again. dome override button is in the The vehicle may also have reading extended position. If the dome lamps in other locations. To turn the override button is pressed in, the lamps on or off, press the button lamps will not come on. k located next to the lamp. (Dome Off): Press the button Exit Lighting in and the dome lamps remain off If the vehicle has a DVD Rear Seat when a door is opened. Press the Entertainment (RSE) system, press The interior lamps come on when button again to return it to the the lamp lenses to turn the lamps on the key is removed from the ignition. extended position so that the dome or off. They turn off automatically in lamps come on when a door is The lamps are fixed and cannot be 20 seconds. The lights do not come opened. adjusted. on if the dome override button is pressed in. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)
6-10 Lighting
Battery Load This is because the generator Normally, these actions occur in (alternator) may not be spinning steps or levels, without being Management fast enough at idle to produce all of noticeable. In rare cases at the The vehicle has Electric Power the power needed for very high highest levels of corrective action, Management (EPM) that estimates electrical loads. this action may be noticeable to the the battery's temperature and state A high electrical load occurs when driver. If so, a DIC message might of charge. It then adjusts the voltage several of the following are on, be displayed, such as BATTERY for best performance and extended such as: headlamps, high beams, SAVER ACTIVE, BATTERY life of the battery. fog lamps, rear window defogger, VOLTAGE LOW, or LOW BATTERY. If one of these messages displays, When the battery's state of charge climate control fan at high speed, it is recommended that the driver is low, the voltage is raised slightly heated seats, engine cooling fans, reduce the electrical loads as much to quickly bring the charge back up. trailer loads, and loads plugged into as possible. See Driver Information When the state of charge is high, accessory power outlets. Center (DIC) on page 5‑32. the voltage is lowered slightly to EPM works to prevent excessive prevent overcharging. If the vehicle discharge of the battery. It does this Battery Power Protection has a voltmeter gauge or a voltage by balancing the generator's output display on the Driver Information and the vehicle's electrical needs. This feature shuts off the dome and Center (DIC), you may see the It can increase engine idle speed to reading lamps, if they are left on for voltage move up or down. This is generate more power whenever more than 10 minutes after the normal. If there is a problem, an needed. It can temporarily reduce ignition is turned off. The cargo alert will be displayed. the power demands of some lamp shuts off after 20 minutes. The battery can be discharged at accessories. This prevents the battery from idle if the electrical loads are very running down. high. This is true for all vehicles. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
Infotainment System 7-1
. Set up the tone, speaker Infotainment Introduction adjustments, and preset radio stations. System Infotainment For more information, see Defensive Determine which radio the vehicle Driving on page 9‑2. has and read the following pages to Introduction Notice: Contact your dealer become familiar with its features. Infotainment ...... 7-1 before adding any equipment. Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Operation ...... 7-2 { WARNING Adding audio or communication equipment could interfere with Radio Taking your eyes off the road the operation of the engine, radio, AM-FM Radio ...... 7-8 for extended periods could or other systems, and could Satellite Radio ...... 7-10 cause a crash resulting in injury damage them. Follow federal Radio Reception ...... 7-13 or death to you or others. Do rules covering mobile radio and Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 7-14 telephone equipment. Satellite Radio Antenna ...... 7-14 not give extended attention to entertainment tasks while driving. The vehicle has Retained Audio Players Accessory Power (RAP). With CD Player ...... 7-14 RAP, the audio system can be This system provides access to CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 played even after the ignition is many audio and non audio listings. Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-31 ‐ turned off. See Retained Accessory To minimize taking your eyes off the Power (RAP) on page 9‑36 for more Rear Seat Infotainment road while driving, do the following information. Rear Seat Entertainment while the vehicle is parked: (RSE) System ...... 7-36 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) . Become familiar with the System ...... 7-46 operation and controls of the audio system. Phone Bluetooth ...... 7-48 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
7-2 Infotainment System
Navigation/Radio System Operation For vehicles with a navigation radio system, see the separate Navigation System Manual. Theft-Deterrent Feature TheftLock® is designed to discourage theft of the vehicle's radio by learning a portion of the Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). The radio does not operate if it is stolen or moved to a different vehicle.
AM-FM Radio Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
Infotainment System 7-3
Radio with CD (MP3) Shown; Radio with USB and CD (MP3), Radio with USB and Six-Disc CD (MP3), and Radio with CD Similar Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
7-4 Infotainment System
System on page 7‑36 for more information on the vehicle's RSE system. The DVD player is the top slot on the radio faceplate. The player is capable of reading the DTS‐ programmed DVD Audio or DVD Video media. (DTS and DTS Digital Surround are registered trademarks of Digital Theater Systems, Inc.) Dolby and the double-D symbol are trademarks of Dolby Laboratories. Manufactured under license from Dolby Laboratories. Using the Radio O (Power/Volume): Press to turn Radio with USB, CD, and DVD (MP3) the system on and off. The vehicle has one of these radios are explained later in this section, Turn clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the volume. as its audio system. “Adjusting the Speakers (Balance/Fade).” 4 (Information) (AM-FM Radio and Radios with CD and DVD Vehicles with a USB, CD, and DVD AM-FM Radio with CD): Press to Vehicles with a USB, CD, and DVD switch the display between the radio ® radio may have a Rear Seat radio have a Bose Surround Entertainment (RSE) system. See station frequency and the time. Sound System. Some of its features Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
Infotainment System 7-5
While the ignition is off, press this To activate SCV: Setting the Tone (Bass/Treble) button to display the time. Press to 1. Set the radio volume to the (AM-FM Radio and AM-FM display additional text information desired level. Radio with CD) related to the current FM-RDS or XM station; or CD, MP3, or WMA 2. Press the MENU button to To adjust the bass or treble: display the radio setup menu. song. If information is available 1. Press the f knob until Bass or during XM, CD, MP3, or WMA 3. Press the softkey under the Treble displays. playback, the song title information AUTO VOLUM (automatic displays on the top line of the volume) tab on the radio display. 2. To adjust the setting, do one of display and artist information the following: displays on the bottom line. When 4. Press the softkey under the . Turn the f knob. information is not available, “NO desired Speed Compensated Volume setting (OFF, Low, Med, INFO” displays. . Press either SEEK, or High) to select the level of ¨ Speed Compensated Volume radio volume compensation. or © SEEK. (SCV): Radios with Speed The display times out after . \ Compensated Volume (SCV) approximately 10 seconds. Each Press either FWD, automatically adjust the radio higher setting allows for more or s REV. volume to compensate for road and radio volume compensation at EQ (Equalization): Press this wind noise as the vehicle's speed faster vehicle speeds. changes while driving, so that the button to choose bass and treble volume level stays consistent. equalization settings designed for different types of music. Selecting MANUAL, or changing bass or treble, returns the EQ to the manual bass and treble settings. Unique EQ settings can be saved for each source. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
7-6 Infotainment System
Setting the Tone (Bass/ 3. Adjust the setting by doing one To quickly adjust all tone and Midrange/Treble) (All Except of the following: speaker controls to the middle position, press the f knob for more AM-FM Radio and Radio . Turn the f knob clockwise with CD) or counterclockwise. than two seconds until a beep sounds. BASS/MID/TREB (Bass, Midrange, . or Treble): To adjust the bass, Press the ¨ SEEK, EQ (Equalization): Press this midrange, or treble: or © SEEK. button to choose bass and treble equalization settings designed for 1. Press the f knob until the tone . Press the \ FWD, different types of music. Selecting control tabs display. or s REV. MANUAL, or changing bass or treble, returns the EQ to the manual 2. Highlight the desired tone If a station's frequency is weak or if bass and treble settings. control tab by doing one of the there is static, decrease the treble. following: Unique EQ settings can be saved To quickly adjust bass, midrange, for each source. . Press the f knob. or treble to the middle position, press the softkey positioned under If the radio has a Bose® audio . Press the softkey under the the BASS, MID, or TREB tab for system, the EQ settings are either desired tab. more than two seconds. A beep MANUAL or TALK. sounds and the level adjusts to the middle position. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)
Infotainment System 7-7
Adjusting the Speakers Adjusting the Speakers To quickly adjust all speaker and (Balance/Fade) (AM-FM Radio (Balance/Fade) (All Except tone controls to the middle position, and AM-FM Radio with CD) AM-FM Radio and Radio press the f knob for more than To adjust the balance or fade: with CD) two seconds. ` f BAL/FADE (Balance/Fade): To If the Rear Seat Audio (RSA) is 1. Press or press the knob adjust the balance or fade: turned on, the radio disables FADE until the speaker control label and mutes the rear speakers. displays. 1. Press the f knob until the Radio Messages 2. To adjust the setting, do one of speaker control tabs display. the following: 2. Highlight the desired speaker Calibration Error: The audio control tab by doing one of the system has been calibrated for . Turn the f knob. following: the vehicle from the factory. If Calibration Error displays, it . Press either SEEK, ¨ . Press the f knob. means that the radio has not been or © SEEK. . Press the softkey under the configured properly for the vehicle and it must be returned to your . Press either \ FWD, desired tab. dealer for service. or s REV. 3. Adjust the setting by doing one of the following: Locked or Loc: One of these messages will display when the . Turn the f knob clockwise THEFTLOCK® system has locked or counterclockwise. up the radio. Take the vehicle to your dealer for service. . Press the ¨ SEEK, If any error occurs repeatedly or or © SEEK. if an error cannot be corrected, . Press the \ FWD, contact your dealer. or s REV. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)
7-8 Infotainment System
Radio display and artist information ¨ SEEK: Press to seek the next displays on the bottom line. When radio station. Press and hold for a AM-FM Radio information is not available, “NO few seconds until a beep sounds to INFO” displays. scan for radio stations in ascending Radio Data System (RDS) Finding a Station order; press the © SEEK button again to stop scanning radio For radios with the Radio Data BAND: Press to switch between System (RDS) feature, it only works stations. The radio only seeks and AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. scans stations with a strong signal with FM stations that broadcast f RDS information. This system relies (Tune): Turn to manually select that are in the selected band. upon receiving specific information radio stations. For the AM-FM Radio, press and from these stations and only works © SEEK: Press to seek the hold the ¨ SEEK for four seconds when the information is available. previous radio station. Press until a double beep sounds to scan While the radio is tuned to an and hold for a few seconds until a the preset stations. The station FM-RDS station, the station name beep sounds to scan for radio frequency flashes while the radio is or call letters will display. In rare stations in descending order; press in the scan mode. cases, a radio station could the © SEEK button again to stop broadcast incorrect information that s REV: Press to manually tune to scanning radio stations. The radio a radio station in descending order. causes the radio features to work only seeks and scans stations with improperly. If this happens, contact a strong signal that are in the \ FWD: Press to manually tune to the radio station. selected band. a radio station in ascending order. 4 (Information) (RDS Features): For the AM-FM Radio, press and FAV (Favorites): Press to select For vehicles with RDS features, hold the SEEK for four seconds different favorites pages for stored press 4 to display additional text © until a double beep sounds to scan radio stations. information related to the current the preset stations. The station FM-RDS station. If information is frequency flashes while the radio is available, the song title information in the scan mode. displays on the top line of the Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)
Infotainment System 7-9
Storing Radio Stations Setting Preset Stations The number of favorites pages can be set up using the MENU button. Drivers are encouraged to store the To store presets: To set up the number of favorites radio station while the vehicle is 1. Tune to a radio station. pages: parked; see Defensive Driving on page 9‑2. Tune to stored radio 2. Press and hold one of the six 1. Press the MENU button. stations using the presets, favorites numbered pushbuttons for three seconds until a beep 2. Press the softkey located below button, and steering wheel controls, the FAV 1-6 tab. if the vehicle has this feature. sounds. 3. Select the number of favorites Radios that have a FAV button store 3. Repeat Steps 1 and 2 to store additional radio stations. pages by pressing the softkey radio stations as favorites. Up to located below the displayed 36 stations can be programmed as Storing a Radio Station as a page numbers. favorites using the six softkeys Favorite below the radio station frequency 4. Press the FAV button, or let tabs and by using the FAV button. To store a station as a favorite: the menu time out, to return to Press the FAV button to go through 1. Tune to a radio station. the original main radio screen up to six pages of favorites, each showing the radio station having six favorite stations available 2. Press the FAV button to display frequency tabs and to begin per page. Each page of favorites the page where the station will the process of programming can contain any combination of AM, be stored. favorites. FM, or XM, if equipped, stations. 3. Press and hold one of the six Radios that do not have a FAV softkeys until a beep sounds. button store radio stations as 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to presets. Up to 18 stations store additional radio stations. (6 FM1, 6 FM2, and 6 AM), can be programmed on the six numbered pushbuttons. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)
7-10 Infotainment System
Satellite Radio display and artist information Finding a Category (CAT) displays on the bottom line. When Station XM™ Satellite Radio Service information is not available, “NO To find XM channels in a category: XM is a satellite radio service based INFO” displays. 1. Press the CAT button to display in the 48 contiguous United States Finding a Channel and 10 Canadian provinces. XM the category tabs. Continue Satellite Radio has a wide variety of BAND: Press to switch between pressing the CAT button until the programming and commercial-free AM, FM, or XM™, if equipped. desired category name displays. music, coast to coast, and in f (Tune): Turn to manually select . Radios with CD and DVD digital-quality sound. A service an XM channel. can also navigate the fee is required to receive the XM category list by pressing service. If the service needs to be © SEEK: Press to go to the previous XM channel. the \ FWD or the s REV reactivated, the radio will display buttons. “No Subscription Please Renew ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next on channel XM1.” For more XM channel. 2. Press either of the two softkeys below the desired category tab information, contact XM at s REV: Press to go to the www.xmradio.com or to immediately tune to the first previous XM category. XM station in that category. 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S., \ and www.xmradio.ca or FWD: Press to go to the next To go to the previous or next XM 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. XM category. station in the selected category, 4 (Information) (XM Satellite Radio FAV (Favorites): Press to select do one of the following: Service): For vehicles with XM, different favorites pages for stored . Turn the f knob. press 4 to display additional text radio stations. information related to the current CAT (Category): The CAT button is . Press the softkey below the XM channel. If information is used to find XM channels when the right or left arrows in the available, the song title information radio is in the XM mode. category tab. displays on the top line of the . Press © SEEK or ¨ SEEK. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)
Infotainment System 7-11
3. To exit the category search Storing XM Channels 3. Press and hold one of the six mode, press the FAV button or softkeys until a beep sounds. Drivers are encouraged to store BAND button to display the XM channels while the vehicle is 4. Repeat Steps 1 through 3 to favorites again. parked; see Defensive Driving on store additional radio stations. Adding and Removing Categories page 9‑2. Tune to stored radio The number of favorites pages can stations using the presets, favorites Categories cannot be added or be set up using the MENU button. button, and steering wheel controls, removed while the vehicle is moving To set up the number of favorites if the vehicle has this feature. faster than 8 km/h (5 mph). pages: Up to 36 stations can be To add or remove a category: 1. Press the MENU button. programmed as favorites using the 1. Press the MENU button. six softkeys below the radio station 2. Press the softkey located below the FAV 1-6 tab. 2. Press the softkey located below frequency tabs and by using the the XM CAT tab. FAV button. Press the FAV button 3. Select the number of favorites to go through up to six pages of pages by pressing the softkey 3. Turn the f knob to display the favorites, each having six favorite located below the displayed category to add or remove. stations available per page. Each page numbers. page of favorites can contain any 4. Press the softkey located under combination of AM, FM, or XM, 4. Press the FAV button, or let the the Add or Remove tab. if equipped, stations. menu time out, to return to the To restore all removed original main radio screen categories, press the softkey Storing an XM Channel as a showing the radio station under the Restore All tab. Favorite frequency tabs and to begin To store a station as a favorite: the process of programming 5. Repeat the steps to remove favorites. more categories. 1. Tune to an XM channel. 2. Press the FAV button to display the page where the station will be stored. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)
7-12 Infotainment System
XM Radio Messages Channel Unauth : This channel is No Subscription Please Renew: blocked or cannot be received with The XM subscription needs to be XL (Explicit Language your XM subscription package. reactivated. Contact XM at Channels): These channels, www.xmradio.com or call or any others, can be blocked at a Channel Unavail: This previously 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and customer's request, by calling assigned channel is no longer www.xmradio.ca or call 1-800-929-2100 in the U.S. and assigned. Tune to another station. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. 1-877-438-9677 in Canada. If this station was one of the presets, choose another station CAT Not Found: There are no XM Updating: The encryption code for that preset button. channels available for the selected in the receiver is being updated, and category. The system is working no action is required. This process No Artist Info: No artist properly. should take no longer than information is available at this time 30 seconds. on this channel. The system is XM Theftlocked: The XM receiver working properly. in the vehicle could have previously No XM Signal: The system is been in another vehicle. For security functioning correctly, but the vehicle No Title Info: No song title purposes, XM receivers cannot be is in a location that is blocking the information is available at this time swapped between vehicles. If this XM signal. When the vehicle is on this channel. The system is message is received after having moved into an open area, the signal working properly. the vehicle serviced, check with should return. No CAT Info: No category your dealer. Loading XM: The audio system is information is available at this time XM Radio ID: If tuned to channel 0, acquiring and processing audio and on this channel. The system is this message alternates with the XM text data. No action is needed. This working properly. Radio eight digit radio ID label. This message should disappear shortly. ‐ No Information: No text or label is needed to activate the Channel Off Air: This channel is informational messages are service. not currently in service. Tune in to available at this time on this another channel. channel. The system is working properly. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)
Infotainment System 7-13
Unknown: If this message is If there is interference or static, XM™ Satellite Radio Service received when tuned to channel 0, unplug the item from the accessory XM Satellite Radio Service gives there could be a receiver fault. power outlet. digital radio reception from coast to Consult with your dealer. AM coast in the 48 contiguous United Check Antenna: If this message States, and in Canada. Just as does not clear within a short period The range for most AM stations is with FM, tall buildings or hills can of time, the receiver or antenna greater than for FM, especially at interfere with satellite radio signals, could have a fault. Consult with your night. The longer range can cause causing the sound to fade in and dealer. station frequencies to interfere out. In addition, traveling or standing with each other. For better radio under heavy foliage, bridges, Check XM Receivr: If this reception, most AM radio stations message does not clear within a garages, or tunnels may cause loss boost the power levels during the of the XM signal for a period of time. short period of time, the receiver day, and then reduce these levels could have a fault. Consult with your during the night. Static can also Cellular Phone Usage dealer. occur when things like storms and Cellular phone usage may cause power lines interfere with radio XM Not Available: If this message interference with the vehicle's radio. reception. When this happens, try does not clear within a short period This interference may occur when reducing the treble on the radio. of time, the receiver could have a making or receiving phone calls, fault. Consult with your dealer. FM Stereo charging the phone's battery, or simply having the phone on. This Radio Reception FM signals only reach about interference causes an increased 16 to 65 km (10 to 40 mi). Although Frequency interference and static level of static while listening to the the radio has a built-in electronic radio. If static is received while can occur during normal radio circuit that automatically works to reception if items such as cell phone listening to the radio, unplug the reduce interference, some static cellular phone and turn it off. chargers, vehicle convenience can occur, especially around tall accessories, and external electronic buildings or hills, causing the sound devices are plugged into the to fade in and out. accessory power outlet. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)
7-14 Infotainment System
Fixed Mast Antenna Audio Players the CD player and the loading slot free of foreign materials, liquids, The fixed mast antenna can and debris. withstand most car washes without CD Player being damaged as long as it is If an error displays, see “ CD Player securely attached to the base. Care of the CD Player Messages” later in this section. If the mast becomes slightly bent, Do not add any label to a CD. Care of CDs straighten it out by hand. If the mast It could get caught in the CD. If a is badly bent, replace it. CD is recorded on a personal If playing a CD-R, the sound quality computer and a description label is can be reduced due to CD-R or Occasionally check to make sure CD-RW quality, the method of the antenna is tightened to its base. needed, try labeling the top of the recorded CD with a marking pen. recording, the quality of the music If tightening is required, tighten that has been recorded, and the by hand until fully seated plus The use of CD lens cleaners is way the CD-R or CD-RW has been one quarter turn. not advised, due to the risk of handled. Handle them carefully. contaminating the lens of the CD Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their Satellite Radio Antenna optics with lubricants internal to the original cases or other protective CD player mechanism. The XM Satellite Radio antenna is cases and away from direct sunlight located on the roof of the vehicle. Notice: If a label is added to a and dust. The CD player scans the Keep the antenna clear of CD, more than one CD is inserted bottom surface of the disc. If the obstructions for clear radio into the slot at a time, or an surface of a CD is damaged, such reception. attempt is made to play scratched as cracked, broken, or scratched, or damaged CDs, the CD player the CD does not play properly or not If the vehicle has a sunroof, the could be damaged. While using at all. Do not touch the bottom side performance of the XM system the CD player, use only CDs in of a CD while handling it; this could (if equipped) may be affected if the good condition without any label, damage the surface. Pick up CDs sunroof is open. load one CD at a time, and keep by grasping the outer edges or the edge of the hole and the outer edge. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)
Infotainment System 7-15
If the surface of a CD is soiled, 3. Load a CD. Insert the CD Ejecting a CD clean it with a soft, lint‐free cloth or partway into the slot, label side (Six-Disc CD Player) dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, up. The player pulls the CD in. Z EJECT : Press and release neutral detergent solution mixed To insert multiple CDs: with water. Make sure the wiping to eject the disc that is currently process starts from the center to 1. Press and hold the LOAD button playing. Remove the CD when the edge. for two seconds. A beep sounds Remove Disc displays. If the disc is and Load All Discs displays. not removed, after several seconds Inserting a CD the disc is automatically pulled back (Single CD Player) 2. Wait for the message on when to into the player. insert the discs. The CD player Insert a CD partway into the slot, takes up to six CDs. To eject all CDs, press and hold the label side up. The player pulls it in Z EJECT button for two seconds. 3. Press the LOAD button again to and the CD should begin playing. cancel loading more CDs. Playing a CD Inserting a CD(s) Ejecting a CD If the ignition or radio is turned off (Six-Disc CD Player) (Single CD Player) with a CD in the player, it stays in the player. When the ignition or LOAD ^ : Press to load CDs into Z EJECT: Press and release to radio is turned on, the CD starts the CD player. This CD player holds eject the disc. Remove the CD playing where it stopped, if it was up to six CDs. when Remove Disc displays. If the the last selected audio source. The To insert one CD: disc is not removed, after several CD is controlled by the buttons on seconds the disc is automatically the radio faceplate or by the RSA 1. Press and release the LOAD pulled back into the player. button. unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) System on page 7‑46 for more 2. Wait for the message to insert information. the disc. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)
7-16 Infotainment System
When a CD is inserted, the CD 4 (Information): Press to display s REV (Fast Reverse): Press symbol displays on the left side of additional text information related to and hold to reverse playback quickly the radio display. As each new track the current song. If information is within a track. starts to play, the track number available, the song title information \ displays. FWD (Fast Forward): Press displays on the top line of the and hold to advance playback The CD player can play the smaller display and artist information quickly within a track. 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an displays on the bottom line. When adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the information is not available, “NO RPT (Repeat): For the AM-FM smaller CDs are loaded in the same INFO” displays. Radio with CD, press and release manner. f the RPT button to repeat the current (Tune): Turn to select tracks on track. Press RPT again to turn off CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to the CD that is currently playing. repeat play. cycle between CD or Auxiliary when © SEEK: Press to go to the start of listening to the radio. The CD icon RDM (Random): Press to listen the current track if more than to tracks in random, rather than and a message showing the disc 10 seconds on the CD have played. and/or track number will display sequential order. To use random, when a CD is in the player. Press Press to go to the previous track if do one of the following: again and the system automatically less than 10 seconds on the CD For the AM-FM Radio with CD: searches for an auxiliary input have played. 1. Press the RDM button until the device; see Auxiliary Devices on Press and hold, or press multiple random icon displays. page 7‑31 for more information. times, to continue moving backward If a portable audio player is not through the tracks on the CD. 2. Press the RDM button again connected, No Input Device Found until the random icon disappears “ ” SEEK: Press to go to the next displays. ¨ from the display. track. Press and hold, or press multiple times, to continue moving forward through the tracks on the CD. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)
Infotainment System 7-17
For the Radio with CD (MP3) and MP3‐Supported Files CD‐R‐ or CD‐RW‐Supported File Radio with USB and CD (MP3): and Folder Structure The Radio with CD (MP3), Radio 1. Press the softkey positioned with USB and CD (MP3), and Radio The radio supports: under the RDM tab until Random with USB and Six-Disc CD (MP3) . Up to 50 folders. Current Disc displays. have the capability of playing an . Up to 8 folders in depth. 2. Press the softkey again to turn MP3 CD-R or CD-RW disc. . off random play. Format Up to 50 playlists. . For the Radio with USB and Radios that have the capability of Up to 255 files. Six-Disc CD (MP3): playing MP3s can play.mp3 or .wma . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl 1. Press the softkey positioned files that were recorded onto a extension. CD-R or CD-RW disc. The files can under the RDM tab until . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda be recorded with the following fixed Randomize All Discs displays file extension. to play tracks from all CDs bit rates: 32 kbps, 40 kbps, 56 kbps, loaded in random order. 64 kbps, 80 kbps, 96 kbps, 112 kbps, Root Directory 128 kbps, 160 kbps, 192 kbps, The root directory is treated as a 2. Press the softkey positioned 224 kbps, 256 kbps, and 320 kbps folder. Files are stored in the root under the RDM tab until Random or a variable bit rate. Current Disc displays to play directory when the disc or storage tracks from a single CD in Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode device does not contain folders. random order. Discs Files accessed from the root directory of a CD display as The radio can play discs that 3. Press the same softkey again to F1 ROOT. turn off random play. contain both uncompressed CD audio and MP3 files. If both formats Empty Folder are on the disc, the radio reads Folders that do not contain files are all MP3 files first, then the skipped, and the player advances to uncompressed CD audio files. the next folder that contains files. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)
7-18 Infotainment System
Order of Play File System and Naming Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls Compressed audio files are The song name that displays is the file extension and are stored on a accessed in the following order: song name that is contained in the USB device may be supported by ID3 tag. If the song name is not the radio with a USB port. . Playlists (Px). present in the ID3 tag, then the Playlists can be changed by using . Files stored in the root directory. radio displays the file name without the softkeys below the S c and . Files stored in folders in the root the extension (such as .mp3) as the c T tabs, the f knob, the directory. track name. © SEEK button, or the ¨ SEEK Tracks are played in the following Track names longer than button. An MP3 CD-R or CD-RW order: 32 characters or 4 pages are that has been recorded without shortened. The display does not using file folders can be played. . Play begins from the first track in show parts of words on the last If a CD-R or CD-RW contains more the first playlist and continues page of text and the extension of than the maximum of 50 folders, sequentially through all tracks in the file name is not displayed. 15 playlists, and 512 folders and each playlist. When the last files, the player allows access and track of the last playlist has Preprogrammed Playlists navigates up to the maximum, but played, play continues from the CDs that have preprogrammed all items over the maximum are not first track of the first playlist. playlists reated using WinAmp™, accessible. . Play begins from the first track MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™ in the first folder and continues software can be accessed; however, sequentially through all tracks in there is no playlist‐editing capability each folder. When the last track using the radio. These playlists are of the last folder has played, treated as special folders containing play continues from the first compressed audio song files. track of the first folder. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)
Infotainment System 7-19
Playing an MP3 \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press For the Radio with USB and Six-Disc CD (MP3): 4 (Information): Press to display and hold to advance playback additional text information related to quickly. Sound is heard at a reduced 1. Press the softkey positioned the current song. If information is volume and the elapsed time of the under the RDM tab until available, the song title information file displays. Release \ FWD to Randomize All Discs displays to displays on the top line of the resume playing. The elapsed time of play tracks from all CDs loaded display and artist information the file displays. in random order. displays on the bottom line. When S c (Previous Folder): Press 2. Press the softkey positioned information is not available, “NO the softkey below the S c tab to under the RDM tab until Random INFO” displays. Current Disc displays to play f go to the first track in the previous (Tune): Turn to select MP3s on folder. tracks from a single CD in the CD currently playing. random order. c T (Next Folder): Press the SEEK: Press to go to the start of 3. Press the same softkey again to © softkey below the c T tab to go to the track, if more than 10 seconds turn off random play. the first track in the next folder. have played. Press and hold or h (Music Navigator): Press the press multiple times to continue RDM (Random): Press to listen softkey below the h tab to play moving backward through tracks. to tracks in random, rather than the files in order by artist or album. ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next sequential order. To use random, track. Press and hold or press do one of the following: The player scans the disc to sort the multiple times to continue moving For the Radio with CD (MP3) and files by artist and album ID3 tag forward through tracks. Radio with USB and CD (MP3): information. It can take several minutes to scan the disc depending s REV (Reverse): Press and hold 1. Press the softkey positioned on the number of files on the disc. to reverse playback quickly. Sound under the RDM tab until Random The radio may begin playing while it is heard at a reduced volume and Current Disc displays. is scanning in the background. the elapsed time of the file displays. 2. Press the softkey again to turn Release s REV to resume playing. off random play. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)
7-20 Infotainment System
When the scan is finished, the disc 3. Press the softkey below the . The CD is dirty, scratched, wet, begins playing files in order by Back tab to return to the main or upside down. artist. The current artist playing is music navigator screen. . The air is very humid. If so, wait shown on the second line of the The album name displays on the about an hour and try again. display. Once all songs by that artist second line between the arrows, . are played, the player moves to the There was a problem while and songs from the current album burning the CD. next artist in alphabetical order and begin to play. Once all songs from . begins playing files by that artist. that album have played, the player The label is caught in the CD To listen to files by another artist, moves to the next album in player. press the softkey located below alphabetical order on the CD and If the CD is not playing correctly, for either arrow tab. The disc goes begins playing MP3s from that any other reason, try a known to the next or previous artist in album. good CD. alphabetical order. Continue To exit music navigator mode, press If any error occurs repeatedly or pressing either softkey below the the softkey below the Back tab to if an error cannot be corrected, arrow tab until the desired artist return to normal MP3 playback. contact your dealer. If the radio displays. displays an error message, write it To change from playback by artist to CD Player Messages down and provide it to your dealer playback by album: CHECK DISC: If this message when reporting the problem. 1. Press the softkey located below displays and/or the CD ejects, it the Sort By tab. could be for one of the following reasons: 2. Press one of the softkeys below the Album tab from the sort . It is very hot. When the screen. temperature returns to normal, the CD should play. . The road is very rough. When the road becomes smoother, the CD should play. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)
Infotainment System 7-21
CD/DVD Player If an error displays, see “CD If the surface of a disc is soiled, Messages” later in this section. clean it with a soft, lint‐free cloth or Care of the CD and DVD Player dampen a clean, soft cloth in a mild, Care of CDs and DVDs Do not add any label to a disc. neutral detergent solution mixed It could get caught in the CD or If playing a CD-R or CD-RW, the with water. Make sure the wiping DVD player. If a disc is recorded sound quality can be reduced due to process starts from the center to on a personal computer and a CD-R or CD-RW quality, the method the edge. of recording, the quality of the music description label is needed, try Audio Output labeling the top of the recorded disc that has been recorded, and the with a marking pen. way the CD-R or CD-RW has been Only one audio source can be heard handled. Handle them carefully. through the speakers at one time. The use of CD/DVD lens cleaners Store CD-Rs or CD-RWs in their An audio source is defined as DVD is not advised, due to the risk of original cases or other protective slot, CD slot, XM, FM‐AM, front contaminating the lens of the optics cases and away from direct sunlight auxiliary jack, USB port, or rear with lubricants internal to the CD and dust. The CD or DVD player auxiliary jack. and DVD player mechanism. scans the bottom surface of the Press the O button to turn the radio Notice: If a label is added to a disc. If the surface of a disc is CD, more than one CD is inserted damaged, such as cracked, broken, on. The radio can be heard through into the slot at a time, or an or scratched, the disc does not play all of the vehicle speakers. attempt is made to play scratched properly or not at all. Do not touch Front seat passengers can listen to or damaged CDs, the CD player the bottom side of a disc while the radio (AM, FM, or XM if could be damaged. While using handling it; this could damage the equipped) by pressing the BAND the CD player, use only CDs in surface. Pick up discs by grasping button or the DVD/CD AUX button to good condition without any label, the outer edges or the edge of the select CD slot, DVD slot, front load one CD at a time, and keep hole and the outer edge. auxiliary input, USB port, or rear the CD player and the loading slot auxiliary input (if available). free of foreign materials, liquids, and debris. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)
7-22 Infotainment System
If a playback device is plugged Ejecting a Disc Playing a CD (in Either the into the radio s front auxiliary input ’ Z CD (Eject): Press and release DVD or CD Slot) jack, USB port, or the rear auxiliary to eject the disc that is currently jack, the front seat passengers If the ignition or radio is turned off playing. The CD ejects from the are able to listen to playback from with a CD in the player, it stays in bottom slot. A beep sounds and this source through the vehicle the player. When the ignition or Ejecting Disc displays. Once the speakers. See Using the Auxiliary radio is turned on, the CD starts “ disc is ejected, Remove Disc Input Jack in Auxiliary Devices on playing where it stopped, if it was ” displays. The disc can be removed. page 7 31, or Audio/Video the last selected audio source. The ‑ “ If the disc is not removed, after (A/V) Jacks under Rear Seat CD is controlled by the buttons on ” several seconds the disc Entertainment (RSE) System on the radio faceplate or by the RSA automatically pulls back into unit. See Rear Seat Audio (RSA) page 7‑36 for more information. the player. System on page 7‑46 for more In some vehicles, depending on Z DVD (Eject): Press and information. The DVD/CD decks audio options, the rear speakers release to eject the disc that is (the upper slot is the DVD deck and can be muted when the RSA power currently playing in the top slot. the lower slot is the CD deck) of the is turned on. See Rear Seat Audio A beep sounds and Ejecting Disc radio are compatible with most (RSA) System on page 7 46 for ‑ displays. audio CDs, CD-Rs, CD-RWs, more information. and MP3s. If loading and reading of a disc Inserting a Disc cannot be completed, due to When a CD is inserted, the text tab DVD or CD symbol displays on the Insert a disc partway into either slot, unknown format, etc., and the disc left side of the radio display. As label side up. The player pulls it in fails to eject, press and hold for each new track starts to play, the and the disc should begin playing. more than five seconds to force the track number displays. (Loading a disc into the system, disc to eject. depending on media type and format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for a DVD to begin playing.) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)
Infotainment System 7-23
The CD player can play the smaller such as: DVD slot, CD slot, © SEEK: Press to go to the start of 8 cm (3 in) single CDs with an Front Auxiliary, and Rear Auxiliary the current track, if more than adapter ring. Full-size CDs and the (if available). See “Using the five seconds on the CD have smaller CDs are loaded in the same Auxiliary Input Jack” in Auxiliary played. manner. Devices on page 7‑31 or “Audio/ Press to go to the previous track if DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to Video (A/V) Jacks” under Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) System on less than five seconds on the CD cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary have played. when listening to the radio. The page 7‑36 for more information. DVD/CD text tab and a message If a disc is inserted into the top DVD Press and hold, or press multiple showing the track or chapter slot, the rear seat operator can turn times, to continue moving backward number will display when a disc is in on the video screen and use the through the tracks on the CD. either slot. Press the DVD/CD AUX remote control to navigate the CD ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next button again and the system (tracks only) through the remote track. automatically searches for an control. Press and hold, or press multiple auxiliary input device; see Auxiliary 4 (Information): Press to display times, to continue moving forward Devices on page 7 31 for more ‑ additional text information related to through the tracks on the CD. information. If a portable audio the current song. If information is s REV (Fast Reverse): Press player is not connected, “No Aux available, the song title information and hold to reverse playback quickly Input Device” displays. If a disc is in displays on the top line of the within a track. both the DVD slot and the CD slot, display and artist information the DVD/CD AUX button cycles displays on the bottom line. When \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press between the two sources and does information is not available, “NO and hold to advance playback not indicate No Aux Input Device. “ ” INFO” displays. quickly within a track. If a front auxiliary device is connected, the DVD/CD AUX button f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on cycles through all available options, the disc that is currently playing. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)
7-24 Infotainment System
RDM (Random): Press to listen The CD player reads both The CD player supports: to tracks in random, rather than uncompressed audio and MP3/ . Up to 512 files and folders. sequential order. To use random: WMA files on a mixed mode disc. . Up to 8 folders in depth. 1. Press the softkey under the Uncompressd audio is played RDM tab until Random Current before MP3/WMA files. Press the . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl Disc displays. CAT (category) button to toggle extension. between uncompressed audio and 2. Press the softkey again to turn MP3/WMA files. . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda off random play. file extension. CD‐R or CD‐RW Supported File MP3 and WMA Supported Files and Folder Structure Root Directory Format The DVD player supports: The root directory of the disc is treated as a folder. If the root The radio can play.mp3 or .wma . Up to 255 folders. directory has compressed audio files that were recorded onto a . Up to 8 folders in depth. files, the directory displays as CD-R or CD-RW disc. F1 ROOT on the radio. . Up to 15 playlists. Compressed Audio or Mixed Mode If a disc contains both . Discs Up to 40 sessions. uncompressed CD audio and The radio plays discs that contain . Playlists with an .m3u or .wpl MP3/WMA files, a folder under the both uncompressed CD audio and extension. root directory called CD accesses all of the CD audio tracks on MP3/WMA files depending on . Files with an .mp3, .wma, or .cda which slot the disc is loaded into. file extension. the disc. The DVD player only reads Empty Folder uncompressed audio and ignores Folders that do not contain files are MP3/WMA files on a mixed skipped, and the player advances to mode disc. the next folder that contains files. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)
Infotainment System 7-25
No Folder Tracks are played in the following File System and Naming When the disc contains only order: The song name that displays is the compressed files, the files are . Play begins from the first track song name that is contained in the located under the root folder. The in the first playlist and continues ID3 tag. If the song name is not next and previous folder function sequentially through all tracks in present in the ID3 tag, then the does not function on a disc that was each playlist. When the last radio displays the file name without recorded without folders or playlists. track of the last playlist has the extension (such as .mp3) as the When displaying the name of the played, play continues from the track name. folder, the radio displays ROOT. first track of the first playlist. Track names longer than When the disc contains only . Play begins from the first track in 32 characters or 4 pages are playlists and compressed audio the first folder and continues shortened. Parts of words on the files, but no folders, all files are sequentially through all tracks in last page of text and the extension located under the root folder. The each folder. When the last track of the file name do not display. folder down and the folder up of the last folder has played, buttons search playlists first and play continues from the first Preprogrammed Playlists then go to the root folder. When the track of the first folder. Preprogrammed playlists that radio displays the name of the When play enters a new folder, the were created using WinAmp™, folder, the radio displays ROOT. display does not automatically show MusicMatch™, or Real Jukebox™ software can be accessed; however, Order of Play the new folder name unless the folder mode has been chosen as they cannot be edited using the Compressed audio files are the default display. The new track radio. These playlists are treated accessed in the following order: name displays. as special folders containing compressed audio song files. . Playlists (Px). Playlists that have an .m3u or .pls . Files stored in the root directory. file extension and are stored on a . Files stored in folders in the root USB device may be supported by directory. the radio with a USB port. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)
7-26 Infotainment System
Playing an MP3 or WMA (in \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press The player scans the disc to sort the Either the DVD or CD Slot) and hold to advance playback files by artist and album ID3 tag information. It can take several If a disc is inserted into the top DVD quickly. S c minutes to scan the disc depending slot, the rear seat operator can turn (Previous Folder): Press on the number of files on the disc. on the video screen and use the the softkey below the S c tab to The radio may begin playing while it remote control to navigate the CD go to the first track in the previous is scanning in the background. (tracks only). folder. f When the scan is finished, the disc (Tune): Turn to select MP3/WMA c T (Next Folder): Press the begins playing files in order by files. softkey below the c T tab to go to artist. The current artist playing is © SEEK: Press to go to the start of the first track in the next folder. shown on the second line of the the track, if more than five seconds display. Once all songs by that artist have played. Press and hold or RDM (Random): Press to listen to are played, the player moves to the press multiple times, if less than tracks in random, rather than next artist in alphabetical order and five seconds have played, to sequential order. begins playing files by that artist. continue moving backward through To use random: To listen to files by another artist, tracks. 1. Press the softkey under the press the softkey located below ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next RDM tab until Random Current either arrow tab. The disc goes to track. Disc displays the next or previous artist in alphabetical order. Continue Press and hold, or press multiple 2. Press the same softkey again to pressing either softkey below the times, to continue moving forward turn off random play. arrow tab until the artist displays. through tracks. h (Music Navigator): Press the s REV (Reverse): Press and hold softkey below the h tab to play to reverse playback quickly. files in order by artist or album. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)
Infotainment System 7-27
To change from playback by artist to Using the DVD Player Inserting a Disc playback by album: The DVD player can be controlled Insert a disc partway into the top 1. Press the softkey below the Sort by the buttons on the remote slot, label side up. The player pulls By tab. control, the RSA system, or by the it in and the disc should begin 2. Press one of the softkeys below buttons on the radio faceplate. See playing. “Loading Disc” shows on the Album tab from the sort “Remote Control” under Rear Seat the radio display. At the same time, screen. Entertainment (RSE) System on the radio displays a softkey menu of page 7‑36 and Rear Seat Audio option(s). Some discs automatically 3. Press the softkey below the (RSA) System on page 7‑46 for play the movie while others default Back tab to return to the main more information. to the softkey menu display, music navigator screen. The DVD player is only compatible which requires the Play, Enter, The album name displays on the with DVDs of the appropriate region or Navigation softkeys to be second line between the arrows, code printed on the jacket of pressed, either by softkey or by the and songs from the current album most DVDs. rear seat passenger using the begin to play. Once all songs from remote control. that album have played, the player The DVD slot of the radio is compatible with most audio CDs Loading a disc into the system, moves to the next album in depending on media type and alphabetical order on the CD and and CD-R/RW, DVD-Video, DVD-Audio, DVD-R/RW, and DVD format, ranges from 5 to 20 seconds begins playing MP3 files from that for a CD, and up to 30 seconds for album. +R/RW media, along with MP3 and WMA formats. a DVD. To exit music navigator mode, press Ejecting a Disc the softkey below the Back tab to If an error message displays on the return to normal MP3 playback. video screen or the radio, see “DVD Z DVD (Eject): Press and Display Error Messages” under, release to eject the disc currently Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) playing in the top slot. A beep System on page 7‑36, and “CD/DVD sounds and Ejecting Disc displays. Player Messages” later in this section for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)
7-28 Infotainment System
If loading and reading of a disc button cycles through all available A lock symbol displays next to the cannot be completed, due to options, such as: DVD slot, CD slot, clock display. The Parental Control unknown format, etc., and the disc front auxiliary, and rear auxiliary (if feature remains on until the knob is fails to eject, press and hold for available). See “Using the Auxiliary pressed and held for more than more than five seconds to force the Input Jack” in Auxiliary Devices on two seconds again, or until the disc to eject. page 7‑31 or “Audio/Video (A/V) driver turns the ignition off and exits Jacks” under Rear Seat the vehicle. Playing a DVD Entertainment (RSE) System on f (Tune): Turn to select tracks on DVD/CD AUX (Auxiliary): Press to page 7‑36 for more information. a CD or DVD. cycle through DVD, CD, or Auxiliary If a disc is inserted into the top DVD SEEK: Press to return to the start when listening to the radio. The slot, the rear seat operator can turn © DVD/CD text tab and a message of the current track or chapter. on the video screen and use the Press again to go to the previous showing the track or chapter remote control to navigate the CD number will display when a disc track or chapter. This button might (tracks only) through the remote not work when the DVD is playing is in either slot. Press the DVD/ control. CD AUX button again and the the copyright information or the system automatically searches for O (Power): Press to turn the radio previews. an auxiliary input device; see on or off. Turn clockwise or ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next Auxiliary Devices on page 7‑31 for counterclockwise to increase or track or chapter. This button might more information. If a portable audio decrease the volume. Press and not work when the DVD is playing player is not connected, “No Aux hold for more than two seconds to the copyright information or the Input Device” displays. If a disc is in turn off the entire radio and Rear previews. Seat Entertainment (RSE) system both the DVD slot and the CD slot, s the DVD/CD AUX button cycles and to start the Parental Control REV (Fast Reverse): Press to between the two sources and does feature. Parental Control prevents quickly reverse the CD or DVD at five times the normal speed. To not indicate “No Aux Input Device.” the rear seat occupant from If a front auxiliary device is operating the Rear Seat Audio stop fast reversing, press again. connected, the DVD/CD AUX (RSA) system or remote control. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)
Infotainment System 7-29
This button might not work when playback mode. If the DVD screen After making a selection press this the DVD is playing the copyright is off, press the play button to turn button. This button only operates information or the previews. the screen on. when using a DVD. \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press to Some DVDs begin playing after the Nav (Navigate): Press to display fast forward the CD or DVD at previews have finished, although directional arrows for navigating five times the normal speed. To stop there could be a delay of up to through the menus. fast forwarding, press again. This 30 seconds. If the DVD does q (Return): Press to exit the button might not work when the not begin playing the movie current active menu and return to DVD is playing the copyright automatically, press the softkey the previous menu. This button information or the previews. located under the play/pause operates only when a DVD is symbol tag displayed on the radio. playing and a menu is active. Using Softkeys to Play a DVD-V If the DVD still does not play, refer (Video) to the on-screen instructions, The rear seat passenger can Once a DVD-V is inserted, the radio if available. navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A menus and controls through the display menu shows several tab c (Stop): Press to stop playing, options for playback. Press the remote control. See “Remote rewinding, or fast forwarding a DVD. softkey located under any tab option Control” under Rear Seat during DVD-V playback. r (Enter): Press to select the Entertainment (RSE) System on j choices that are highlighted in page 7‑36 for more information. r / (Play/Pause): Press either any menu. The video screen automatically the Play or Pause tab displayed on turns on when the DVD-V is the radio, to toggle between pausing y (Menu): Press to access the DVD menu. The DVD menu is inserted into the DVD slot, and does or restarting playback of a DVD. not automatically power on when If the forward arrow is showing on different on every DVD. Use the softkeys located under the the DVD-A is inserted into the DVD the display, the system is in pause slot. It must be manually turned on mode. If the Pause tab is showing navigation arrows to navigate the cursor through the DVD menu. by the rear seat occupant through on the display, the system is in the remote control power button. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)
7-30 Infotainment System
Using Softkeys to Play a DVD-A e (Audio Stream): Press to cycle Stopping and Resuming (Audio) through audio stream formats Playback Once a DVD-A is inserted, the radio located on the DVD-A disc. The To stop playing a DVD without display menu shows several tab video screen shows the audio turning off the system, press stream changing. options for playback. Press the the c button on the remote control, softkey located under any tab option The rear seat passenger can or press the softkey located under during DVD-A playback. navigate the DVD-V and DVD-A the c or the / j tabs displayed j menus and controls through the r r / (Play/Pause): Press either on the radio. If the radio is sourced remote control. See “Remote the play or pause icon displayed on to something other than DVD-V, the radio, to toggle between pausing Control” under Rear Seat Entertainment (RSE) System on press the DVD/CD AUX button to or restarting playback of a DVD. make DVD-V the active source. If the forward arrow is showing on page 7‑36 for more information. the display, the system is in pause The video screen automatically To resume DVD playback, press mode. If the pause tab is showing turns on when the DVD-V is the r / j button on the remote on the display, the system is in inserted into the DVD slot, and does control, or press the softkey located not automatically power on when playback mode. under the / j tab on the radio. the DVD-A is inserted into the DVD r q Group r : Press to cycle slot. It must be manually turned on The DVD should resume play from through musical groupings on the by the rear seat occupant through where it last stopped if the disc has DVD-A disc. the remote control power button. not been ejected and the stop Nav (Navigate): Press to display button has not been pressed twice directional arrows for navigating on the remote control. If the disc through the menus. has been ejected or the stop button has been pressed twice on the remote control, the disc resumes playing at the beginning of the disc. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)
Infotainment System 7-31
CD/DVD Player Messages . The road is very rough. When Auxiliary Devices the road becomes smoother, the Disc Format Error: This message disc should play. Using the Auxiliary Input Jack displays if the disc is inserted with the disc label wrong side up, or if . The disc is dirty, scratched, wet, Radios with an auxiliary input jack the disc is damaged. or upside down. located on the lower right side of the . The air is very humid. If so, wait faceplate can connect to an external Disc Region Error: This message ® about an hour and try again. audio device such as an iPod , displays if the disc is not from a MP3 player, or CD player, for use as correct region. . There was a problem while another source for audio listening. No Disc Inserted: This message burning the disc. This input jack is not an audio displays if no disc is present when . The label is caught in the output; do not plug headphones into the Z or DVD/CD AUX button is CD/DVD player. the front auxiliary input jack. pressed on the radio. If the disc is not playing correctly, for Drivers are encouraged to set up Optical Error: This message any other reason, try a known any auxiliary device while the displays if the disc was inserted good disc. vehicle is in P (Park). See Defensive Driving on page 9 2 for upside down. If any error occurs repeatedly or if ‑ more information on driver an error cannot be corrected, Disk Read Error: This message distraction. displays if a disc was inserted with contact your dealer. If the radio an invalid or unknown format. displays an error message, write it To use a portable audio player, down and provide it to your dealer connect a 3.5 mm (1/8 in) cable to Player Error: This message when reporting the problem. the radio's front auxiliary input jack. displays if there are disc load or When a device is connected, press disc eject problems. the radio CD/AUX button to begin . It is very hot. When the playing audio from the device over temperature returns to normal, the vehicle speakers. the disc should play. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)
7-32 Infotainment System
For optimal sound quality, increase DVD/CD AUX (DVD/CD/ Using the USB Port the portable audio device's volume Auxiliary): Press to cycle through Radios with a USB port can control to the loudest level. DVD, CD, or Auxiliary when a USB storage device or an iPod® listening to the radio. The DVD/CD It is always best to power the using the radio buttons and knobs. text tab and a message showing portable audio device through its See Playing an MP3 in CD Player track or chapter number will display “ ” own battery while playing. on page 7 14 or CD/DVD Player on when a disc is in either slot. Press ‑ page 7 21 for information about how O (Power/Volume): Turn clockwise again and the system automatically ‑ to connect and control a USB or counterclockwise to increase searches for an auxiliary input storage device or an iPod. or decrease the volume of the device, such as a portable audio portable player. Additional volume player. If a portable audio player is USB Support adjustments might have to be made not connected, No Aux Input “ The USB connector is located on from the portable device if the Device displays. If a disc is in both ” the dashboard or in the center volume is not loud or soft enough. the DVD slot and the CD slot, the console, and uses the USB 2.0 DVD/CD AUX button cycles BAND: Press to listen to the radio standard. when a portable audio device is between the two sources and does playing. The portable audio device not indicate “No Aux Input Device.” USB‐Supported Devices If a front auxiliary device is continues playing. . USB flash drive connected, the DVD/CD AUX button CD/AUX (CD/Auxiliary): Press to cycles through all available options, . Portable USB hard drive play a CD when a portable audio such as: DVD slot, CD slot, front . Fifth generation or later iPod device is playing. Press again and auxiliary, and rear auxiliary (if the system begins playing audio available). See “Using the Auxiliary . iPod nano from the connected portable audio Input Jack” in this section, or “Audio/ . iPod touch player. If a portable audio player is Video (A/V) Jacks” under Rear Seat not connected, “No Input Device Entertainment (RSE) System on . iPod classic Found” displays. page 7‑36 for more information. Not all iPods and USB drives are compatible with the USB port. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)
Infotainment System 7-33
Make sure the iPod has the latest . Files with an .mp3 or .wma file panel. If the vehicle is on and the firmware from Apple® for proper extension USB connection works, “OK to operation. iPod firmware can be . AAC files stored on an iPod disconnect” and a GM logo may updated using the latest iTunes® appear on the iPod, and iPod . application. See www.apple.com/ FAT16 appears on the radio display. The itunes. . FAT32 iPod music appears on the radio’s display and begins playing. For help with identifying the iPod, go Connecting a USB Storage to www.apple.com/support. Device or iPod® The iPod charges while it is connected to the vehicle if the Radios that have a USB port can The USB port can be used to play.mp3 and .wma files that are vehicle is in the ACC/ACCESSORY control an iPod or a USB storage or ON/RUN position. When the stored on a USB storage device as device. well as AAC files that are stored on vehicle is turned off, the iPod an iPod. To connect a USB storage device, automatically powers off and will connect the device to the USB port not charge or draw power from the USB‐Supported File and Folder located in the center console or on vehicle's battery. Structure the instrument panel. If you have an older iPod model that The radio supports: To connect an iPod, connect one is not supported, it can still be used . Up to 700 folders end of the USB cable that came by connecting it to the auxiliary with the iPod to the iPod s dock input jack using a standard 3.5 mm . ’ Up to 8 folders in depth connector and connect the other (1/8 in) stereo cable. See “Using the . Up to 65,535 files. end to the USB port located in the Auxiliary Input Jack” earlier for more center console or on the instrument information. . Folder and file names up to 64 bytes Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)
7-34 Infotainment System
Using the Radio to Control a \ FWD (Fast Forward): Press j (Pause): Press the softkey USB Storage Device or iPod and hold to advance playback below j to pause the track. The The radio can control a USB quickly. Sound is heard at a tab appears raised when pause storage device or an iPod using reduced volume. Release \ FWD is being used. Press the softkey the radio buttons and knobs, and to resume playing. The elapsed time below j again to resume playback. display song information on the of the file displays. Back: Press the softkey below the radio’s display. 4 (Information): Press to display back tab to go back to the main f (Tune): Turn to select files. additional information about the display screen on an iPod, or the selected track. © SEEK: Press to go to the start of root directory on a USB storage the track, if more than 10 seconds Using Softkeys to Control a device. have played. Press and hold or USB Storage Device or iPod c (Folder View): Press the press multiple times to continue softkey below c to view the moving backward through tracks. The five softkeys below the radio display are used to control the contents of the current folder on the ¨ SEEK: Press to go to the next functions listed below. USB drive. To browse and select track. Press and hold or press files: To use the softkeys: multiple times to continue moving c forward through tracks. 1. Press the first or fifth softkey 1. Press the softkey below . s REV (Reverse): Press and hold below the radio display to 2. Turn f to scroll through the list to reverse playback quickly. Sound display the functions listed of folders. is heard at a reduced volume. below, or press the softkey below the function if it is 3. Press f to select the desired Release s REV to resume playing. currently displayed. folder. If there is more then one The elapsed time of the file folder, repeat Steps 1 and 2 until displays. 2. Press the softkey below the tab with the function on it to use that the desired folder is reached. function. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)
Infotainment System 7-35
4. Turn f to scroll through the files h (Music Navigator): Press 4. Turn f to scroll through the in the selected folder. the softkey below h to view and folders or files in the selected menu. 5. Press f to select the desired file select a file on an iPod, using the iPod's menu system. Files are to be played. 5. Press f to select the desired file sorted by: To skip through large lists, the five to be played. . Playlists softkeys can be used to navigate in To skip through large lists, the five the following order: . Artists softkeys can be used to navigate in the following order: . First softkey, first item in the list. . Albums . First softkey, first item in the list. . Second softkey, 1% through the . Genres . list each time the softkey is . Songs Second softkey, 1% through the pressed. list each time the softkey is . Composers pressed. . Third softkey, 5% through the list each time the softkey is pressed. To select files: . Third softkey, 5% through the list each time the softkey is pressed. . Fourth softkey, 10% through the 1. Press the softkey below h. list each time the softkey is f . Fourth softkey, 10% through the pressed. 2. Turn to scroll through the list list each time the softkey is of menus. pressed. . Fifth softkey, end of the list. 3. Press f to select the . Fifth softkey, end of the list. desired menu. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)
7-36 Infotainment System
Repeat Functionality > (Shuffle Off): Press the Rear Seat To use Repeat: softkey below 2 to turn shuffle Infotainment off. This is the default mode when a Press the softkey below " or ' USB storage device or iPod is first to select between Repeat All and connected. Rear Seat Entertainment Repeat Track. (RSE) System 2 (Shuffle All Songs/Shuffle " (Repeat All): Press the softkey Songs): Press the softkey below The vehicle may have a DVD Rear below " to repeat all tracks. The = or C to shuffle all songs on Seat Entertainment (RSE) system. tab appears lowered when Repeat the USB storage device or iPod. The RSE system works with the All is being used. This is the default C (Shuffle Album): Press the vehicle's audio system. The DVD mode when a USB storage device player is part of the front radio. The or iPod is first connected. softkey below > to shuffle all RSE system includes a radio with a songs in the current album on ' (Repeat Track): Press the DVD player, a video display screen, an iPod. audio/video jacks, two wireless softkey below to repeat one ' (Shuffle Folder): Press the headphones, and a remote control. track. The tab appears raised when = See CD/DVD Player on page 7‑21 Repeat Track is being used. softkey below > to shuffle all songs in the current folder on a USB for more information on the vehicle's Shuffle Functionality storage device. CD/DVD player. To use Shuffle: Before Driving Press the softkey below >, 2, The RSE is designed for rear seat C, or = to select between passengers only. The driver cannot Shuffle Off, Shuffle All Songs/ safely view the video screen while Shuffle Songs, Shuffle Album, driving and should not try to do so. or Shuffle Folder. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)
Infotainment System 7-37
In severe or extreme weather The radio can be turned back on Headphones conditions, the RSE system might with a single press of the power not work until the temperature is button, but the RSE system will within the operating range. The remain under Parental Control. operating range for the RSE system To turn Parental Control off, press is above −20°C (−4°F) or below and hold the radio power button for 60°C (140°F). If the temperature of more than two seconds. The RSE the vehicle is outside this range, returns from where it was previously heat or cool the vehicle until the left and the padlock icon disappears temperature is within the operating from the radio display. range of the RSE system. Parental Control can also be turned Parental Control off by inserting or ejecting any disc, The RSE system may have a pressing the play icon on the radio DVD display menu, or changing an Parental Control feature, depending A. Battery cover on which radio the vehicle has. To ignition position. start Parental Control, press and B. Channel 1 or 2 switch hold the radio power button for more C. Power button than two seconds to stop all system features such as: radio, video D. Volume control screen, Rear Seat Audio (RSA), E. Power indicator light DVD, and/or CD. While Parental The RSE includes two 2-channel Control is on, a padlock icon wireless headphones that are displays. dedicated to this system. Channel 1 is dedicated to the video screen, while Channel 2 is dedicated to Rear Seat Audio (RSA) selections. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)
7-38 Infotainment System
These headphones can be used to Infrared transmitters are located The symbol L (Left) appears on the listen to the radio, CDs, DVDs, at the rear of the overhead outside bottom edge of the ear cup MP3s, DVD‐As, or any auxiliary console. The headphones shut off and should be positioned on the left source connected to A/V jacks or automatically to save the battery ear. The symbol R (Right) appears the auxiliary input jack, if the vehicle power if the RSE system and RSA on the outside bottom edge of the has this feature. The wireless are shut off, or if the headphones ear cup and should be positioned on headphones have an On/Off button, are out of range of the transmitters the right ear. channel 1 or 2 switch, and a volume for more than three minutes. If you Notice: Do not store the control. move too far forward or step out of headphones in heat or direct Push the power button to turn on the vehicle, the headphones lose sunlight. This could damage the the headphones. An indicator light the audio signal. headphones and repairs will not located on the headphones comes To adjust the volume on the be covered by the warranty. on. If the light comes on, but there headphones, use the volume Storage in extreme cold can is intermittent sound and/or static on control located on the right side. weaken the batteries. Keep the the headphones, or if the indicator For optimal audio performance, the headphones stored in a cool, dry light does not come on, the batteries headphones must be worn correctly. place. might need to be replaced. See Headphones should be worn with If the foam ear pads attached to “Battery Replacement” later in this the headband over the top of the the headphones become worn or section for more information. Switch head for best audio reception. damaged, the pads can be replaced the headphones to Off when not separately from the headphone set. in use. To purchase replacement ear pads, call 1‐888‐293‐3332, then prompt zero (0), or contact your dealer. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)
Infotainment System 7-39
Battery Replacement Audio/Video (A/V) Jacks Adapter connectors or cables To change the batteries on the (not included) may be required to headphones: connect the auxiliary device to the A/V jacks. Refer to the 1. Turn the screw to loosen the manufacturer’s instructions for battery door located on the left proper usage. side of the headphones. Slide the battery door open. Power for auxiliary devices is not supplied by the radio system. 2. Replace the two batteries in the compartment. Make sure that To use the auxiliary inputs of the they are installed correctly, using RSE system, connect an external the diagram on the inside of the auxiliary device to the color-coded battery compartment. A/V jacks and turn both the auxiliary device and the video screen power 3. Replace the battery door and on. If the video screen is in the DVD tighten the door screw. A. Yellow: Video Input player mode, pressing the AUX If the headphones are to be stored B. White: Left Audio Input (auxiliary) button on the remote for a long period of time, remove the C. Red: Right Audio Input control switches the video screen batteries and keep them in a cool, from the DVD player mode to the dry place. The A/V jacks are color coded to auxiliary device. The audio of the match typical home entertainment connected source can be listened to system equipment. over the speakers by sourcing the The A/V jacks, located on the rear radio to the auxiliary device or by of the floor console, allow audio sourcing the RSA to the Rear Aux or video signals to be connected and listening with the wireless from an auxiliary device such headphones on Channel 2 or as a camcorder or a video game with the wired headphones. unit to the RSE system. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)
7-40 Infotainment System
See “Using the Auxiliary Input Audio Output When a device is connected to the Jack under Auxiliary Devices on A/V jacks, or the radio's auxiliary ” Audio from the DVD player or page 7 31 for more information input jack if the vehicle has this ‑ auxiliary inputs can be heard about changing the source. feature, the rear seat passengers through the following possible are able to hear audio from the sources: Changing the RSE Video Screen auxiliary device through the wireless Settings . Wireless headphones or wired headphones. The front seat The screen display mode (normal, . Vehicle speakers passengers are able to listen to full, and zoom), screen brightness, playback from this device through and setup menu language can be . Vehicle‐wired headphone jacks the vehicle speakers by selecting changed from the on screen setup on the RSA system, if the AUX as the source on the radio. menu. To change any feature: vehicle has this feature. Video Screen 1. Press the z (display menu) The RSE system always transmits the audio signal to the wireless The video screen is located in the button on the remote control. headphones, if there is audio overhead console. 2. Use the remote control n, q, available. See “Headphones” earlier To use the video screen: p, o (navigation) arrows and in this section for more information. 1. Push the release button located the r (enter) button to use the The DVD player is capable of on the overhead console. setup menu. outputting audio to the wired headphone jacks on the RSA 2. Move the screen to the desired 3. Press the z button again to system, if the vehicle has this position. remove the setup menu from the feature. The DVD player can be When the video screen is not in screen. selected as an audio source on the use, push it up into its locked RSA system. See Rear Seat Audio position. (RSA) System on page 7‑46 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)
Infotainment System 7-41
If a DVD is playing and the screen Remote Control Objects blocking the line of sight is raised to its locked position, the could also affect the function of the screen remains on. This is normal, remote control. and the DVD continues to play If a CD or DVD is in the Radio DVD through the previous audio source. Use the remote control power button slot, the remote control O (power) or eject the disc to turn off the button can be used to turn on the screen. video screen display and start the disc. The radio can also turn on the The overhead console contains the video screen display. See Operation infrared transmitters for the wireless on page 7‑2 for more information. headphones and the infrared receivers for the remote control. Notice: Storing the remote They are located at the rear of the control in a hot area or in direct console. sunlight can damage it, and the repairs will not be covered by the Notice: Avoid directly touching To use the remote control, aim it at warranty. Storage in extreme cold the video screen, as damage may the transmitter window at the rear of can weaken the batteries. Keep occur. See “Cleaning the Video the RSE overhead console and the remote control stored in a Screen” later in this section for press the desired button. Direct cool, dry place. more information. sunlight or very bright light could affect the ability of the RSE If the remote control becomes transmitter to receive signals from lost or damaged, a new universal the remote control. If the remote remote control can be purchased. control does not seem to be If this happens, make sure the working, the batteries might universal remote control uses a ® need to be replaced. See “Battery code set of Toshiba . Replacement” later in this section. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)
7-42 Infotainment System
Remote Control Buttons n, q , p , o (Menu Navigation c (Stop): Press this button to stop O (Power): Press this button to Arrows): Use the arrow buttons to playing, fast reversing, or fast turn the video screen on and off. navigate through a menu. forwarding a DVD. Press this button r (Enter): Press this button to twice to return to the beginning of P (Illumination): Press this button the DVD. to turn the remote control backlight select the choice that is highlighted on. The backlight automatically in any menu. s (Play/Pause): Press this times out after 7 to 10 seconds if no z (Display Menu): Press this button to start playing a DVD. Press other button is pressed while the button to adjust the brightness, this button while a DVD is playing to backlight is on. screen display mode (normal, full, pause it. Press it again to continue playing the DVD. v (Title): Press this button to or zoom), and display the return the DVD to the main menu of language menu. While the DVD is playing, the DVD the DVD. This function could vary q (Return): Press this button to can be played slowly by pressing for each disc. exit the current active menu and the play/pause button then pressing the fast forward button. The DVD y (Main Menu): Press this button return to the previous menu. This button operates only when the continues playing in a slow play to access the DVD menu. The DVD mode. Also, reverse can be played menu is different on every DVD. display menu or a DVD menu is active. slowly by pressing the play/pause Use the navigation arrows to move button and then pressing the fast the cursor around the DVD menu. reverse button. To cancel slow play After making a selection press the mode, press the play/pause button. enter button. This button only operates when using a DVD. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)
Infotainment System 7-43
t (Previous Track/Chapter): [ (Fast Forward): Press this AUX (Auxiliary): Press this button Press this button to return to the button to fast forward the DVD or to switch the system between the start of the current track or chapter. CD. To stop fast forwarding a DVD DVD player and an auxiliary source. Press this button again to go to the video, press the play/pause button. 2 (Camera): Press this button to previous track or chapter. This To stop fast forwarding a DVD audio change camera angles on DVDs button might not work when the or CD, release the fast forward that have this feature while a DVD is DVD is playing the copyright button. This button might not work playing. The format and content of information or the previews. while the DVD is playing the this function vary for each disc. u (Next Track/Chapter): Press copyright information or the previews. 1 through 0 (Numeric Keypad): this button to go to the beginning The numeric keypad provides the of the next chapter or track. This e (Audio): Press this button to capability of direct chapter or track button might not work while the change audio tracks on DVDs that number selection. DVD is playing the copyright have this feature when the DVD is information or the previews. playing. The format and content of \ (Clear): Press this button within this function vary for each disc. three seconds after entering a r (Fast Reverse): Press this numeric selection, to clear all button to quickly reverse the DVD or { (Subtitles): Press this button to numerical inputs. CD. To stop fast reversing a DVD turn on or off subtitles and to move } video, press the play/pause button. through subtitle options when a 10 (Double Digit Entries): Press To stop fast reversing a DVD audio DVD is playing. The format and this button to select chapter or track or CD, release the fast reverse content of this function vary for numbers greater than nine. Press button. This button might not work each disc. this button before entering the when the DVD is playing the number. copyright information or the previews. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)
7-44 Infotainment System
Battery Replacement Tips and Troubleshooting Chart To change the remote control Problem Recommended Action batteries, do the following: There is no power. The ignition might not be turned to 1. Slide the rear cover back on the ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY. remote control. The picture does not fill the screen. Check the display mode settings in 2. Replace the two batteries in the There are black borders on the top the setup menu by pressing the compartment. Make sure they and bottom or on both sides, or the display menu button on the remote are installed correctly using the picture looks stretched out. control. diagram on the inside of the remote control. In auxiliary mode, the picture moves Check the auxiliary input or scrolls. connections at both devices. 3. Replace the battery cover. The remote control does not work. Check to make sure there is no If the remote control is to be stored obstruction between the remote for a long period of time, remove the control and the transmitter window. batteries and keep them in a cool, Check the batteries to make sure dry place. they are not dead or installed incorrectly. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)
Infotainment System 7-45
Tips and Troubleshooting Chart (cont.) DVD Display Error Messages Problem Recommended Action The DVD display error message depends on the radio that is in the After stopping the player, and If the stop button was pressed one vehicle. The video screen can pushing Play, sometimes the DVD time, the DVD player resumes display one of the following: starts where it left off and playing where the DVD was sometimes at the beginning. stopped. If the stop button was Disc Load/Eject Error: This pressed two times, the DVD player message displays when there are begins to play from the beginning of disc load or eject problems. the DVD. Disc Format Error: This message The auxiliary source is running, but Check that the RSE video screen is displays if the disc is inserted with there is no picture or sound. in the auxiliary source mode. the disc label wrong side up, or if Check the auxiliary input the disc is damaged. connections at both devices. Disc Region Error: This message Sometimes the wireless headphone Check for obstructions, low displays if the disc is not from a audio cuts out or buzzes. batteries, reception range, and correct region. interference from cellular telephone No Disc Inserted: This message towers, or use a cellular telephone displays if no disc is present when in the vehicle. EJECT or DVD AUX is pressed on Check that the headphones are on the radio. correctly using the L (left) and R (right) on the headphones. The remote and/or the headphones See your dealer for assistance. are lost. The DVD is playing, but there is no Check that the RSE video screen is picture or sound. sourced to the DVD player. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)
7-46 Infotainment System
DVD Distortion Rear Seat Audio (RSA) The RSA functions can be used even while the main radio is off. The Video distortion can occur when System front audio system will display the operating cellular phones, scanners, Vehicles with this feature allow the headphone icon when the RSA is CB radios, Global Position Systems rear seat passengers to listen to on, and it will disappear from the (GPS)*, two-way radios, mobile fax and control any of the music display when the RSA is off. machines, or walkie talkies. sources: radio, CDs, DVDs, or other Audio can be heard through wired It might be necessary to turn off the auxiliary sources. However, the rear headphones (not included) plugged DVD player when operating one of seat passengers can only control into the jacks on the RSA. If the these devices in or near the vehicle. the music sources the front seat vehicle has this feature, audio can *Excludes the OnStar® System. passengers are not listening to also be heard on Channel 2 of the (except on some radios where dual wireless headphones. Cleaning the RSE Overhead control is allowed). For example, Console rear seat passengers can control Depending on the audio system, the and listen to a CD through the rear speakers may continue to play When cleaning the RSE overhead headphones, while the driver listens when the RSA audio is active console surface, use only a clean to the radio through the front through the headphones. cloth dampened with clean water. speakers. The rear seat passengers To listen to an iPod or portable Cleaning the Video Screen have control of the volume for each audio device through the RSA, set of headphones. When cleaning the video screen, attach the iPod or portable audio use only a clean cloth dampened The radio functionality is controlled device to the front auxiliary input with clean water. Use care when by both the RSA and the front radio. (if available), located on the front directly touching or cleaning the Only one band can be tuned to at audio system. Turn the iPod on, screen, as damage could result. one time. Changing the band on the then choose the front auxiliary input RSA or the front radio will change with the RSA SRCE button. the band on the other system, if they are both sourced to the radio. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)
Infotainment System 7-47
This function is inactive, with some PROG (Program): Press this radios, if the front seat passengers button to go to the next preset radio are listening to the radio. station or channel set on the main Press and hold either seek arrow radio. This function is inactive, with until the display flashes, to tune to some radios, if the front seat an individual station. The display passengers are listening to the stops flashing after the buttons have radio. P (Power): Press this button to not been pushed for more than While a CD or DVD‐A disc is turn the RSA on or off. two seconds. This function is playing, press this button to go to Volume: Turn the volume knob to inactive, with some radios, if the the beginning of the CD or DVD‐A. increase or decrease the volume of front seat passengers are listening This function is inactive, with some the wired headphones. The left to the radio. radios, if the front seat passengers knob controls the left headphones While listening to a disc, press the are listening to the CD or DVD‐A. and the right knob controls the right left seek arrow to go back to the While a disc is playing in the CD or headphones. start of the current track or chapter DVD changer, press this button to SRCE (Source): Press this (if more than 10 seconds have select the next disc, if multiple discs button to switch between the radio played). Press the right seek arrow are loaded. This function is inactive, (AM‐FM), XM™ (if equipped), to go the next track or chapter on with some radios, if the front seat CD, and if the vehicle has these the disc. This function is inactive, passengers are listening to the disc. features, DVD, front auxiliary, and with some radios, if the front seat While a DVD video menu is being rear auxiliary. passengers are listening to the disc. displayed, press the PROG button © ¨ (Seek): When listening to While a DVD video menu is being to perform the menu function, Enter. FM, AM, or XM™ (if equipped), displayed, press either seek arrow press the seek arrows to go to the to perform a cursor up or down on previous or to the next station or the menu. Hold either seek arrow to channels and stay there. perform a cursor left or right on the menu. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)
7-48 Infotainment System
Phone . Pair cell phone(s) to the vehicle. A Bluetooth system can use a The system may not work with Bluetooth‐capable cell phone with a all cell phones. See “Pairing” in Hands‐Free Profile to make and Bluetooth this section for more information. receive phone calls. The system For vehicles equipped with . If the cell phone has voice can be used while the key is in the Bluetooth capability, the system dialing capability, learn to use ON/RUN or ACC/ACCESSORY can interact with many cell phones, that feature to access the position. The range of the Bluetooth allowing: address book or contact list. See system can be up to 9.1 m (30 ft). Not all phones support all functions, . Placement and receipt of calls in “Voice Pass-Thru” in this section for more information. and not all phones are guaranteed a hands-free mode. to work with the in-vehicle Bluetooth . See Storing and Deleting Phone . Sharing of the cell phone’s “ system. See www.gm.com/bluetooth address book or contact list Numbers” in this section for for more information on compatible with the vehicle. more information. phones. To minimize driver distraction, { WARNING Voice Recognition before driving, and with the vehicle parked: The Bluetooth system uses voice When using a cell phone, it can recognition to interpret voice . Become familiar with the be distracting to look too long commands to dial phone numbers features of the cell phone. or too often at the screen of and name tags. Organize the phone book and the phone or the infotainment contact lists clearly and delete (navigation) system. Taking For additional information, say duplicate or rarely used entries. your eyes off the road too long or “Help” while you are in a voice recognition menu. If possible, program speed dial too often could cause a crash or other shortcuts. resulting in injury or death. Noise: Keep interior noise levels to . Review the controls and Focus your attention on driving. a minimum. The system may not operation of the infotainment recognize voice commands if there and navigation system. is too much background noise. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)
Infotainment System 7-49
When to Speak: A short tone Bluetooth Controls Pairing Information sounds after the system responds Use the buttons located on the . Up to five cell phones can be indicating when it is waiting for a steering wheel to operate the paired to the Bluetooth system. voice command. Wait until the tone in vehicle Bluetooth system. See and then speak. ‐ . The pairing process is disabled Steering Wheel Controls on when the vehicle is moving. How to Speak: Speak clearly in a page 5‑2 for more information. calm and natural voice. . Pairing only needs to be b / g (Push To Talk): Press to completed once, unless the Audio System answer incoming calls, confirm pairing information on the cell system information, and start phone changes or the cell phone When using the in‐vehicle Bluetooth speech recognition. system, sound comes through is deleted from the system. the vehicle's front audio system c / x (Phone On Hook): Press . Only one paired cell phone can speakers and overrides the audio to end a call, reject a call, or cancel be connected to the Bluetooth system. Use the audio system an operation. system at a time. volume knob, during a call, to Pairing . change the volume level. The If multiple paired cell phones are adjusted volume level remains in A Bluetooth cell phone must be within range of the system, the memory for later calls. To prevent paired to the Bluetooth system and system connects to the first missed calls, a minimum volume then connected to the vehicle before available paired cell phone in the level is used if the volume is turned it can be used. See the cell phone order that they were first paired down too low. manufacturer's user guide for to the system. To connect to a Bluetooth functions before pairing different paired phone, see the cell phone. If a Bluetooth phone “Connecting to a Different is not connected, calls will be made Phone” later in this section. using OnStar Hands‐Free Calling, if equipped. Refer to the OnStar Owner's Guide for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)
7-50 Infotainment System
Pairing a Phone After the PIN is successfully Deleting a Paired Phone entered, the system prompts you If the phone name you want to 1. Press and hold b / g for to provide a name for the paired delete is unknown, see “Listing All two seconds. cell phone. This name will be Paired and Connected Phones.” 2. Say “Bluetooth.” used to indicate which phones are paired and connected to the 1. Press and hold / for 3. Say Pair. The system responds b g “ ” vehicle. See “Listing All Paired with instructions and a four digit two seconds. ‐ and Connected Phones” later in Personal Identification Number this section for more information. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” (PIN). The PIN is used in Step 5. 6. Repeat Steps 1 through 5 to pair 3. Say “Delete.” The system asks 4. Start the pairing process on the additional phones. which phone to delete. cell phone that you want to pair. 4. Say the name of the phone you For help with this process, see Listing All Paired and Connected want to delete. the cell phone manufacturer's Phones user guide. The system can list all cell phones Connecting to a Different Phone 5. Locate the device named “Your paired to it. If a paired cell phone is To connect to a different cell phone, Vehicle” in the list on the cell also connected to the vehicle, the the Bluetooth system looks for the phone. Follow the instructions system responds with “is connected” next available cell phone in the on the cell phone to enter the after that phone name. order in which all the available cell PIN that was provided in Step 3. phones were paired. Depending on 1. Press and hold b / g for which cell phone you want to two seconds. connect to, you may have to use 2. Say “Bluetooth.” this command several times. 3. Say “List.” 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. 2. Say “Bluetooth.” Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)
Infotainment System 7-51
3. Say “Change phone.” Digit Store: This command allows Using the “Digit Store” Command a phone number to be stored as a . If another cell phone is If an unwanted number is found, the response will be name tag by entering the digits one recognized by the system, say at a time. “
7-52 Infotainment System
Using the “Delete” Command Listing Stored Numbers Re‐dial: This command is used to dial the last number used on the cell The list command will list all stored 1. Press and hold b / g for phone. two seconds. numbers and name tags. Using the Dial or Call Using the List Command “ ” “ ” 2. Say “Delete.” “ ” Command 3. Say the name tag you want to 1. Press and hold / for b g 1. Press and hold b / g for delete. two seconds. two seconds. Using the “Delete All Name Tags” 2. Say “Directory.” Command 2. Say “Dial” or “Call.” 3. Say “Hands‐Free Calling.” This command deletes all stored 3. Say the entire number without 4. Say “List.” pausing, or say the name tag. name tags in the Hands‐Free Calling Directory and the OnStar Making a Call Once connected, the person called Turn‐by‐Turn Destinations Directory, will be heard through the audio if equipped. Calls can be made using the speakers. following commands. To delete all name tags: Using the Digit Dial Command Dial or Call: The dial or call “ ” 1. Press and hold b / g for command can be used The digit dial command allows a two seconds. interchangeably to dial a phone phone number to be dialed by number or a stored name tag. entering the digits one at a time. 2. Say “Delete all name tags.” After each digit is entered, the Digit Dial: This command allows a system repeats back the digit it phone number to be dialed by heard followed by a tone. entering the digits one at a time. If an unwanted number is recognized by the system, say “Clear” at any time to clear the last number. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)
Infotainment System 7-53
To hear all of the numbers Receiving a Call Three‐Way Calling recognized by the system, say When an incoming call is received, Three way calling must be Verify at any time. ‐ “ ” the audio system mutes and a ring supported on the cell phone and 1. Press and hold b / g for tone is heard in the vehicle. enabled by the wireless service two seconds. carrier. . Press b / g to answer the call. 2. Say “Digit Dial.” 1. While on a call, press b / g. . Press c / x to ignore a call. 3. Say each digit, one at a time, 2. Say “Three‐way call.” that you want to dial. After each Call Waiting 3. Use the dial or call command to digit is entered, the system Call waiting must be supported on dial the number of the third party repeats back the digit it heard the cell phone and enabled by the to be called. followed by a tone. After the last wireless service carrier. digit has been entered, 4. Once the call is connected, say “Dial.” . Press b / g to answer an press b / g to link all callers Once connected, the person called incoming call when another call together. is active. The original call is will be heard through the audio Ending a Call speakers. placed on hold. Press / to end a call. Using the “Re‐dial” Command . Press b / g again to return to c x the original call. 1. Press and hold b / g for two seconds. . To ignore the incoming call, no action is required. 2. After the tone, say “Re‐dial.” . Press / to disconnect the Once connected, the person called c x current call and switch to the call will be heard through the audio on hold. speakers. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)
7-54 Infotainment System
Muting a Call Transferring Audio from the Voice Pass-Thru Bluetooth System to a Cell Phone During a call, all sounds from inside Voice pass‐thru allows access to the the vehicle can be muted so that the During a call with the audio in the voice recognition commands on the person on the other end of the call vehicle: cell phone. See your cell phone cannot hear them. manufacturer's user guide to see if 1. Press / . b g the cell phone supports this feature. . To mute a call, press / , and b g 2. Say “Transfer Call.” then say “Mute call.” To access contacts stored in the cell Transferring Audio to the phone: . To cancel mute, press b / g, Bluetooth System from 1. Press and hold / for and then say “Un‐mute call.” a Cell Phone b g two seconds. Transferring a Call During a call with the audio on the 2. Say “Bluetooth.” The system cell phone, press / . The audio Audio can be transferred between b g responds “Bluetooth ready,” the Bluetooth system and the cell transfers to the vehicle. If the audio followed by a tone. phone. does not transfer to the vehicle, use the audio transfer feature on the 3. Say “Voice.” The system The cell phone must be paired and cell phone. See your cell phone responds “OK, accessing connected with the Bluetooth manufacturer's user guide for more
Infotainment System 7-55
Dual Tone Multi-Frequency Clearing the System Other Information (DTMF) Tones Unless information is deleted out of The Bluetooth® word mark and The Bluetooth system can send the in‐vehicle Bluetooth system, it logos are owned by the Bluetooth® numbers and the numbers stored as will be retained indefinitely. This SIG, Inc. and any use of such marks name tags during a call. You can includes all saved name tags in the by General Motors is under license. use this feature when calling a phone book and phone pairing Other trademarks and trade names menu‐driven phone system. information. For information on how are those of their respective owners. Account numbers can also be to delete this information, see the stored for use. previous section “Deleting a Paired Phone” and the previous sections Sending a Number or Name Tag on deleting name tags. During a Call 1. Press b / g. The system responds “Ready,” followed by a tone. 2. Say “Dial.” 3. Say the number or name tag to send. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)
7-56 Infotainment System
2 NOTES Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
Climate Controls 8-1
Climate Controls Climate Control Systems Climate Control Systems (with Air Conditioning) Climate Control Systems With this system the heating, cooling, and ventilation can be controlled. Climate Control Systems (with Air Conditioning) ...... 8-1 Climate Control Systems (with Heater Only) ...... 8-4 Dual Automatic Climate Control System ...... 8-5 Air Vents Air Vents ...... 8-10
A. Fan Control Temperature Control: Turn B. Temperature Control clockwise or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the C. Air Delivery Mode Control temperature inside the vehicle. D. Air Conditioning 9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise E. Outside Air or counterclockwise to increase or decrease the fan speed. Turn the F. Recirculation knob all the way counterclockwise G. Rear Window Defogger to turn the front system off. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
8-2 Climate Controls
Air Delivery Mode Control: Turn - (Defog): This mode clears the : (Outside Air): Press to clockwise or counterclockwise to windows of fog or moisture. Air is turn the outside air mode on. change the direction of the airflow directed to the windshield, floor An indicator light comes on to show inside the vehicle. The knob can be outlets, and side window vents. that outside air is on. In this mode positioned between two modes to (Defrost): This mode removes outside air circulates throughout the select a combination of those 0 vehicle. The outside air mode can modes. fog or frost from the windshield more quickly. Air is directed to the be used with all modes, but it Select from the following: windshield and the side window cannot be used with the recirculation mode. H (Vent): Air is directed to the vents, with some air directed to the instrument panel outlets. floor vents. The system ? (Recirculation): Press to automatically forces outside air into turn the recirculation mode on. ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided the vehicle. An indicator light comes on to show between the instrument panel and that recirculation is on. floor outlets. The recirculation mode cannot be selected in the defog or defrost This mode recirculates and helps to 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the mode. When either mode is quickly cool the air inside the floor outlets, with some air directed selected, the system runs the air vehicle. It can be used to help to the windshield and side window conditioning compressor, unless the prevent outside air and odors from outlets. In this mode, the system outside temperature is close to entering the vehicle. automatically selects outside air. freezing. Recirculation cannot be selected in The recirculation mode cannot floor mode. Do not drive the vehicle until all the be used with floor, defog or windows are clear. defrost modes. If recirculation is selected with one of these modes, the indicator light flashes three times and then turns off. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
Climate Controls 8-3
While in recirculation mode the Rear Window Defogger Notice: Do not use anything windows may fog when the weather sharp on the inside of the rear For vehicles with a rear window is cold and damp. To clear the fog, window. If you do, you could cut defogger, a warming grid is used to select either the defog or defrost or damage the warming grid, and remove fog from the rear window. mode and increase the fan speed. the repairs would not be covered 1 (Rear): Press to turn the The recirculation mode can be by the vehicle warranty. Do not rear window defogger on or off. turned off by pressing the outside attach a temporary vehicle An indicator light on the button air button, or by turning off the license, tape, a decal, or anything comes on to show that the rear ignition. similar to the defogger grid. window defogger is on. (Air Conditioning): Press to # The rear window defogger only turn the air conditioning system on works when the ignition is in or off. An indicator light comes on to ON/RUN. The rear window defogger show that the air conditioning is on. stays on for approximately The air conditioning can be selected 10 minutes after the button is in any mode as long as the fan pressed, unless the ignition is switch is on. turned to ACC/ACCESSORY or The air conditioning system LOCK/OFF. The defogger can also removes moisture from the air, be turned off by turning off the so a small amount of water might engine. drip under the vehicle while idling or after turning off the engine. This is normal. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
8-4 Climate Controls
Climate Control Systems (with Heater Only) Select from the following: With this system the heating and ventilation can be controlled. H (Vent): Air is directed to the instrument panel outlets. ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided between the instrument panel and floor outlets. 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the floor outlets, with some air directed to the windshield, side window, and second row floor outlets. In this mode, the system automatically selects outside air. - (Defog): This mode clears the windows of fog or moisture. Air is A. Fan Control Turn the knob all the way directed to the windshield, floor outlets, and side window vents. B. Temperature Control counterclockwise to turn the front system off. 0 (Defrost): This mode removes C. Air Delivery Mode Control Air Delivery Mode Control: fog or frost from the windshield Temperature Control: Turn Turn clockwise or counterclockwise more quickly. Air is directed to the clockwise or counterclockwise to to increase or decrease the windshield and the side window increase or decrease the temperature inside the vehicle. vents, with some air directed to the temperature inside the vehicle. The knob can be positioned floor vents. The system between two modes to select a automatically forces outside air into 9 (Fan Control): Turn clockwise the vehicle. or counterclockwise to increase combination of those modes. or decrease the fan speed. Do not drive the vehicle until all the windows are clear. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
Climate Controls 8-5
Dual Automatic Climate Control System O (On/Off): Press to turn the climate control system on or off. The heating, cooling, and ventilation in the vehicle can be controlled with Outside air still enters the vehicle, this system. The vehicle also has a flow-through ventilation system and is directed to the floor. This described later in this section. direction can be changed by pressing the mode button. Recirculation can be selected once you have selected vent or bi-level mode. The temperature can also be adjusted using either temperature button. If the air delivery mode or temperature settings are adjusted with the system off, the display illuminates briefly to show the settings and then returns to off. The system can be turned back on by pressing either O, D, C, #, the defrost or the AUTO button. A. Driver and Passenger G. Air Delivery Mode Control Driver and Passenger Side Temperature Controls H. Display Temperature Controls B. Fan Control I. On/Off The driver and passenger side C. AUTO J. Rear Window Defogger temperature buttons are used to D. Defrost adjust the temperature of the air K. Air Conditioning coming through the system on the E. Recirculation L. PASS (Passenger) driver or passenger side of the F. Outside Air vehicle. The temperature can be adjusted even if the system is Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
8-6 Climate Controls
turned off. This is possible since Automatic Operation the air inlet may automatically outside air always flows through switch to the recirculate mode to AUTO (Automatic): When the system as the vehicle is help quickly cool down the air automatic operation is active, moving forward unless it is inside the vehicle. The light the system controls the inside set to recirculation mode. See on the button comes on in temperature, the air delivery, and Recirculation later in this section. recirculation. “ ” the fan speed. Press the + or − buttons to increase 2. Set the driver and passenger Use the steps below to place the or decrease the cabin temperature. temperature. entire system in automatic mode: The driver side or passenger side To find your comfort setting, 1. Press the AUTO button. temperature display shows the start with a 23°C (74°F) temperature setting increasing or When AUTO is selected, the temperature setting and allow decreasing. display changes to show the about 20 minutes for the system The passenger temperature setting current temperature(s) and to regulate. Use the driver or can be set to match the driver AUTO is lit on the display. passenger temperature buttons temperature setting by pressing the The current air delivery mode to adjust the temperature setting PASS button and turning off the and fan speed are also as necessary. If a temperature PASS indicator. When the displayed for about five seconds. setting of 15°C (60°F) is chosen, passenger temperature setting is When AUTO is selected, the air the system remains at the set different than the driver setting, conditioning operation and air maximum cooling setting. If a the indicator on the PASS button inlet are automatically controlled. temperature setting of 32°C illuminates and both the driver side The air conditioning compressor (90°F) is chosen, the system and passenger side temperature may run when the outside remains at the maximum heat displays are shown. temperature is above freezing. setting. Choosing either When in defrost mode the The air inlet will normally be set maximum setting will not cause passenger temperature setting to outside air. If it is hot outside, the vehicle to heat or cool any cannot be changed. faster. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)
Climate Controls 8-7
Do not cover the solar sensor HG (Air Delivery Mode Control): 6 (Floor): Air is directed to the located on the top of the instrument Press these buttons to change the floor outlets, with some to the panel near the windshield. This direction of the airflow in the vehicle. windshield, side window outlets, and sensor regulates air temperature Repeatedly press either button until second row floor outlets. In this based on sun load. For more the desired mode appears on the mode, the system automatically information on the solar sensor, see display. selects outside air. “Sensors” later in this section. Pressing either mode button while - (Defog): This mode clears the To avoid blowing cold air in cold the system is off changes the air windows of fog or moisture. Air is weather, the system delays turning delivery mode without turning the directed to the windshield, floor the fan on until warm air is system on. outlets, and side window vents. available. The length of delay In this mode, the system turns off depends on the engine coolant Pressing either mode button while in automatic control places the mode recirculation and runs the air temperature. Pressing the fan conditioning compressor unless the switch overrides this delay and under manual control. The air delivery mode setting displays and outside temperature is close to changes the fan to a selected freezing. The recirculation mode speed. the AUTO light turns off. The fan remains under automatic control. cannot be selected while in the Manual Operation defrost mode. H (Vent): Air is directed to the DC (Fan Control): Press these instrument panel outlets. 0 (Defrost): This mode removes fog or frost from the windshield buttons to increase or decrease the ) (Bi-Level): Air is divided fan speed. more quickly. Air is directed to the between the instrument panel and windshield and side window vents, Pressing either fan button while in floor outlets. Some air is directed with some directed to the floor automatic control places the fan toward the windshield and side vents. In this mode, the system under manual control. The fan window outlets. automatically forces outside air into setting remains displayed and the the vehicle and runs the air AUTO light turns off. The air delivery mode remains under automatic control. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)
8-8 Climate Controls
conditioning compressor unless the If this button is pressed when the @ (Recirculation): Press to outside temperature is close to air conditioning compressor is turn the recirculation mode on. freezing. The recirculation mode unavailable due to outside An indicator light comes on to show cannot be selected while in the conditions, the indicator flashes that recirculation is on. defrost mode. three times and then turns off. This mode recirculates and helps to The passenger temperature control If the air conditioning is on and the outside temperature drops below a quickly cool the air inside the cannot be activated while in defrost vehicle. It can be used to help mode. If the PASS button is temperature which is too cool for air conditioning to be effective, the air prevent outside air and odors from pressed, the button indicator flashes entering the vehicle. three times and will not work. If the conditioning light turns off to show passenger temperature buttons are that the air conditioning mode has The recirculation mode cannot be adjusted, the driver temperature been canceled. used with floor, defog, or defrost indicator changes. The passenger On hot days, open the windows long modes. If recirculation is selected temperature will not be displayed. enough to let hot inside air escape. with one of those modes, the indicator light flashes three times If vent, bi-level, or floor mode is This helps to reduce the time it takes for the vehicle to cool down. and then turns off. The air selected again, the climate control conditioning compressor also comes system displays the previous It also helps the system to operate more efficiently. on when this mode is activated. temperature settings. While in recirculation mode, the Do not drive the vehicle until all The air conditioning system windows may fog when the weather windows are clear. removes moisture from the air, so a is cold and damp. To clear the fog, small amount of water might drip select either the defog or defrost # (Air Conditioning): Press to under the vehicle while idling or mode and increase the fan speed. turn the air conditioning (A/C) after turning off the engine. This is compressor on and off. An indicator normal. The recirculation mode can be light comes on to show that the air turned off by pressing the outside conditioning is on. air button, or by turning off the ignition. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)
Climate Controls 8-9
; (Outside Air): Press to turn the Notice: Do not use a razor blade Sensors outside air mode on. An indicator or sharp object to clear the inside light on the button comes on to rear window. Do not adhere show that outside is on. When anything to the defogger grid selected, air from outside the lines in the rear glass. These vehicle circulates throughout the actions may damage the rear vehicle. The recirculation mode defogger. Repairs would not be cannot be used with the outside covered by your warranty. air mode. Heated Mirror: For vehicles with Rear Window Defogger heated outside rearview mirrors, the mirrors heat to help clear fog or frost The rear window defogger uses a from the surface of the mirror when warming grid to remove fog from the the rear window defog button is rear window. pressed. See Power Mirrors on 1 (Rear Window Defogger): page 2‑15. The solar sensor, located in the For vehicles with this feature, press defrost grille in the middle of the to turn the defogger on or off. instrument panel, monitors the solar It automatically turns off several heat. Do not cover the solar sensor minutes after it has been activated. or the system will not work properly. The defogger can also be turned off by turning the engine off. Do not drive the vehicle until all windows are clear. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)
8-10 Climate Controls
There is also an exterior Air Vents temperature sensor located behind the front grille. This sensor reads Use the air outlets located in the the outside air temperature and center and on the side of the helps maintain the temperature instrument panel to direct the inside the vehicle. Any cover on the airflow. Use the thumbwheels near front of the vehicle could cause a the air outlets to open or close off false reading in the displayed the airflow. temperature. Operation Tips The climate control system uses the . Clear away any ice, snow, information from these sensors to or leaves from air inlets at the maintain comfort settings by base of the windshield that could The interior temperature sensor, adjusting the outlet temperature, fan block the flow of air into the located in the headliner, measures speed, and the air delivery mode. vehicle. the temperature of the air inside the The system may also supply cooler vehicle. air to the side of the vehicle facing . Keep the path under the front the sun. The recirculation mode will seats clear of objects to help also be used as needed to maintain circulate the air inside of the cool outlet temperatures. vehicle more effectively. . Use of non‐GM approved hood deflectors can adversely affect the performance of the system. Check with your dealer before adding equipment to the outside of the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
Driving and Operating 9-1
Fast Idle System ...... 9-35 Brakes Driving and Retained Accessory Antilock Brake Operating Power (RAP) ...... 9-36 System (ABS) ...... 9-63 Engine Coolant Heater ...... 9-36 Parking Brake ...... 9-64 Shifting Into Park ...... 9-37 Brake Assist (Except With Driving Information Shifting out of Park ...... 9-38 4.3L V6 Engine) ...... 9-66 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Parking (Manual Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-66 Drunk Driving ...... 9-2 Transmission) ...... 9-39 Parking over Things Ride Control Systems Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 StabiliTrak® System ...... 9-67 Braking ...... 9-3 That Burn ...... 9-39 ® Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-69 Steering ...... 9-4 Active Fuel Management . . . 9-40 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Engine Exhaust Cruise Control Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-40 Cruise Control ...... 9-69 Off-Road Driving ...... 9-7 Running the Vehicle While Object Detection Systems Driving on Wet Roads ...... 9-17 Parked ...... 9-41 Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-18 Ultrasonic Parking Assist . . . . 9-72 Hill and Mountain Roads . . . . . 9-18 Automatic Transmission Rear Vision Winter Driving ...... 9-19 Automatic Transmission . . . . . 9-42 Camera (RVC) ...... 9-74 If the Vehicle Is Stuck ...... 9-21 Manual Mode ...... 9-45 Fuel Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-22 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-46 Fuel ...... 9-79 Truck-Camper Loading Recommended Fuel ...... 9-79 Information ...... 9-29 Manual Transmission Manual Transmission ...... 9-48 Gasoline Specifications (U.S. Starting and Operating and Canada Only) ...... 9-80 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-31 Drive Systems California Fuel Adjustable Throttle and Brake Four-Wheel Drive ...... 9-50 Requirements ...... 9-80 Pedal ...... 9-31 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . 9-80 Ignition Positions ...... 9-32 Fuel Additives ...... 9-80 Starting the Engine ...... 9-33 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
9-2 Driving and Operating
Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) . . . . . 9-81 Driving Information Filling the Tank ...... 9-83 WARNING (Continued) Filling a Portable Fuel Container ...... 9-84 Defensive Driving Driver distraction can cause collisions resulting in injury or Towing Defensive driving means “always expect the unexpected. The first possible death. These simple General Towing ” step in driving defensively is to wear defensive driving techniques Information ...... 9-85 the safety belt. See Safety Belts on could save your life. Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips ...... 9-85 page 3‑12. Trailer Towing ...... 9-89 Drunk Driving Towing Equipment ...... 9-105 { WARNING Trailer Sway { WARNING Control (TSC) ...... 9-116 Assume that other road users (pedestrians, bicyclists, and other Conversions and Add-Ons Drinking and then driving is very drivers) are going to be careless dangerous. Your reflexes, Add-On Electrical and make mistakes. Anticipate Equipment ...... 9-117 perceptions, attentiveness, and what they might do and be ready. judgment can be affected by even Adding a Snow Plow or In addition: Similar Equipment ...... 9-117 a small amount of alcohol. You Pickup Conversion to . Allow enough following can have a serious — or even Chassis Cab ...... 9-121 distance between you and fatal — collision if you drive after the driver in front of you. drinking. . Focus on the task of driving. Do not drink and drive or ride with (Continued) a driver who has been drinking. Ride home in a cab; or if you are with a group, designate a driver who will not drink. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
Driving and Operating 9-3
Death and injury associated with Medical research shows that Braking drinking and driving is a global alcohol in a person's system tragedy. can make crash injuries worse, See Brake System Warning Light on page 5‑27. Alcohol affects four things that especially injuries to the brain, anyone needs to drive a vehicle: spinal cord, or heart. This means Braking action involves perception judgment, muscular coordination, that when anyone who has been time and reaction time. Deciding to vision, and attentiveness. drinking — driver or passenger — is push the brake pedal is perception in a crash, that person's chance of time. Actually doing it is Police records show that being killed or permanently disabled reaction time. almost 40 percent of all motor is higher than if the person had not vehicle-related deaths involve been drinking. Average reaction time is about alcohol. In most cases, these three‐fourths of a second. But that is deaths are the result of someone Control of a Vehicle only an average. It might be less who was drinking and driving. with one driver and as long as two In recent years, more than The following three systems or three seconds or more with 17,000 annual motor vehicle-related help to control the vehicle while another. Age, physical condition, deaths have been associated with driving — brakes, steering, and alertness, coordination, and the use of alcohol, with about accelerator. At times, as when eyesight all play a part. So do 250,000 people injured. driving on snow or ice, it is easy to alcohol, drugs, and frustration. ask more of those control systems But even in three‐fourths of a For persons under 21, it is against than the tires and road can provide. second, a vehicle moving at the law in every U.S. state to drink Meaning, you can lose control of the 100 km/h (60 mph) travels 20 m alcohol. There are good medical, vehicle. See StabiliTrak® System on (66 ft). That could be a lot of psychological, and developmental page 9‑67. distance in an emergency, so reasons for these laws. keeping enough space between Adding non dealer accessories can ‐ the vehicle and others is important. The obvious way to eliminate the affect vehicle performance. See leading highway safety problem is Accessories and Modifications on for people never to drink alcohol page 10‑3. and then drive. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
9-4 Driving and Operating
And, of course, actual stopping If the engine ever stops while the If power steering assist is lost distances vary greatly with the vehicle is being driven, brake because the engine stops or the surface of the road, whether it is normally but do not pump the power steering system is not pavement or gravel; the condition brakes. If the brakes are pumped, functioning, the vehicle can be of the road, whether it is wet, dry, the pedal could get harder to push steered but it will take more effort. or icy; tire tread; the condition of the down. If the engine stops, there will brakes; the weight of the vehicle; still be some power brake assist but Steering Tips and the amount of brake force it will be used when the brake is It is important to take curves at a applied. applied. Once the power assist is reasonable speed. used up, it can take longer to stop Avoid needless heavy Traction in a curve depends on the and the brake pedal will be harder braking. Some people drive in condition of the tires and the road to push. spurts — heavy acceleration surface, the angle at which the followed by heavy braking — rather Adding non‐dealer accessories can curve is banked, and vehicle speed. than keeping pace with traffic. This affect vehicle performance. See While in a curve, speed is the one is a mistake. The brakes might not Accessories and Modifications on factor that can be controlled. have time to cool between hard page 10 3. ‑ If there is a need to reduce speed, stops. The brakes will wear out do it before entering the curve, while much faster with a lot of heavy Steering the front wheels are straight. braking. Keeping pace with the traffic and allowing realistic Power Steering Try to adjust the speed so you can following distances eliminates If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the drive through the curve. Maintain a a lot of unnecessary braking. That hybrid supplement for more reasonable, steady speed. Wait to means better braking and longer information. accelerate until out of the curve, and brake life. then accelerate gently into the straightaway. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
Driving and Operating 9-5
Steering in Emergencies Off-Road Recovery There are times when steering can The vehicle's right wheels can drop be more effective than braking. For off the edge of a road onto the example, you come over a hill and shoulder while driving. find a truck stopped in your lane, or a car suddenly pulls out from nowhere, or a child darts out from between parked cars and stops right in front of you. These problems can be avoided by braking — if you can stop in time. But sometimes you cannot stop in time because there is no room. That is the time for An emergency like this requires evasive action — steering around close attention and a quick decision. the problem. If holding the steering wheel at the The vehicle can perform very well recommended 9 and 3 o'clock in emergencies like these. First, positions, it can be turned a full apply the brakes. See Braking on 180 degrees very quickly without removing either hand. But you have If the level of the shoulder is page 9‑3. It is better to remove as to act fast, steer quickly, and just as only slightly below the pavement, much speed as possible from a recovery should be fairly easy. collision. Then steer around the quickly straighten the wheel once you have avoided the object. Ease off the accelerator and problem, to the left or right then, if there is nothing in the depending on the space available. The fact that such emergency way, steer so that the vehicle situations are always possible is a straddles the edge of the pavement. good reason to practice defensive driving at all times and wear safety belts properly. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
9-6 Driving and Operating
Turn the steering wheel 8 to 13 cm Skidding Of course, traction is reduced when (3 to 5 in), about one-eighth turn, water, snow, ice, gravel, or other In a skid, a driver can lose control of until the right front tire contacts material is on the road. For safety, the vehicle. Defensive drivers avoid the pavement edge. Then turn the slow down and adjust your driving to most skids by taking reasonable steering wheel to go straight down these conditions. It is important to care suited to existing conditions, the roadway. slow down on slippery surfaces and by not overdriving those because stopping distance is longer conditions. But skids are always and vehicle control more limited. Loss of Control possible. While driving on a surface with Let us review what driving experts The three types of skids reduced traction, try to avoid say about what happens when the correspond to the vehicle's three sudden steering, acceleration, three control systems — brakes, control systems. In the braking skid, or braking, including reducing steering, and acceleration — do not the wheels are not rolling. In the vehicle speed by shifting to a lower have enough friction where the tires steering or cornering skid, too much gear. Any sudden changes could meet the road to do what the driver speed or steering in a curve causes cause the tires to slide. You might has asked. tires to slip and lose cornering force. not realize the surface is slippery And in the acceleration skid, too In any emergency, do not give up. until the vehicle is skidding. Learn to much throttle causes the driving Keep trying to steer and constantly recognize warning clues such as wheels to spin. — seek an escape route or area of enough water, ice, or packed snow less danger. If the vehicle starts to slide, ease on the road to make a mirrored your foot off the accelerator pedal surface — and slow down when and quickly steer the way you you have any doubt. want the vehicle to go. If you start Remember: Antilock brakes help steering quickly enough, the vehicle avoid only the braking skid. may straighten out. Always be ready for a second skid if it occurs. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)
Driving and Operating 9-7
Off-Road Driving Off-roading can be great fun but has . Be sure to read all the some definite hazards. The greatest information about Vehicles with four-wheel drive of these is the terrain itself. When four-wheel-drive vehicles can be used for off-road driving. off-road driving, traffic lanes are not in this manual. Vehicles without four-wheel drive marked, curves are not banked, and . Make sure all underbody and vehicles with 20 inch tire/wheel ‐ there are no road signs. Surfaces shields, if the vehicle has assemblies should not be driven can be slippery, rough, uphill, them, are properly attached. off-road except on a level, solid or downhill. surface. . Know the local laws that apply Avoid sharp turns and abrupt to off-roading where you will The airbag system is designed to maneuvers. Failure to operate the be driving or check with law work properly under a wide range of vehicle correctly off‐road could enforcement people in the area. conditions, including off‐road usage. result in loss of vehicle control or . Always wear your safety belt and vehicle rollover. Be sure to get the necessary observe safe driving speeds, permission if you will be on especially on rough terrain. Off-roading involves some new private land. skills. That is why it is very Drinking and driving can be very important that you read these If you think you will need some dangerous on any road and this is driving tips and suggestions to help more ground clearance at the front certainly true for off-road driving. make off-road driving safer and of your vehicle, you can remove the At the very time you need special more enjoyable. front fascia lower air dam. The air alertness and driving skills, your dam is held in place by 2 bolts and reflexes, perceptions, and judgment Before You Go Off-Roading 10 snaps accessible from underneath the front fascia. can be affected by even a small . Have all necessary maintenance amount of alcohol. You could have a and service work done. serious — or even fatal — accident if you drink and drive or ride with a . Make sure there is enough fuel, driver who has been drinking. that fluid levels are where they should be, and that the spare tire is fully inflated. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)
9-8 Driving and Operating
To remove the air dam: Loading Your Vehicle for WARNING (Continued) 1. Remove the 2 outboard air dam Off-Road Driving bolts. fatally injured if the vehicle rolls { WARNING 2. With a flat‐blade tool, disengage over. Put heavy loads inside the the snaps. . Cargo on the load floor piled cargo area, not on the roof. Keep 3. After the bolts are removed and higher than the seatbacks cargo in the cargo area as far the snaps are disengaged, push can be thrown forward during forward and low as possible. forward on the air dam until it a sudden stop. You or your is free. passengers could be injured. There are some important things to Notice: Operating your vehicle Keep cargo below the top of remember about how to load your the seatbacks. for extended periods without vehicle. . the front fascia lower air dam Unsecured cargo on the . The heaviest things should be installed can cause improper air load floor can be tossed on the floor, forward of the rear flow to the engine. Always be about when driving over axle. Put heavier items as far sure to replace the front fascia rough terrain. You or your forward as you can. air dam when you are finished passengers can be struck by off-road driving. flying objects. Secure the . Be sure the load is properly cargo properly. secured, so things are not After off-roading, be sure to reinstall tossed around. the air dam: . Heavy loads on the roof raise the vehicle's center of gravity, You will find other important 1. Line up the snaps and push the information under Vehicle Load air dam rearward to engage the making it more likely to roll over. You can be seriously or Limits on page 9‑22 and Tires on snaps. page 10 55. (Continued) ‑ 2. Install the 2 outboard bolts. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)
Driving and Operating 9-9
Environmental Concerns . Take extreme care with open Getting Familiar with Off-Road fires (where permitted), camp Driving Off-road driving can provide stoves, and lanterns. wholesome and satisfying It is a good idea to practice in an . recreation. However, it also Never park your vehicle over area that is safe and close to home raises environmental concerns. dry grass or other combustible before you go into the wilderness. We recognize these concerns materials that could catch fire Off-roading requires some new and and urge every off-roader to follow from the heat of the vehicle's different skills. these basic rules for protecting the exhaust system. Tune your senses to different environment: Traveling to Remote Areas kinds of signals. Your eyes need to . Always use established trails, It makes sense to plan your trip, constantly sweep the terrain for roads, and areas that have been especially when going to a remote unexpected obstacles. Your ears specially set aside for public area. Know the terrain and plan need to listen for unusual tire or off-road recreational driving and your route. Get accurate maps of engine sounds. Use your arms, obey all posted regulations. trails and terrain. Check to see if hands, feet, and body to respond to . Avoid any driving practice there are any blocked or closed vibrations and vehicle bounce. that could damage shrubs, roads. Controlling the vehicle is the key to flowers, trees, or grasses or It is also a good idea to travel with successful off-road driving. One of disturb wildlife. This includes at least one other vehicle in case the best ways to control the vehicle wheel-spinning, breaking down something happens to one of them. is to control the speed. At higher trees, or unnecessary driving speeds: through streams or over soft For vehicles with a winch, be sure to . You approach things faster and ground. read the winch instructions. In a remote area, a winch can be handy have less time to react. . Always carry a litter bag and if you get stuck but you will want to . There is less time to scan the make sure all refuse is removed know how to use it properly. terrain for obstacles. from any campsite before leaving. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)
9-10 Driving and Operating
. The vehicle has more bounce Surface Conditions: Off-roading . Will you have to stop suddenly when driving over obstacles. surfaces can be hard-packed dirt, or change direction quickly? . More braking distance is gravel, rocks, grass, sand, mud, When driving over obstacles or needed, especially on an snow, or ice. Each of these surfaces rough terrain, keep a firm grip on unpaved surface. affects the vehicle's steering, the steering wheel. Ruts, troughs, acceleration, and braking in different or other surface features can jerk { WARNING ways. Depending on the surface, the wheel out of your hands. slipping, sliding, wheel spinning, delayed acceleration, poor traction, When driving over bumps, rocks, When you are driving off-road, or other obstacles, the wheels can bouncing and quick changes in and longer braking distances can occur. leave the ground. If this happens, direction can easily throw you even with one or two wheels, you out of position. This could cause Surface Obstacles: Unseen or cannot control the vehicle as well or you to lose control and crash. hidden obstacles can be hazardous. at all. So, whether you are driving on A rock, log, hole, rut, or bump can Because you will be on an unpaved or off the road, you and your startle you if you are not prepared for them. Often these obstacles are surface, it is especially important to passengers should wear safety avoid sudden acceleration, sudden belts. hidden by grass, bushes, snow, or even the rise and fall of the turns, or sudden braking. terrain itself. Off-roading requires a different kind Scanning the Terrain Some things to consider: of alertness from driving on paved Off-road driving can take you over roads and highways. There are no . many different kinds of terrain. Be Is the path ahead clear? road signs, posted speed limits, familiar with the terrain and its many . Will the surface texture change or signal lights. Use good judgment different features. abruptly up ahead? about what is safe and what is not. . Does the travel take you uphill or downhill? Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)
Driving and Operating 9-11
Driving on Hills Approaching a Hill . Is there a straight path up or down the hill so you will not Off-road driving often takes you up, When you approach a hill, decide have to make turning down, or across a hill. Driving safely if it is too steep to climb, descend, maneuvers? on hills requires good judgment or cross. Steepness can be hard to and an understanding of what the judge. On a very small hill, for . Are there obstructions on the hill vehicle can and cannot do. There example, there may be a smooth, that can block your path, such are some hills that simply cannot be constant incline with only a small as boulders, trees, logs, or ruts? driven, no matter how well built the change in elevation where you can . What is beyond the hill? Is vehicle. easily see all the way to the top. there a cliff, an embankment, a On a large hill, the incline may get drop-off, a fence? Get out and { WARNING steeper as you near the top, but you walk the hill if you do not know. might not see this because the crest It is the smart way to find out. Many hills are simply too steep of the hill is hidden by bushes, . Is the hill simply too rough? grass, or shrubs. for any vehicle. If you drive up Steep hills often have ruts, them, you will stall. If you drive Consider this as you approach a hill: gullies, troughs, and exposed down them, you cannot control . rocks because they are more your speed. If you drive across Is there a constant incline, or does the hill get sharply susceptible to the effects of them, you will roll over. You could steeper in places? erosion. be seriously injured or killed. If you have any doubt about the . Is there good traction on the steepness, do not drive the hill. hillside, or will the surface cause tire slipping? Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)
9-12 Driving and Operating
Driving Uphill . Ease up on the speed as you If the vehicle stalls, or is about to approach the top of the hill. stall, and you cannot make it up Once you decide it is safe to drive . the hill: up the hill: Attach a flag to the vehicle to be more visible to approaching . Push the brake pedal to stop the . Use a low gear and get a firm traffic on trails or hills. vehicle and keep it from rolling grip on the steering wheel. . Sound the horn as you approach backwards and apply the . Get a smooth start up the hill the top of the hill to let opposing parking brake. and try to maintain speed. Not traffic know you are there. . If the engine is still running, shift using more power than needed . the transmission to R (Reverse), can avoid spinning the wheels or Use headlamps even during the release the parking brake, and sliding. day to make the vehicle more visible to oncoming traffic. slowly back down the hill in R (Reverse). { WARNING { WARNING . If the engine has stopped Turning or driving across steep running, you need to restart it. hills can be dangerous. You could Driving to the top (crest) of a With the brake pedal pressed lose traction, slide sideways, and hill at full speed can cause an and the parking brake still possibly roll over. You could be accident. There could be a applied, shift the transmission to seriously injured or killed. When drop-off, embankment, cliff, P (Park) and restart the engine. driving up hills, always try to go or even another vehicle. You Then, shift to R (Reverse), release the parking brake, and straight up. could be seriously injured or killed. As you near the top of a slowly back down the hill as hill, slow down and stay alert. straight as possible in . Try to drive straight up the hill if R (Reverse). at all possible. If the path twists and turns, you might want to find another route. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)
Driving and Operating 9-13
. While backing down the hill, put . Never try to turn around if about your left hand on the steering to stall when going up a hill. WARNING (Continued) wheel at the 12 o'clock position If the hill is steep enough to so you can tell if the wheels are stall the vehicle, it is steep Neutral position on the transfer straight and can maneuver as enough to cause it to roll over. case overrides the transmission. you back down. It is best to back If you cannot make it up the hill, You or someone else could be down the hill with the wheels back straight down the hill. injured. If you are going to leave straight rather than in the left or If, after stalling, you try to back your vehicle, set the parking right direction. Turning the wheel down the hill and decide you just brake and shift the transmission too far to the left or right will cannot do it, set the parking brake, to P (Park). But do not shift the increase the possibility of a put your transmission in P (Park), transfer case to Neutral. rollover. and turn off the engine. Leave the Things not to do if the vehicle stalls, vehicle and go get some help. Exit Driving Downhill or is about to stall, when going up on the uphill side and stay clear of a hill: the path the vehicle would take if it When off-roading takes you rolled downhill. Do not shift the downhill, consider: . Never attempt to prevent a stall by shifting into N (Neutral) to transfer case to Neutral when you . How steep is the downhill? rev-up the engine and regain leave the vehicle. Leave it in Will I be able to maintain forward momentum. This will some gear. vehicle control? not work. The vehicle can roll . What is the surface like? backward very quickly and could { WARNING Smooth? Rough? Slippery? go out of control. Shifting the transfer case to Hard-packed dirt? Gravel? Neutral can cause your vehicle to . Are there hidden surface roll even if the transmission is in obstacles? Ruts? Logs? P (Park). This is because the Boulders? (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)
9-14 Driving and Operating
. What is at the bottom of the hill? Things not to do when driving down Driving Across an Incline Is there a hidden creek bank or a hill: even a river bottom with large An off-road trail will probably go rocks? . When driving downhill, avoid across the incline of a hill. To decide turns that take you across the whether to try to drive across the If you decide you can go down a incline of the hill. A hill that is not incline, consider the following: hill safely, try to keep the vehicle too steep to drive down might be headed straight down. Use a low too steep to drive across. The { WARNING gear so engine drag can help the vehicle could roll over. brakes so they do not have to do all . Driving across an incline that is the work. Descend slowly, keeping Never go downhill with the too steep will make your vehicle the vehicle under control at all transmission in N (Neutral), roll over. You could be seriously times. called free-wheeling. The brakes will have to do all the work and injured or killed. If you have any could overheat and fade. doubt about the steepness of the { WARNING Vehicles are much more likely to incline, do not drive across it. Heavy braking when going down stall when going uphill, but if it Find another route instead. a hill can cause your brakes to happens when going downhill: overheat and fade. This could 1. Stop the vehicle by applying the . A hill that can be driven straight cause loss of control and a regular brakes and apply the up or down might be too steep to serious accident. Apply the parking brake. drive across. When going brakes lightly when descending straight up or down a hill, the 2. Shift to P (Park) and, while still a hill and use a low gear to keep length of the wheel base — the braking, restart the engine. vehicle speed under control. distance from the front wheels to 3. Shift back to a low gear, release the rear wheels — reduces the the parking brake, and drive likelihood the vehicle will tumble straight down. end over end. But when driving across an incline, the narrower 4. If the engine will not start, get track width — the distance out and get help. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)
Driving and Operating 9-15
between the left and right For these reasons, carefully Stalling on an Incline wheels — might not prevent the consider whether to try to drive vehicle from tilting and rolling across an incline. Just because the { WARNING over. Driving across an incline trail goes across the incline does puts more weight on the downhill not mean you have to drive it. The Getting out on the downhill (low) wheels which could cause a last vehicle to try it might have side of a vehicle stopped across downhill slide or a rollover. rolled over. an incline is dangerous. If the . Surface conditions can be a If you feel the vehicle starting to vehicle rolls over, you could be problem. Loose gravel, muddy slide sideways, turn downhill. This crushed or killed. Always get out spots, or even wet grass can should help straighten out the on the uphill (high) side of the cause the tires to slip sideways, vehicle and prevent the side vehicle and stay well clear of the downhill. If the vehicle slips slipping. The best way to prevent rollover path. sideways, it can hit something this is to “walk the course” first, so that will trip it — a rock, a rut, you know what the surface is like If the vehicle stalls when crossing etc. — and roll over. before driving it. an incline, be sure you, and any . Hidden obstacles can make the passengers, get out on the uphill steepness of the incline even side, even if the door there is worse. If you drive across a rock harder to open. If you get out on with the uphill wheels, or if the the downhill side and the vehicle downhill wheels drop into a rut starts to roll over, you will be right or depression, the vehicle can tilt in its path. even more. If you have to walk down the slope, stay out of the path the vehicle will take if it does roll over. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)
9-16 Driving and Operating
Driving in Mud, Sand, Snow, difficulty accelerating. And, if the or Ice vehicle does get moving, poor WARNING (Continued) steering and difficult braking can When you drive in mud, snow, cause it to slide out of control. could drown. If it is only shallow or sand, the wheels do not get water, it can still wash away the good traction. Acceleration is not ground from under your tires, and { WARNING as quick, turning is more difficult, you could lose traction and roll and braking distances are longer. Driving on frozen lakes, ponds, the vehicle over. Do not drive It is best to use a low gear when in or rivers can be dangerous. through rushing water. mud — the deeper the mud, the Underwater springs, currents lower the gear. In really deep mud, under the ice, or sudden thaws Heavy rain can mean flash flooding, keep the vehicle moving so it does can weaken the ice. Your vehicle and flood waters demand extreme not get stuck. could fall through the ice and you caution. When driving on sand, wheel and your passengers could Find out how deep the water is traction changes. On loosely packed drown. Drive your vehicle on before driving through it. Do not sand, such as on beaches or sand safe surfaces only. try it if it is deep enough to cover dunes, the tires will tend to sink the wheel hubs, axles, or exhaust into the sand. This affects steering, Driving in Water pipe — you probably will not get accelerating, and braking. Drive at a through. Deep water can damage reduced speed and avoid sharp the axle and other vehicle parts. turns or abrupt maneuvers. { WARNING If the water is not too deep, drive Hard packed snow and ice offer Driving through rushing water can slowly through it. At faster speeds, the worst tire traction. On these be dangerous. Deep water can water splashes on the ignition surfaces, it is very easy to lose sweep your vehicle downstream system and the vehicle can stall. control. On wet ice, for example, the and you and your passengers traction is so poor that you will have (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)
Driving and Operating 9-17
Stalling can also occur if you get the Driving on Wet Roads tailpipe under water. If the tailpipe is WARNING (Continued) under water, you will never be able Rain and wet roads can reduce vehicle traction and affect your to start the engine. When going Flowing or rushing water creates through water, remember that when ability to stop and accelerate. Always drive slower in these types strong forces. Driving through the brakes get wet, it might take flowing water could cause the longer to stop. See Driving on Wet of driving conditions and avoid vehicle to be carried away. If this Roads on page 9‑17. driving through large puddles and deep‐standing or flowing water. happens, you and other vehicle After Off-Road Driving occupants could drown. Do not ignore police warnings and be Remove any brush or debris that { WARNING has collected on the underbody, very cautious about trying to drive chassis, or under the hood. These Wet brakes can cause crashes. through flowing water. accumulations can be a fire hazard. They might not work as well in a quick stop and could cause After operation in mud or sand, Hydroplaning pulling to one side. You could have the brake linings cleaned and lose control of the vehicle. Hydroplaning is dangerous. Water checked. These substances can can build up under the vehicle's cause glazing and uneven braking. After driving through a large tires so they actually ride on the Check the body structure, steering, puddle of water or a car/vehicle water. This can happen if the road is suspension, wheels, tires, and wash, lightly apply the brake wet enough and you are going fast exhaust system for damage and pedal until the brakes work enough. When the vehicle is check the fuel lines and cooling normally. hydroplaning, it has little or no system for any leakage. (Continued) contact with the road. The vehicle requires more frequent There is no hard and fast rule about service due to off-road use. Refer to hydroplaning. The best advice is to the Maintenance Schedule for slow down when the road is wet. additional information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)
9-18 Driving and Operating
Other Rainy Weather Tips Other driving tips include: { WARNING Besides slowing down, other wet . Keep the vehicle well ventilated. weather driving tips include: . Keep interior temperature cool. If you do not shift down, the . brakes could get so hot that they Allow extra following distance. . Keep your eyes moving — scan would not work well. You would . the road ahead and to the sides. Pass with caution. then have poor braking or even . Keep windshield wiping . Check the rearview mirror and none going down a hill. You could equipment in good shape. vehicle instruments often. crash. Shift down to let the engine . Keep the windshield washer fluid assist the brakes on a steep reservoir filled. Hill and Mountain Roads downhill slope. . Have good tires with proper Driving on steep hills or through tread depth. See Tires on mountains is different than driving page 10‑55. on flat or rolling terrain. Tips for { WARNING driving in these conditions include: . Turn off cruise control. . Keep the vehicle serviced and in Coasting downhill in N (Neutral) good shape. or with the ignition off is Highway Hypnosis dangerous. The brakes will . Check all fluid levels and brakes, Always be alert and pay attention to have to do all the work of slowing tires, cooling system, and your surroundings while driving. transmission. down and they could get so hot If you become tired or sleepy, find that they would not work well. You a safe place to park the vehicle . Shift to a lower gear when going would then have poor braking or and rest. down steep or long hills. even none going down a hill. You could crash. Always have the engine running and the vehicle in gear when going downhill. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)
Driving and Operating 9-19
. Stay in your own lane. Do not Wet ice can occur at about 0°C The Antilock Brake System (ABS) swing wide or cut across the (32°F) when freezing rain begins to on page 9‑63 improves vehicle center of the road. Drive at fall, resulting in even less traction. stability during hard stops on speeds that let you stay in your Avoid driving on wet ice or in slippery roads, but apply the brakes own lane. freezing rain until roads can be sooner than when on dry pavement. . Top of hills: Be alert — treated with salt or sand. Allow greater following distance on something could be in your Drive with caution, whatever the any slippery road and watch for lane (stalled car, accident). condition. Accelerate gently so slippery spots. Icy patches can . Pay attention to special road traction is not lost. Accelerating too occur on otherwise clear roads in signs (falling rocks area, winding quickly causes the wheels to spin shaded areas. The surface of a roads, long grades, passing or and makes the surface under the curve or an overpass can remain icy no-passing zones) and take tires slick, so there is even less when the surrounding roads are appropriate action. traction. clear. Avoid sudden steering Try not to break the fragile traction. maneuvers and braking while Winter Driving If you accelerate too fast, the drive on ice. wheels will spin and polish the Turn off cruise control on slippery Driving on Snow or Ice surface under the tires even more. surfaces. Drive carefully when there is snow or ice between the tires and the road, creating less traction or grip. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)
9-20 Driving and Operating
Blizzard Conditions WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Being stuck in snow can be a serious situation. Stay with the If the vehicle is stuck in the snow: For more information about vehicle unless there is help nearby. . Clear away snow from around carbon monoxide, see Engine If possible, use the Roadside the base of your vehicle, Exhaust on page 9‑40. Assistance Program (U.S. and especially any that is blocking Canada) on page 13 7 or Roadside Snow can trap exhaust gases ‑ the exhaust pipe. Assistance Program (Mexico) on under your vehicle. This can page 13‑9. To get help and keep . Check again from time to cause deadly CO (Carbon everyone in the vehicle safe: time to be sure snow does Monoxide) gas to get inside. CO not collect there. could overcome you and kill you. . Turn on the hazard warning You cannot see it or smell it, so flashers. . Open a window about 5 cm (2 in) on the side of the you might not know it is in your . Tie a red cloth to an outside vehicle that is away from the vehicle. Clear away snow from mirror. wind to bring in fresh air. around the base of your vehicle, especially any that is blocking the { WARNING . Fully open the air outlets on exhaust. or under the instrument Snow can trap engine exhaust panel. Run the engine for short periods under the vehicle. This may . Adjust the climate control cause exhaust gases to get only as needed to keep warm, but system to a setting that be careful. inside. Engine exhaust contains circulates the air inside the Carbon Monoxide (CO) which vehicle and set the fan speed To save fuel, run the engine for cannot be seen or smelled. It can to the highest setting. See only short periods as needed to cause unconsciousness and even Climate Control System in the warm the vehicle and then shut the death. Index. engine off and close the window most of the way to save heat. (Continued) (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)
Driving and Operating 9-21
Repeat this until help arrives to free the vehicle, turn the traction For vehicles with StabiliTrak®, turn but only when you feel really system off and use the rocking the traction control part of the uncomfortable from the cold. Moving method. system off. Shift back and forth about to keep warm also helps. between R (Reverse) and a forward If it takes some time for help to { WARNING gear, or with a manual transmission, arrive, now and then when you run between 1 (First) or 2 (Second) and the engine, push the accelerator If the vehicle's tires spin at high R (Reverse), spinning the wheels as pedal slightly so the engine runs speed, they can explode, and you little as possible. To prevent faster than the idle speed. This or others could be injured. The transmission wear, wait until the keeps the battery charged to restart vehicle can overheat, causing an wheels stop spinning before shifting the vehicle and to signal for help engine compartment fire or other gears. Release the accelerator with the headlamps. Do this as little damage. Spin the wheels as little pedal while shifting, and press as possible to save fuel. as possible and avoid going lightly on the accelerator pedal above 55 km/h (35 mph). when the transmission is in gear. Slowly spinning the wheels in the If the Vehicle Is Stuck forward and reverse directions Slowly and cautiously spin the For information about using tire causes a rocking motion that could wheels to free the vehicle when chains on the vehicle, see Tire free the vehicle. If that does not get stuck in sand, mud, ice, or snow. Chains on page 10‑78. the vehicle out after a few tries, it might need to be towed out. See “Rocking Your Vehicle to Get It Rocking Your Vehicle to Get Out” later in this section. Recovery hooks can be used, if the It Out vehicle has them. If the vehicle does If the vehicle has a traction system, need to be towed out, see Towing it can often help to free a stuck Turn the steering wheel left and the Vehicle on page 10 99. vehicle. Refer to the vehicle's right to clear the area around the ‑ traction system in the Index. If stuck front wheels. For four-wheel-drive too severely for the traction system vehicles, shift into Four‐Wheel High. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)
9-22 Driving and Operating
Recovery Hooks Vehicle Load Limits It is very important to know how { WARNING much weight your vehicle can These hooks, when used, are carry. This weight is called the under a lot of force. Always pull vehicle capacity weight and the vehicle straight out. Never pull includes the weight of all on the hooks at a sideways angle. occupants, cargo, and all The hooks could break off and nonfactory-installed options. you or others could be injured Two labels on your vehicle show from the chain or cable how much weight it was snapping back. designed to carry, the Tire and Notice: Never use recovery Loading Information label and hooks to tow the vehicle. Your vehicle could be damaged and it the Certification/Tire label. would not be covered by warranty. { WARNING For vehicles with recovery hooks at Do not load the vehicle any the front of the vehicle, you can use heavier than the Gross them if you are stuck off-road and Vehicle Weight Rating need to be pulled to some place where you can continue driving. (GVWR), or either the maximum front or rear Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). This can cause systems to break and change the way the (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)
Driving and Operating 9-23
(B-pillar). With the driver door Axle Weight Rating (GAWR) for WARNING (Continued) open, you will find the label the front and rear axles. See vehicle handles. This could attached below the door lock “Certification/Tire Label” later in cause loss of control and a post (striker). The tire and this section. loading information label shows crash. Overloading can also Steps for Determining Correct shorten the life of the vehicle. the number of occupant seating Load Limit positions (A), and the maximum vehicle capacity weight (B) in 1. Locate the statement Tire and Loading Information kilograms and pounds. “The combined weight of Label occupants and cargo should The Tire and Loading never exceed XXX kg or Information label also shows the XXX lbs” on your vehicle's size of the original equipment placard. tires (C) and the recommended cold tire inflation pressures (D). 2. Determine the combined For more information on tires weight of the driver and and inflation see Tires on passengers that will be page 10‑55 and Tire Pressure riding in your vehicle. on page 10‑63. 3. Subtract the combined There is also important loading weight of the driver and information on the vehicle passengers from XXX kg or Label Example Certification/Tire label. It tells XXX lbs. you the Gross Vehicle Weight A vehicle specific Tire and Rating (GVWR) and the Gross Loading Information label is attached to the center pillar Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)
9-24 Driving and Operating
4. The resulting figure equals your vehicle. SeeTrailer the available amount of cargo Towing on page 9‑89 for and luggage load capacity. important information on For example, if the “XXX” towing a trailer, towing safety amount equals 1400 lbs and rules and trailering tips. there will be five 150 lb passengers in your vehicle, the amount of available cargo and luggage load capacity is 650 lbs (1400−750 (5x150) = 650 lbs). 5. Determine the combined Example 2 weight of luggage and cargo A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for being loaded on the vehicle. Example 2 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) That weight may not safely B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ exceed the available cargo 68 kg (150 lbs) × 5 = 340 kg and luggage load capacity Example 1 (750 lbs) calculated in Step 4. A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for C. Available Cargo Weight = 6. If your vehicle will be towing Example 1 = (453 kg) (1,000 lbs) 113 kg (250 lbs) a trailer, the load from your B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ trailer will be transferred to 68 kg (150 lbs) × 2 = 136 kg your vehicle. Consult this (300 lbs) manual to determine how this C. Available Occupant and Cargo reduces the available cargo Weight = 317 kg (700 lbs) and luggage load capacity of Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)
Driving and Operating 9-25
weight of the driver, passengers, This is called Gross Vehicle and cargo should never exceed Weight Rating (GVWR). The your vehicle's capacity weight. GVWR includes the weight of the vehicle, all occupants, fuel, Certification/Tire Label and cargo. The Certification/Tire label also tells you the maximum weights for the front and rear axles, called Gross Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). To find out the actual loads on your front and Example 3 rear axles, you need to go to a A. Vehicle Capacity Weight for weigh station and weigh your Example 3 = 453 kg (1,000 lbs) vehicle. Your dealer can help B. Subtract Occupant Weight @ you with this. Be sure to spread 91 kg (200 lbs) × 5 = 453 kg out your load equally on both (1,000 lbs) A vehicle specific Certification/ sides of the centerline. C. Available Cargo Weight = Tire label is found on the rear Never exceed the GVWR for 0 kg (0 lbs) edge of the driver door. The your vehicle, or the GAWR for label shows the size of your Refer to your vehicle's tire and either the front or rear axle. vehicle's original tires and the loading information label for inflation pressures needed specific information about your to obtain the gross weight vehicle's capacity weight and capacity of your vehicle. seating positions. The combined Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)
9-26 Driving and Operating
The Certification/Tire label also Using heavier suspension contains important information { WARNING components to get added about your Front Axle Reserve Do not load the vehicle any durability might not change your Capacity. See “What is front axle heavier than the Gross weight ratings. Ask your dealer reserve capacity, and how do I Vehicle Weight Rating to help you load your vehicle the calculate it?” under Adding a (GVWR), or either the right way. Snow Plow or Similar Equipment maximum front or rear Gross If you put things inside your on page 9 117. ‑ Axle Weight Rating (GAWR). vehicle — like suitcases, This can cause systems to tools, packages, or anything { WARNING break and change the way the else — they go as fast as the In the case of a sudden stop vehicle handles. This could vehicle goes. If you have to stop or collision, things carried in cause loss of control and a or turn quickly, or if there is a the bed of your truck could crash. Overloading can also crash, they will keep going. shift forward and come into shorten the life of the vehicle. the passenger area, injuring you and others. If you put Notice : Overloading the things in the bed of your truck, vehicle may cause damage. you should make sure they Repairs would not be covered are properly secured. by the vehicle warranty. Do not overload the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)
Driving and Operating 9-27
When using this upper load { WARNING WARNING (Continued) platform, be sure the load is securely tied down to prevent it Things you put inside the . When you carry something vehicle can strike and injure from shifting. The load's center inside the vehicle, secure of gravity should be positioned people in a sudden stop or it whenever you can. turn, or in a crash. in a zone over the rear axle. . Do not leave a seat folded The zone is located in the area . Put things in the cargo down unless you need to. between the front of each wheel area of the vehicle. Try to well and the rear of each wheel spread the weight evenly. well. The center of gravity height There is also important loading . must not extend above the top Never stack heavier information for off-road driving in things, like suitcases, of the pickup box flareboard. this manual. See “Loading Your inside the vehicle so that Vehicle for Off-Road Driving“ Any load that extends beyond some of them are above under Off-Road Driving on the vehicle's taillamp area must the tops of the seats. page 9‑7. be properly marked according to . Do not leave an local laws and regulations. Two-Tiered Loading unsecured child Remember not to exceed restraint in the vehicle. Depending on the model of your the Gross Axle Weight (Continued) pick‐up, an upper load platform Rating (GAWR) of the front can be created by positioning or rear axle. three or four 5 cm (2 inches) by 15 cm (6 inches) wooden planks across the width of the pickup box. The planks must be inserted in the pickup box depressions. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)
9-28 Driving and Operating
Add-On Equipment Maximum Loading Points When you carry removable * Equipment Weight items, you may need to put a Ladder Rack 340 kg limit on how many people you and Cargo (750 lbs) carry inside your vehicle. Be sure to weigh your vehicle Cross Toolbox 181 kg before you buy and install the and Cargo (400 lbs) new equipment. Side Boxes 113 kg per Notice : Overloading the and Cargo side (250 lbs vehicle may cause damage. per side) Repairs would not be covered * The combined weight for all by the vehicle warranty. Do rail‐mounted equipment should not overload the vehicle. not exceed 454 kg (1,000 lbs). A. Primary Load Points Remember not to exceed B. Secondary Load Areas the Gross Axle Weight C. Cargo Management Option Rating (GAWR) of the front Holes or rear axle. Structural members (A) and (B) are included in the pick-up box design. Additional accessories should use these load points. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)
Driving and Operating 9-29
Depending on the accessory Your dealer can help make a Refer to the Truck-Camper design, use a spacer under the good vehicle-camper match Loading Information label in accessory at the load points to and help determine the Cargo the glove box for dimensions A remove gap. The holes for the Weight Rating (CWR). and B as shown in the following Cargo Management System (C) illustration. are not intended for attachment When installing and loading a of aftermarket equipment. See slide-in camper, check the www.gmupfitter.com for additional manufacturer's instructions. pick-up box load bearing structural information. When carrying a slide-in camper, the total cargo load of Truck-Camper Loading the vehicle is the weight of the Information camper, plus the following: . Everything added to the A vehicle-specific Truck Camper ‐ camper after it left the factory Loading Information label is attached to the inside of the . Everything in the camper vehicle's glove box. This label . All the people inside indicates if a slide-in camper can be carried, how much of a The CWR is the maximum Use the rear edge of the load load the vehicle can carry, and weight of the load the vehicle floor for measurement purposes. how to correctly spread out the can carry. It does not include the The recommended location load. It will help to match the weight of the people inside. But, for the cargo center of gravity right slide in camper to the use about 68 kg (150 lbs) for is at point C for the CWR. It is vehicle. each seat. the point where the mass of The total cargo load must not be a body is concentrated and, more than the vehicle's CWR. if suspended at that point, would balance the front and rear. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)
9-30 Driving and Operating
Here is an example of proper camper weight figure, the weight truck‐camper is loaded, drive truck and camper match: of camper cargo, and the weight to a scale and weigh on the of passengers in the camper. front and on the rear wheels The total cargo load should not separately to determine axle exceed the truck's cargo weight loads. Individual axle loads rating, and the camper's center should not exceed either of of gravity (A) should fall within the gross axle weight ratings the truck's recommended center (GAWR). The total axle loads of gravity zone (B) when should not exceed your vehicle's installed. gross vehicle weight rating Any accessories or other (GVWR). These ratings are equipment that are added to the given on the vehicle certification vehicle must be weighed. Then, label attached to the rear subtract this extra weight from edge of the driver door. See A. Camper Center of Gravity the CWR. This extra weight may “Certification/Tire Label” under Vehicle Load Limits on B. Recommended Center of shorten the center of gravity page 9 22. If weight ratings are Gravity Location Zone zone of the vehicle. ‑ exceeded, move or remove When the truck is used to carry If the slide-in camper and its items to bring all weights below a slide‐in camper, the total cargo load weighs less than the CWR, the ratings. load of the truck consists of the the center of gravity zone for See your dealer for more manufacturer's camper weight your vehicle may be larger. information on curb weights, figure, the weight of installed Secure loose items to prevent cargo weights, Cargo Weight additional camper equipment not weight shifts that could affect the Rating and the correct center of included in the manufacturer's balance of the vehicle. When the gravity zone. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)
Driving and Operating 9-31
Starting and premature wear and earlier replacement. Follow this Operating breaking-in guideline every time you get new brake New Vehicle Break-In linings. Notice: The vehicle does not . Do not tow a trailer during need an elaborate break-in. But it break-in. See Trailer Towing The control used to adjust the will perform better in the long run on page 9‑89 for the trailer pedals is located on the instrument if you follow these guidelines: towing capabilities of the panel below the climate control vehicle and more system. . Keep the vehicle speed at information. 88 km/h (55 mph) or less for Press the bottom of the control to the first 805 km (500 miles). Following break‐in, engine move the pedals closer. Press the speed and load can be gradually top of the control to move the . Do not drive at any one increased. pedals away. constant speed, fast or Before you start driving, fully press slow, for the first 805 km Adjustable Throttle and (500 miles). Do not make the brake pedal to confirm the full-throttle starts. Avoid Brake Pedal adjustment is right for you. While downshifting to brake or driving, make only small On vehicles with this feature, you adjustments. slow the vehicle. can change the position of the . Avoid making hard stops for throttle and brake pedals. The vehicle may have a memory the first 322 km (200 miles) or function which lets pedal settings be No adjustment to the pedals can saved and recalled. See Power so. During this time the new be made when the vehicle is in brake linings are not yet Seat Adjustment on page 3‑5 for R (Reverse) or while using cruise more information. broken in. Hard stops with control. new linings can mean Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)
9-32 Driving and Operating
Ignition Positions will remain active. See Retained 3. Come to a complete stop. Shift Accessory Power (RAP) on to P (Park) with an automatic page 9‑36 for more information. transmission, or Neutral with a This position locks the ignition. manual transmission. Turn the It also locks the transmission on ignition to LOCK/OFF. automatic transmission vehicles. 4. Set the parking brake. See The key can be removed in Parking Brake on page 9‑64. LOCK/OFF. Do not turn the engine off when the { WARNING vehicle is moving. This will cause a loss of power assist in the brake Turning off the vehicle while and steering systems and disable moving may cause loss of power the airbags. assist in the brake and steering systems and disable the airbags. In an emergency, if the vehicle must While driving, only shut the The ignition switch has four different be shut off while driving: positions. vehicle off in an emergency. 1. Brake using a firm and steady To shift out of P (Park), the pressure. Do not pump the ignition must be in ON/RUN or brakes repeatedly. This may 5. If the vehicle must be shut off ACC/ACCESSORY and the regular deplete power assist, requiring while driving, turn the ignition to brake pedal must be applied. increased brake pedal force. ACC/ACCESSORY. A (STOPPING THE ENGINE/ 2. Shift the vehicle to neutral. This On vehicles with an automatic LOCK/OFF): When the vehicle is can be done while the vehicle is transmission, the shift lever must be stopped, turn the ignition switch to moving. After shifting to neutral, in P (Park) to turn the ignition switch LOCK/OFF to turn the engine off. continue to firmly apply the to LOCK/OFF. Retained Accessory Power (RAP) brakes and steer the vehicle to a safe location. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)
Driving and Operating 9-33
The steering can bind with the and indicator lights. The switch Starting the Engine wheels turned off center. If this stays in this position when the happens, move the steering wheel engine is running. The transmission If the vehicle has a diesel engine, from right to left while turning the is also unlocked in this position on see the Duramax diesel supplement key to ACC/ACCESSORY. If this automatic transmission vehicles. for more information. doesn't work, then the vehicle needs If you leave the key in the ACC/ If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the service. ACCESSORY or ON/RUN position hybrid supplement for more Notice: Using a tool to force the with the engine off, the battery could information. key to turn in the ignition could be drained. You may not be able to Notice: The engine is designed to cause damage to the switch or start the vehicle if the battery is work with the electronics in the break the key. Use the correct allowed to drain for an extended vehicle. If you add electrical parts key, make sure it is all the way in, period of time. or accessories, you could change and turn it only with your hand. D (START): This is the position that the way the engine operates. If the key cannot be turned by starts the engine. When the engine Before adding electrical hand, see your dealer. starts, release the key. The ignition equipment, check with your B (ACC/ACCESSORY): This switch returns to ON/RUN for dealer. If you do not, the engine position lets things like the radio driving. might not perform properly. Any and the windshield wipers operate resulting damage would not be If the vehicle is equipped with a covered by the vehicle warranty. while the engine is off. Use this radio, a warning tone will sound position if the vehicle must be when the driver door is opened, the Place the transmission in the pushed or towed. ignition is in ACC/ACCESSORY or proper gear. C (ON/RUN): This position can be LOCK/OFF and the key is in the used to operate the electrical ignition. accessories and to display some instrument panel cluster warning Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)
9-34 Driving and Operating
Automatic Transmission warm. Do not race the engine turning the ignition switch to the immediately after starting it. ACC/ACCESSORY or LOCK/ Move the shift lever to P (Park) or Operate the engine and OFF position. N (Neutral). The engine will not start transmission gently to allow the in any other position. To restart the When the Low Fuel warning oil to warm up and lubricate all engine when the vehicle is already lamp is on and the FUEL LEVEL moving parts. moving, use N (Neutral) only. LOW message is displayed in The vehicle has a the Driver Information Center Notice: Do not try to shift to Computer-Controlled Cranking (DIC), the Computer Controlled P (Park) if the vehicle is moving. ‐ System. This feature assists in Cranking System is disabled If you do, you could damage the starting the engine and protects to prevent possible vehicle transmission. Shift to P (Park) components. If the ignition key is component damage. When this only when the vehicle is stopped. turned to the START position, happens, hold the ignition switch Manual Transmission and then released when the in the START position to engine begins cranking, the continue engine cranking. The shift lever should be in engine will continue cranking for Notice: Cranking the engine for N (Neutral) and the parking brake a few seconds or until the engaged. Hold the clutch pedal long periods of time, by returning vehicle starts. If the engine does the key to the START position down to the floor and start the not start and the key is held in engine. The vehicle will not start if immediately after cranking has START for many seconds, ended, can overheat and damage the clutch pedal is not all the cranking will be stopped after way down. the cranking motor, and drain the 15 seconds to prevent cranking battery. Wait at least 15 seconds Starting Procedure motor damage. To prevent gear between each try, to let the damage, this system also cranking motor cool down. 1. With your foot off the accelerator prevents cranking if the engine pedal, turn the ignition key to is already running. Engine 2. If the engine does not start START. When the engine starts, cranking can be stopped by after 5‐10 seconds, especially let go of the key. The idle speed in very cold weather (below will go down as your engine gets −18°C or 0°F), it could be Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)
Driving and Operating 9-35
flooded with too much gasoline. This system can be used to One of the following actions will turn Try pushing the accelerator increase engine idle speed off the fast idle: pedal all the way to the floor whenever the following conditions . Pressing the brake. and holding it there as you hold are met: the key in START for up to . Selecting the Cruise Control . The park brake is set. 15 seconds. Wait at least Cancel button. . The brake pedal is not pressed. 15 seconds between each try, to . Releasing the Parking Brake. allow the cranking motor to cool . The vehicle must not be moving down. When the engine starts, . The transmission shifter is and the accelerator must not be moved out of P (Park) or let go of the key and accelerator. pressed. If the vehicle starts briefly but N (Neutral). To control the fast idle: then stops again, do the same . Selecting the Cruise Control thing. This clears the extra . To enable the Fast Idle System, On/Off button when it was gasoline from the engine. Do not press and release the Cruise previously on. race the engine immediately Control On/Off button and . Pressing the Cruise Control Set after starting it. Operate the ensure that the switch LED is lit. engine and transmission gently switch a second time. . Press and release the Cruise until the oil warms up and . Pressing the accelerator greater lubricates all moving parts. Control Set switch. Engine than a quarter of the down. speed will be held at approximately 1200 RPM. . Turning the ignition switch to the Fast Idle System LOCK/OFF position. When the fast idle is active the If the vehicle has this feature it is Driver Information Center (DIC) will available only with cruise control. display “FAST IDLE ON.” The manual fast idle switch is operated using the cruise control buttons located on the left hand side of the steering wheel. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)
9-36 Driving and Operating
Retained Accessory Engine Coolant Heater To Use the Engine Coolant Heater Power (RAP) The engine heater can provide The following vehicle accessories easier starting and better fuel 1. Turn off the engine. can be used for up to 10 minutes economy during engine warm-up in 2. Open the hood and unwrap after the engine is turned off: cold weather conditions at or below the electrical cord. The cord −18°C (0°F). Vehicles with an is secured to the Engine . Audio System engine heater should be plugged in Compartment Fuse Block . Power Windows at least four hours before starting. with a clip. Carefully remove An internal thermostat in the . OnStar System (if equipped) the wire tie which bundles the plug-end of the cord may exist electrical plug. Do not cut the . Sunroof (if equipped) which will prevent engine coolant electrical cord. heater operation at temperatures These features work when above −18°C (0°F). 3. Plug the cord into a normal, the key is in ON/RUN or ACC/ grounded 110-volt AC outlet. ACCESSORY. Once the key is If the vehicle has a diesel engine, turned from ON/RUN to LOCK/OFF, see the Duramax Diesel supplement the windows and sunroof continue for more information. { WARNING to work up to 10 minutes until any Plugging the cord into an door is opened. The radio continues ungrounded outlet could cause an to work for up to 10 minutes or until electrical shock. Also, the wrong the driver door is opened. kind of extension cord could overheat and cause a fire. You could be seriously injured. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)
Driving and Operating 9-37
Shifting Into Park 1. Hold the brake pedal down, then WARNING (Continued) set the parking brake. See Parking Brake on page 9 64 Plug the cord into a properly { WARNING ‑ for more information. grounded three-prong 110-volt AC It can be dangerous to get out of outlet. If the cord will not reach, 2. Move the shift lever into the the vehicle if the shift lever is not P (Park) position by pulling the use a heavy-duty three-prong fully in P (Park) with the parking extension cord rated for at least shift lever toward you and brake firmly set. The vehicle can moving it up as far as it will go. 15 amps. roll. If you have left the engine running, the vehicle can move 3. Be sure the transfer case is in a 4. Before starting the engine, be suddenly. You or others could be drive gear — not in N (Neutral). sure to unplug and store the injured. To be sure the vehicle will 4. Turn the ignition key to cord as it was before to keep it not move, even when you are on LOCK/OFF. away from moving engine parts. fairly level ground, use the steps 5. Remove the key and take it with If you do not, it could be that follow. With four-wheel drive, you. If you can leave the vehicle damaged. if the transfer case is in with the ignition key in your The length of time the heater should N (Neutral), the vehicle will be hand, the vehicle is in P (Park). remain plugged in depends on free to roll, even if the shift lever several factors. Ask a dealer in the is in P (Park). So, be sure the area where you will be parking the transfer case is in a drive vehicle for the best advice on this. gear — not in N (Neutral). If you are pulling a trailer, see Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑85. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)
9-38 Driving and Operating
Leaving the Vehicle With the If you have to leave the vehicle with When you are ready to drive, move Engine Running the engine running, be sure your the shift lever out of P (Park) before vehicle is in P (Park) and the you release the parking brake. { WARNING parking brake is firmly set before If torque lock does occur, you may you leave it. After you move the shift need to have another vehicle push It can be dangerous to leave the lever into P (Park), hold the regular yours a little uphill to take some of vehicle with the engine running. brake pedal down. Then, see if you the pressure from the parking pawl The vehicle could move suddenly can move the shift lever away from in the transmission, then you will be P (Park) without first pulling it toward if the shift lever is not fully in able to pull the shift lever out of you. If you can, it means that the P (Park) with the parking brake P (Park). shift lever was not fully locked into firmly set. P (Park). If you have four-wheel drive and Shifting out of Park the transfer case is in N (Neutral), Torque Lock This vehicle is equipped with the vehicle will be free to roll, If you are parking on a hill and an electronic shift lock release even if the shift lever is in you do not shift your transmission system. The shift lock release is P (Park). So be sure the transfer into P (Park) properly, the weight designed to: case is in a drive gear — not in of the vehicle may put too much . Prevent ignition key removal N (Neutral). force on the parking pawl in the unless the shift lever is in transmission. You may find it difficult And, if you leave the vehicle P (Park) with the shift lever to pull the shift lever out of P (Park). button fully released. with the engine running, it could This is called torque lock. To overheat and even catch fire. You prevent torque lock, set the parking . Prevent movement of the shift or others could be injured. Do not brake and then shift into P (Park) lever out of P (Park), unless the leave the vehicle with the engine properly before you leave the driver ignition is in ON/RUN or ACC/ running unless you have to. seat. To find out how, Shifting Into ACCESSORY and the regular Park on page 9‑37. brake pedal is applied. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)
Driving and Operating 9-39
The shift lock release is always If you are still having a problem Parking over Things functional except in the case of an shifting, then have the vehicle uncharged or low voltage (less than serviced soon. That Burn 9 volt) battery. { WARNING If the vehicle has an uncharged Parking (Manual battery or a battery with low voltage, Transmission) Things that can burn could touch try charging or jump starting the If the vehicle has a manual hot exhaust parts under the battery. See Jump Starting on transmission, before you get out of vehicle and ignite. Do not park page 10 94 for more information. ‑ the vehicle, move the shift lever into over papers, leaves, dry grass, To shift out of P (Park) use the R (Reverse), and firmly apply the or other things that can burn. following: parking brake. Once the shift lever 1. Apply the brake pedal. has been placed into R (Reverse) with the clutch pedal pressed in, 2. Move the shift lever to the turn the ignition key to LOCK/OFF, desired position. remove the key and release the If you still are unable to shift out of clutch. P (Park): If you are parking on a hill, or if the 1. Ease the pressure on the shift vehicle is pulling a trailer, see lever. Driving Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑85. 2. While holding down the brake pedal, press the shift lever all the way into P (Park). 3. Move the shift lever to the desired position. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)
9-40 Driving and Operating
Active Fuel Management® Engine Exhaust WARNING (Continued) Vehicles with V8 engines may have Active Fuel Management™. This { WARNING . There are holes or openings system allows the engine to operate in the vehicle body from on either all or half of its cylinders, Engine exhaust contains carbon damage or after market depending on the driving conditions. monoxide (CO) which cannot be modifications that are not seen or smelled. Exposure to CO completely sealed. When less power is required, such as cruising at a constant vehicle can cause unconsciousness and If unusual fumes are detected or speed, the system will operate in even death. if it is suspected that exhaust is the half cylinder mode, allowing the Exhaust may enter the vehicle if: coming into the vehicle: vehicle to achieve better fuel . The vehicle idles in areas . Drive it only with the windows economy. When greater power completely down. demands are required, such as with poor ventilation (parking accelerating from a stop, passing, garages, tunnels, deep snow . Have the vehicle repaired or merging onto a freeway, the that may block underbody immediately. airflow or tail pipes). system will maintain full-cylinder Never park the vehicle with the operation. . The exhaust smells or engine running in an enclosed If the vehicle has an Active Fuel sounds strange or different. area such as a garage or a Management™ indicator, see Driver . The exhaust system leaks building that has no fresh air Information Center (DIC) on due to corrosion or damage. ventilation. page 5 32 for more information on ‑ . The vehicle exhaust system using this display. has been modified, damaged or improperly repaired. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)
Driving and Operating 9-41
Running the Vehicle { WARNING { WARNING While Parked It is better not to park with the It can be dangerous to get out Four-wheel drive vehicles with the engine running. But if you ever have of the vehicle if the automatic transfer case in N (Neutral) will to, here are some things to know. transmission shift lever is not fully allow the vehicle to roll, even if in P (Park) with the parking brake the automatic transmission shift firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Do lever is in P (Park). So, be sure { WARNING not leave the vehicle when the the transfer case is in a drive Idling a vehicle in an enclosed engine is running unless you gear — not in N (Neutral). Always area with poor ventilation is have to. If you have left the set the parking brake. dangerous. Engine exhaust may engine running, the vehicle can enter the vehicle. Engine exhaust move suddenly. You or others Follow the proper steps to be sure contains carbon monoxide (CO) could be injured. To be sure the the vehicle will not move. See which cannot be seen or smelled. vehicle will not move, even when Shifting Into Park on page 9‑37. you are on fairly level ground, It can cause unconsciousness If pulling a trailer, see Driving and even death. Never run the always set the parking brake and move the shift lever to P (Park). Characteristics and Towing Tips on engine in an enclosed area that page 9‑85. has no fresh air ventilation. For more information, see Engine Exhaust on page 9‑40. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)
9-42 Driving and Operating
Automatic { WARNING Transmission It is dangerous to get out of the If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the vehicle if the shift lever is not fully hybrid supplement for more in P (Park) with the parking brake information. firmly set. The vehicle can roll. Heavy Duty 6-Speed Automatic Vehicles with an automatic Do not leave the vehicle when the transmission have an electronic Transmission Shown (Light Duty 6‐Speed Similar) engine is running unless you shift position indicator within the have to. If you have left the instrument panel cluster. This See “Range Selection Mode” under engine running, the vehicle can display comes on when the ignition Manual Mode on page 9‑45. move suddenly. You or others key is turned to the ON/RUN P (Park): This position locks the position. could be injured. To be sure the rear wheels. It is the best position to vehicle will not move, even when There are several different positions use when starting the engine you are on fairly level ground, for the shift lever. because the vehicle cannot move always set the parking brake and easily. When parked on a hill, move the shift lever to P (Park). especially when the vehicle has a See Shifting Into Park on heavy load, you might notice an page 9‑37. If you are pulling a increase in the effort to shift out of trailer, see Driving Characteristics P (Park). See “Torque Lock” under and Towing Tips on page 9‑85. Shifting Into Park on page 9‑37 for more information. Hydra-Matic® 4-Speed Automatic Transmission Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)
Driving and Operating 9-43
N (Neutral): In this position, the D (Drive): This position is for { WARNING engine does not connect with the normal driving. It provides the best wheels. To restart when you are fuel economy. If you need more If you have Four-Wheel Drive, the already moving, use N (Neutral) power for passing, and you are: vehicle will be free to roll — even only. Also, use N (Neutral) when the . Going less than about 55 km/h if the shift lever is in P (Park) — if vehicle is being towed. the transfer case is in Neutral. So, (35 mph), push the accelerator pedal about halfway down. be sure the transfer case is in a { WARNING drive gear, Two-Wheel Drive High . Going about 55 km/h (35 mph) or or Four-Wheel Drive High or Shifting into a drive gear while the more, push the accelerator all Four-Wheel Drive Low — not in engine is running at high speed is the way down. Neutral. See Shifting Into Park dangerous. Unless your foot is By doing this, the vehicle shifts on page 9‑37. firmly on the brake pedal, the down to the next gear and has vehicle could move very rapidly. more power. R (Reverse): Use this gear to You could lose control and hit D (Drive) can be used when towing back up. people or objects. Do not shift a trailer, carrying a heavy load, into a drive gear while the engine Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) driving on steep hills, or for off-road is running at high speed. while the vehicle is moving driving. You might want to shift the forward could damage the transmission to a lower gear transmission. The repairs would Notice: Shifting out of P (Park) selection if the transmission shifts not be covered by the vehicle or N (Neutral) with the engine too often. warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) only running at high speed may Downshifting the transmission in after the vehicle is stopped. damage the transmission. The slippery road conditions could result To rock the vehicle back and forth to repairs would not be covered by in skidding. See “Skidding” under get out of snow, ice, or sand without the vehicle warranty. Be sure the Loss of Control on page 9‑6. damaging the transmission, see If engine is not running at high speed when shifting the vehicle. the Vehicle Is Stuck on page 9‑21. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)
9-44 Driving and Operating
The vehicle has a shift stabilization performance according to how the 3 (Third): This position is also used feature that adjusts the transmission vehicle is being used, such as with for normal driving. It reduces vehicle shifting to the current driving a heavy load or when temperature speed more than D (Drive) without conditions in order to reduce rapid changes. During this adaptive shift using the brakes. You might choose upshifts and downshifts. This shift control process, shifting might feel 3 (Third) instead of D (Drive) when stabilization feature is designed to different as the transmission driving on hilly, winding roads, when determine, before making an determines the best settings. towing a trailer, so there is less upshift, if the engine is able to When temperatures are very cold, shifting between gears and when maintain vehicle speed by analyzing the Allison Transmission and going down a steep hill. things such as vehicle speed, Hydra-Matic 6-Speed transmission's 2 (Second): This position reduces throttle position, and vehicle load. gear shifting could be delayed vehicle speed even more than If the shift stabilization feature providing more stable shifts until 3 (Third) without using the brakes. determines that a current vehicle the engine warms up. Shifts could You can use 2 (Second) on hills. speed cannot be maintained, the be more noticeable with a cold It can help control vehicle speed as transmission does not upshift and transmission. This difference in you go down steep mountain roads, instead holds the current gear. shifting is normal. but then you would also want to use In some cases, this could appear to the brakes off and on. be a delayed shift, however the M (Manual Mode): This position is transmission is operating normally. available on vehicles with the If you manually select 2 (Second) in Allison Transmission or Hydra-Matic an automatic transmission, the The transmission uses adaptive 6-Speed transmission. It lets transmission will start in second shift controls. Adaptive shift controls drivers select the range of gears gear. You can use this feature for continually compares key shift appropriate for current driving reducing the speed of the rear parameters to pre-programmed conditions. If the vehicle has this wheels when you are trying to start ideal shifts stored in the feature, see “Range Selection the vehicle from a stop on slippery transmissions computer. The Mode” under Manual Mode on road surfaces. transmission constantly makes page 9‑45. adjustments to improve vehicle Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)
Driving and Operating 9-45
1 (First): For the Hydra-Matic accelerator pedal may damage To use this feature, do the following: 4-Speed transmission this position the transmission. The repair will 1. Move the shift lever to reduces vehicle speed even more not be covered by the vehicle M (Manual Mode). than 2 (Second) without using the warranty. If you are stuck, do not brakes. You can use it on very steep spin the tires. When stopping on 2. Press the plus/minus buttons, hills, or in deep snow or mud. If the a hill, use the brakes to hold the located on the steering column shift lever is put in 1 (First) while vehicle in place. shift lever, to select the desired the vehicle is moving forward, the range of gears for current driving transmission does not shift into first Manual Mode conditions. gear until the vehicle is going slowly When M (Manual Mode) is selected enough. Range Selection Mode a number displays next to the M, (Allison® Transmission or For an Allison Transmission or ® indicating the current gear. Hydra-Matic 6-Speed transmission, Hydra-Matic 6-Speed Transmission) This number is the highest gear this position reduces vehicle speed that can be used. However, the without using the brakes. You can vehicle can automatically shift to use it for major/severe downgrades lower gears as it adjusts to driving and off-road driving where the conditions. This means that all vehicle would otherwise accelerate gears below that number are due to steepness of grade. When available. When 5 (Fifth) is selected, you shift to 1 (First) it provides the 1 (First) through 5 (Fifth) gears are lowest gear appropriate to current automatically shifted by the vehicle, road speed and continues to The vehicle may have a Range but 6 (Sixth) cannot be used until downshift as the vehicle slows, Selection Mode. The Range the plus/minus button located on the eventually downshifting to Selection Mode helps control the steering column lever is used to 1 (First) gear. vehicle's transmission and vehicle change to the gear. Notice: Spinning the tires or speed while driving down hill or holding the vehicle in one towing a trailer by letting you select place on a hill using only the a desired range of gears. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)
9-46 Driving and Operating
Grade Braking is not available when Low Traction Mode the transmission shift pattern to Range Selection Mode is active. reduce shift cycling, providing If your vehicle has the Allison See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9 46. increased performance, vehicle ‑ Transmission, or the Hydra-Matic control, and transmission cooling While using Range Selection Mode, 6-Speed Automatic Transmission, it when towing or hauling heavy loads. Cruise Control and the Tow/Haul has a Low Traction Mode that can Mode can be used. assist in vehicle acceleration when The selector button is located on the If the vehicle has an exhaust road conditions are slippery, such end of the shift lever. Turn the Tow/ brake, it can also be used, but will as with ice or snow. While the Haul Mode on and off by pressing not automatically downshift the vehicle is at a stop, select the the button. When the tow/haul is on, transmission. See Exhaust Brake in second gear range using Range a light on the instrument panel the Duramax Diesel supplement. Selection Mode. This will limit cluster will come on. torque to the wheels after it detects Notice: Spinning the tires See Tow/Haul Mode Light on wheel slip, preventing the tires from page 5‑29 for more information. or holding the vehicle in one spinning. place on a hill using only the Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under accelerator pedal may damage Tow/Haul Mode Towing Equipment on page 9‑105 the transmission. The repair will for more information. not be covered by the vehicle warranty. If you are stuck, do not spin the tires. When stopping on a hill, use the brakes to hold the vehicle in place.
Vehicles with an automatic transmission have a Tow/Haul Mode. The Tow/Haul Mode adjusts Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)
Driving and Operating 9-47
Tow/Haul Mode (Allison Turn the Tow/Haul Mode on and Grade Braking is only active while Transmission or Hydra-Matic off by pressing the button, located the Tow/Haul Mode is selected and 6-Speed Automatic on the end of the shift lever. When you are not in the Range Selection Transmission) the tow/haul is on, a light on the Mode. See “Tow/Haul Mode” listed instrument panel cluster will previously and Manual Mode on come on. page 9‑45 for more information on See Tow/Haul Mode Light on the Range Selection Mode. Grade Braking assists in maintaining page 5‑29 for more information. desired vehicle speeds when driving Also see “Tow/Haul Mode” under on downhill grades by automatically Towing Equipment on page 9‑105 implementing a shift schedule that for more information. utilizes the engine and transmission Vehicles with an Allison Grade Braking (Allison to slow the vehicle. This reduces Transmission or Hydra-Matic wear on the braking system and 6-Speed Automatic Transmission Transmission or Hydra-Matic increases control of the vehicle. have a Tow/Haul Mode. The Tow/ 6-Speed Automatic Grade Braking monitors vehicle Haul Mode adjusts the transmission Transmission) speed, acceleration, engine torque shift pattern to reduce shift cycling, The Grade Braking shift modes can and brake pedal usage. Using this providing increased performance, be activated by pressing the button information, it detects when the vehicle control, and transmission on the end of the shift control lever. truck is on a downhill grade and the cooling when towing or hauling While in Range Selection Mode, driver desires to slow the vehicle by heavy loads. Grade Braking is deactivated pressing the brake. allowing the driver to select a This feature is active when the desired range of gears. exhaust brake is enabled (if equipped). Also see Towing Equipment on page 9‑105 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)
9-48 Driving and Operating
Cruise Grade Braking condition. If vehicle speed is above Manual Transmission (Allison Transmission or the desired speed the transmission Hydra-Matic 6-Speed will downshift to slow the vehicle. Automatic Transmission) If vehicle speed is near or below desired speed the trans will upshift, Cruise Grade Braking assists when allowing vehicle speed to increase. driving on a downhill grade. It maintains vehicle speed by While in the Range Selection Mode, automatically implementing a shift Cruise Grade Braking is not schedule that uses the engine and available. the transmission to slow the vehicle. This feature is active when the Cruise Grade Braking operates exhaust brake is enabled (if while Cruise Control is engaged equipped). in Tow/Haul Mode to assist in See Range Selection Mode under maintaining vehicle speed under “ ” Manual Mode on page 9‑45. loaded vehicle conditions. It utilizes If the vehicle is equipped with a vehicle acceleration and deviation manual transmission, this is the shift from desired speed to determine pattern. the correct gear for the operating Here is how to operate the manual transmission: 1 (First): Press the clutch pedal and shift into 1 (First). Then, slowly let up on the clutch pedal as you slowly press down on the accelerator pedal. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)
Driving and Operating 9-49
You can shift into 1 (First) when To stop, let up on the accelerator Notice: Shifting to R (Reverse) you are going less than 30 km/h pedal and press the brake pedal. while the vehicle is moving (20 mph). If you have come to a Just before the vehicle stops, press forward could damage the complete stop and it is hard to shift the clutch pedal and the brake transmission. The repairs would into 1 (First), put the shift lever in pedal, and shift to Neutral. not be covered by the vehicle Neutral and let up on the clutch. Neutral: Use this position when warranty. Shift to R (Reverse) Then press the clutch pedal back you start or idle the engine. only after the vehicle is stopped. down and shift into 1 (First). R (Reverse): To back up, press the Use R (Reverse), along with the 2 (Second): Press the clutch pedal clutch pedal. After the vehicle stops, parking brake, for parking the as you let up on the accelerator shift into R (Reverse). Slowly let up vehicle. pedal and shift into 2 (Second). on the clutch pedal as you press the Shift Speeds Then, slowly let up on the clutch accelerator pedal. If it is hard to pedal as you press the accelerator shift, let the shift lever return to { WARNING pedal. Neutral and release the clutch 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth) and 5 (Fifth): pedal. Then press the clutch again If you skip a gear when you Shift into 3 (Third), 4 (Fourth) and and shift into R (Reverse). Do not downshift, you could lose control 5 (Fifth) the same way you do for attempt to shift into 5 (Fifth) prior of the vehicle. You could injure 2 (Second). Slowly let up on the to shifting into R (Reverse). The yourself or others. Do not shift clutch pedal as you press the transmission has a lock out feature down more than one gear at a accelerator pedal. which prevents a 5 (Fifth) gear to R (Reverse) gear shift. time when you downshift. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)
9-50 Driving and Operating
Drive Systems While driving on clean dry pavement Manual Transfer Case and during tight turns, you may experience vibration in the steering Four-Wheel Drive system. If the vehicle has Four-Wheel If the vehicle has StabiliTrak®, Drive, you can send the engine's shifting into Four-Wheel Drive Low driving power to all four wheels will turn Traction Control and for extra traction. To get the most StabiliTrak off. See StabiliTrak® satisfaction out of Four-Wheel System on page 9‑67. Drive, you must be familiar with its operation. Read the following Front Axle before using Four-Wheel Drive. The front axle engages and See the appropriate text for the disengages automatically when you transfer case in the vehicle. shift the transfer case. Some delay Notice: Driving on clean, dry for the axle to engage or disengage The transfer case shift lever is on pavement in Four-Wheel Drive is normal. the floor to the right of the driver. High or Four-Wheel Drive Low Use this lever to shift into and out of for an extended period of time Four-Wheel Drive. may cause premature wear on the vehicle's powertrain. Do not drive on clean, dry pavement in Four-Wheel Drive High or Four-Wheel Drive Low for extended periods of time. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)
Driving and Operating 9-51
Recommended Transfer Case Settings Transfer Case Settings Driving Conditions 2m 4m 4n N Normal YES A Four-Wheel Drive indicator light Severe YES comes on when you shift into Extreme YES four-wheel drive and the front axle engages. See Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicle in Tow* YES Light on page 5‑29. *See Recreational Vehicle Towing on page 10‑99 or Towing the Vehicle on Some delay between shifting and page 10‑99. when the indicator light comes on is normal. Notice: Driving on clean, dry 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low): This pavement in four-wheel drive for setting also engages the front axle an extended period of time can and delivers extra torque. You may cause premature wear on the never need Four-Wheel Drive Low. vehicle's powertrain. Do not drive It sends maximum power to all on clean, dry pavement in four wheels. You might choose Four-Wheel Drive for extended Four-Wheel Drive Low if you are periods of time. driving off-road in deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, and while climbing or descending steep hills. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)
9-52 Driving and Operating
If the vehicle has StabiliTrak®, You can shift from Two-Wheel shifting into Four-Wheel Drive Low WARNING (Continued) Drive High to Four-Wheel Drive will turn Traction Control and High or Four-Wheel Drive High to StabiliTrak off. See StabiliTrak® before placing the transfer case in Two-Wheel Drive High while the System on page 9‑67. N (Neutral). See Parking Brake on vehicle is moving. In extremely cold page 9‑64. weather, it may be necessary to stop or slow the vehicle to shift into N (Neutral): Shift to this setting Four-Wheel Drive High. only when the vehicle needs to be When Using the Manual towed. See Recreational Vehicle Transfer Case Towing on page 10‑99 or Towing the Vehicle on page 10‑99. . Shifts into or out of Four-Wheel A parking brake symbol is located Drive Low or N (Neutral) should next to the N (Neutral) symbol as a 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): This be made using quick motions to reminder to set the parking brake setting is used for driving in most avoid excessive gear grinding. before shifting the transfer case into street and highway situations. Shifting slowly may make it more N (Neutral). The front axle is not engaged in difficult to shift. two-wheel drive. This setting also . You may notice that it is harder provides the best fuel economy. { WARNING to shift when the vehicle is cold. 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use After the vehicle warms up the Shifting the transfer case to this setting when you need extra shifting will return to normal. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle traction, such as on snowy or icy . to roll even if the transmission is While in Four-Wheel High or roads or in most off-road situations. Four-Wheel Drive Low you in P (Park). You or someone else This setting also engages the front may experience reduced fuel could be seriously injured. Be axle to help drive your vehicle. This economy. sure to set the parking brake is the best setting to use when (Continued) plowing snow. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)
Driving and Operating 9-53
. Avoid driving in Four-Wheel Shifting from Two-Wheel Drive . While in Four-Wheel Drive High, Drive on clean, dry pavement. High to Four-Wheel Drive High the vehicle can be driven at any It may cause your tires to wear posted legal speed limit. faster, make the transfer case . Shifts between Two-Wheel Drive harder to shift, and run noisier. High and Four-Wheel Drive High Shifting In or Out of Four-Wheel can be made at any vehicle Drive Low . If the transfer case shifter is in speed. the N (Neutral) position and you Notice: Shifting the transfer case have difficulty reaching the . Shift the transfer case lever in into Four-Wheel-Drive Low while selected transfer case mode, one continuous motion into moving at speeds faster than 5 km/h (3 mph) may cause with the engine running, shift the either the Four-Wheel Drive High transmission momentarily to or Two-Wheel Drive High premature wear to the transfer D (Drive) and then back to position. case, and may cause the gears to grind. To avoid causing N (Neutral). This will realign the . Shifting from Two-Wheel Drive premature wear, and grinding the gear teeth in the transfer case High to Four-Wheel Drive High gears, do not shift the transfer and allow you to complete the while the vehicle is in motion case into Four-Wheel-Drive Low shift. may require that moderate force while the vehicle is moving faster be applied to the shift lever for a than 5 km/h (3 mph). few seconds before Four-Wheel Drive High can be engaged, . Shifting into Four-Wheel Drive especially in cold weather. Low should be done, if possible, with the vehicle at a slight roll, . In extremely cold weather, it may 5 km/h (3 mph) or less. be necessary to slow or stop the vehicle to shift into Four-Wheel Drive High. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)
9-54 Driving and Operating
. Shift the transmission into When this happens, make Electronic Transfer Case N (Neutral). sure the engine is on, shift the transmission momentarily { WARNING to D (Drive) and back to N (Neutral), and then complete Shifting the transfer case to the transfer case shift. N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle . Shift the transfer case shift lever to roll even if the transmission is in one continuous motion into in P (Park). You or someone else the Four-Wheel Drive Low could be seriously injured. Be position. sure to set the parking brake before placing the transfer case in . When in Four-Wheel Drive Low N (Neutral). See Parking Brake on do not drive faster than 72 km/h (45 mph). This will page 9‑64. reduce wear and extend the life of your transfer case. The transfer case knob is located . Shifting into Four-Wheel Drive next to the steering column. Shifting In or Out of Neutral Low with the vehicle at a stop Use the dial to shift into and out of may be more difficult. You may 1. With the vehicle running and the four-wheel drive. be unable to complete the shift engine at an idle, set the parking to Four-Wheel Drive Low, and brake. the transfer case will end up in 2. Place the transmission into N (Neutral). This is normal, and N (Neutral). is a function of the gear teeth aligning in the transfer case. Shift the transfer case in one continuous motion into or out of the N (Neutral) position. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)
Driving and Operating 9-55
Recommended Transfer Case Settings 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): This Transfer Case Settings setting is used for driving in most Driving Conditions street and highway situations. 2m 4m 4n N The front axle is not engaged in Normal YES Two-Wheel Drive. This setting also provides the best fuel economy. Severe YES 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use Extreme YES the Four-Wheel Drive High position Vehicle in Tow* YES when extra traction is needed, such as on snowy or icy roads or in most *See Recreational Vehicle Towing on page 10‑99 or Towing the Vehicle on off-road situations. This setting also page 10‑99. engages the front axle to help drive the vehicle. This is the best setting to use when plowing snow. You can choose among four driving An indicator light flashes while settings: shifting the transfer case and 4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low): This setting also engages the front axle Indicator lights in the dial show remains illuminated when the shift is and delivers extra torque. You may which setting you are in. The complete. If for some reason the never need this setting. It sends indicator lights will come on briefly transfer case cannot make a maximum power to all four wheels. when you turn on the ignition and requested shift, it will return to the You might choose Four-Wheel Drive one will stay on. If the lights do not last chosen setting. Low while driving off-road in deep come on, you should take the sand, deep mud, deep snow, and vehicle to your dealer for service. while climbing or descending steep hills. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)
9-56 Driving and Operating
If the vehicle has StabiliTrak®, If the SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE To shift to the Four-Wheel Drive shifting into Four-Wheel Drive Low message stays on, you should Low position, the ignition must be in will turn Traction Control and take the vehicle to your dealer for ON/RUN and the vehicle must be StabiliTrak off. See StabiliTrak® service. See “SERVICE 4 WHEEL stopped or moving less than 5 km/h System on page 9‑67. DRIVE message” under (3 mph) with the transmission in Transmission Messages on N (Neutral). The preferred method { WARNING page 5‑49. for shifting into Four-Wheel Drive Low is to have the vehicle moving Shifting Into Two-Wheel 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Turn the Shifting the transfer case to Drive High N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle knob to the Four-Wheel Drive Low to roll even if the transmission is Turn the knob to the Two-Wheel position. You must wait for the in P (Park). You or someone else Drive High position. This can be Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator could be seriously injured. Be done at any speed, except when light to stop flashing and remain on sure to set the parking brake shifting from Four-Wheel Drive Low. before shifting the transmission before placing the transfer case in See “Shifting Out of Four-Wheel in gear. Drive Low for more information. N (Neutral). See Parking Brake on ” Notice: Shifting the transmission page 9‑64. Shifting Into Four-Wheel into gear before the requested Drive Low mode indicator light has stopped flashing could damage the When Four-Wheel Drive Low is N (Neutral): Shift the vehicle's transfer case. To help avoid engaged, vehicle speed should transfer case to N (Neutral) only damaging the vehicle, always be kept below 72 km/h (45 mph). when towing the vehicle. See wait for the mode indicator lights Extended high-speed operation in Recreational Vehicle Towing on to stop flashing before shifting Four-Wheel Drive Low may damage page 10‑99 or Towing the Vehicle the transmission into gear. on page 10‑99 for more information. or shorten the life of the drivetrain. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)
Driving and Operating 9-57
It is typical for the vehicle to exhibit Shifting Out of Four-Wheel damaging the vehicle, always wait significant engagement noise and Drive Low for the mode indicator lights to bump when shifting between To shift from Four-Wheel Drive stop flashing before shifting the Four-Wheel Drive Low and Low to Four-Wheel Drive High, transmission into gear. Four-Wheel Drive High ranges or Two-Wheel Drive High, the It is typical for the vehicle to exhibit or from transfer case N (Neutral) vehicle must be stopped or moving significant engagement noise and with the engine running. less than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the bump when shifting between If the knob is turned to the transmission in N (Neutral) and the Four-Wheel Drive Low and Four-Wheel Drive Low position ignition in ON/RUN. The preferred Four-Wheel Drive High ranges or when the vehicle is in gear and/or method for shifting out of from transfer case N (Neutral) with moving, the Four-Wheel Drive Four-Wheel Drive Low is to have the engine running. Low indicator light will flash for the vehicle moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h If the knob is turned to the 30 seconds and not complete the (1 to 2 mph). Turn the knob to Four-Wheel Drive High, shift unless the vehicle is moving the Four-Wheel Drive High or or Two-Wheel Drive High switch less than 5 km/h (3 mph) and the Two-Wheel Drive High position. position when the vehicle is in gear transmission is in N (Neutral). After You must wait for the Four-Wheel and/or moving, the Four-Wheel 30 seconds the transfer case will Drive High or Two-Wheel Drive High Drive High, or Two-Wheel Drive shift to Four-Wheel Drive indicator light to stop flashing and High indicator light will flash for High mode. remain on before shifting the 30 seconds but will not complete the transmission into gear. shift unless your vehicle is moving Notice: Shifting the transmission less than 5 km/h (3 mph) and the into gear before the requested transmission is in N (Neutral). mode indicator light has stopped flashing could damage the transfer case. To help avoid Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)
9-58 Driving and Operating
Shifting into Neutral 7. If the engine is running, verify 3. Turn the transfer case dial to To shift the transfer case to that the transfer case is in Two-Wheel Drive High. N (Neutral) do the following: N (Neutral) by shifting the After the transfer case has transmission to R (Reverse) for 1. Make sure the vehicle is parked shifted out of N (Neutral), the one second, then shift the N (Neutral) light will go out. so that it will not roll. transmission to D (Drive) for 2. Set the parking brake and press one second. 4. Release the parking brake prior to moving the vehicle. and hold the regular brake 8. Turn the ignition to ACC/ pedal. See Parking Brake on ACCESSORY, which will turn Notice: Shifting the transmission page 9‑64 for more information. the engine off. into gear before the requested mode indicator light has stopped 3. Start the vehicle or turn the 9. Place the transmission shift ignition to ON/RUN. flashing could damage the lever in P (Park). transfer case. To help avoid 4. Shift the transmission to 10. Release the parking brake prior damaging the vehicle, always wait N (Neutral). to moving the vehicle. for the mode indicator lights to 5. Shift the transfer case to 11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. stop flashing before shifting the Two-Wheel Drive High. transmission into gear. Shifting Out of Neutral 6. Turn the transfer case dial 5. Start the engine and shift the clockwise to N (Neutral) until it To shift the transfer case out of transmission to the desired stops and hold it there until the N (Neutral) do the following: position. Neutral light starts blinking. This 1. Set the parking brake and apply Excessively shifting the transfer will take at least 10 seconds. the regular brake pedal. case into or out of the different Then slowly release the dial 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with modes may cause the transfer case to the four low position. The to enter the shift protection mode. N (Neutral) light will come on the engine off, and shift the when the transfer case shift to transmission to N (Neutral). N (Neutral) is complete. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)
Driving and Operating 9-59
This will protect the transfer case You can choose among five driving AUTO (Automatic Four-Wheel from possible damage and will only settings: Drive): This setting is ideal for allow the transfer case to respond Indicator lights in the dial show use when road surface traction to one shift per 10 seconds. The which setting you are in. The conditions are variable. When transfer case may stay in this mode indicator lights will come on briefly driving the vehicle in AUTO, the for up to three minutes. when you turn on the ignition and front axle is engaged, but the vehicle's power is sent only to the Automatic Transfer Case one will stay on. If the lights do not come on, you should take the front and rear wheels automatically vehicle to your dealer for service. based on driving conditions. Driving An indicator light will flash while in this mode results in slightly lower shifting the transfer case. It will fuel economy than Two-Wheel remain illuminated when the shift is Drive High. complete. If for some reason the 4 m (Four-Wheel Drive High): Use transfer case cannot make a the Four-Wheel Drive High position requested shift, it will return to the when extra traction is needed, such last chosen setting. as on snowy or icy roads or in most 2 m (Two-Wheel Drive High): This off-road situations. This setting also setting is used for driving in most engages the front axle to help drive street and highway situations. the vehicle. This is the best setting The front axle is not engaged in to use when plowing snow. The transfer case knob is located Two-Wheel Drive. This setting also next to the steering column. provides the best fuel economy. Use the dial to shift into and out of Four-Wheel Drive. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)
9-60 Driving and Operating
4 n (Four-Wheel Drive Low): This N (Neutral): Shift the vehicle's Shifting Into Two-Wheel setting also engages the front axle transfer case to N (Neutral) only Drive High and delivers extra torque. You may when towing the vehicle. See Turn the knob to the Two-Wheel never need this setting. It sends Recreational Vehicle Towing on Drive High position. This can be maximum power to all four wheels. page 10‑99 or Towing the Vehicle done at any speed, except when You might choose Four-Wheel Drive on page 10‑99 for more information. shifting from Four-Wheel Drive Low. Low if you are driving off-road in If the SERVICE 4 WHEEL DRIVE The indicator light will flash while deep sand, deep mud, deep snow, message stays on, you should take shifting. It will remain on when the and while climbing or descending the vehicle to your dealer for shift is completed. steep hills. service. See SERVICE 4 WHEEL “ Shifting Into Four-Wheel ® DRIVE message under If the vehicle has StabiliTrak , ” Drive Low shifting into Four-Wheel Drive Low Transmission Messages on will turn Traction Control and page 5‑49. When Four-Wheel Drive Low is ® engaged, vehicle speed should be StabiliTrak off. See StabiliTrak Shifting Into Four-Wheel Drive System on page 9‑67. kept below 72 km/h (45 mph). High or AUTO (Automatic Extended high-speed operation in Four-Wheel Drive) Four-Wheel Drive Low may damage { WARNING Turn the knob to the Four-Wheel or shorten the life of the drivetrain. Shifting the transfer case to Drive High or AUTO position. This To shift to the Four-Wheel Drive can be done at any speed, except N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle Low position, the ignition must be in when shifting from Four-Wheel to roll even if the transmission is ON/RUN and the vehicle must be Drive Low. The indicator light will in P (Park). You or someone else stopped or moving less than 5 km/h flash while shifting. It will remain on (3 mph) with the transmission in could be seriously injured. Be when the shift is completed. sure to set the parking brake N (Neutral). The preferred method before placing the transfer case in for shifting into Four-Wheel Drive N (Neutral). See Parking Brake on Low is to have the vehicle moving 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Turn the page 9‑64. knob to the Four-Wheel Drive Low Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)
Driving and Operating 9-61
position. You must wait for the shift unless the vehicle is moving Notice: Shifting the transmission Four-Wheel Drive Low indicator less than 5 km/h (3 mph) and the into gear before the requested light to stop flashing and remain on transmission is in N (Neutral). After mode indicator light has stopped before shifting the transmission 30 seconds the transfer case will flashing could damage the into gear. shift to Four-Wheel Drive transfer case. To help avoid Notice: Shifting the transmission High mode. damaging the vehicle, always into gear before the requested wait for the mode indicator lights Shifting Out of Four-Wheel to stop flashing before shifting mode indicator light has stopped Drive Low flashing could damage the the transmission into gear. transfer case. To help avoid To shift from Four-Wheel Drive Low It is typical for the vehicle to damaging the vehicle, always to Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO or exhibit significant engagement Two-Wheel Drive High, the vehicle wait for the mode indicator lights noise and bump when shifting to stop flashing before shifting must be stopped or moving less between Four-Wheel Drive Low the transmission into gear. than 5 km/h (3 mph) with the and Four-Wheel Drive High ranges transmission in N (Neutral) and or from N (Neutral) with the engine It is typical for the vehicle to exhibit the ignition in ON/RUN. The running. significant engagement noise and preferred method for shifting bump when shifting between out of Four-Wheel Drive Low If the knob is turned to the Four-Wheel Drive Low and is to have the vehicle moving Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO, Four-Wheel Drive High ranges or 1.6 to 3.2 km/h (1 to 2 mph). Turn or Two-Wheel Drive High switch from N (Neutral) with the engine the knob to the Four-Wheel Drive position when the vehicle is in gear running. High, AUTO or Two-Wheel Drive and/or moving, the Four-Wheel If the knob is turned to the High position. You must wait for the Drive High, AUTO or Two-Wheel Four-Wheel Drive Low position Four-Wheel Drive High, AUTO or Drive High indicator light will flash when the vehicle is in gear and/or Two-Wheel Drive High indicator light for 30 seconds but will not complete moving, the Four-Wheel Drive to stop flashing and remain on the shift unless the vehicle is Low indicator light will flash for before shifting the transmission moving less than 5 km/h (3 mph) 30 seconds and not complete the into gear. and the transmission is in N (Neutral). Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)
9-62 Driving and Operating
Shifting into Neutral 6. Turn the transfer case dial 9. Place the transmission shift To shift the transfer case to clockwise to N (Neutral) until lever in P (Park). N (Neutral) do the following: it stops and hold it there until 10. Release the parking brake prior the N (Neutral) light starts to moving the vehicle. 1. Make sure the vehicle is parked blinking. This will take at least so that it will not roll. 10 seconds. Then slowly release 11. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 2. Set the parking brake and apply the dial to the four low position. Shifting Out of Neutral the regular brake pedal. See The N (Neutral) light will come To shift out of N (Neutral) do the Parking Brake on page 9‑64 for on when the transfer case shift more information. to N (Neutral) is complete. following: 3. Shifting the transfer case into 7. If the engine is running, make 1. Set the parking brake and apply N (Neutral) can be done with or sure that the transfer case is in the regular brake pedal. without the engine running. N (Neutral) by shifting the 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with Shifting without the engine transmission to R (Reverse) for the engine off, and shift the running should be done with one second, then shift the transmission to N (Neutral). the ignition in ON/RUN. transmission to D (Drive) for one second. 3. Turn the transfer case dial to 4. Put the transmission in Two-Wheel Drive High, N (Neutral). 8. Turn the ignition to ACC/ Four-Wheel Drive High, ACCESSORY, which will turn or AUTO. 5. Shift the transfer case to the engine off. Two-Wheel Drive High. After the transfer case has shifted out of N (Neutral), the N (Neutral) light will go out. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)
Driving and Operating 9-63
4. Release the parking brake prior Brakes Along with ABS, the vehicle has a to moving the vehicle. Dynamic Rear Proportioning (DRP) Notice: Shifting the transmission Antilock Brake system. If there is a DRP problem, into gear before the requested both the brake and ABS warning mode indicator light has stopped System (ABS) lights come on accompanied by a 10 second chime. The lights and flashing could damage the This vehicle might have the Antilock ‐ chime will come on each time the transfer case. To help avoid Brake System (ABS), an advanced ignition is turned on until the damaging the vehicle, always wait electronic braking system that helps problem is repaired. See your for the mode indicator lights to prevent a braking skid. stop flashing before shifting the dealer for service. When the engine is started and the transmission into gear. Let us say the road is wet and you vehicle begins to drive away, ABS are driving safely. Suddenly, an 5. Start the engine and shift the checks itself. A momentary motor or animal jumps out in front of you. transmission to the desired clicking noise might be heard while You slam on the brakes and position. this test is going on. This is normal. continue braking. Here is what happens with ABS: A computer senses that the wheels are slowing down. If one of the wheels is about to stop rolling, the computer will separately work the brakes at each front wheel and at If there is a problem with ABS, this both rear wheels. warning light stays on. See Antilock ABS can change the brake pressure Brake System (ABS) Warning Light to each wheel, as required, faster on page 5‑28. than any driver could. This can help the driver steer around the obstacle while braking hard. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)
9-64 Driving and Operating
As the brakes are applied, the hard and hold it down, might be the Parking Brake computer keeps receiving updates wrong thing to do. The wheels can on wheel speed and controls stop rolling. Once they do, the braking pressure accordingly. vehicle cannot respond to the Remember: ABS does not change driver's steering. Momentum will the time needed to get a foot up to carry it in whatever direction it was the brake pedal or always decrease headed when the wheels stopped stopping distance. If you get too rolling. That could be off the road, close to the vehicle in front of you, into the very thing the driver was there will not be enough time to trying to avoid, or into traffic. apply the brakes if that vehicle If the vehicle does not have ABS, suddenly slows or stops. Always use a squeeze braking technique. leave enough room up ahead to This gives maximum braking while stop, even with ABS. maintaining steering control. Do this by pushing on the brake pedal with For vehicles with a release handle, Using ABS steadily increasing pressure. set the parking brake by holding the Do not pump the brakes. Just hold In an emergency, you will probably regular brake pedal down, then the brake pedal down firmly and let want to squeeze the brakes hard pushing down the parking brake antilock work. You might feel the without locking the wheels. If you pedal. brakes vibrate or hear some noise, hear or feel the wheels sliding, ease If the ignition is on, the brake but this is normal. off the brake pedal. This helps system warning light will come on. retain steering control. With ABS, it Braking in Emergencies See Brake System Warning Light on is different. If the vehicle has ABS, it allows the page 5‑27. In many emergencies, steering can driver to steer and brake at the A chime sounds and the warning help more than even the very best same time. However, if the vehicle light flashes when the parking brake braking. does not have ABS, the first is applied and the vehicle is moving reaction, to hit the brake pedal at least 8 km/h (5 mph). Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (65,1)
Driving and Operating 9-65
To release the parking brake, hold Notice: Driving with the parking the regular brake pedal down. Then brake on can overheat the brake pull the bottom edge of the lever system and cause premature with the parking brake symbol, wear or damage to brake system located above the parking brake parts. Make sure that the parking pedal. brake is fully released and the If the ignition is on when the parking brake warning light is off before brake is released, the brake system driving. warning light goes off. To release the parking brake, hold Notice: Driving with the parking the regular brake pedal down, then brake on can overheat the brake push down momentarily on the system and cause premature parking brake pedal until you feel wear or damage to brake system For vehicles without a release the pedal release. Slowly pull your parts. Make sure that the parking handle, set the parking brake by foot up off the park brake pedal. brake is fully released and the holding the regular brake pedal If the parking brake is not released brake warning light is off before down, then pushing down the when you begin to drive, the brake driving. parking brake pedal. system warning light will flash and a chime will sound warning you that If you are towing a trailer and are If the ignition is on, the brake the parking brake is still on. parking on any hill, see Driving system warning light will come on. Characteristics and Towing Tips on See Brake System Warning Light on If you are towing a trailer and are parking on a hill, see Driving page 9‑85. page 5‑27. Characteristics and Towing Tips on page 9‑85. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (66,1)
9-66 Driving and Operating
Brake Assist (Except The Brake Assist feature will The brakes will automatically With 4.3L V6 Engine) automatically disengage when release when the accelerator pedal the brake pedal is released or is applied within the two‐second If this vehicle has StabiliTrak®, it brake pedal pressure is quickly window. If the vehicle is equipped also has a Brake Assist feature decreased. with the Integrated Trailer Brake designed to assist the driver in Control (ITBC) system, HSA may stopping or decreasing vehicle Hill Start Assist (HSA) also apply the trailer brakes. It will speed in emergency driving not activate if the vehicle is in a conditions. This feature uses the 2500 and 3500 series vehicles with drive gear and facing downhill stability system hydraulic brake StabiliTrak have a Hill Start Assist or if the vehicle is facing uphill control module to supplement the (HSA) feature, which may be useful and in R (Reverse). There may be power brake system under when the vehicle is stopped on a situations on minor hills (less than conditions where the driver has grade. This feature is designed to 5% grade) with a loaded vehicle or quickly and forcefully applied the prevent the vehicle from rolling, while pulling a trailer where HSA will brake pedal in an attempt to quickly either forward or rearward, during not activate. stop or slow down the vehicle. The vehicle drive off. After the driver stability system hydraulic brake completely stops and holds the control module increases brake vehicle in a complete standstill on a pressure at each corner of the grade, HSA will be automatically vehicle until the ABS activates. activated. During the transition Minor brake pedal pulsation or period between when the driver pedal movement during this time is releases the brake pedal and starts normal and the driver should to accelerate to drive off on a grade, continue to apply the brake pedal HSA holds the braking pressure for as the driving situation dictates. a maximum of two seconds to ensure that there is no rolling. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (67,1)
Driving and Operating 9-67
Ride Control Systems system should initialize before the DIC, the vehicle should be taken in vehicle reaches 32 km/h (20 mph). for service. For more information ® In some cases, it may take on the DIC messages, see Ride StabiliTrak System approximately 3.2 km (2 mi) of Control System Messages on The vehicle may have a vehicle driving before the system initializes. page 5‑46. stability enhancement system called ® If cruise control is being used StabiliTrak . It is an advanced when StabiliTrak activates, the computer-controlled system that cruise control automatically assists the driver with directional disengages. The cruise control control of the vehicle in difficult can be re-engaged when road driving conditions. conditions allow. See Cruise Control StabiliTrak activates when the on page 9‑69 for more information. The StabiliTrak light will flash on the computer senses a discrepancy If the system fails to turn on or instrument panel cluster when the between the intended path and the activate, the StabiliTrak light along system is both on and activated. direction the vehicle is actually with one of the following messages traveling. StabiliTrak selectively will be displayed on the Driver The system may be heard or felt applies braking pressure at any one Information Center (DIC): while it is working; this is normal. of the vehicle's brakes to assist the TRACTION CONTROL OFF, driver with keeping the vehicle on SERVICE TRACTION CONTROL, the intended path. STABILITRAK OFF, SERVICE When the vehicle is started and STABILITRAK. If these DIC begins to move, the system messages appear, make sure the performs several diagnostic checks StabiliTrak system has not been to insure there are no problems. turned off using the StabiliTrak on/ The system may be heard or felt off button. Then turn the vehicle off, The traction control disable button is while it is working. This is normal wait 15 seconds, and turn it back on located on the instrument panel and does not mean there is a again to reset the system. If any of below the climate controls. problem with the vehicle. The these messages still appear on the Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (68,1)
9-68 Driving and Operating
The Traction Control System (TCS) When the traction control system Traction Control Operation part of StabiliTrak can be turned has been turned off, system noises The traction control system is part of off by pressing and releasing the may still be heard as a result of the the StabiliTrak system. Traction StabiliTrak button. To disable both brake-traction control coming on. control limits wheel spin by reducing TCS and StabiliTrak, press and 5 It is recommended to leave the engine power to the wheels (engine hold until F illuminates and the system on for normal driving speed management) and by appropriate DIC message displays. conditions, but it may be necessary applying brakes to each individual TCS and StabiliTrak can be turned to turn the system off if the vehicle wheel (brake-traction control) as on by pressing and releasing the is stuck in sand, mud, ice or snow, necessary. and you want to rock the vehicle to StabiliTrak button if they are not “ ” The traction control system is attempt to free it. It may also be automatically shut off for any other enabled automatically when the necessary to turn off the system reason. vehicle is started. It will activate and when driving in extreme off-road the StabiliTrak light will flash if it When TCS or StabiliTrak is turned conditions where high wheel spin is senses that any of the wheels are off, the StabiliTrak light and the required. See If the Vehicle Is Stuck spinning or beginning to lose appropriate message will be on page 9‑21. displayed on the DIC to warn the traction while driving. If traction driver. The vehicle will still have When the transfer case is in 4LO, control is turned off, only the brake-traction control when traction the stability system is automatically brake-traction control portion of control is off, but will not be able to disabled, the StabiliTrak light comes traction control will work. The use the engine speed management on, and the STABILITRAK OFF engine speed management will be system. See “Traction Control message will appear on the DIC. disabled. In this mode, engine Operation” next for more Both traction control and StabiliTrak power is not reduced automatically information. are automatically disabled in this and the driven wheels can spin condition. more freely. This can cause the brake-traction control to activate constantly. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (69,1)
Driving and Operating 9-69
Notice: If the wheel(s) of one axle StabiliTrak may also turn off Cruise Control is allowed to spin excessively automatically if it determines that a while the StabiliTrak®, ABS, brake problem exists with the system. warning lights, and any relevant If the problem does not clear itself { WARNING DIC messages are displayed, the after restarting the vehicle, see your transfer case could be damaged. dealer for service. Cruise control can be dangerous where you cannot drive safely at The repairs would not be covered 2500 and 3500 series vehicles with by the vehicle warranty. Reduce a steady speed. So, do not use StabiliTrak have a Trailer Sway the cruise control on winding engine power and do not spin the Control (TSC) feature. See Trailer wheel(s) excessively while these roads or in heavy traffic. Sway Control (TSC) on page 9‑116. lights and messages are Cruise control can be dangerous 2500 and 3500 series vehicles with displayed. on slippery roads. On such roads, StabiliTrak have a Hill Start Assist fast changes in tire traction can The traction control system may (HSA) feature. See Hill Start Assist activate on dry or rough roads or cause excessive wheel slip, and (HSA) on page 9‑66. under conditions such as heavy you could lose control. Do not use acceleration while turning or Adding non‐dealer accessories can cruise control on slippery roads. abrupt upshifts/downshifts of the affect the vehicle's performance. transmission. When this happens, a See Accessories and Modifications reduction in acceleration may be on page 10‑3. For vehicles with cruise control, a noticed, or a noise or vibration may speed of about 40 km/h (25 mph) be heard. This is normal. Locking Rear Axle or more can be maintained without keeping your foot on the If cruise control is being used when Vehicles with a locking rear axle can accelerator. Cruise control does the system activates, the StabiliTrak give more traction on snow, mud, not work at speeds below about light will flash and cruise control will ice, sand, or gravel. It works like a 40 km/h (25 mph). automatically disengage. Cruise standard axle most of the time, but When the brakes are applied, cruise control may be reengaged when when traction is low, this feature will control is turned off. road conditions allow. See Cruise allow the rear wheel with the most Control on page 9‑69. traction to move the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (70,1)
9-70 Driving and Operating
For vehicles with an Allison or [ (Cancel): Press to disengage Hydra‐Matic 6‐speed automatic cruise control without erasing the transmission, see “Grade Braking set speed from memory. and Cruise Grade Braking (Allison Transmission) under Tow/Haul Setting Cruise Control Mode on page 9‑46 for an If the cruise button is on when not in explanation of how cruise control use, it could get bumped and go into interacts with the Range Selection cruise when not desired. Keep the Mode, tow/haul and grade braking cruise control switch off when cruise systems. is not being used. For vehicles with the StabiliTrak The cruise control light on the system that begins to limit wheel instrument panel cluster will come spin while you are using cruise The cruise control buttons are on after the cruise control has been control, the cruise control will located on the left side of the set to the desired speed. automatically disengage. See steering wheel. StabiliTrak® System on page 9‑67. 1. Press I. I (On/Off): Press to turn the When road conditions allow the 2. Get up to the desired speed. cruise control to be safely used system on or off. The indicator light again, it can be turned back on. is on when cruise control is on and 3. Press the SET− button located turns off when cruise control is off. on the steering wheel and + RES (Resume/Accelerate): release it. Press briefly to resume to a 4. Take your foot off the previously set speed, or press and accelerator. hold to accelerate. SET − (Set/Coast): Press to set the speed and activate cruise control or make the vehicle decelerate. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (71,1)
Driving and Operating 9-71
Resuming a Set Speed Reducing Speed While Using you might have to step on the If the cruise control is set at a Cruise Control accelerator pedal to maintain the desired speed and then the brakes If the cruise control system is vehicle speed. While going downhill, are applied, the cruise control is already activated, you might have to brake or shift to disengaged without erasing the set a lower gear to keep the vehicle . Press and hold the SET– button speed from memory. speed down. When the brakes on the steering wheel until the are applied the cruise control is Once the vehicle speed reaches desired lower speed is reached, disengaged. about 40 km/h (25 mph) or more, then release it. press the +RES button on the Ending Cruise Control . To slow down in small amounts, steering wheel. The vehicle returns press the SET– button on the There are three ways to end cruise to the previous set speed and stays steering wheel briefly. Each time control: there. this is done, the vehicle goes . To disengage cruise control; Increasing Speed While Using about 1.6 km/h (1 mph) slower. step lightly on the brake pedal. Cruise Control Passing Another Vehicle While . Press [ on the steering wheel. If the cruise control system is Using Cruise Control . To turn off the cruise control, already activated, Use the accelerator pedal to press on the steering wheel. . Press and hold the +RES button increase the vehicle speed. When I on the steering wheel until the you take your foot off the pedal, the Erasing Speed Memory desired speed is reached, then vehicle will slow down to the release it. previous set cruise speed. The cruise control set speed is erased from memory by pressing . To increase vehicle speed in Using Cruise Control on Hills the I button or if the ignition is small amounts, press the +RES How well the cruise control will work turned off. button. Each time this is done, the vehicle goes about 1.6 km/h on hills depends upon the vehicle (1 mph) faster. speed, load, and the steepness of the hills. While going up steep hills, Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (72,1)
9-72 Driving and Operating
How the System Works Object Detection { WARNING Systems URPA comes on automatically The Ultrasonic Rear Parking when the shift lever is moved into Ultrasonic Parking Assist Assist (URPA) system does not R (Reverse). A single tone sounds replace driver vision. It cannot to indicate the system is working. For vehicles with the Ultrasonic detect: URPA operates only at speeds less Rear Parking Assist (URPA) system, . Objects that are below the than 8 km/h (5 mph). it operates at speeds less than bumper, under the vehicle, 8 km/h (5 mph), and assists the An obstacle is indicated by audible or too close or far from the driver with parking and avoiding beeps. The interval between the vehicle. objects while in R (Reverse). The beeps becomes shorter as the sensors on the rear bumper are . Children, pedestrians, vehicle gets closer to the obstacle. used to detect the distance to an bicyclists, or pets. When the distance is less than object up to 2.5 m (8 ft) behind the 30 cm (12 in) the beeps are If you do not use proper care continuous. vehicle, and at least 25.4 cm (10 in) before and while backing up, off the ground. vehicle damage, injury, or death To be detected, objects must be at could occur. Even with URPA, least 25.4 cm (10 in) off the ground and below tailgate level. Objects always check behind the vehicle must also be within 2.5 m (8 ft) from before backing up. While backing the rear bumper. This distance may up, be sure to look for objects and be less during warmer or humid check the vehicle's mirrors. weather. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (73,1)
Driving and Operating 9-73
When the System Does Not . The park assist sensors are Seem to Work Properly covered by frost or ice. Frost or ice can form around and behind The following messages may be the sensors and may not always displayed on the DIC: be seen; this can occur after SERVICE PARK ASSIST: If this washing the vehicle in cold weather. The message may not The system can be disabled by message occurs, take the vehicle to your dealer to repair the system. clear until the frost or ice has pressing the rear park aid disable melted. button located next to the radio. PARK ASSIST OFF: This message . A trailer was attached to the The indicator light comes on and occurs if the driver disables the system. vehicle, or a bicycle or an object PARK ASSIST OFF displays on the was hanging out of the tailgate Driver Information Center (DIC) to PARK ASST BLOCKED SEE during the last drive cycle. Once indicate that URPA is off; see Object OWNERS MANUAL: This the attached object is removed Detection System Messages on message can occur under the and the tailgate is raised, URPA page 5‑46. following conditions: will return to normal operation. Notice: If you use URPA while the . The ultrasonic sensors are not . A tow bar is attached to the tailgate is lowered, it may not clean. Keep the vehicle's rear vehicle. detect an object behind your bumper free of mud, dirt, snow, vehicle, and you might back into ice, and slush. For cleaning . The vehicle's bumper is the object and damage your instructions, see “Washing the damaged. Take the vehicle to vehicle. Always verify the tailgate Vehicle” under Exterior Care on your dealer to repair the system. is closed when using URPA or page 10‑104. . Other conditions are affecting turn off URPA when driving with system performance. Examples the tailgate lowered. of this are vibrations from a jackhammer or the compression of air brakes on a very large truck. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (74,1)
9-74 Driving and Operating
Rear Vision When the key is in the ON/RUN WARNING (Continued) position and the driver shifts the Camera (RVC) vehicle into R (Reverse), the video This vehicle may have a Rear Your judged distances using the image automatically appears on the Vision Camera (RVC) system. Read screen will differ from actual inside rearview mirror. Once the this entire section before using it. distances. driver shifts out of R (Reverse), If you do not use proper care the video image automatically { WARNING before backing up, you could disappears from the inside rearview hit a vehicle, child, pedestrian, mirror. The Rear Vision Camera (RVC) bicyclist, or pet, resulting in Turning the Rear Vision Camera system does not replace driver vehicle damage, injury, or death. System Off or On vision. RVC does not: Even though the vehicle has the To turn off the RVC system, press . Detect objects that are RVC system, always check and hold , located on the inside outside the camera's field of carefully before backing up by z view, below the bumper, checking behind and around the rearview mirror, until the left or underneath the vehicle. vehicle. indicator light turns off. The RVC display is now disabled. . Detect children, pedestrians, bicyclists, or pets. Vehicles without Navigation To turn the RVC system on again, System press and hold z until the left Do not back the vehicle by only indicator light illuminates. The RVC looking at the RVC screen, or use The Rear Vision Camera system is system display is now enabled and the screen during longer, higher designed to help the driver when the display will appear in the mirror speed backing maneuvers or backing up by displaying a view normally. where there could be cross-traffic. of the area behind the vehicle. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (75,1)
Driving and Operating 9-75
Vehicles with Navigation There is a message on the rear System vision camera screen that states “Check Surroundings for Safety.” The RVC system is designed to help the driver when backing up by Adjusting the Brightness and displaying a view of the area behind Contrast of the Screen the vehicle. When the driver shifts To adjust the brightness and the vehicle into R (Reverse), the contrast of the screen, press the video image automatically appears MENU button while the rear vision on the navigation screen. Once the camera image is on the display. Any driver shifts out of R (Reverse), the adjustments made will only affect navigation screen will go back to the the rear vision camera screen. last screen that had been displayed, after a delay. 4. Select the Video screen button. ] (Brightness): Touch the + (plus) When the Video screen button or – (minus) screen buttons to Turning the Rear Vision Camera is highlighted the RVC increase or decrease the brightness System On or Off system is on. of the screen. To turn the RVC system on or off: The delay after shifting out of _ (Contrast): Touch the + (plus) 1. Shift into P (Park). R (Reverse) is approximately or – (minus) screen buttons to 10 seconds. The delay can be increase or decrease the contrast 2. Press the MENU button to enter of the screen. the configure menu options, then cancelled by performing one of press the MENU hard key to the following: select Display or touch the . Pressing a hard key on the Display screen button. navigation system. 3. Select the Rear Camera Options . Shifting into P (Park). screen button. The Rear Camera . Reaching a vehicle speed of Options screen will display. 8 km/h (5 mph). Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (76,1)
9-76 Driving and Operating
Symbols 3. Press the MENU hard key to Rear Vision Camera Location The navigation system may have a enter the configure menu feature that lets the driver view options, then press the MENU symbols on the navigation screen hard key repeatedly until Display while using the RVC. The Ultrasonic is selected or touch the Display Rear Park Assist (URPA) system screen button. must not be disabled to use the 4. Select the Rear Camera Options caution symbols. If URPA has been screen button. The Rear Camera disabled and the symbols have Options screen will display. been turned on, the Rear Parking 5. Touch the Symbols screen Assist Symbols Unavailable error button. The screen button message may display. See will be highlighted when on. Ultrasonic Parking Assist on page 9‑72. Rear Vision Camera Error The symbols appear when an object Messages The rear vision camera is located in has been detected by the URPA Service Rear Vision Camera the bezel for the tailgate handle. system. The symbol may cover the System: This message can display The camera uses a special lens. object when viewing the navigation when the system is not receiving The distance of the image that screen. information it requires from other appears on the screen differs from To turn the symbols on or off: vehicle systems. the actual distance. The area displayed by the camera is limited. 1. Make sure that URPA has not If any other problem occurs or if a problem persists, see your dealer. The camera does not display been disabled. objects which are close to either 2. Shift into P (Park). corner of the bumper or under the bumper. The area displayed on the Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (77,1)
Driving and Operating 9-77
screen can vary according to To disconnect the camera: vehicle orientation or road 1. Remove the license plate. conditions. 2. Disconnect the camera The following illustration shows the connectors from the chassis field of view that the camera harness, located behind the provides. license plate, by pressing on the release tab on each connector.
A. Chassis harness connector B. Release tab 4. Feed the wiring harness through the pickup box, then plug the camera connectors together to prevent contamination. A. View displayed by the camera 5. Remove the tailgate. See Tailgate on page 2‑10 for more B. Corner of the rear bumper A. Chassis harness connector information. Disconnecting the Rear Vision B. Release tab 6. Reinstall the license plate. Camera C. Camera connector Reverse this procedure to reinstall The rear vision camera must be 3. Plug the two exposed chassis the rear vision camera and make disconnected if the tailgate needs harness connectors together to sure the grommet and connection to be removed. prevent contamination. are secure. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (78,1)
9-78 Driving and Operating
When the System Does Not . The back of the vehicle is in an The fast flash conditions are Seem to Work Properly accident. If this happens, the used to protect the video position and mounting angle of device from high temperature The RVC system might not work the camera can change or the conditions. Once conditions properly or display a clear image if: camera can be affected. Be sure return to normal the device will . The RVC is turned off. See to have the camera and its reset and the green indicator will “Turning the Rear Camera position and mounting angle stop flashing. checked at your dealer. System On or Off” earlier in this During any of these fault conditions, section. The RVC system display in the the display will be blank and the . It is dark. rearview mirror may turn off or not indicator will continue to flash as appear as expected due to one of long as the vehicle is in R (Reverse) . The sun or the beam of the following conditions. If this or until the conditions return to headlights is shining directly into occurs the left indicator light on the normal. the camera lens. mirror will flash. Pressing and holding when the . Ice, snow, mud, or anything else . A slow flash may indicate a z left indicator light is flashing will turn builds up on the camera lens. loss of video signal, or no video off the video display along with the Clean the lens, rinse it with signal present during the reverse left indicator light. water, and wipe it with a soft cycle. cloth. . A fast flash may indicate that the display has been on for the maximum allowable time during a reverse cycle, or the display has reached an Over Temperature limit. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (79,1)
Driving and Operating 9-79
Fuel See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on page 9‑81. For all other vehicles, For diesel engine vehicles, see use only the unleaded gasoline “Fuel for Diesel Engines” in the described under Recommended Duramax Diesel Supplement. Fuel on page 9‑79. For Vehicles with gasoline engines, please read this. Recommended Fuel Gasoline For all vehicles except those with the 6.2L V8 engine (VIN Code 2), Use of the recommended fuel is use regular unleaded gasoline with an important part of the proper a posted octane rating of 87 or maintenance of this vehicle. To help higher. If the octane rating is less keep the engine clean and maintain The eighth digit of the Vehicle than 87, an audible knocking noise, optimum vehicle performance, we Identification Number (VIN) shows commonly referred to as spark recommend the use of gasoline the code letter or number that knock, might be heard when driving. advertised as TOP TIER Detergent identifies the vehicle's engine. If this occurs, use a gasoline rated Gasoline. The VIN is at the top left of the at 87 octane or higher as soon as instrument panel. See Vehicle Look for the TOP TIER label on the possible. If heavy knocking is Identification Number (VIN) on fuel pump to ensure gasoline meets heard when using gasoline rated page 12 1. enhanced detergency standards ‑ at 87 octane or higher, the engine developed by auto companies. A list Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge needs service. of marketers providing TOP TIER and a yellow fuel cap can use either Detergent Gasoline can be found at unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel www.toptiergas.com. containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (80,1)
9-80 Driving and Operating
If the vehicle has the 6.2L V8 engine Some gasolines contain an If it is determined that the condition (VIN Code 2), use premium octane-enhancing additive called is caused by the type of fuel used, unleaded gasoline with a posted methylcyclopentadienyl manganese repairs might not be covered by the octane rating of 91 or higher. You tricarbonyl (MMT). We recommend vehicle warranty. can also use regular unleaded against the use of gasolines gasoline rated at 87 octane or containing MMT. See Fuel Fuels in Foreign higher, but the vehicle's acceleration Additives on page 9‑80 for Countries could be slightly reduced, and a additional information. slight audible knocking noise, Never use leaded gasoline or any commonly referred to as spark California Fuel other fuel not recommended in the knock, might be heard. If the octane Requirements previous text on fuel. Costly repairs is less than 87, you might notice a caused by use of improper fuel heavy knocking noise when you If the vehicle is certified to meet would not be covered by the vehicle drive. If this occurs, use a gasoline California Emissions Standards, it is warranty. rated at 87 octane or higher as soon designed to operate on fuels that To check the fuel availability, ask an as possible. Otherwise, you could meet California specifications. See auto club, or contact a major oil damage the engine. If heavy the underhood emission control company that does business in the knocking is heard when using label. If this fuel is not available in country where you will be driving. gasoline rated at 87 octane or states adopting California Emissions higher, the engine needs service. Standards, the vehicle will operate satisfactorily on fuels meeting Fuel Additives Gasoline Specifications federal specifications, but emission To provide cleaner air, all gasolines (U.S. and Canada Only) control system performance might in the United States are now be affected. The malfunction required to contain additives that At a minimum, gasoline indicator lamp could turn on and the help prevent engine and fuel system should meet ASTM specification vehicle might fail a smog‐check test. deposits from forming, allowing the D 4814 in the United States or See Malfunction Indicator Lamp on emission control system to work CAN/CGSB‐3.5 or 3.511 in Canada. page 5‑24. If this occurs, return to properly. In most cases, nothing your authorized dealer for diagnosis. should have to be added to the fuel. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (81,1)
Driving and Operating 9-81
However, some gasolines contain Gasolines containing oxygenates, tricarbonyl (MMT); ask the attendant only the minimum amount of such as ethers and ethanol, and where you buy gasoline whether the additive required to meet U.S. reformulated gasolines might be fuel contains MMT. We recommend Environmental Protection Agency available in your area. We against the use of such gasolines. regulations. To help keep fuel recommend that you use these Fuels containing MMT can reduce injectors and intake valves clean gasolines, if they comply with the spark plug life and affect emission and avoid problems due to dirty specifications described earlier. control system performance. The injectors or valves, look for gasoline However, E85 (85% ethanol) and malfunction indicator lamp might that is advertised as TOP TIER other fuels containing more than turn on. If this occurs, return to your Detergent Gasoline. Look for the 10% ethanol must not be used in dealer for service. TOP TIER label on the fuel pump to vehicles that were not designed for ensure gasoline meets enhanced those fuels. Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) detergency standards developed by Notice: This vehicle was not Vehicles that have a FlexFuel badge the auto companies. A list of designed for fuel that contains marketers providing TOP TIER and a yellow fuel cap can use either methanol. Do not use fuel unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel Detergent Gasoline can be found at containing methanol. It can www.toptiergas.com. containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). corrode metal parts in the fuel For all other vehicles, use only the For customers who do not use TOP system and also damage plastic unleaded gasoline described under TIER Detergent Gasoline regularly, and rubber parts. That damage Recommended Fuel on page 9‑79. one bottle of GM Fuel System would not be covered under the Treatment PLUS, added to the fuel vehicle warranty. We encourage the use of E85 in vehicles that are designed to use it. tank at every engine oil change, Some gasolines that can help clean deposits from fuel The ethanol in E85 is a “renewable” are not reformulated for low fuel, meaning it is made from injectors and intake valves. GM Fuel emissions can contain an System Treatment PLUS is the only renewable sources such as corn octane-enhancing additive called and other crops. gasoline additive recommended by methylcyclopentadienyl manganese General Motors. It is available at your dealer. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (82,1)
9-82 Driving and Operating
Many service stations will not have To ensure quick starts in the E85 has less energy per liter an 85% ethanol fuel (E85) pump wintertime, the E85 fuel must be (gallon) than gasoline, so you will available. The U.S. Department of formulated properly for your climate need to refill the fuel tank more Energy has an alternative fuels according to ASTM specification often when using E85 than when website (www.afdc.energy.gov/afdc/ D 5798. If you have trouble starting you are using gasoline. See Filling locator/stations/) that can help you on E85, it could be because the E85 the Tank on page 9‑83. find E85 fuel. Those stations that do fuel is not properly formulated for Notice: Some additives are not have E85 should have a label your climate. If this happens, compatible with E85 fuel and can indicating ethanol content. Do not switching to gasoline or adding harm the vehicle's fuel system. use the fuel if the ethanol content is gasoline to the fuel tank can Do not add anything to E85. greater than 85%. improve starting. For good starting Damage caused by additives At a minimum, E85 should meet and heater efficiency below 0°C would not be covered by the ASTM Specification D 5798. By (32°F), the fuel mix in the fuel vehicle warranty. tank should contain no more than definition, this means that fuel Notice: This vehicle was not labeled E85 will have an ethanol 70% ethanol. It is best not to alternate repeatedly between designed for fuel that contains content between 70% and 85%. methanol. Do not use fuel Filling the fuel tank with fuel gasoline and E85. If you do switch fuels, it is recommended that you containing methanol. It can mixtures that do not meet ASTM corrode metal parts in the fuel specifications can affect driveability add as much fuel as possible — do not add less than 11 L (3 gal) when system and also damage plastic and could cause the malfunction and rubber parts. That damage indicator lamp to come on. refueling. You should drive the vehicle immediately after refueling would not be covered under the for at least 11 km (7 mi) to allow the vehicle warranty. vehicle to adapt to the change in ethanol concentration. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (83,1)
Driving and Operating 9-83
Filling the Tank { WARNING If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement Fuel can spray out on you if you for more information. open the fuel cap too quickly. If you spill fuel and then { WARNING something ignites it, you could be badly burned. This spray can Fuel vapor burns violently and a happen if the tank is nearly full, fuel fire can cause bad injuries. and is more likely in hot weather. To help avoid injuries to you and Open the fuel cap slowly and wait others, read and follow all the for any hiss noise to stop. Then instructions on the fuel pump unscrew the cap all the way. The tethered fuel cap is located island. Turn off the engine when behind a hinged fuel door on the refueling. Do not smoke near fuel driver side of the vehicle. Vehicles If the vehicle is a dual fuel tank or when refueling the vehicle. Do that have a FlexFuel badge and a chassis cab model, and it runs out not use cellular phones. Keep yellow fuel cap can use either of fuel, refuel the front fuel tank first sparks, flames, and smoking unleaded gasoline or ethanol fuel to ensure a quick restart. materials away from fuel. Do not containing up to 85% ethanol (E85). Be careful not to spill fuel. Do not leave the fuel pump unattended See Fuel E85 (85% Ethanol) on when refueling the vehicle. This is top off or overfill the tank and wait a page 9‑81. few seconds after you have finished against the law in some places. To remove the fuel cap, turn it pumping before removing the Do not re-enter the vehicle while slowly counterclockwise. nozzle. Clean fuel from painted pumping fuel. Keep children away surfaces as soon as possible. See from the fuel pump; never let Exterior Care on page 10‑104. children pump fuel. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (84,1)
9-84 Driving and Operating
When replacing the fuel cap, turn it Filling a Portable Fuel clockwise until it clicks. It will require { WARNING more effort to turn the fuel cap on Container the last turn as you tighten it. Make If a fire starts while you are sure the cap is fully installed. The refueling, do not remove the { WARNING diagnostic system can determine if nozzle. Shut off the flow of fuel by the fuel cap has been left off or shutting off the pump or by Never fill a portable fuel container improperly installed. This would notifying the station attendant. while it is in the vehicle. Static allow fuel to evaporate into the Leave the area immediately. electricity discharge from the atmosphere. See Malfunction container can ignite the fuel Indicator Lamp on page 5‑24. Notice: If a new fuel cap is vapor. You can be badly burned and the vehicle damaged if this The TIGHTEN GAS CAP message needed, be sure to get the right displays on the Driver Information type of cap from your dealer. The occurs. To help avoid injury to you Center (DIC) if the fuel cap is not wrong type of fuel cap might not and others: properly installed. See Fuel System fit properly, might cause the . Dispense fuel only into Messages on page 5‑45 for more malfunction indicator lamp to approved containers. light, and could damage the fuel information. . tank and emissions system. See Do not fill a container while it Malfunction Indicator Lamp on is inside a vehicle, in a page 5 24. vehicle's trunk, pickup bed, ‑ or on any surface other than the ground. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (85,1)
Driving and Operating 9-85
Towing For information on towing a disabled WARNING (Continued) vehicle, see Towing the Vehicle on General Towing page 10‑99. For information on . Bring the fill nozzle in contact towing the vehicle behind another with the inside of the fill Information vehicle such as a motor home, see Recreational Vehicle Towing on opening before operating the Only use towing equipment that has page 10 99. nozzle. Contact should be been designed for the vehicle. ‑ maintained until the filling is Contact your dealer or trailering complete. dealer for assistance with preparing Driving Characteristics the vehicle for towing a trailer. and Towing Tips . Do not smoke while pumping fuel. See the following trailer towing Pulling a Trailer information in this section: . Do not use a cellular phone Important points for pulling a trailer: while pumping fuel. . For information on driving while towing a trailer, see “Driving . There are many different laws, Characteristics and including speed limit restrictions, Towing Tips.” having to do with trailering. Make sure the rig will be legal, . For maximum vehicle and trailer not only where you live but also weights, see “Trailer Towing.” where you will be driving. . For information on equipment to A good source for this tow a trailer, see “Towing information can be state or Equipment.” provincial police. . Consider using a sway control. See “Hitches” under Towing Equipment on page 9‑105. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (86,1)
9-86 Driving and Operating
. Do not tow a trailer at all during Driving with a Trailer the first 800 km (500 miles) the WARNING (Continued) new vehicle is driven. The engine, axle, or other parts { WARNING . Fully open the air outlets on could be damaged. or under the instrument When towing a trailer, exhaust panel. . During the first 800 km gases may collect at the rear of (500 miles) that a trailer is the vehicle and enter if the . Adjust the Climate Control towed, do not drive over 80 km/h liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most system to a setting that (50 mph) and do not make starts window is open. brings in only outside air at full throttle. This helps the and set the fan speed to the engine and other parts of the Engine exhaust contains Carbon highest setting. See Climate vehicle wear in at the heavier Monoxide (CO) which cannot be Control System in the Index. seen or smelled. It can cause loads. For more information about unconsciousness and even death. . Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Carbon Monoxide, see Engine Shift the transmission to a lower To maximize safety when towing Exhaust on page 9‑40. gear if the transmission shifts a trailer: too often under heavy loads . Have the exhaust system Towing a trailer requires a and/or hilly conditions. inspected for leaks and make certain amount of experience. Important considerations that have necessary repairs before The combination you are driving is to do with weight: starting a trip. longer and not as responsive as the vehicle itself. Get acquainted with . Weight of the trailer . Never drive with the liftgate, trunk/hatch, or rear-most the handling and braking of the rig . Weight of the trailer tongue window open. before setting out for the open road. . Weight on the vehicle's tires (Continued) . Weight of the trailering combination Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (87,1)
Driving and Operating 9-87
Before starting, check all trailer Backing Up If the trailer turn signal bulbs burn hitch parts and attachments, out, the arrows on the instrument Hold the bottom of the steering safety chains, electrical connectors, panel will still flash for turns. It is wheel with one hand. To move the lamps, tires, and mirrors. If the important to check occasionally to trailer to the left, move that hand to trailer has electric brakes, start the be sure the trailer bulbs are still the left. To move the trailer to the combination moving and then apply working. right, move your hand to the right. the trailer brake controller by hand Always back up slowly and, to be sure the brakes work. Driving on Grades if possible, have someone During the trip, check occasionally guide you. Reduce speed and shift to a to be sure that the load is secure lower gear before starting down a and the lamps and any trailer Making Turns long or steep downgrade. If the transmission is not shifted down, the brakes still work. Notice: Making very sharp turns brakes might get hot and no longer while trailering could cause the Following Distance work well. trailer to come in contact with the Stay at least twice as far behind the vehicle. The vehicle could be Vehicles can tow in D (Drive). Shift vehicle ahead as you would when damaged. Avoid making very the transmission to a lower gear if driving the vehicle without a trailer. sharp turns while trailering. the transmission shifts too often This can help to avoid heavy under heavy loads and/or hilly When turning with a trailer, make braking and sudden turns. conditions. wider turns than normal. Do this Passing so the trailer will not strike soft The Tow/Haul Mode may be used if shoulders, curbs, road signs, trees, the transmission shifts too often. More passing distance is or other objects. Avoid jerky or See Tow/Haul Mode on page 9‑46. needed when towing a trailer. sudden maneuvers. Signal well in The combination will not accelerate advance. as quickly and is longer so it is necessary to go much farther beyond the passed vehicle before returning to the lane. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (88,1)
9-88 Driving and Operating
When towing at high altitude on steep uphill grades, consider the WARNING (Continued) { WARNING following: Engine coolant will boil at a lower temperature than at normal the vehicle and the trailer can be It can be dangerous to get out of altitudes. If the engine is turned off damaged. When possible, always the vehicle if the shift lever is not immediately after towing at high park the rig on a flat surface. fully in P (Park) with the parking altitude on steep uphill grades, the brake firmly set. The vehicle vehicle may show signs similar to If parking the rig on a hill: can roll. engine overheating. To avoid this, 1. Press the brake pedal, but do If the engine has been left let the engine run while parked, running, the vehicle can move preferably on level ground, with the not shift into P (Park) yet. Turn the wheels into the curb if facing suddenly. You or others could be automatic transmission in P (Park) injured. To be sure the vehicle will for a few minutes before turning the downhill or into traffic if facing not move, even when on fairly engine off. If the overheat warning uphill. level ground, use the steps that comes on, see Engine Overheating 2. Have someone place chocks follow. on page 10‑26. under the trailer wheels. Always put the shift lever fully in Parking on Hills 3. When the wheel chocks are in place, release the regular brakes P (Park) with the parking brake firmly set. { WARNING until the chocks absorb the load. 4. Reapply the brake pedal. Then If the transfer case on a Parking the vehicle on a hill apply the parking brake and shift four-wheel-drive vehicle is in with the trailer attached can be into P (Park). N (Neutral), the vehicle will be dangerous. If something goes free to roll, even if the shift lever 5. If the vehicle is four-wheel-drive, is in P (Park). Be sure the transfer wrong, the rig could start to move. be sure the transfer case is in a People can be injured, and both drive gear and not in N (Neutral). case is in a drive gear — not in (Continued) N (Neutral). 6. Release the brake pedal. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (89,1)
Driving and Operating 9-89
Leaving After Parking on a Hill Check periodically to see that all hitch nuts and bolts are tight. WARNING (Continued) 1. Apply and hold the brake pedal. 2. Start the engine. Trailer Towing damaged; the resulting repairs would not be covered by the 3. Shift into a gear. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, vehicle warranty. Pull a trailer 4. Release the parking brake. see the Duramax diesel supplement only if all the steps in this section for more information. 5. Let up on the brake pedal. have been followed. Ask your If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the dealer for advice and information 6. Drive slowly until the trailer is hybrid supplement for more about towing a trailer with the clear of the chocks. information. vehicle. 7. Stop and have someone pick up Do not tow a trailer during break‐in. and store the chocks. See New Vehicle Break-In on Notice: Pulling a trailer Maintenance when Trailer page 9‑31 for more information. improperly can damage the Towing vehicle and result in costly { WARNING repairs not covered by the The vehicle needs service more vehicle warranty. To pull a trailer often when pulling a trailer. See this The driver can lose control when correctly, follow the advice in this manual's Maintenance Schedule or pulling a trailer if the correct section and see your dealer for Index for more information. Things equipment is not used or the important information about that are especially important in vehicle is not driven properly. For towing a trailer with the vehicle. trailer operation are automatic example, if the trailer is too transmission fluid, engine oil, axle To identify the trailering capacity of lubricant, belts, cooling system, and heavy, the brakes may not work the vehicle, read the information in brake system. It is a good idea to well or even at all. The driver and “Weight of the Trailer” later in this inspect these before and during passengers could be seriously section. the trip. injured. The vehicle may also be (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (90,1)
9-90 Driving and Operating
Trailering is different than just Weight of the Trailer Trailer weight rating (TWR) is driving the vehicle by itself. calculated assuming the tow vehicle How heavy can a trailer safely be? Trailering means changes in has only the driver but all required handling, acceleration, braking, It depends on how the rig is used. trailering equipment. Weight of durability, and fuel economy. Speed, altitude, road grades, additional optional equipment, Successful, safe trailering takes outside temperature, and how much passengers, and cargo in the tow correct equipment, and it has to be the vehicle is used to pull a trailer vehicle must be subtracted from the used properly. are all important. It can depend on trailer weight rating. any special equipment on the The following information has many Use the following chart to determine vehicle, and the amount of tongue time-tested, important trailering tips how much the vehicle can weigh, weight the vehicle can carry. See and safety rules. Many of these are based upon the vehicle model and Weight of the Trailer Tongue later important for your safety and that of “ ” options. in this section for more information. your passengers. So please read Weights listed apply for this section carefully before pulling a conventional trailers and fifth-wheel trailer. trailers unless otherwise noted. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (91,1)
Driving and Operating 9-91
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 1500 Series 2WD Regular Cab Standard Box (b) 4.3LV6 (c) 3.23 2 177 kg (4,800 lbs) 4 309 kg (9,500 lbs) 4.3LV6 With Automatic — 3.73 2 449 kg (5,400 lbs) 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) Transmission (c) 4.3LV6 With Manual — 3.73 1 860 kg (4,100 lbs) 3 938 kg (8,683 lbs) Transmission (c) 4.8LV8 (c) 3.23 2 132 kg (4,700 lbs) 4 309 kg (9,500 lbs) 4.8LV8 3.73 3 266 kg (7,200 lbs) 5 443 kg (12,000 lbs) 5.3L LMG V8 3.08 2 994 kg (6,600 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3L LMG V8, K5L HD 3.08 3 357 kg (7,400 lbs) 5 534 kg (12,200 lbs) Cooling Pkg 5.3L LMG V8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 4 128 kg (9,100 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) 1500 Series 2WD Extended Cab Standard Box (b) 4.3LV6 (c) 3.23 1 996 kg (4,400 lbs) 4 309 kg (9,500 lbs) 4.8LV8 (c) 3.23 2 132 kg (4,700 lbs) 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) 4.8LV8 3.73 3 039 kg (6,700 lbs) 5 443 kg (12,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.08 2 812 kg (6,200 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.08 3 130 kg (6,900 lbs) 5 534 kg (12,200 lbs) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (92,1)
9-92 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 400 kg (9,700 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Conventional Trailer 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 173 kg (9,200 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 6.2LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 400 kg (9,700 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Conventional Trailer 6.2LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 218 kg (9,300 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 6.2LV8 NHT Max Trailering 3.73 4 853 kg (10,700 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) Pkg — Conventional Trailer 6.2LV8 NHT Max Trailering 3.73 4 627 kg (10,200 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) Pkg — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 1500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Short Box (c) 4.8LV8 3.23 2 132 kg (4,700 lbs) 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) 4.8LV8 3.73 3 039 kg (6,700 lbs) 5 443 kg (12,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 (LMG) 3.08 2 767 kg (6,100 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 (LMG) K5L HD 3.08 3 084 kg (6,800 lbs) 5 534 kg (12,200 lbs) Cooling Pkg Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (93,1)
Driving and Operating 9-93
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.08 3 175 kg (7,000 lbs) 5 534 kg (12,200 lbs) Pkg (XFE) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 4 355 kg (9,600 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) 6.2LV8 3.42 3 039 kg (6,700 lbs) 5 443 kg (12,000 lbs) 6.2LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 4 400 kg (9,700 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) 6.2LV8 NHT Max Trailering Pkg 3.73 4 808 kg (10,600 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 1500 Series 2WD Regular Cab Long Box (b) 4.3LV6 (c) 3.23 2 132 kg (4,700 lbs) 4 309 kg (9,500 lbs) 4.3LV6 (c) 3.73 2 359 kg (5,200 lbs) 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) 4.8LV8 (c) 3.23 2 313 kg (5,100 lbs) 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) 4.8LV8 3.73 3 221 kg (7,100 lbs) 5 443 kg (12,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.08 3 266 kg (7,200 lbs) 5 534 kg (12,200 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.42 2 948 kg (6,500 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Conventional Trailer 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 3 992 kg (8,800 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Fifth-Wheel Trailer Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (94,1)
9-94 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 1500 Series 2WD Extended Cab Long Box (b) 5.3LV8 3.08 2 722 kg (6,000 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.08 3 039 kg (6,700 lbs) 5 534 kg (12,200 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 309 kg (9,500 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Conventional Trailer 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 037 kg (8,900 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 1500 Series 4WD Regular Cab Standard Box (b) 4.3LV6 (c) 3.73 2 313 kg (5,100 lbs) 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) 4.8LV8 (c) 3.42 2 722 kg (6,000 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 (c) 3.08 2 903 kg (6,400 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.08 3 221 kg (7,100 lbs) 5 534 kg (12,200 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 037 kg (8,900 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) Pkg — Conventional Trailer 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 3 674 kg (8,100 lbs) 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) Pkg — Fifth-Wheel Trailer Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (95,1)
Driving and Operating 9-95
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 1500 Series 4WD Extended Cab Standard Box (b) 4.8LV8 (c) 3.42 2 495 kg (5,500 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 (c) 3.08 2 767 kg (6,100 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg (c) 3.08 3 084 kg (6,800 lbs) 5 534 kg (12,200 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 4 354 kg (9,600 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) 6.2LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 264 kg (9,400 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Conventional Trailer 6.2LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 037 kg (8,900 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 6.2LV8 NHT Max Trailering 3.73 4 717 kg (10,400 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) Pkg — Conventional Trailer 6.2LV8 NHT Max Trailering 3.73 4 491 kg (9,900 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) Pkg — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 1500 Series 4WD Crew Cab Short Box (c) 4.8LV8 3.42 2 495 kg (5,500 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 3.08 2 722 kg (6,000 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.08 3 039 kg (6,700 lbs) 5 534 kg (12,200 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 4 309 kg (9,500 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (96,1)
9-96 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 6.2LV8 3.42 2 903 kg (6,400 lbs) 5 443 kg (12,000 lbs) 6.2LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.42 4 264 kg (9,400 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) 6.2LV8 NHT Max Trailering Pkg 3.73 4 717 kg (10,400 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 1500 Series 4WD Regular Cab Long Box (b) 4.3LV6 (c) 3.73 2 223 kg (4,900 lbs) 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) 4.8LV8 (c) 3.42 2 631 kg (5,800 lbs) 4 990 kg (11,000 lbs) 5.3LV8 (c) 3.08 2 858 kg (6,300 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg 3.08 3 175 kg (7,000 lbs) 5 534 kg (12,200 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 445 kg (9,800 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Conventional Trailer 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 400 kg (9,700 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 1500 Series 4WD Extended Cab Long Box (b) 5.3LV8 (c) 3.08 2 631 kg (5,800 lbs) 5 216 kg (11,500 lbs) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling Pkg (c) 3.08 2 948 kg (6,500 lbs) 5 534 kg (12,200 lbs) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (97,1)
Driving and Operating 9-97
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 4 218 kg (9,300 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Conventional Trailer 5.3LV8 K5L HD Cooling 3.42 3 629 kg (8,000 lbs) 6 804 kg (15,000 lbs) Pkg — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 2500 Series 2WD Extended Cab Standard Box HD (d) 6.0LV8 3.73 4 445 kg (9,800 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 486 kg (14,300 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 2500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Standard Box HD (d) 6.0LV8 3.73 4 400 kg (9,700 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 441 kg (14,200 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 2500 Series 2WD Regular Cab Long Box HD (d) 6.0LV8 3.73 4 627 kg (10,200 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 Payload Performance — 3.73 4 536 kg (10,000 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) Pkg (UB7) 6.0LV8 — Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 668 kg (14,700 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (98,1)
9-98 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 2500 Series 2WD Extended Cab Long Box HD (d) 6.0LV8 3.73 4 400 kg (9,700 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 441 kg (14,200 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 2500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Long Box HD (d) 6.0LV8 3.73 4 354 kg (9,600 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 396 kg (14,100 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 2500 Series 4WD Extended Cab Standard Box HD (d) 6.0LV8 3.73 4 309 kg (9,500 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 2500 Series 4WD Crew Cab Standard Box HD (d) 6.0LV8 3.73 4 264 kg (9,400 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 305 kg (13,900 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (99,1)
Driving and Operating 9-99
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 2500 Series 4WD Regular Cab Long Box HD (d) 6.0LV8 3.73 4 491 kg (9,900 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 532 kg (14,400 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 2500 Series 4WD Extended Cab Long Box HD (d) 6.0LV8 3.73 4 264 kg (9,400 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 305 kg (13,900 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 2500 Series 4WD Crew Cab Long Box HD (d) 6.0LV8 3.73 4 218 kg (9,300 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 260 kg (13,800 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 3500 Series 2WD Regular Cab (e) 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Conventional Trailer 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 4.10 6 577 kg (14,500 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Fifth-Wheel Trailer Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (100,1)
9-100 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 6.0LV8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 354 kg (9,600 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 4.10 6 396 kg (14,100 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 3500 Series 2WD Extended Cab (e) 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 309 kg (9,500 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Conventional Trailer 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 4.10 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Fifth-Wheel Trailer 6.0LV8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 128kg (9,100 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 4.10 6 169 kg (13,600 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 3500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Standard Box (e) 6.0LV8 3.73 4 309kg (9,500 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 6.0LV8 Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 350 kg (14,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (101,1)
Driving and Operating 9-101
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 3500 Series 2WD Crew Cab Long Box (e) 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 264 kg (9,400 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Conventional Trailer 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 4.10 6 305 kg (13,900 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Fifth-Wheel Trailer 6.0LV8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 082 kg (9,000 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 4.10 6 123 kg (13,500 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 3500 Series 4WD Regular Cab (e) 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 400 kg (9,700 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Conventional Trailer 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 4.10 6 441 kg (14,200 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Fifth-Wheel Trailer 6.0LV8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 218 kg (9,300 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 4.10 6 260 kg (13,800 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (102,1)
9-102 Driving and Operating
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 3500 Series 4WD Extended Cab (e) 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 173 kg (9,200 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Conventional Trailer 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 4.10 6 214 kg (13,700 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Fifth-Wheel Trailer 6.0LV8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 037 kg (8,900 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 4.10 6 078 kg (13,400 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 3500 Series 4WD Crew Cab Standard Box (e) 6.0LV8 3.73 4 173 kg (9,200 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Conventional Trailer 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 6.0LV8 — Fifth-Wheel Trailer 4.10 6 214 kg (13,700 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) 3500 Series 4WD Crew Cab Long Box (e) 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 3.73 4 128 kg (9,100 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 4.10 5 897 kg (13,000 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Conventional Trailer 6.0LV8 (Single Rear Wheels) 4.10 6 169 kg (13,600 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) Fifth-Wheel Trailer Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (103,1)
Driving and Operating 9-103
Vehicle Axle Ratio Maximum Trailer Weight GCWR (a) 6.0LV8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 3.73 3 946 kg (8,700 lbs) 7 257 kg (16,000 lbs) 6.0LV8 (Dual Rear Wheels) 4.10 5 987 kg (13,200 lbs) 9 299 kg (20,500 lbs) (a) The Gross Combination Weight Rating (GCWR) is the total allowable weight of the completely loaded vehicle and trailer including any passengers, cargo, equipment, and conversions. The GCWR for the vehicle should not be exceeded. (b) Fifth-wheel or gooseneck kingpin weight should be15 percent to 25 percent of trailer weight up to 680 kg (1,500 lbs) maximum. (c) This model is neither designed nor intended to tow fifth-wheel or gooseneck trailers. (d) Fifth-wheel or gooseneck kingpin weight should be 15 percent to 25 percent of trailer weight up to 1 361 kg (3,000 lbs) maximum. (e) Fifth-wheel or gooseneck kingpin weight should be 15 percent to 25 percent of trailer weight up to 1 587 kg (3,500 lbs) maximum.
Ask your dealer for trailering Weight of the Trailer Tongue Gross Vehicle Weight (GVW) information or advice, or write us at includes the curb weight of the The tongue load (A) of any trailer is our Customer Assistance Offices. vehicle, any cargo carried in it, and very important because it is also See Customer Assistance Offices the people who will be riding in the part of the vehicle weight. The (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or vehicle as well as trailer tongue Customer Assistance Offices weight. Vehicle options, equipment, (Mexico) on page 13‑5 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (104,1)
9-104 Driving and Operating
passengers and cargo in the vehicle Trailer tongue weight (A) should be 10 to 15 percent and fifth-wheel or reduce the amount of tongue weight gooseneck kingpin weight should be 15 to 25 percent of the loaded trailer the vehicle can carry, which will also weight up to the maximums for vehicle series and hitch type.: reduce the trailer weight the vehicle Maximum Tongue can tow. See “ Vehicle Load Limits” for more information about the Vehicle Series Hitch Type Weight vehicle's maximum load capacity. 1500 Weight Carrying 272 kg (600 lbs) 2500HD/3500 Weight Carrying 453 kg (1,000 lbs) 1500 Weight Distributing 499 kg (1,100 lbs) 2500HD/3500 Weight Distributing 680 kg (1,500 lbs) 1500 Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 680 kg (1,500 lbs) 2500HD Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 1134 kg (2,500 lbs) 3500 Single Rear Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 1 360 kg (3,000 lbs) Wheels 3500 Dual Rear Fifth-Wheel Gooseneck 1 587 kg (3,500 lbs) Wheels
Do not exceed the maximum Trailering may be limited by the allowable tongue weight for the vehicle's ability to carry tongue vehicle. Choose the shortest hitch weight. Tongue or kingpin weight extension that will position the hitch cannot cause the vehicle to exceed ball closest to the vehicle. This will the GVWR (Gross Vehicle Weight help reduce the effect of trailer Rating) or the RGAWR (Rear Gross tongue weight on the rear axle. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (105,1)
Driving and Operating 9-105
Axle Weight Rating). See “Total Weight of the Trailering Larger trailers may require a Weight on the Vehicle's Tires” later Combination weight-distributing hitch that in this section for more information. uses spring bars to distribute It is important that the combination the trailer tongue weight among After loading the trailer, weigh of the tow vehicle and trailer the trailer and then the tongue, the two vehicle and trailer axles. does not exceed any of its weight Fifth-wheel and gooseneck hitches separately, to see if the weights are ratings GCWR, GVWR, RGAWR, — may also be used. See “Weight of proper. If they are not, adjustments Trailer Weight Rating, or Tongue the Trailer Tongue” under Trailer might be made by moving some Weight. The only way to be sure items around in the trailer. Towing on page 9‑89 for rating it is not exceeding any of these limits with various hitch types. Total Weight on the Vehicle's ratings is to weigh the tow vehicle and trailer combination, fully loaded If a step-bumper hitch will be used, Tires for the trip, getting individual the bumper could be damaged in Be sure the vehicle's tires are weights for each of these items. sharp turns. Make sure there inflated to the inflation pressures is ample room when turning to found on the Certification Tire label Towing Equipment avoid contact between the trailer on the drivers door or see Vehicle and the bumper. Load Limits on page 9‑22 for more Hitches Consider using sway controls information. Make sure not to The correct hitch equipment helps with any trailer. Ask a trailering exceed the GVWR limit for the maintain combination control. professional about sway controls or vehicle, or the RGAWR, with the Most small-to-medium trailers can refer to the trailer manufacturer's tow vehicle and trailer fully loaded be towed with a weight-carrying recommendations and instructions. for the trip including the weight of hitch which simply features a the trailer tongue. If using a coupler latched to the hitch ball. weight-distributing hitch, make sure not to exceed the RGAWR before applying the weight distribution spring bars. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (106,1)
9-106 Driving and Operating
Weight‐Distributing Hitch Fifth-Wheel and Gooseneck There should be at least six inches Adjustment Trailering of clearance between the top of the pickup box and the bottom of the Fifth-wheel and gooseneck trailers trailer shelf that extends over can be used with many pickup the box. models. These trailers place a larger percentage of the weight Make sure the hitch is attached to (kingpin weight) on the tow vehicle the tow vehicle frame rails. Do not than conventional trailers. Make use the pickup box for support. sure this weight does not cause the Safety Chains vehicle to exceed GAWR or GVWR. Always attach chains between the Fifth-wheel or gooseneck kingpin vehicle and the trailer. Cross the weight should be 15 to 25 percent of safety chains under the tongue of the trailer weight up to the maximum the trailer to help prevent the tongue amount specified in the trailering from contacting the road if it chart for the vehicle. See Weight of A. Body to Ground Distance “ becomes separated from the hitch. the Trailer under Trailer Towing on ” Instructions about safety chains B. Front of Vehicle page 9 89 for more information. ‑ may be provided by the hitch When using a weight-distributing The hitch should be located in the manufacturer or by the trailer hitch, the spring bars should be pickup bed so that its centerline is manufacturer. If the trailer being adjusted so the distance (A) is the over or slightly in front of the rear towed weighs up to 2 271 kg same after coupling the trailer to the axle. Take care that it is not so far (5,000 lbs) with a factory-installed tow vehicle and adjusting the hitch. forward that it will contact the back step bumper, safety chains may be of the cab in sharp turns. This is attached to the attaching points on especially important for short box the bumper; otherwise, safety pickups. Trailer pin box extensions chains should be attached to holes and sliding fifth-wheel hitch on the trailer hitch platform. Always assemblies can help this condition. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (107,1)
Driving and Operating 9-107
leave just enough slack so the . The trailer's brake system will Notice: Leaving electrical combination can turn. Never allow use less than 0.3 cc (0.02 cubic equipment on for extended safety chains to drag on the ground. inch) of fluid from the vehicle's periods will drain the battery. master cylinder. Otherwise, both Always turn off electrical Trailer Brakes braking systems will not work equipment when not in use A loaded trailer that weighs more well or at all. and do not use equipment that than 900 kg (2,000 lbs) needs to If everything checks out this far, exceeds the maximum amperage have its own brake system that is make the brake tap at the port on rating for the auxiliary battery adequate for the weight of the the master cylinder that sends the provision. trailer. Be sure to read and follow fluid to the rear brakes. Use only Trailer Wiring Harness the instructions for the trailer brakes steel brake tubing to make the tap. so they are installed, adjusted, and The vehicle is equipped with one of maintained properly. Auxiliary Battery the following wiring harnesses for If the vehicle is equipped with The auxiliary battery provision can towing a trailer or hauling a slide-in StabiliTrak, the trailer cannot tap be used to supply electrical power camper. into the vehicle's hydraulic brake to additional equipment that may be Basic Trailer Wiring system. added, such as a slide-in camper. If the vehicle has this provision, this All regular, extended cab and crew The trailer brake system can tap relay will be located on the driver cab pickups have a seven‐wire into the vehicle's hydraulic brake side of the vehicle, next to the trailer towing harness. system only if: underhood electrical center. For vehicles not equipped with . The trailer parts can withstand Be sure to follow the proper heavy duty trailering, the harness 20 650 kPa (3,000 psi) of installation instructions included is secured to the vehicle's frame pressure. with any electrical equipment that behind the spare tire mount. The is installed. harness requires the installation of a trailer connector, which is available through your dealer. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (108,1)
9-108 Driving and Operating
If towing a light‐duty trailer with . Brown: Taillamps the vehicle system voltage and a standard four‐way round pin . White: Ground properly charge the battery. If the connector, an adapter is available trailer is too light for Tow/Haul . from your dealer. Light Green: Back-up Lamps Mode, or the vehicle is not . Red: Battery Feed* equipped with Tow/Haul, turn on Heavy-DutyTrailer Wiring Harness the headlamps as a second way to . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake* Package boost the vehicle system and *The fuses for these two circuits charge the battery. are installed in the underhood electrical center, but the wires are Camper/Fifth-Wheel Trailer Wiring not connected. They should be Package connected by your dealer or a The seven-wire camper harness is qualified service center. The fuse located under the front edge of the and wire for the ITBC is factory pickup box on the driver side of the installed and connected if the vehicle, attached to the frame vehicle is equipped with an ITBC. bracket. A connector must be The fuse for the battery feed is added to the wiring harness which not required if the vehicle has an connects to the camper. auxiliary battery. If the vehicle does The harness contains the following not have an auxiliary battery, have camper/trailer circuits: For vehicles equipped with heavy your dealer or authorized service duty trailering, the harness is center install the required fuse. . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal connected to a bracket on the hitch If charging a remote (non-vehicle) . Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn platform. The seven-wire harness battery, press the Tow/Haul Mode Signal contains the following trailer circuits: button, if equipped, located at the . Brown: Taillamps . Yellow: Left Stop/Turn Signal end of the shift lever. This will boost . White: Ground . Dark Green: Right Stop/Turn Signal Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (109,1)
Driving and Operating 9-109
. Light Green: Back-up Lamps Electric Brake Control Wiring ITBC must be disconnected. Do not . Red: Battery Feed Provisions power both ITBC and aftermarket controllers to control the trailer . Dark Blue: Trailer Brake These wiring provisions are brakes at the same time. included with the vehicle as part of the trailer wiring package. These Tow/Haul Mode provisions are for an electric brake controller. The instrument panel contains blunt cut wires behind the steering column for the trailer brake controller. The harness contains the following wires: . Dark Blue: Brake Signal to Trailer Connector . Red/Black: Battery . Light Blue/White: Brake Switch If the vehicle is equipped with the . White: Ground Heavy-Duty Trailering option, “ ” The harness should be installed by please refer to Heavy-Duty Trailer Pressing this button at the end of “ your dealer or a qualified service Wiring Package earlier in this the shift lever turns on and off the ” center. section. Tow/Haul Mode. If the vehicle is equipped with an When the camper-wiring harness is Integrated Trailer Brake Control ordered without the heavy-duty (ITBC) System, the blunt cuts exist, trailering package, an eight-wire but are not connected further in the harness with a seven-pin connector harness. If an aftermarket trailer is located at the rear of the vehicle brake controller is installed, the and is tied to the vehicle's frame. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (110,1)
9-110 Driving and Operating
. When pulling a heavy trailer Integrated Trailer Brake or a large or heavy load in Control System stop-and-go traffic. . When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load in busy parking lots where improved low This indicator light on the instrument speed control of the vehicle is panel cluster comes on when the desired. Tow/Haul Mode is on. Operating the vehicle in Tow/Haul The vehicle may have an Integrated Tow/Haul is a feature that assists when lightly loaded or with no trailer Trailer Brake Control (ITBC) system when pulling a heavy trailer or a at all will not cause damage. for electric trailer brakes. large or heavy load. See Tow/Haul However, there is no benefit to the Mode on page 9‑46 for more selection of Tow/Haul when the This symbol is located on the Trailer information. vehicle is unloaded. Such a Brake Control Panel on vehicles selection when unloaded may with an Integrated Trailer Brake Tow/Haul is designed to be most result in unpleasant engine and Control system. The power output to effective when the vehicle and transmission driving characteristics the trailer brakes is based on the trailer combined weight is at least and reduced fuel economy. Tow/ amount of brake pressure being 75 percent of the vehicle's Gross Haul is recommended only when applied by the vehicle s brake Combined Weight Rating (GCWR). ’ pulling a heavy trailer or a large or system. This available power output See Weight of the Trailer under “ ” heavy load. to the trailer brakes can be adjusted Trailer Towing on page 9 89. ‑ to a wide range of trailering Tow/Haul is most useful under situations. the following driving conditions: . When pulling a heavy trailer or a large or heavy load through rolling terrain. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (111,1)
Driving and Operating 9-111
The ITBC system is integrated The ITBC system is powered with the vehicle’s brake, antilock through the vehicle's electrical WARNING (Continued) brake, and StabiliTrak (if equipped) system. Turning the ignition off will systems. In trailering conditions that also turn off the ITBC system. The the availability of controllers, cause the vehicle’s antilock brake or ITBC system is fully functional only check with your trailer StabiliTrak systems to activate, when the ignition is in ON or manufacturer or dealer. power sent to the trailer's brakes in RUN. will be automatically adjusted to The ITBC system can only be used When trailering, make sure of the minimize trailer wheel lock-up. This with trailers with electric brakes. following: does not imply that the trailer has StabiliTrak. . The ITBC system is used only { WARNING with trailers that are equipped 2500 and 3500 series vehicles with with electric brakes. StabiliTrak have a Trailer Sway Connecting a trailer that is not . All applicable local and federal Control (TSC) feature. See Trailer compatible with the ITBC system laws and regulations are Sway Control (TSC) on page 9‑116. may result in reduced or complete followed. 2500 and 3500 series vehicles with loss of trailer braking. There StabiliTrak have a Hill Start Assist may be an increase in stopping . All electrical and mechanical (HSA) feature. See Hill Start Assist distance or trailer instability which connections to the trailer are made correctly. (HSA) on page 9‑66. could result in personal injury or damage to the vehicle, trailer, . The trailer s brakes are in proper If the vehicle’s brake, antilock ’ brake, or StabiliTrak systems are or other property. An aftermarket working condition. not functioning properly, the ITBC controller may be available for . The trailer and vehicle are system may not be fully functional use with trailers with surge, air, properly loaded for the towing or may not function at all. Make or electric‐over‐hydraulic trailer condition. sure all of these systems are brake systems. To determine the fully operational to ensure full type of brakes on the trailer and functionality of the ITBC system. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (112,1)
9-112 Driving and Operating
The ITBC system is a column. See Instrument Panel The Trailer Brake Display Page can factory-installed item. Out‐of‐factory (Base/Uplevel Version) on page 1‑2 be displayed by performing any of installation of this system should not or Instrument Panel (Premium the following actions: be attempted. GM is not responsible Version) on page 1 6 for more ‑ . Scrolling through the DIC menu for warranty or performance of the information. The control panel pages using the odometer trip system resulting from out‐of‐factory allows adjustment to the amount of stem or the DIC Vehicle installation. output, referred to as trailer gain, Information button (if equipped). available to the electric trailer Trailer Brake Control Panel brakes and allows manual . Pressing a Trailer Gain application of the trailer brakes. button—If the Trailer Brake The Trailer Brake Control Panel is Display Page is not currently used along with the Trailer Brake displayed, pressing a Trailer Display Page on the DIC to adjust Gain button will first recall the and display power output to the current Trailer Gain setting. After trailer brakes. the Trailer Brake Display Page is displayed, each press and Trailer Brake DIC Display Page release of the gain buttons will The ITBC system displays then cause the Trailer Gain messages on the vehicle’s Driver setting to change. Information Center (DIC). See . Activating the Manual Trailer Driver Information Center (DIC) on Brake Apply lever. page 5‑32 for more information. A. Manual Trailer Brake Apply . Connecting a trailer equipped The display page indicates Trailer Lever with electric trailer brakes. Gain setting, power output to the B. Trailer Gain Adjustment Buttons electric trailer brakes, trailer All DIC warning and service messages must first be The ITBC system has a control connection, and system operational status. acknowledged by the driver by panel located on the instrument pressing the odometer trip stem or panel to the left of the steering Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (113,1)
Driving and Operating 9-113
the DIC Vehicle Information button the amount of vehicle braking . There is a fault present in the (if equipped) before the Trailer present and relative to the Trailer wiring to the electric trailer Brake Display Page can be Gain setting. Output is displayed brakes (a CHECK TRAILER displayed and Trailer Gain can from 0 to 10 bars for each gain WIRING message will also be be adjusted. setting. displayed on the DIC) TRAILER GAIN: This setting is On vehicles with Trailer Sway . There is a fault in the ITBC displayed any time the Trailer Brake Control (TSC) or Hill Start Assist system (a SERVICE TRAILER Display Page is active. This setting (HSA), output to the electric trailer BRAKE SYSTEM message will can be adjusted from 0.0 to 10.0 brakes may be displayed when the also be displayed in the DIC) with either a trailer connected or systems are active. See Trailer Manual Trailer Brake Apply disconnected. To adjust the Trailer Sway Control (TSC) on page 9‑116 Gain, press one of the Trailer Gain and Hill Start Assist (HSA) on The Manual Trailer Brake Apply adjustment buttons located on the page 9‑66. Lever is located on the Trailer Brake Control Panel and is used to apply Trailer Brake Control Panel. Press The Trailer Output will indicate and hold a gain button to cause the the trailer’s electric brakes “------” on the Trailer Brake Trailer Gain to continuously adjust. independent of the vehicle’s brakes. Display Page whenever the This lever is used in the Trailer Gain To turn the output to the trailer off, following occur: adjust the Trailer Gain setting to Adjustment Procedure to properly 0.0 (zero). . No trailer is connected adjust the power output to the trailer brakes. Sliding the lever to the left . A trailer without electric brakes 0.0 (zero) gain is the factory default will apply only the trailer brakes. is connected (no DIC message setting. To properly adjust trailer The power output to the trailer is is displayed) gain, see “Trailer Gain Adjustment indicated in the Trailer Brake Procedure” later in this section. . A trailer with electric brakes Display Page on the DIC. If the TRAILER OUTPUT: This is has become disconnected vehicle’s service brakes are applied displayed any time a trailer with (a CHECK TRAILER WIRING while using the Manual Trailer Brake electric brakes is connected. Output message will also be displayed Apply Lever, the trailer output power to the electric brakes is based on on the DIC) will be the greater of the two. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (114,1)
9-114 Driving and Operating
The trailer's and the vehicle's brake Use the following procedure to . In the Trailer Output display lamps will come on when either correctly adjust Trailer Gain for on the DIC, “------” will vehicle braking or manual trailer each towing condition: disappear if there is no brakes are applied. error present. Connecting a 1. Make sure the trailer brakes are trailer without electric Trailer Gain Adjustment Procedure in proper working condition. brakes will not clear the six Trailer Gain should be set for a 2. Connect a properly loaded dashed lines. specific trailering condition and trailer to the vehicle and make 4. Adjust the Trailer Gain by using must be adjusted any time vehicle all necessary mechanical and the gain adjustment (+ / -) loading, trailer loading, or road electrical connections. See buttons on the Trailer Brake surface conditions change. Vehicle Load Limits on Control Panel. page 9‑22 for more information. Setting the Trailer Gain properly is 5. Drive the vehicle with the trailer needed for the best trailer stopping 3. After the electrical connection is attached on a level road surface performance. A trailer that is made to a trailer equipped with representative of the towing over-gained may result in locked electric brakes: condition and free of traffic at trailer brakes. A trailer that is . A TRAILER CONNECTED about 32 to 40 km/h (20 to under-gained may result in not message will be briefly 25 mph) and fully apply the enough trailer braking. Both of displayed on the DIC. Manual Trailer Brake Apply these conditions may result in Lever. poorer stopping and stability of . The Trailer Brake Display the vehicle and trailer. Page will appear on the Adjusting trailer gain at speeds DIC showing TRAILER lower than 32 to 40 km/h GAIN and TRAILER (20 to 25 mph) may result in OUTPUT. an incorrect gain setting. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (115,1)
Driving and Operating 9-115
6. Adjust the Trailer Gain to just TRAILER CONNECTED: This If the disconnect occurs while below the point of trailer wheel message will be briefly displayed the vehicle is moving, this lock-up, indicated by trailer when a trailer with electric brakes is message will continue until wheel squeal or tire smoke first connected to the vehicle. This the ignition is turned off. This when a trailer wheel locks. message will automatically turn off message will also turn off if Trailer wheel lock-up may not in about 10 seconds. The driver can the driver acknowledges this occur if towing a heavily loaded also acknowledge this message message or if the trailer harness trailer. In this case, adjust the before it automatically turns off. is re-connected. Trailer Gain to the highest CHECK TRAILER WIRING: This 2. There is an electrical fault in allowable setting for the towing message will be displayed if: the wiring to the electric trailer condition. 1. The ITBC system first brakes. This message will 7. Re-adjust Trailer Gain any time determines connection to a continue as long as there is an vehicle loading, trailer loading or trailer with electric brakes and electrical fault in the trailer road surface conditions change then the trailer harness becomes wiring. This message will also or if trailer wheel lock-up is disconnected from the vehicle. turn off if the driver acknowledges this message. noticed at any time while towing. If the disconnect occurs while To determine if the electrical fault is Other ITBC-Related DIC Messages the vehicle is stationary, this message will automatically turn on the vehicle side or trailer side of In addition to displaying TRAILER off in about 30 seconds. This the trailer wiring harness GAIN and TRAILER OUTPUT message will also turn off if connection, do the following: through the DIC, trailer connection the driver acknowledges this 1. Disconnect the trailer wiring and ITBC system status are message or if the trailer harness harness from the vehicle. displayed on the DIC. is re-connected. 2. Turn the ignition off. 3. Wait 10 seconds, then turn the ignition back to RUN. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (116,1)
9-116 Driving and Operating
4. If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING If either the CHECK TRAILER Trailer Sway message re-appears, the WIRING or SERVICE TRAILER electrical fault is on the BRAKE SYSTEM message is Control (TSC) vehicle side. displayed while driving the vehicle, Trailer Sway Control (TSC) power is no longer available to the If the CHECK TRAILER WIRING 2500 and 3500 series vehicles with message only re-appears when trailer brakes. When traffic conditions allow, carefully pull the StabiliTrak have a Trailer Sway connecting the trailer wiring Control (TSC) feature. If the vehicle harness to the vehicle, the vehicle over to the side of the road and turn the ignition off. Check the is towing a trailer and the system electrical fault is on the detects that the trailer is swaying, trailer side. wiring connection to the trailer and turn the ignition back on. If either of the vehicle's brakes are applied SERVICE TRAILER BRAKE these messages continues, either without the driver pressing the brake SYSTEM: This message will be the vehicle or trailer needs service. pedal. If the vehicle is equipped with displayed when there is a problem the Integrated Trailer Brake Control with the ITBC system. If this An authorized GM dealer may (ITBC) system, StabiliTrak may also message persists over multiple be able to diagnose and repair apply the trailer brakes. The TCS/ ignition cycles, there is a problem problems with the trailer. However, StabiliTrak warning light will flash on with the ITBC system. Take the any diagnosis and repair of the the instrument panel cluster to notify vehicle to an authorized GM dealer trailer is not covered under the the driver to reduce speed. If the to have the ITBC system diagnosed vehicle warranty. Please contact trailer continues to sway, StabiliTrak and repaired. your trailer dealer for assistance will reduce engine torque to help with trailer repairs and trailer slow the vehicle. warranty information. Adding non‐dealer accessories can affect the vehicle's performance. See Accessories and Modifications on page 10‑3 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (117,1)
Driving and Operating 9-117
Conversions and Adding a Snow Plow or Some vehicles are built with a special snow plow prep package, Add-Ons Similar Equipment called RPO VYU. If the vehicle has Before installing a snow plow on the this option, you can add a plow to it, Add-On Electrical vehicle, here are some things you provided certain weights, such need to know: as the weights on the vehicle's Equipment axles and the Gross Vehicle Notice: If the vehicle does not Notice: Do not add anything Weight (GVW), are not exceeded. have the snow plow prep electrical to the vehicle unless package, adding a plow can The plow the vehicle can carry you check with your dealer first. damage the vehicle, and the depends on many things, such as: Some electrical equipment can repairs would not be covered by damage the vehicle and the . The options the vehicle came warranty. Unless the vehicle was damage would not be covered with, and the weight of those built to carry a snow plow, do by the vehicle's warranty. Some options. not add one to the vehicle. If the add-on electrical equipment can vehicle has the snow plow prep . The weight and number of keep other components from package, called RPO VYU, then passengers intended to be working as they should. the payload the vehicle can carry carried. Add-on equipment can drain the will be reduced when a snow . The weight of items added vehicle's 12‐volt battery, even if plow is installed. The vehicle can to the vehicle, like a tool box or the vehicle is not operating. be damaged if either the front or truck cap. rear axle ratings or the Gross The vehicle has an airbag system. . The total weight of any Before attempting to add anything Vehicle Weight (GVW) are exceeded. additional cargo intended electrical to the vehicle, see to be carried. Servicing the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑44 and Adding Equipment to the Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on page 3‑45. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (118,1)
9-118 Driving and Operating
Say, for example, you have a 318 kg . Follow the snow plow . The total vehicle must not (700 lb) snow plow. The total weight manufacturer's exceed the GVW rating. of all occupants and cargo inside recommendations regarding Front axle reserve capacity is the the cab should not exceed 135 kg rear ballast. Rear ballast may be difference between the Gross Axle (300 lb). This means that you may required to ensure a proper front Weight Rating (GAWR) and the front only be able to carry one passenger. and rear weight distribution ratio, axle weight of the vehicle with full But, even this may be too much if even though the actual weight at fuel and passengers. Basically, it is there is other equipment already the front axle may be less than the amount of weight that can be adding to the weight of the vehicle. the front axle rating. added to the front axle before Here are some guidelines for safely . The snow plow manufacturer or reaching the front GAWR. carrying a snow plow on the vehicle: installer can assist you in The front axle reserve capacity determining the amount of rear for the vehicle can be found . Make sure the weight on the ballast required, to help make front and rear axles does not in the lower right corner of the sure the snowplow/vehicle Certification/Tire label, as shown. exceed the axle rating for each. combination does not exceed . For the front axle, if more cargo the GVW rating, the front and or passengers must be carried, rear axle ratings, and the front appropriate counter ballast must and rear weight distribution ratio. be installed rear of the rear axle. Counter ballast must be properly secured so it will not move during driving. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (119,1)
Driving and Operating 9-119
In order to calculate the amount of For example, adding a 318 kg weight any front accessory, such as (700 lb) snow plow actually adds a snow plow, is adding to the front more than 318 kg (700 lb) to the axle, use the following formula: front axle. Using the formula, if the snow plow is 122 cm (4 ft) in front of the front axle and the wheel base is 305 cm (10 ft), then: W = 318 kg (700 lb) A = 122 cm (4 ft) W.B. = 305 cm (10 ft) (W x (A + W.B.))/W.B. = (318 x (122 + 305))/305 = 445 kg United States (980 lbs) So, if the front axle reserve capacity is more than 445 kg (980 lbs), the snow plow could be added without exceeding the front GAWR. (W x (A + W.B.)) /W.B.= Weight the accessory is adding to the Heavier equipment can be added on front axle. the front of the vehicle if it is compensated for by carrying fewer Where: passengers, less cargo, or by W = Weight of added accessory positioning cargo toward the rear. A = Distance that the accessory is in front of the front axle W.B. = Vehicle Wheelbase Canada Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (120,1)
9-120 Driving and Operating
This has the effect of reducing the Keep in mind that reserve capacity load on the front. However, the front WARNING (Continued) numbers are intended as a guide GAWR, rear GAWR, and the Gross when selecting the amount of Vehicle Weight Rating (GVWR) must weight may be less than the equipment or cargo the truck can never be exceeded. front GAWR, and the total vehicle carry. If unsure of the vehicle's front, weight is less than the gross rear, or total weight, go to a weigh { WARNING vehicle weight rating (GVWR). station and weigh the vehicle. Your Maintaining a proper front and dealer can also help with this. rear weight distribution ratio is On some vehicles that have The total vehicle reserve necessary to provide proper certain front mounted equipment, capacity for the vehicle can braking performance. such as a snow plow, it may be be found in the lower right corner possible to load the front axle to of the Certification/Tire label as the front gross axle weight rating Total vehicle reserve capacity is the shown previously. (GAWR) but not have enough difference between the GVWR and See your dealer for additional weight on the rear axle to have the weight of the truck with full fuel advice and information about using proper braking performance. and passengers. It is the amount of a snow plow on the vehicle. Also, If the brakes cannot work weight that can be added to the see Vehicle Load Limits on vehicle before reaching the GVWR. properly, you could have a crash. page 9‑22. To help the brakes work properly when a snow plow is installed, always follow the snow plow manufacturer or installer's recommendation for rear ballast to ensure a proper front and rear weight distribution ratio, even though the actual front (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (121,1)
Driving and Operating 9-121
Emergency Roof Lamp Pickup Conversion to Provisions Chassis Cab Vehicles with the RPO VYU snow We are aware that some vehicle plow prep package also have an owners might consider having the emergency roof lamp provision pickup box removed and a package, RPO TRW. Wiring for the commercial or recreational body emergency roof lamp is provided installed. Owners should be aware above the overhead console. See that, as manufactured, there are Auxiliary Roof-Mounted Lamp on differences between a chassis cab page 6‑7 for switch location. and a pickup with the box removed which could affect vehicle safety. The components necessary to adapt a pickup to permit its safe use with a specialized body should be installed by the body builder. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (122,1)
9-122 Driving and Operating
2 NOTES Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
Vehicle Care 10-1
Manual Transmission Park Brake and P (Park) Vehicle Care Fluid ...... 10-19 Mechanism Check ...... 10-40 Hydraulic Clutch ...... 10-19 Wiper Blade Engine Air Cleaner/Filter . . . . 10-20 Replacement ...... 10-40 General Information Cooling System ...... 10-21 Glass Replacement ...... 10-41 General Information ...... 10-2 Engine Coolant ...... 10-22 California Proposition Engine Overheating ...... 10-26 Headlamp Aiming 65 Warning ...... 10-3 Overheated Engine Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-41 California Perchlorate Protection Materials Requirements . . . . 10-3 Bulb Replacement Operating Mode ...... 10-28 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-43 Accessories and Engine Fan ...... 10-28 Modifications ...... 10-3 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-43 Power Steering Fluid ...... 10-29 Headlamps ...... 10-43 Vehicle Checks Washer Fluid ...... 10-29 Pick-Up Box Identification Doing Your Own Brakes ...... 10-30 and Fender Marker Service Work ...... 10-4 Brake Fluid ...... 10-31 Lamps ...... 10-44 Hood ...... 10-5 Battery ...... 10-33 Taillamps (Chassis Cab Engine Compartment Four-Wheel Drive ...... 10-34 Models) ...... 10-44 Overview ...... 10-6 Front Axle ...... 10-35 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Engine Oil ...... 10-8 Rear Axle ...... 10-36 Stoplamps, and Back-Up Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Noise Control System ...... 10-37 Lamps ...... 10-45 Automatic Transmission Starter Switch Check ...... 10-38 Center High-Mounted Fluid (4-Speed Automatic Transmission Shift Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Transmission) ...... 10-13 Lock Control Function Cargo Lamp ...... 10-46 Automatic Transmission Check ...... 10-39 License Plate Lamp ...... 10-46 Fluid (6-Speed Ignition Transmission Lock Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-47 Transmission) ...... 10-16 Check ...... 10-39 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
10-2 Vehicle Care
Electrical System When It Is Time for New General Information Electrical System Tires ...... 10-73 Overload ...... 10-47 Buying New Tires ...... 10-74 For service and parts needs, Fuses and Circuit Different Size Tires and visit your dealer. You will receive Breakers ...... 10-48 Wheels ...... 10-75 genuine GM parts and GM-trained Engine Compartment Fuse Uniform Tire Quality and supported service people. Block ...... 10-48 Grading ...... 10-75 Genuine GM parts have one of Instrument Panel Fuse Wheel Alignment and Tire these marks: Block ...... 10-52 Balance ...... 10-77 Wheel Replacement ...... 10-77 Wheels and Tires Tire Chains ...... 10-78 Tires ...... 10-55 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-79 Tire Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-56 Tire Changing ...... 10-81 Tire Designations ...... 10-59 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-93 Tire Terminology and Definitions ...... 10-60 Jump Starting Tire Pressure ...... 10-63 Jump Starting ...... 10-94 Tire Pressure for High-Speed Operation ...... 10-64 Towing Tire Pressure Monitor Towing the Vehicle ...... 10-99 System ...... 10-65 Recreational Vehicle Tire Pressure Monitor Towing ...... 10-99 Operation ...... 10-66 Appearance Care Tire Inspection ...... 10-69 Exterior Care ...... 10-104 Tire Rotation ...... 10-70 Interior Care ...... 10-108 Dual Tire Rotation ...... 10-72 Floor Mats ...... 10-111 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
Vehicle Care 10-3
California Proposition Accessories and GM Accessories are designed to complement and function with other 65 Warning Modifications systems on the vehicle. Your GM Most motor vehicles, including this Adding non‐dealer accessories or dealer can accessorize the vehicle one, contain and/or emit chemicals making modifications to the vehicle using genuine GM Accessories. known to the State of California to can affect vehicle performance and When you go to your GM dealer cause cancer and birth defects or safety, including such things as and ask for GM Accessories, you other reproductive harm. Engine airbags, braking, stability, ride will know that GM-trained and exhaust, many parts and systems, and handling, emissions systems, supported service technicians will many fluids, and some component aerodynamics, durability, and perform the work using genuine wear by-products contain and/or electronic systems like antilock GM Accessories. emit these chemicals. brakes, traction control, and stability Also, see Adding Equipment to the control. These accessories or Airbag-Equipped Vehicle on modifications could even cause California Perchlorate page 3‑45. Materials Requirements malfunction or damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Certain types of automotive Damage to vehicle components applications, such as airbag resulting from modifications or the initiators, seat belt pretensioners, installation or use of non GM and lithium batteries contained in ‐ certified parts, including control Remote Keyless Entry transmitters, module or software modifications, may contain perchlorate materials. is not covered under the terms of Special handling may be necessary. the vehicle warranty and may affect For additional information, see remaining warranty coverage for www.dtsc.ca.gov/hazardouswaste/ affected parts. perchlorate. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
10-4 Vehicle Care
Vehicle Checks This vehicle has an airbag system. WARNING (Continued) Before attempting to do your own Doing Your Own service work, see Airbag System . Be sure to use the proper Check on page 3‑46. Service Work nuts, bolts, and other Keep a record with all parts receipts If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the fasteners. Metric and and list the mileage and the date of hybrid supplement for more English fasteners can any service work performed. See information. be easily confused. If the Maintenance Records on wrong fasteners are used, page 11‑12. { WARNING parts can later break or fall off. You could be hurt. You can be injured and the vehicle could be damaged if you If doing some of your own service try to do service work on a vehicle work, use the proper service without knowing enough about it. manual. It tells you much more . Be sure you have sufficient about how to service the vehicle knowledge, experience, than this manual can. To order the the proper replacement proper service manual, see Service parts, and tools before Publications Ordering Information attempting any vehicle on page 13‑14. maintenance task. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
Vehicle Care 10-5
Hood 3. Push the secondary hood release to the right. To open the hood: 4. Lift the hood. Before closing the hood, be sure all the filler caps are on properly. Then bring the hood from full open to within 152 mm (6 in) from the closed position, pause, and push the front center of the 1. Pull the handle with this symbol hood with a swift, firm motion to on it. It is located inside the fully close the hood. vehicle to the left of the brake pedal. 2. Go to the front of the vehicle and locate the secondary hood release. This is located under the hood, near the center of the grille. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
10-6 Vehicle Care
Engine Compartment Overview
5.3 L V8 Engine Shown (4.3 L V6 Engine, 4.8 L V6 Engine, 6.0 L V8 Engine, and 6.2 L V8 Engine Similar) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)
Vehicle Care 10-7
A. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on G. Engine Oil Fill Cap. See “When L. Engine Compartment Fuse page 10‑20. to Add Engine Oil” under Block on page 10‑48. B. Coolant Surge Tank and Engine Oil on page 10‑8. M. Windshield Washer Fluid Pressure Cap. See Cooling H. Engine Oil Dipstick (Out of Reservoir. See “Adding Washer System on page 10‑21. View). See “Checking Engine Fluid” under Washer Fluid on C. Positive (+) Terminal. See Jump Oil” under Engine Oil on page 10‑29. page 10 8. Starting on page 10‑94. ‑ If the vehicle has a diesel engine I. Engine Cooling Fan (Out of and/or an Allison Transmission, see D. Battery on page 10‑33. View). See Cooling System on the Duramax Diesel Supplement. E. Remote Negative (−) Terminal page 10‑21. (Out of View). See Jump J. Power Steering Fluid Reservoir. Starting on page 10‑94. See Power Steering Fluid on F. Automatic Transmission page 10‑29. Dipstick (Out of View). See K. Brake Master Cylinder “Checking the Fluid Level” under Automatic Transmission Reservoir. See Brake Fluid on Fluid (4-Speed Transmission) page 10‑31. on page 10‑13 or Automatic Transmission Fluid (6-Speed Transmission) on page 10‑16. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)
10-8 Vehicle Care
Engine Oil . Change the engine oil at the Obtaining an accurate oil level appropriate time. See Engine Oil reading is essential: For diesel engine vehicles, see Life System on page 10‑12. Engine Oil in the Duramax Diesel 1. If the engine has been running “ ” . Always dispose of engine oil Supplement. recently, turn off the engine and properly. See “What to Do with allow several minutes for the oil To ensure proper engine Used Oil” in this section. to drain back into the oil pan. performance and long life, careful Checking Engine Oil Checking the oil level too soon attention must be paid to engine oil. after engine shutoff will not Following these simple, but It is a good idea to check the engine provide an accurate oil level important steps will help protect oil level at each fuel fill. In order to reading. your investment: get an accurate reading, the vehicle must be on level ground. The 2. Pull out the dipstick and clean it . Always use engine oil approved with a paper towel or cloth, then to the proper specification and of engine oil dipstick handle is a yellow loop. See Engine Compartment push it back in all the way. the proper viscosity grade. See Remove it again, keeping the Overview on page 10‑6 for the “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” tip down, and check the level. in this section. location of the engine oil dipstick. . Check the engine oil level regularly and maintain the proper oil level. See “Checking Engine Oil” and “When to Add Engine Oil” in this section. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)
Vehicle Care 10-9
When to Add Engine Oil Notice: Do not add too much oil. See Engine Compartment Overview Oil levels above or below the on page 10‑6 for the location of the acceptable operating range engine oil fill cap. shown on the dipstick are harmful Add enough oil to put the level to the engine. If you find that somewhere in the proper operating you have an oil level above the range. Push the dipstick all the way operating range, i.e., the engine back in when through. has so much oil that the oil level gets above the cross-hatched If the oil is below the cross-hatched area that shows the proper area at the tip of the dipstick, add operating range, the engine could 1 L (1 qt) of the recommended oil be damaged. You should drain and then recheck the level. See out the excess oil or limit driving “Selecting the Right Engine Oil” in of the vehicle and seek a service this section for an explanation of professional to remove the what kind of oil to use. For engine excess amount of oil. oil crankcase capacity, see Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)
10-10 Vehicle Care
Selecting the Right Engine Oil Notice: Use only engine oil Use of Substitute Engine Oils if that is approved to the dexos dexos is unavailable: In the event Selecting the right engine oil specification or an equivalent that dexos approved engine oil is depends on both the proper oil ‐ engine oil of the appropriate not available at an oil change or for specification and viscosity grade: viscosity grade. Engine oils maintaining proper oil level, you Specification approved to the dexos may use substitute engine oil specification will show the dexos displaying the API Starburst symbol Use and ask for engine oils with the symbol on the container. Failure and of SAE 5W-30 viscosity grade. dexos certification mark. Oils ™ to use the recommended engine Use of oils that do not meet the meeting the requirements of the oil or equivalent can result in dexos specification, however, may vehicle should have the dexos engine damage not covered by result in reduced performance under certification mark on the container. the vehicle warranty. If you certain circumstances. This certification mark indicates that are unsure whether the oil is the oil has been approved to the approved to the dexos Viscosity Grade dexos specification. specification, ask your SAE 5W-30 is the best viscosity service provider. grade for the vehicle. Do not use other viscosity oils such as SAE 10W‐30, 10W‐40, or 20W-50.
This vehicle was filled at the factory with dexos‐approved engine oil. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)
Vehicle Care 10-11
(−20°F), an SAE 0W-30 oil should What to Do with Used Oil be used. An oil of this viscosity Used engine oil contains certain grade will provide easier cold elements that can be unhealthy for starting for the engine at extremely your skin and could even cause low temperatures. When selecting cancer. Do not let used oil stay on an oil of the appropriate viscosity your skin for very long. Clean your grade, be sure to always select skin and nails with soap and water, an oil that meets the required or a good hand cleaner. Wash or specification, dexos. See properly dispose of clothing or rags Specification earlier in this “ ” containing used engine oil. See the section for more information. manufacturer's warnings about the Engine Oil Additives/Engine use and disposal of oil products. Oil Flushes Used oil can be a threat to the Do not add anything to the oil. The environment. If you change your recommended oils with the dexos own oil, be sure to drain all the oil specification and displaying the from the filter before disposal. Never dexos certification mark are all that dispose of oil by putting it in the is needed for good performance and trash or pouring it on the ground, engine protection. into sewers, or into streams or bodies of water. Recycle it by taking Engine oil system flushes are not it to a place that collects used oil. recommended and could cause engine damage not covered by the vehicle warranty. Cold Temperature Operation: In an area of extreme cold, where the temperature falls below −29°C Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)
10-12 Vehicle Care
Engine Oil Life System might indicate that an oil change How to Reset the Engine Oil is not necessary for up to a year. Life System When to Change Engine Oil The engine oil and filter must be Reset the system whenever the This vehicle has a computer system changed at least once a year and, at this time, the system must be engine oil is changed so that the that indicates when to change the system can calculate the next engine oil and filter. This is based reset. For vehicles without the CHANGE ENGINE OIL SOON engine oil change. Always reset the on a combination of factors which engine oil life to 100% after every oil include engine revolutions, engine message, an oil change is needed when the OIL LIFE change. It will not reset itself. To temperature, and miles driven. reset the system on most vehicles: Based on driving conditions, the REMAINING percentage is near mileage at which an oil change is 0%. Your dealer has trained service 1. Display the OIL LIFE indicated can vary considerably. For people who will perform this work REMAINING on the DIC. If the the oil life system to work properly, and reset the system. It is also vehicle does not have DIC the system must be reset every time important to check the oil regularly buttons, the vehicle must be in the oil is changed. over the course of an oil drain P (Park) to access this display. interval and keep it at the proper See Driver Information Center On some vehicles, when the system level. (DIC) on page 5‑32. has calculated that oil life has been diminished, a CHANGE ENGINE If the system is ever reset 2. Press and hold the SET/RESET OIL SOON message comes on to accidentally, the oil must be button on the DIC, or the trip indicate that an oil change is changed at 5 000 km (3,000 mi) odometer reset stem if the necessary. See Engine Oil since the last oil change. vehicle does not have DIC Remember to reset the oil Messages on page 5‑44. Change buttons, for more than the oil as soon as possible within life system whenever the oil is five seconds. The oil life the next 1 000 km (600 mi). It is changed. will change to 100%. possible that, if driving under the best conditions, the oil life system Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)
Vehicle Care 10-13
On all vehicles, the Engine Oil Life Automatic Transmission Notice: Too much or too System can be reset as follows: little fluid can damage the Fluid (4-Speed transmission. Too much can 1. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with Transmission) the engine off. mean that some of the fluid could come out and fall on hot engine 2. Fully press the accelerator When to Check and Change parts or exhaust system parts, pedal slowly three times within Automatic Transmission Fluid starting a fire. Too little fluid five seconds. A good time to check the automatic could cause the transmission to 3. Display the OIL LIFE transmission fluid level is when the overheat. Be sure to get an REMAINING on the DIC. If the engine oil is changed. accurate reading if checking the transmission fluid. display shows 100%, the system Change the fluid and filter at the is reset. See Driver Information intervals listed in Scheduled Wait at least 30 minutes before Center (DIC) on page 5‑32. Maintenance on page 11‑2 and be checking the transmission fluid level If the vehicle has a CHANGE sure to use the transmission fluid if you have been driving: ENGINE OIL SOON message and listed in Recommended Fluids and . When outside temperatures are it comes back on when the vehicle Lubricants on page 11‑8. above 32°C (90°F). is started and/or the OIL LIFE How to Check Automatic . REMAINING is near 0%, the engine At high speed for quite a while. Transmission Fluid oil life system has not been reset. . In heavy traffic — especially in Repeat the procedure. Because this operation can be a hot weather. little difficult, it may be best to have . While pulling a trailer. this done at the dealer service department. To get the right reading, the fluid should be at normal operating If not taken to the dealer, be sure to temperature, which is 82°C to 93°C follow all the instructions here or a (180°F to 200°F). false reading on the dipstick could result. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)
10-14 Vehicle Care
Get the vehicle warmed up by Checking the Fluid Level Then, without shutting off the driving about 24 km (15 miles) when Prepare the vehicle as follows: engine, follow these steps: outside temperatures are above 10°C (50°F). If it is colder than 10°C 1. Park the vehicle on a level (50°F), drive the vehicle in 3 (Third) place. Keep the engine running. until the engine temperature gauge 2. With the parking brake applied, moves and then remains steady for place the shift lever in P (Park). 10 minutes. 3. With your foot on the brake A cold fluid check can be made pedal, move the shift lever after the vehicle has been sitting for 1. Locate the transmission dipstick through each gear range, handle with this graphic which is eight hours or more with the engine pausing for about three seconds off, but this is used only as a located at the rear of the engine in each range. Then, position compartment, on the passenger reference. Let the engine run the shift lever in P (Park). at idle for five minutes if outside side of the vehicle. temperatures are 10°C (50°F) or 4. Let the engine run at idle for See Engine Compartment three minutes or more. more. If it is colder than 10°C Overview on page 10‑6 for more (50°F), the engine may have to idle information on location. longer. Should the fluid level be low 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out during this cold check, the fluid must the dipstick and wipe it with a be checked when hot before adding clean rag or paper towel. fluid. Checking the fluid hot will give you a more accurate reading of the 3. Push it back in all the way, wait fluid level. three seconds and then pull it back out again. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)
Vehicle Care 10-15
Consistency of Readings Notice: Use of the incorrect Always check the fluid level at least automatic transmission fluid may twice using the procedure described damage the vehicle, and the previously. Consistency (repeatable damages may not be covered by readings) is important to maintaining the vehicle warranty. Always use proper fluid level. If readings are still the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids 4. Check both sides of the dipstick, inconsistent, contact the dealer. and Lubricants on page 11‑8. and read the lower level. The How to Add Automatic fluid level must be in the COLD . After adding fluid, recheck the area, below the cross-hatched Transmission Fluid fluid level as described under area, for a cold check or in the Refer to Recommended Fluids “How to Check Automatic HOT or cross-hatched area for a and Lubricants on page 11‑8 to Transmission Fluid,” earlier in hot check. Be sure to keep the determine what kind of transmission this section. dipstick pointed down to get an fluid to use. . When the correct fluid level is accurate reading. Using a funnel, add fluid down the obtained, push the dipstick back 5. If the fluid level is in the transmission dipstick tube only in all the way; then flip the acceptable range, push the after checking the transmission handle down to lock the dipstick dipstick back in all the way; then fluid while it is hot. A cold check in place. flip the handle down to lock the is used only as a reference. If the dipstick in place. fluid level is low, add only enough of the proper fluid to bring the level up to the HOT area for a hot check. It does not take much fluid, generally less than 0.5 Liter (1 Pint). Do not overfill. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)
10-16 Vehicle Care
Automatic Transmission Change the fluid and filter at the Before checking the fluid level, scheduled maintenance intervals prepare the vehicle as follows: Fluid (6-Speed listed in Scheduled Maintenance on Transmission) 1. Start the engine and park the page 11‑2. Be sure to use the vehicle on a level surface. Keep transmission fluid listed in the engine running. When to Check and Change Recommended Fluids and Automatic Transmission Fluid Lubricants on page 11‑8. 2. Apply the parking brake and place the shift lever in P (Park). It is usually not necessary to How to Check Automatic check the transmission fluid level. Transmission Fluid 3. With your foot on the brake The only reason for fluid loss is a pedal, move the shift lever transmission leak or overheated Notice: Too much or too through each gear range, transmission. If a small leak is little fluid can damage the pausing for about three seconds suspected, then use the following transmission. Too much can in each range. Then, move the checking procedures to check the mean that some of the fluid could shift lever back to P (Park). fluid level. However, if there is a come out and fall on hot engine 4. Allow the engine to idle large leak, then it may be necessary parts or exhaust system parts, (500 800 rpm) for at least to have the vehicle towed to a starting a fire. Too little fluid – 1 minute. Slowly release the dealer service department and have could cause the transmission to brake pedal. it repaired before driving the vehicle overheat. Be sure to get an further. accurate reading if checking the 5. Keep the engine running and Notice: Use of the incorrect transmission fluid. press the Trip/Fuel button or automatic transmission fluid trip odometer reset stem until may damage the vehicle, and the TRANS TEMP (Transmission damages may not be covered by Temperature) displays on the the vehicle warranty. Always use Driver Information Center (DIC). the automatic transmission fluid listed in Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑8. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)
Vehicle Care 10-17
6. Using the TRANS TEMP reading, determine and perform the appropriate check procedure. If the TRANS TEMP reading is not within the required temperature ranges, allow the vehicle to cool, or operate the 1. Locate the transmission vehicle until the appropriate dipstick at the rear of the 5. If the fluid level is below the transmission fluid temperature is engine compartment, on the COLD check band, add only reached. passenger side of the vehicle. enough fluid as necessary to bring the level into the COLD Cold Check Procedure See Engine Compartment band. It does not take much Overview on page 10 6 for Use this procedure only as a ‑ fluid, generally less than 0.5 Liter more information. reference to determine if the (1 Pint). Do not overfill. transmission has enough fluid to be 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out 6. Perform a hot check at operated safely until a hot check the dipstick and wipe it with a the first opportunity after the procedure can be made. The hot clean rag or paper towel. transmission reaches a normal check procedure is the most 3. Install the dipstick by pushing operating temperature between accurate method to check the it back in all the way; wait 71°C to 93°C (160°F to 200°F). fluid level. Perform the hot check three seconds, and then pull it 7. If the fluid level is in the procedure at the first opportunity. back out again. acceptable range, push the Use this cold check procedure to dipstick back in all the way, then check fluid level when the 4. Check both sides of the dipstick flip the handle down to lock the transmission temperature is and read the lower level. Repeat dipstick in place. between 27°C and 32°C the check procedure to verify the (80°F and 90°F). reading. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)
10-18 Vehicle Care
Hot Check Procedure See Engine Compartment between 71°C and 93°C Use this procedure to check Overview on page 10‑6 for more (160°F and 200°F), add or the transmission fluid level when information. drain fluid as necessary to bring the transmission fluid temperature 2. Flip the handle up, then pull out the level into the HOT band. is between 71°C and 93°C the dipstick and wipe it with a If the fluid level is low, add only (160°F and 200°F). clean rag or paper towel. enough fluid to bring the level into the HOT band. It does not The hot check is the most accurate 3. Install the dipstick by pushing take much fluid, generally less method to check the fluid level. The it back in all the way; wait than 0.5 L (1 pint). Do not hot check should be performed at three seconds, and then pull overfill. the first opportunity in order to verify it back out again. the cold check. The fluid level rises 6. If the fluid level is in the 4. Check both sides of the dipstick acceptable range, push the as fluid temperature increases, and read the lower level. Repeat so it is important to ensure the dipstick back in all the way, then the check procedure to verify the flip the handle down to lock the transmission temperature is within reading. range. dipstick in place. Consistency of Readings Always check the fluid level at least twice using the procedure described previously. Consistency (repeatable readings) is important to maintaining proper fluid level. If readings are still 1. Locate the transmission dipstick 5. Safe operating level is within the inconsistent, contact the dealer. at the rear of the engine HOT cross hatch band on the compartment, on the passenger dipstick. If the fluid level is not side of the vehicle. within the HOT band, and the transmission temperature is Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (19,1)
Vehicle Care 10-19
Manual Transmission When to Check and What How to Check and Add Fluid Fluid to Use Visually check the brake/clutch fluid reservoir to make sure the fluid It is not necessary to check the level is at the MIN (minimum) line manual transmission fluid level. on the side of the reservoir. The A transmission fluid leak is the brake/hydraulic clutch fluid system only reason for fluid loss. If a leak should be closed and sealed. occurs, take the vehicle to your dealer service department and Do not remove the cap to check have it repaired as soon as the fluid level or to top‐off the fluid The brake/hydraulic clutch fluid possible. See Recommended level. Remove the cap only when reservoir cap has this symbol on it. Fluids and Lubricants on page 11 8 necessary to add the proper fluid ‑ The common hydraulic clutch and for the proper fluid to use. until the level reaches the MIN line. brake master cylinder fluid reservoir is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid as Hydraulic Clutch indicated on the reservoir cap. See It is not necessary to regularly Engine Compartment Overview on check brake/clutch fluid unless you page 10‑6 for reservoir location. suspect there is a leak in the system. Adding fluid will not correct a leak. A fluid loss in this system could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected and repaired. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (20,1)
10-20 Vehicle Care
Engine Air Cleaner/Filter When to Inspect the Engine Air How to Inspect the Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Cleaner/Filter If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see “Pickup Models” under “Engine Inspect the air cleaner/filter at the To inspect the air cleaner/filter, Air Cleaner/Filter” in the Duramax® scheduled maintenance intervals remove the engine air cleaner/filter Diesel Supplement for the correct and replace it at the first oil change from the vehicle by following inspection and replacement after each 80 000 km (50,000 mi) Steps 1 through 6. When the engine procedures. interval. See Scheduled air cleaner/filter is removed, lightly Maintenance on page 11 2 for more shake it to release loose dust and See Engine Compartment Overview ‑ information. If driving on dusty/dirty dirt. If the engine air cleaner/filter on page 10 6 for the location of the ‑ conditions, inspect the filter at each remains covered with dirt, a new engine air cleaner/filter. engine oil change. filter is required. Never use compressed air to clean the filter. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (21,1)
Vehicle Care 10-21
Replacing the Engine 5. Inspect or replace the engine air Air Cleaner/Filter cleaner/filter. 6. Reinstall the cover and tighten the screws.
{ WARNING
Operating the engine with the air cleaner/filter off can cause you or others to be burned. The air cleaner not only cleans the air; it helps to stop flames if the engine 3. Remove the engine air cleaner/ backfires. Use caution when filter from the housing. Take care working on the engine and do not to dislodge as little dirt as drive with the air cleaner/filter off. 1. Locate the air cleaner/filter possible. assembly. See Engine Compartment Overview on 4. Clean the engine air cleaner/ Cooling System page 10‑6. filter sealing surfaces and the housing. If the vehicle has the Duramax® 2. Loosen the four screws on the diesel engine, see the Duramax cover of the housing and lift up diesel supplement for more the cover. information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (22,1)
10-22 Vehicle Care
The cooling system allows the Notice: Using coolant other than engine to maintain the correct { WARNING DEX-COOL® can cause premature working temperature. engine, heater core, or radiator An electric engine cooling fan can corrosion. In addition, the engine start even when the engine is not coolant could require changing running. To avoid injury, always sooner, at 50 000 km (30,000 mi) keep hands, clothing, and tools or 24 months, whichever occurs away from any engine first. Any repairs would not be cooling fan. covered by the vehicle warranty. Always use DEX-COOL (silicate-free) coolant in the vehicle. { WARNING
Heater and radiator hoses, and Engine Coolant other engine parts, can be very The cooling system in the vehicle is 5.3 L V8 Engine Shown hot. Do not touch them. If you do, filled with DEX-COOL® engine (4.3 L V6 Engine, 4.8 L V6 Engine, you can be burned. coolant. This coolant is designed to 6.0 L V8 Engine, and Do not run the engine if there remain in the vehicle for 5 years or 240 000 km (150,000 mi), whichever 6.2 L V8 Engine Similar) is a leak. If you run the engine, it occurs first. A. Coolant Surge Tank could lose all coolant. That could cause an engine fire, and you The following explains the cooling B. Coolant Surge Tank could be burned. Get any leak system and how to check and add Pressure Cap fixed before you drive the vehicle. coolant when it is low. If there is a C. Engine Cooling Fan problem with engine overheating, see Engine Overheating on page 10‑26. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (23,1)
Vehicle Care 10-23
What to Use Use a 50/50 mixture of clean, Notice: If extra inhibitors and/or drinkable water and DEX-COOL additives are used in the vehicle { WARNING coolant. If using this mixture, cooling system, the vehicle could nothing else needs to be added. be damaged. Use only the proper Adding only plain water or some This mixture: mixture of the engine coolant listed in this manual for the other liquid to the cooling system . Gives freezing protection down can be dangerous. Plain water to −37°C (−34°F), outside cooling system. See and other liquids, can boil before temperature Recommended Fluids and the proper coolant mixture will. Lubricants on page 11‑8 for . Gives boiling protection up to more information. The coolant warning system is set 129°C (265°F), engine for the proper coolant mixture. temperature Never dispose of engine coolant With plain water or the wrong by putting it in the trash, pouring mixture, the engine could get too . Protects against rust and it on the ground, or into sewers, hot but you would not get the corrosion streams, or bodies of water. overheat warning. The engine . Will not damage aluminum parts Have the coolant changed by an could catch fire and you or authorized service center, familiar . Helps keep the proper engine with legal requirements regarding others could be burned. Use a temperature 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable used coolant disposal. This will help protect the environment and your water and DEX-COOL coolant. Notice: If an improper coolant mixture is used, the engine could health. overheat and be badly damaged. Checking Coolant The repair cost would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. The coolant surge tank is located in Too much water in the mixture the engine compartment on the can freeze and crack the engine, passenger side of the vehicle. See radiator, heater core, and other Engine Compartment Overview on parts. page 10‑6 for more information on location. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (24,1)
10-24 Vehicle Care
The vehicle must be on a level surface when checking the coolant { WARNING level. You can be burned if you spill Check to see if coolant is visible in coolant on hot engine parts. the coolant surge tank. If the coolant Coolant contains ethylene glycol inside the coolant surge tank is and it will burn if the engine parts boiling, do not do anything else until are hot enough. Do not spill it cools down. If coolant is visible coolant on a hot engine. but the coolant level is not at or above the FULL COLD mark, add a 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable Notice: This vehicle has a water and DEX-COOL coolant at the specific coolant fill procedure. coolant surge tank, but be sure the The coolant level should be at or Failure to follow this procedure cooling system is cool before this above the FULL COLD mark. If it is could cause the engine to is done. not, there may be a leak in the overheat and be severely cooling system. damaged.
How to Add Coolant to the { WARNING Coolant Surge Tank for Gasoline Engines An electric engine cooling fan If the vehicle has a diesel engine, under the hood can start up even see “Cooling System” in the when the engine is not running Duramax Diesel Supplement for and can cause injury. Keep the proper coolant fill procedure. hands, clothing, and tools away from any underhood electric fan. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (25,1)
Vehicle Care 10-25
If no coolant is visible in the surge { WARNING tank, add coolant as follows: Steam and scalding liquids from a hot cooling system can blow out and burn you badly. They are under pressure, and if you turn the coolant surge tank pressure cap — even a little — they can come out at high speed. Never 1. Remove the coolant surge tank turn the cap when the cooling pressure cap when the cooling system, including the coolant system, including the coolant surge tank pressure cap, is hot. surge tank pressure cap and 3. Fill the coolant surge tank with Wait for the cooling system and upper radiator hose, is no the proper mixture to the FULL longer hot. coolant surge tank pressure cap COLD mark. to cool if you ever have to turn Turn the pressure cap slowly 4. With the coolant surge tank the pressure cap. counterclockwise about one full pressure cap off, start the turn. If a hiss is heard, wait for engine and let it run until the that to stop. A hiss means there engine coolant temperature is still some pressure left. gauge indicates approximately 2. Keep turning the pressure cap 90°C (195°F). slowly, and remove it. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (26,1)
10-26 Vehicle Care
By this time, the coolant level The vehicle has several indicators Then check to see if the engine inside the coolant surge tank to warn of engine overheating. cooling fans are running. If the may be lower. If the level is There is a coolant temperature engine is overheating, both fans lower, add more of the proper gauge on the vehicle's instrument should be running. If they are not, mixture to the coolant surge tank panel. See Engine Coolant do not continue to run the engine until the level reaches the FULL and have the vehicle serviced. Temperature Gauge on page 5‑18. COLD mark. In addition, there are ENGINE Notice: Engine damage from 5. Replace the pressure cap. OVERHEATED STOP ENGINE, running your engine without Be sure the pressure cap is ENGINE OVERHEATED IDLE coolant is not covered by the hand-tight and fully seated. ENGINE, and ENGINE POWER IS vehicle warranty. See Overheated 6. Verify coolant level after the REDUCED messages in the Driver Engine Protection Operating engine is shut off and the Information Center (DIC) on the Mode for information on driving coolant is cold. If necessary, instrument panel. See Engine to a safe place in an emergency. repeat coolant fill procedure Cooling System Messages on Notice: If the engine catches fire Steps 1 through 6. page 5‑43 and Engine Power while driving with no coolant, the Notice: If the pressure cap is Messages on page 5‑45. vehicle can be badly damaged. not tightly installed, coolant loss If the decision is made not to lift the The costly repairs would not be and possible engine damage may hood when this warning appears, covered by the vehicle warranty. occur. Be sure the cap is properly get service help right away. See See Overheated Engine and tightly secured. Roadside Assistance Program Protection Operating Mode on page 10 28 for information on (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or ‑ Roadside Assistance Program driving to a safe place in an Engine Overheating emergency. (Mexico) on page 13‑9. If the vehicle has the Duramax® Diesel engine, see the Duramax If the decision is made to lift the Diesel Supplement for more hood, make sure the vehicle is information. parked on a level surface. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (27,1)
Vehicle Care 10-27
If Steam is Coming from the . Idles for long periods in traffic Engine Compartment WARNING (Continued) . Tows a trailer; see Trailer Towing See Overheated Engine on page 9‑89. { WARNING Protection Operating Mode on If the ENGINE OVERHEATED page 10‑28 for information on STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE Steam from an overheated engine driving to a safe place in an OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE can burn you badly, even if you emergency. message appears with no sign of just open the hood. Stay away steam, try this for a minute or so: from the engine if you see or hear 1. Turn the air conditioning off. steam coming from it. Turn it off If No Steam is Coming from and get everyone away from the the Engine Compartment 2. Turn the heater on to the highest temperature and to the highest vehicle until it cools down. Wait The ENGINE OVERHEATED fan speed. Open the windows as until there is no sign of steam or STOP ENGINE or the ENGINE necessary. coolant before you open OVERHEATED IDLE ENGINE the hood. message, along with a low coolant 3. If stopped in a traffic jam, apply If you keep driving when the condition, can indicate a serious the brake, shift to N (Neutral); vehicles engine is overheated, problem. otherwise, shift to the highest gear while driving D (Drive) or the liquids in it can catch fire. You If there is an engine overheat — 3 (Third). or others could be badly burned. warning, but no steam is seen or Stop the engine if it overheats, heard, the problem may not be too If the temperature overheat gauge and get out of the vehicle until the serious. Sometimes the engine can is no longer in the overheat zone engine is cool. get a little too hot when the vehicle: or an overheat warning no longer displays, the vehicle can be driven. (Continued) . Climbs a long hill on a hot day . Stops after high-speed driving Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (28,1)
10-28 Vehicle Care
Continue to drive the vehicle slowly In this mode, a loss in power and improves fuel economy and reduces for about 10 minutes. Keep a safe engine performance will be noticed. fan noise. Under heavy vehicle vehicle distance from the vehicle in This operating mode allows the loading, trailer towing, and/or high front. If the warning does not come vehicle to be driven to a safe outside temperatures, the fan speed back on, continue to drive normally. place in an emergency. Driving increases as the clutch more fully If the warning continues, pull extended km (mi) and/or towing a engages, so an increase in fan over, stop, and park the vehicle trailer in the overheat protection noise may be heard. This is normal right away. mode should be avoided. and should not be mistaken as the Notice: After driving in the transmission slipping or making If there is no sign of steam, idle extra shifts. It is merely the cooling the engine for five minutes while overheated engine protection operating mode, to avoid engine system functioning properly. The fan parked. If the warning is still will slow down when additional displayed, turn off the engine until it damage, allow the engine to cool before attempting any repair. cooling is not required and the cools down. Also, see “Overheated The engine oil will be severely clutch disengages. Engine Protection Operating Mode” later in this section. degraded. Repair the cause of This fan noise may also be heard coolant loss, change the oil and when starting the engine. It will go Overheated Engine reset the oil life system. See away as the fan clutch partially Engine Oil on page 10‑8. disengages. Protection If the vehicle has electric cooling Operating Mode Engine Fan fans, the fans may be heard If an overheated engine condition If the vehicle has a clutched engine spinning at low speed during most exists and the ENGINE POWER IS cooling fan, when the clutch is everyday driving. The fans may REDUCED message displays, an engaged, the fan spins faster to turn off if no cooling is required. overheat protection mode which provide more air to cool the engine. Under heavy vehicle loading, trailer alternates firing groups of cylinders In most everyday driving conditions, towing, high outside temperatures, helps to prevent engine damage. the fan is spinning slower and the or operation of the air conditioning clutch is not fully engaged. This system, the fans may change to high speed and an increase in fan Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (29,1)
Vehicle Care 10-29
noise may be heard. This is normal How to Check Power Steering Notice: Use of the incorrect fluid and indicates that the cooling Fluid may damage the vehicle and the system is functioning properly. The damages may not be covered by fans will change to low speed when To check the power steering fluid: the vehicle's warranty. Always additional cooling is no longer 1. Turn the key off and let the use the correct fluid listed in required. engine compartment cool down. Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑8. Power Steering Fluid 2. Wipe the cap and the top of the reservoir clean. Washer Fluid 3. Unscrew the cap and wipe the dipstick with a clean rag. What to Use 4. Replace the cap and completely When windshield washer fluid needs tighten it. to be added, be sure to read the manufacturer's instructions before 5. Remove the cap again and look use. Use a fluid that has sufficient at the fluid level on the dipstick. See Engine Compartment Overview protection against freezing in an The level should be at the FULL on page 10‑6 for reservoir location. area where the temperature may fall COLD mark. If necessary, add only below freezing. When to Check Power Steering enough fluid to bring the level up to Fluid the mark. It is not necessary to regularly What to Use check power steering fluid unless To determine what kind of fluid to there is a leak suspected in the use, see Recommended Fluids and system or an unusual noise is Lubricants on page 11 8. Always heard. A fluid loss in this system ‑ use the proper fluid. could indicate a problem. Have the system inspected and repaired. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (30,1)
10-30 Vehicle Care
Adding Washer Fluid Notice Brakes The vehicle has a low washer . When using concentrated This vehicle has front disc brakes fluid message on the DIC that washer fluid, follow the and could have rear drum brakes or comes on when the washer fluid is manufacturer's instructions rear disc brakes. low. The message is displayed for for adding water. Disc brake pads have built-in wear 15 seconds at the start of each . Do not mix water with ignition cycle. When the WASHER indicators that make a high-pitched ready-to-use washer fluid. warning sound when the brake pads FLUID LOW ADD FLUID message Water can cause the solution displays, washer fluid will need to are worn and new pads are needed. to freeze and damage the The sound can come and go or be be added to the windshield washer washer fluid tank and other fluid reservoir. heard all the time the vehicle is parts of the washer system. moving, except when applying the Also, water does not clean as brake pedal firmly. well as washer fluid. . Fill the washer fluid tank only { WARNING three-quarters full when it is very cold. This allows for The brake wear warning sound fluid expansion if freezing means that soon the brakes will occurs, which could not work well. That could lead to Open the cap with the washer damage the tank if it is a crash. When the brake wear symbol on it. Add washer fluid completely full. until the tank is full. See Engine warning sound is heard, have the Compartment Overview on . Do not use engine coolant vehicle serviced. page 10‑6 for reservoir location. (antifreeze) in the windshield washer. It can damage the Notice: Continuing to drive with windshield washer system worn-out brake pads could result and paint. in costly brake repair. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (31,1)
Vehicle Care 10-31
Some driving conditions or climates Brake linings should always be If this is not done, the brakes might can cause a brake squeal when the replaced as complete axle sets. not work properly. For example, brakes are first applied or lightly installing disc brake pads that are applied. This does not mean Brake Pedal Travel wrong for the vehicle, can change something is wrong with the brakes. See your dealer if the brake pedal the balance between the front and Properly torqued wheel nuts are does not return to normal height, rear brakes — for the worse. The necessary to help prevent brake or if there is a rapid increase in braking performance expected can pulsation. When tires are rotated, pedal travel. This could be a sign change in many other ways if the inspect brake pads for wear and that brake service might be wrong replacement brake parts are evenly tighten wheel nuts in the required. installed. proper sequence to torque Brake Adjustment specifications in Capacities and Brake Fluid Specifications on page 12‑2. Every time the brakes are applied, with or without the vehicle moving, If the vehicle has rear drum brakes, the brakes adjust for wear. they do not have wear indicators, but if a rear brake rubbing noise is Replacing Brake System Parts heard, have the rear brake linings The braking system on a vehicle is inspected immediately. Rear brake complex. Its many parts have to be drums should be removed and of top quality and work well together The brake master cylinder reservoir inspected each time the tires are if the vehicle is to have really good removed for rotation or changing. is filled with DOT 3 brake fluid. See braking. The vehicle was designed Engine Compartment Overview on Drum brakes have an inspection and tested with top-quality brake hole to inspect lining wear during page 10‑6 for the location of the parts. When parts of the braking reservoir. scheduled maintenance. When the system are replaced, be sure to get front brake pads are replaced, have new, approved replacement parts. the rear brakes inspected, too. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (32,1)
10-32 Vehicle Care
There are only two reasons why the brake fluid level in the reservoir { WARNING might go down: If too much brake fluid is added, it . The brake fluid level goes down can spill on the engine and burn, because of normal brake lining if the engine is hot enough. You wear. When new linings are or others could be burned, and installed, the fluid level goes the vehicle could be damaged. back up. Add brake fluid only when work is . A fluid leak in the brake done on the brake hydraulic hydraulic system can also system. See “Checking Brake cause a low fluid level. Have the Fluid” in this section. brake hydraulic system fixed, since a leak means that sooner The fluid level should be above or later the brakes will not When the brake fluid falls to a low MIN. If it is not, have the brake work well. level, the brake warning light comes hydraulic system checked to see if on. See Brake System Warning there is a leak. Do not top off the brake fluid. Light on page 5‑27. Adding fluid does not correct a After work is done on the brake leak. If fluid is added when the Refer to the Maintenance Schedule hydraulic system, make sure the linings are worn, there will be too to determine when to check the level is above the MIN but not over much fluid when new brake linings brake fluid. See Scheduled the MAX mark. Maintenance on page 11‑2. are installed. Add or remove brake What to Add fluid, as necessary, only when work Checking Brake Fluid is done on the brake hydraulic Use only new DOT 3 brake fluid system. Check brake fluid by looking at the from a sealed container. See brake fluid reservoir. See Engine Recommended Fluids and Compartment Overview on Lubricants on page 11‑8. page 10‑6. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (33,1)
Vehicle Care 10-33
Always clean the brake fluid . If brake fluid is spilled on the reservoir cap and the area around vehicle's painted surfaces, DANGER (Continued) the cap before removing it. This the paint finish can be helps keep dirt from entering the damaged. Be careful not to known to the State of California to reservoir. spill brake fluid on the cause cancer and reproductive vehicle. If you do, wash it off harm. Wash hands after handling. { WARNING immediately. Vehicle Storage With the wrong kind of fluid in Battery the brake hydraulic system, the If the vehicle is a Hybrid, see the { WARNING brakes might not work well. This Hybrid Supplement for more could cause a crash. Always use information. Batteries have acid that can burn the proper brake fluid. This vehicle has a maintenance free you and gas that can explode. battery (or batteries). Refer to the You can be badly hurt if you are Notice replacement number on the original not careful. See Jump Starting on page 10 94 for tips on working . battery label when a new battery is ‑ Using the wrong fluid around a battery without can badly damage brake needed. See Engine Compartment getting hurt. hydraulic system parts. For Overview on page 10‑6 for battery example, just a few drops of location. mineral-based oil, such as Infrequent Usage: Remove the engine oil, in the brake { DANGER black, negative (−) cable from the hydraulic system can battery to keep the battery from damage brake hydraulic Battery posts, terminals, and running down. system parts so badly that related accessories contain lead and lead compounds, chemicals Extended Storage: Remove the they will have to be replaced. black, negative (−) cable from the Do not let someone put in (Continued) battery or use a battery trickle the wrong kind of fluid. charger. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (34,1)
10-34 Vehicle Care
Four-Wheel Drive Transfer Case When to Check Lubricant Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page 11‑2 to determine when to check the lubricant. How to Check Lubricant
Manual Shift Transfer Case Active Transfer Case A. Fill Plug A. Fill Plug B. Drain Plug B. Drain Plug To get an accurate reading, the vehicle should be on a level surface. If the level is below the bottom of the fill plug hole, located on the Electric Shift Transfer Case transfer case, some lubricant will need to be added. Add enough A. Fill Plug lubricant to raise the level to the B. Drain Plug bottom of the fill plug hole. Use care not to overtighten the plug. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (35,1)
Vehicle Care 10-35
When to Change Lubricant Refer to Scheduled Maintenance on page 11‑2 to determine how often to change the lubricant. What to Use Refer to Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑8 to determine what kind of lubricant to use. Front Axle 1500 Series All Except 1500 Series When to Check and Change Lubricant A. Fill Plug A. Fill Plug It is not necessary to regularly B. Drain Plug B. Drain Plug check front axle fluid unless a leak . When the differential is cold, add is suspected, or an unusual noise is enough lubricant to raise the heard. A fluid loss could indicate a level from 0 mm (0 in) to 3.2 mm problem. Have it inspected and (1/8 in) below the fill plug hole. repaired. . When the differential is at How to Check Lubricant operating temperature (warm), add enough lubricant to raise the To get an accurate reading, the level to the bottom of the fill vehicle should be on a level plug hole. surface. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (36,1)
10-36 Vehicle Care
What to Use out along the axle tubes and has Refer to Recommended Fluids and not drained back to the sump area. Therefore, a reading taken Lubricants on page 11‑8 to determine what kind of lubricant five minutes after the vehicle has to use. been driven will appear to have a lower fluid level than a vehicle that has been stationary for an hour or Rear Axle two. Remember that the rear axle When to Check Lubricant assembly must be supported to get a true reading. It is not necessary to regularly check rear axle fluid unless a leak is How to Check Lubricant suspected or an unusual noise is heard. A fluid loss could indicate a All Other Series and Engines problem. Have it inspected and To get an accurate reading, the repaired. vehicle should be on a level All axle assemblies are filled by surface. volume of fluid during production. . For all 4.3 L, 4.8 L and 5.3 L They are not filled to reach a certain 1500 Series applications, the level. When checking the fluid level proper level is 1.0 mm to on any axle, variations in the 19.0 mm (0.04 in to 0.7 in) readings can be caused by factory below the bottom of the fill hole, fill differences between the minimum located on the rear axle. Add and the maximum fluid volume. only enough fluid to reach the Also, if a vehicle has just been 2500HD with 6.0 L proper level. driven before checking the fluid level, it may appear lower than normal because fluid has traveled Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (37,1)
Vehicle Care 10-37
. For all 6.0 L and 6.2 L 1500 What to Use Federal law prohibits the following Series applications, the proper acts or the causing thereof: level is from 15 mm to 40 mm Refer to Recommended Fluids (0.6 in to 1.6 in) below the and Lubricants on page 11‑8 to 1. The removal or rendering bottom of the fill plug hole, determine what kind of lubricant inoperative by any person, located on the rear axle. Add to use. other than for purposes of only enough fluid to reach the maintenance, repair or proper level. Noise Control System replacement, of any device or element of design incorporated . For all 6.0 L 2500HD Series The following information relates into any new vehicle for the applications, the proper level is to compliance with federal noise purpose of noise control, prior to from 0 mm to 13 mm (0 to 0.5 in) emission standards for vehicles its sale or delivery to the ultimate below the bottom of the fill plug with a Gross Vehicle Weight Rating purchaser or while it is in use; or hole, located on the rear axle. (GVWR) of more than 4 536 kg Add only enough fluid to reach (10,000 lbs). The Scheduled 2. The use of the vehicle after the proper level. Maintenance on page 11‑2 provides such device or element of information on maintaining the design has been removed or . For all 6.6 L Duramax Diesel noise control system to minimize rendered inoperative by any 2500HD Series applications and person. all 3500 Series applications, the degradation of the noise emission proper level is from 17 mm to control system during the life of your Among those acts presumed to 21 mm (0.6 in to 0.8 in) below vehicle. The noise control system constitute tampering are the acts the bottom of the fill plug hole, warranty is given in your warranty listed below. booklet. located on the rear axle. Add Insulation: only enough fluid to reach the These standards apply only to proper level. vehicles sold in the United States. Removal of the noise shields or any underhood insulation. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (38,1)
10-38 Vehicle Care
Engine: Starter Switch Check 3. For automatic transmission Removal or rendering engine speed vehicles, try to start the engine in each gear. The vehicle governor, if the vehicle has one, { WARNING inoperative so as to allow engine should start only in P (Park) or speed to exceed manufacturer When you are doing this N (Neutral). If the vehicle starts in any other position, contact specifications. inspection, the vehicle could your dealer for service. move suddenly. If the vehicle Fan and Drive: moves, you or others could be For manual transmission . Removal of fan clutch, if the injured. vehicles, put the shift lever in vehicle has one, or rendering Neutral, push the clutch pedal clutch inoperative. down halfway, and try to start 1. Before starting this check, be the engine. The vehicle should . Removal of the fan shroud, if the sure there is enough room vehicle has one. start only when the clutch pedal around the vehicle. is pushed down all the way to Air Intake: 2. Firmly apply both the parking the floor. If the vehicle starts . Removal of the air cleaner brake and the regular brake. when the clutch pedal is not silencer. See Parking Brake on pushed all the way down, page 9‑64. contact your dealer for service. . Modification of the air cleaner. Do not use the accelerator Exhaust: pedal, and be ready to turn off . Removal of the muffler and/or the engine immediately if it resonator. starts. . Removal of the exhaust pipes and exhaust pipe clamps. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (39,1)
Vehicle Care 10-39
Automatic Transmission 2. Firmly apply the parking brake. Ignition Transmission Shift Lock Control See Parking Brake on Lock Check page 9‑64. Function Check Be ready to apply the regular While parked, and with the parking brake immediately if the vehicle brake set, try to turn the ignition to { WARNING begins to move. LOCK/OFF in each shift lever position. When you are doing this 3. With the engine off, turn the ignition on, but do not start the . For automatic transmission inspection, the vehicle could vehicles, the ignition should turn move suddenly. If the vehicle engine. Without applying the regular brake, try to move the to LOCK/OFF only when the moves, you or others could be shift lever is in P (Park). injured. shift lever out of P (Park) with normal effort. If the shift lever . For manual transmission moves out of P (Park), contact vehicles, the ignition should turn 1. Before starting this check, be your dealer for service. to LOCK/OFF only when you sure there is enough room press the key release button. around the vehicle. It should be parked on a level surface. On all vehicles, the ignition key should come out only in LOCK/OFF. Contact your dealer if service is required. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (40,1)
10-40 Vehicle Care
Park Brake and P (Park) Park on a fairly steep hill, with the Wiper Blade Replacement vehicle facing downhill. Keeping Mechanism Check your foot on the regular brake, set Windshield wiper blades should the parking brake. be inspected for wear or cracking. { See Scheduled Maintenance on WARNING . To check the parking brake's page 11‑2 for more information on When you are doing this check, holding ability: With the engine wiper blade inspection. running and the transmission in the vehicle could begin to move. Replacement blades come in You or others could be injured N (Neutral), slowly remove foot pressure from the regular brake different types and are removed in and property could be damaged. pedal. Do this until the vehicle is different ways. To remove the wiper Make sure there is room in front held by the parking brake only. blade: of the vehicle in case it begins to roll. Be ready to apply the regular . To check the P (Park) 1. Pull the windshield wiper arm connector away from the brake at once should the vehicle mechanism's holding ability: windshield. begin to move. With the engine running, shift to P (Park). Then release the parking brake followed by the regular brake. Contact your dealer if service is required.
2. Squeeze the grooved areas on each side of the blade, and turn the blade assembly away from the arm connector. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (41,1)
Vehicle Care 10-41
Headlamp Aiming The vehicle should: . Be placed so the headlamps The vehicle has a visual optical are 7.6 m (25 ft) from a headlamp aiming system. The aim light colored wall. of the headlamps has been preset ‐ at the factory and should need no . Have all four tires on a level further adjustment. surface which is level all the 3. Install the new blade onto the way to the wall. arm connector and make sure However, if the vehicle is damaged the grooved areas are fully set in in a crash, the aim of the headlamps . Be placed so it is perpendicular the locked position. may be affected and adjustment to the wall. may be necessary. For the proper type and size, see . Not have any snow, ice, or mud Maintenance Replacement Parts on If oncoming vehicles flash their high on it. page 11‑11. beams at you, this may mean the . Be fully assembled and all other vertical aim of the headlamps needs work stopped while headlamp Glass Replacement to be adjusted. aiming is being performed. It is recommended that the vehicle If the windshield or front side glass . Be loaded with a full tank of be taken to your dealer for service if must be replaced, see your dealer fuel and one person or 75 kg the headlamps need to be adjusted. to determine the correct (160 lbs) sitting on the It is possible, however, to re-aim the replacement glass. driver seat. headlamps as described. . Have the tires properly inflated. . Have the spare tire in its proper location in the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (42,1)
10-42 Vehicle Care
Headlamp aiming is done with the 6. Turn on the low-beam vehicle's low-beam headlamps. headlamps and place a piece The high-beam headlamps will be of cardboard or equivalent in correctly aimed if the low-beam front of the headlamp not being headlamps are aimed properly. adjusted. This allows only the To adjust the vertical aim: beam of light from the headlamp being adjusted to be seen on the 1. Open the hood. See Hood on flat surface. page 10‑5 4. At a wall, measure from the ground upward (A) to the recorded distance from Step 3 and mark it. 5. Draw or tape a horizontal line (B) on the wall the width of the vehicle at the height of the mark in Step 4. Notice: Do not cover a headlamp to improve beam cut-off when aiming. Covering a headlamp may cause excessive heat build-up 7. Locate the vertical headlamp 2. Locate the aim dot on the lens of which may cause damage to the headlamp. aiming screws, which are under the low‐beam headlamp. the hood near each headlamp 3. Record the distance from the assembly. ground to the aim dot on the The adjustment screw can be low‐beam headlamp. turned with an E8 Torx® socket. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (43,1)
Vehicle Care 10-43
8. Turn the vertical aiming screw Bulb Replacement Headlamps until the headlamp beam is aimed to the horizontal tape For the proper type of replacement line. Turn it clockwise or bulbs, see Replacement Bulbs on counterclockwise to raise or page 10‑47. lower the angle of the beam. For any bulb‐changing procedure not listed in this section, contact your dealer. Halogen Bulbs
{ WARNING
Halogen bulbs have pressurized gas inside and can burst if you A. Park/Turn Signal/ Sidemarker Lamp 9. Make sure that the light from the drop or scratch the bulb. You or headlamp is positioned at the others could be injured. Be sure B. Low‐Beam Headlamp to read and follow the instructions bottom edge of the horizontal C. High‐Beam Headlamp tape line. The lamp on the on the bulb package. left (A) shows the correct 1. Open the hood. See Hood on headlamp aim. The lamp on the page 10‑5 right (B) shows the incorrect 2. If you are replacing the bulb on headlamp aim. the passenger side, remove the 10. Repeat Steps 7 through 9 for Engine Air Cleaner cover. See the opposite headlamp. Engine Air Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑20 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (44,1)
10-44 Vehicle Care
3. Reach in and access the bulb Pick-Up Box Identification Taillamps (Chassis sockets from inside the engine compartment. and Fender Marker Cab Models) Lamps 4. Turn the bulb socket counterclockwise to remove it The pick-up box identification lamps from the headlamp assembly are LEDs. For replacement of the and pull it straight out. LED lighting assembly contact your dealer. 5. Unplug the electrical connector from the old bulb by releasing To replace a pickup box fender the clips on the bulb socket. marker lamp bulb: 6. Replace it with a new bulb. 1. Press the tab from the back to remove the lamp. 7. Plug in the electrical connector. 2. Turn the bulb socket 8. Reinstall the new bulb socket counterclockwise to remove into the headlamp assembly and from the lamp assembly. turn it clockwise to secure. A. Backup Lamp 3. Gently pry the bulb from the B. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn socket. Signal Lamp 4. Install the new bulb in socket. To replace one of these bulbs: 5. Reinstall socket into lamp 1. Remove the four screws. assembly. 2. Lift the lens off the lamp 6. Reinstall the lamp assembly. assembly. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (45,1)
Vehicle Care 10-45
3. Turn the old bulb counterclockwise and pull the it straight out from the socket. 4. Install a new bulb into the socket, turn it clockwise, and press it in until it is tight. 5. Reinstall the lens and the four screws. Taillamps, Turn Signal, Stoplamps, and Back-Up Lamps 2. Remove the two rear lamp A. Stoplamp/Taillamp/Turn assembly screws near the Signal Lamp To replace one of these bulbs: tailgate latch strikerpost and pull B. Back-up Lamp 1. Open the tailgate. See Tailgate rearward until disengaging the 3. Turn the bulb socket on page 2‑10 for more two outer pins on the taillamp information. assembly from the vehicle. counterclockwise to remove it from the taillamp assembly. 4. Pull the old bulb straight out from the socket. 5. Press a new bulb into the socket and turn the socket clockwise into the taillamp assembly. 6. Reinstall the taillamp assembly. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (46,1)
10-46 Vehicle Care
Center High-Mounted 2. On the reverse side of the lamp License Plate Lamp assembly, remove the bulb Stoplamp (CHMSL) and socket by turning it one quarter To replace one of these bulbs: Cargo Lamp turn counterclockwise and pull it 1. Reach under the rear bumper for To replace one of these bulbs: straight out. the bulb socket. 3. Remove the bulb by pulling it straight out of the socket. 4. Install the bulb by pushing the bulb straight into the socket. 5. Install the bulb socket into the lamp asembly by turning it one quarter turn clockwise. 2. Turn the bulb socket 1. Remove the two screws and lift counterclockwise and pull the off the lamp assembly. 6. Reinstall the lamp assembly and tighten the screws. bulb socket out of the lamp assembly. 3. Pull the old bulb straight out from the bulb socket. 4. Install the new bulb. 5. Reverse Steps 1 and 2 to reinstall the bulb socket. A. Cargo Lamp B. Center High-Mounted Stoplamp (CHMSL) Bulb Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (47,1)
Vehicle Care 10-47
Replacement Bulbs Exterior Lamp Bulb Electrical System Exterior Lamp Bulb Number Number Low-Beam Electrical System H11 Back-up Lamp 921LL Headlamp Overload License Back-up Lamp* 1156 168 The vehicle has fuses and circuit Plate Lamp breakers to protect against an Cargo Lamp and electrical system overload. Center Sidemarker Lamp/ High-Mounted 912LL Stoplamp/Taillamp/ 3047K When the current electrical load is Stoplamp Turn Signal Lamp too heavy, the circuit breaker opens and closes, protecting the circuit (CHMSL) Stoplamp/Turn until the current load returns to Signal Lamp/ 1157 Fender Marker normal or the problem is fixed. This W5WLL Taillamp* Lamp (If Equipped) greatly reduces the chance of circuit High-Beam * Chassis Cab Models overload and fire caused by 9005 Headlamp electrical problems. For replacement bulbs not listed Fuses and circuit breakers protect here, contact your dealer. power devices in the vehicle. Replace a bad fuse with a new one of the identical size and rating. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (48,1)
10-48 Vehicle Care
If there is a problem on the road If the overload is caused by an If you ever have a problem on the and a fuse needs to be replaced, electrical problem and not snow road and don't have a spare fuse, the same amperage fuse can be or ice, be sure to get it fixed. you can borrow one that has the borrowed. Choose some feature of same amperage. Just pick some the vehicle that is not needed to use Fuses and Circuit feature of your vehicle that you can and replace it as soon as possible. Breakers get along without – like the radio or cigarette lighter – and use its fuse, Headlamp Wiring If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the if it is the correct amperage. An electrical overload may cause hybrid supplement for more Replace it as soon as you can. the lamps to go on and off, or in information. some cases to remain off. Have the The wiring circuits in the vehicle Engine Compartment headlamp wiring checked right away are protected from short circuits by Fuse Block if the lamps go on and off or a combination of fuses, circuit remain off. breakers and fusible thermal links. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax Diesel supplement Windshield Wipers This greatly reduces the chance of fires caused by electrical problems. for more information. If the wiper motor overheats due to If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the heavy snow or ice, the windshield Look at the silver-colored band inside the fuse. If the band is broken hybrid supplement for more wipers will stop until the motor cools information. and will then restart. or melted, replace the fuse. Be sure you replace a bad fuse with a new The Engine Compartment Fuse Although the circuit is protected one of the identical size and rating. Block is located in the engine from electrical overload, overload compartment, on the driver side due to heavy snow or ice may of the vehicle. cause wiper linkage damage. Always clear ice and heavy snow from the windshield before using the windshield wipers. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (49,1)
Vehicle Care 10-49
Lift the cover to access the fuse block. Notice: Spilling liquid on any electrical component on the vehicle may damage it. Always keep the covers on any electrical component. Fuses Usage Fuses Usage To remove fuses, hold the end of Right Trailer Stop/ 4 Engine Controls the fuse between your thumb and 1 Turn Lamp Engine Control Module, index finger and pull straight out. 5 Electronic Suspension Throttle Control 2 Control, Automatic 6 Trailer Brake Controller Level Control Exhaust 7 Front Washer Left Trailer Stop/ 3 Turn Lamp 8 Oxygen Sensor Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (50,1)
10-50 Vehicle Care
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Antilock Brakes Fuel System Control 34 Sunroof 9 21 System 2 Module Key Ignition System, 35 10 Trailer Back-up Lamps 22 Not Used Theft Deterrent System Driver Side Low-Beam 23 Not Used 36 Windshield Wiper 11 Headlamp Fuel Injectors, Ignition SEO B2 Upfitter Usage 24 37 Engine Control Module Coils (Left Side) (Battery) 12 (Battery) 25 Trailer Park Lamps Electric Adjustable 38 Fuel Injectors, Ignition Pedals 13 26 Driver Side Park Lamps Coils (Right Side) Climate Controls Passenger Side Park 39 Transmission Control 27 (Battery) 14 Lamps Module (Battery) 40 Airbag System (Ignition) 28 Fog Lamps 15 Vehicle Back-up Lamps 41 Amplifier 29 Horn Passenger Side 16 42 Audio System Low-Beam Headlamp Passenger Side 30 High-Beam Headlamp Miscellaneous (Ignition), Air Conditioning 43 17 Cruise Control Compressor Daytime Running 31 Lamps (DRL) 44 Not Used 18 Oxygen Sensors Driver Side High-Beam 45 Airbag System (Battery) Transmission Controls 32 19 Headlamp (Ignition) Instrument Panel 46 Daytime Running Cluster 20 Fuel Pump 33 Lamps 2 47 Power Take-Off Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (51,1)
Vehicle Care 10-51
Fuses Usage J-Case Usage J-Case Usage Fuses Fuses Auxiliary Climate 48 Control (Ignition) Heavy Duty Antilock 71 Not Used 59 Brake System Center High-Mounted Left Bussed Electrical 49 72 Stoplamp (CHMSL) 60 Cooling Fan 2 Center 2 50 Rear Defogger Antilock Brake 61 System 1 Relays Usage 51 Heated Mirrors 62 Starter Cooling Fan High SEO B1 Upfitter Usage FAN HI 52 Speed (Battery) 63 Stud 2 (Trailer Brakes) Cooling Fan Low Cigarette Lighter, Left Bussed Electrical FAN LO 53 64 Speed Auxiliary Power Outlet Center 1 Cooling Fan FAN CNTRL 54 SEO Upfitter Usage 65 Not Used Control Climate Controls Heated Windshield 55 66 HDLP Low-Beam (Ignition) Washer System LO/HID Headlamp Engine Control Module, 67 Transfer Case FOG LAMP Front Fog Lamps 56 Secondary Fuel Pump Stud 1 (Trailer (Ignition) A/C Air Conditioning Connector Battery 68 CMPRSR Compressor Power) (Optional - 40A J-Case Usage Fuse Required) STRTR Starter Fuses Mid-Bussed Electrical PWR/TRN Powertrain 57 Cooling Fan 1 69 Center 1 FUEL PMP Fuel Pump 58 Not Used 70 Climate Control Blower PRK LAMP Parking Lamps Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (52,1)
10-52 Vehicle Care
Relays Usage REAR Rear Defogger DEFOG RUN/CRNK Switched Power Instrument Panel Fuse Block
The vehicle may not be equipped Fuses Usage with all of the fuses, relays, and Steering Wheel features shown. 3 Controls Backlight Fuses Usage The instrument panel fuse block 4 Driver Door Module access door is located on the driver 1 Rear Seats Dome Lamps, Driver side edge of the instrument panel. Rear Accessory 5 2 Side Turn Signal Pull off the cover to access the fuse Power Outlet block. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (53,1)
Vehicle Care 10-53
Fuses Usage Fuses Usage Circuit Usage Breaker Driver Side Turn 17 Interior Lamps 6 Signal, Stoplamp Driver Side Power Power Door Lock 1 18 LT DR Window Circuit Instrument Panel (Unlock Feature) 7 Breaker Back Lighting Rear Seat 19 Passenger Side Turn Entertainment 8 Harness Signal, Stoplamp Ultrasonic Rear Connector Usage Passenger Door 20 Parking Assist, Power 9 Driver Door Module, Driver Unlock Liftgate LT DR Harness Power Door Lock 2 Power Door Lock 1 Connection 10 21 (Unlock Feature) (Lock Feature) BODY Harness Connector Power Door Lock 2 Driver Information 11 22 BODY Harness Connector (Lock Feature) Center (DIC) Stoplamps, Center 23 Rear Wiper Center Instrument Panel Fuse 12 High Mounted ‐ 24 Cooled Seats Block Stoplamp Driver Seat Module, The center instrument panel fuse 13 Rear Climate Controls 25 Remote Keyless Entry block is located underneath the 14 Power Mirror System instrument panel, to the left of the steering column. Body Control Driver Power Door 15 26 Module (BCM) Lock (Unlock Feature) Accessory Power 16 Outlets Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (54,1)
10-54 Vehicle Care
Top View Harness Circuit Connector Usage Breaker Usage HEADLINER Headliner Harness Passenger Side 3 Connector 3 CB1 Power Window Circuit Breaker HEADLINER Headliner Harness 2 Connector 2 Passenger Seat CB2 Circuit Breaker HEADLINER Headliner Harness 1 Connector 1 Driver Seat Circuit CB3 Breaker Special Equipment SEO/ Option Upfitter CB4 Rear Sliding Window UPFITTER Harness Connector
Harness Connector Usage Body Harness BODY 2 Connector 2 Body Harness BODY 1 Connector 1 Body Harness BODY 3 Connector 3 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (55,1)
Vehicle Care 10-55
Wheels and Tires WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued) Tires . Underinflated tires pose the . Improperly repaired tires can same danger as overloaded cause a crash. Only the Every new GM vehicle has tires. The resulting crash dealer or an authorized tire high-quality tires made by a could cause serious injury. service center should repair, leading tire manufacturer. Check all tires frequently to replace, dismount, and mount See the warranty manual for maintain the recommended the tires. pressure. Tire pressure information regarding the tire . Do not spin the tires in warranty and where to get should be checked when the excess of 55 km/h (35 mph) service. For additional tires are cold. on slippery surfaces such information refer to the tire . Overinflated tires are more as snow, mud, ice, etc. manufacturer. likely to be cut, punctured, Excessive spinning may or broken by a sudden cause the tires to explode. { WARNING impact — such as when hitting a pothole. Keep tires at See Tire Pressure for . Poorly maintained and the recommended pressure. High-Speed Operation on improperly used tires are . Worn or old tires can cause a dangerous. page 10‑64 for inflation pressure crash. If the tread is badly adjustment for high speed . worn, replace them. Overloading the tires can driving. cause overheating as a result . Replace any tires that have of too much flexing. There been damaged by impacts could be a blowout and a with potholes, curbs, etc. serious crash. See Vehicle (Continued) Load Limits on page 9‑22. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (56,1)
10-56 Vehicle Care
20‐Inch Tires when coming into contact with road hazards like, If the vehicle has 20‐inch P275/55R20 size tires, they potholes, or sharp edged are classified as touring tires objects, or when sliding into and are designed for on road a curb. The warranty does not cover this type of damage. use. The low‐profile, wide tread design is not recommended for Keep tires set to the correct inflation pressure and, when “off‐road” driving or commercial uses such as snow plowing. See possible, avoid contact with curbs, potholes, and other Off-Road Driving on page 9‑7 and Adding a Snow Plow or road hazards. Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire Similar Equipment on Tire Sidewall Labeling page 9‑117 for additional (A) Tire Size: The tire size information. Useful information about a tire code is a combination of letters is molded into the sidewall. Notice: Low‐profile tires and numbers used to define a are more susceptible to The examples show a typical particular tire's width, height, damage from road hazards passenger and light truck tire aspect ratio, construction type, or curb impact than standard sidewall. and service description. See the profile tires. Tire and/or wheel “Tire Size” illustration later in this assembly damage can occur section for more detail. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (57,1)
Vehicle Care 10-57
(B) TPC Spec (Tire manufactured. The TIN is Performance Criteria molded onto both sides of the Specification): Original tire, although only one side may equipment tires designed to have the date of manufacture. GM's specific tire performance (E) Tire Ply Material: The type criteria have a TPC specification of cord and number of plies in code molded onto the sidewall. the sidewall and under the tread. GM's TPC specifications meet or exceed all federal safety (F) Uniform Tire Quality guidelines. Grading (UTQG): Tire manufacturers are required to (C) DOT (Department of grade tires based on three Light Truck (LT-Metric) Tire Transportation): The performance factors: treadwear, Department of Transportation traction, and temperature (A) Tire Size: The tire size (DOT) code indicates that resistance. For more code is a combination of letters the tire is in compliance information, see Uniform Tire and numbers used to define a with the U.S. Department Quality Grading on page 10‑75. particular tire's width, height, of Transportation Motor aspect ratio, construction type, Vehicle Safety Standards. (G) Maximum Cold Inflation and service description. See the Load Limit: Maximum load (D) Tire Identification Number “Tire Size” illustration later in this that can be carried and the section for more detail. (TIN): The letters and numbers maximum pressure needed following the DOT code are to support that load. For the Tire Identification Number information on recommended (TIN). The TIN shows the tire pressure see Tire Pressure manufacturer and plant code, on page 10‑63 and Vehicle Load tire size, and date the tire was Limits on page 9‑22. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (58,1)
10-58 Vehicle Care
(B) TPC Spec (Tire (D) DOT (Department of (F) Tire Ply Material: The type Performance Criteria Transportation): The of cord and number of plies in Specification): Original Department of Transportation the sidewall and under the tread. equipment tires designed to (DOT) code indicates that (G) Single Tire Maximum GM's specific tire performance the tire is in compliance Load: Maximum load that can criteria have a TPC specification with the U.S. Department of be carried and the maximum code molded onto the sidewall. Transportation Motor Vehicle pressure needed to support that GM's TPC specifications meet or Safety Standards. load when used as a single. For exceed all federal safety (E) Tire Identification Number information on recommended guidelines. (TIN): The letters and numbers tire pressure see Tire Pressure (C) Dual Tire Maximum Load: following the DOT code are the on page 10‑63 and Vehicle Load Maximum load that can be Tire Identification Number Limits on page 9‑22. carried and the maximum (TIN). The TIN shows the pressure needed to support manufacturer and plant code, that load when used in a dual tire size, and date the tire was configuration. For information on manufactured. The TIN is recommended tire pressure see molded onto both sides of the Tire Pressure on page 10‑63 tire, although only one side may andVehicle Load Limits on have the date of manufacture. page 9‑22. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (59,1)
Vehicle Care 10-59
Tire Designations (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit (F) Service Description: These number that indicates the tire characters represent the load Tire Size height‐to‐width measurements. index and speed rating of the The examples show a typical For example, if the tire size tire. The load index represents passenger vehicle and light aspect ratio is 75, as shown in the load carrying capacity a tire truck tire size. item C of the tire illustration, is certified to carry. The speed it would mean that the tire's rating is the maximum speed a sidewall is 75 percent as high tire is certified to carry a load. as it is wide. (D) Construction Code: A letter code is used to indicate the type of ply construction in Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire the tire. The letter R means (A) Passenger (P‐Metric) Tire: radial ply construction; the The United States version of a letter D means diagonal or bias Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire metric tire sizing system. The ply construction; and the letter B (A) Light Truck (LT‐Metric) letter P as the first character in means belted‐bias ply Tire: The United States version the tire size means a passenger construction. of a metric tire sizing system. vehicle tire engineered to (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of The letters LT as the first two standards set by the U.S. Tire the wheel in inches. characters in the tire size mean and Rim Association. a light truck tire engineered to standards set by the U.S. Tire (B) Tire Width: The three digit ‐ and Rim Association. number indicates the tire section width in millimeters from sidewall to sidewall. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (60,1)
10-60 Vehicle Care
(B) Tire Width: The three‐digit (E) Rim Diameter: Diameter of Accessory Weight: The number indicates the tire section the wheel in inches. combined weight of optional width in millimeters from (F) Load Range : Load Range. accessories. Some examples sidewall to sidewall. of optional accessories are (G) Service Description: The automatic transmission, power (C) Aspect Ratio: A two‐digit service description indicates the number that indicates the tire steering, power brakes, power load index and speed rating of a windows, power seats, and air height‐to‐width measurements. tire. If two numbers are given as conditioning. For example, if the tire size in the example, 120/116, then aspect ratio is 75, as shown this represents the load index for Aspect Ratio: The relationship in item C of the light truck single versus dual wheel usage of a tire's height to its width. (LT‐Metric) tire illustration, it (single/dual). The speed rating is Belt: A rubber coated layer of would mean that the tire's the maximum speed a tire is cords that is located between sidewall is 75 percent as high certified to carry a load. the plies and the tread. Cords as it is wide. may be made from steel or other (D) Construction Code: A Tire Terminology and reinforcing materials. letter code is used to indicate Definitions Bead: The tire bead contains the type of ply construction in steel wires wrapped by steel the tire. The letter R means Air Pressure: The amount of air inside the tire pressing cords that hold the tire onto radial ply construction; the the rim. letter D means diagonal or outward on each square inch bias ply construction; and the of the tire. Air pressure is expressed in kPa (kilopascal) letter B means belted‐bias ply construction. or psi (pounds per square inch). Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (61,1)
Vehicle Care 10-61
Bias Ply Tire: A pneumatic tire includes the Tire Identification Light Truck (LT‐Metric) Tire: A in which the plies are laid at Number (TIN), an alphanumeric tire used on light duty trucks and alternate angles less than designator which can also some multipurpose passenger 90 degrees to the centerline of identify the tire manufacturer, vehicles. the tread. production plant, brand, and Load Index: An assigned Cold Tire Pressure: The date of production. number ranging from 1 to 279 amount of air pressure in a tire, GVWR: Gross Vehicle Weight that corresponds to the load measured in kPa (kilopascal) Rating. See Vehicle Load Limits carrying capacity of a tire. or psi (pounds per square inch) on page 9‑22. Maximum Inflation Pressure: before a tire has built up heat GAWR FRT: Gross Axle Weight The maximum air pressure to from driving. See Tire Pressure Rating for the front axle. See which a cold tire can be inflated. on page 10‑63. Vehicle Load Limits on The maximum air pressure is Curb Weight: The weight of a page 9‑22. molded onto the sidewall. motor vehicle with standard and GAWR RR: Gross Axle Weight Maximum Load Rating: The optional equipment including the Rating for the rear axle. See load rating for a tire at the maximum capacity of fuel, oil, Vehicle Load Limits on maximum permissible inflation and coolant, but without page 9‑22. pressure for that tire. passengers and cargo. Intended Outboard Sidewall: Maximum Loaded Vehicle DOT Markings: A code molded The side of an asymmetrical tire, Weight: The sum of curb into the sidewall of a tire that must always face outward weight, accessory weight, signifying that the tire is in when mounted on a vehicle. vehicle capacity weight, and compliance with the U.S. production options weight. Department of Transportation Kilopascal (kPa): The metric (DOT) Motor Vehicle Safety unit for air pressure. Standards. The DOT code Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (62,1)
10-62 Vehicle Care
Normal Occupant Weight: The Recommended Inflation Traction: The friction between number of occupants a vehicle Pressure: Vehicle the tire and the road surface. is designed to seat multiplied by manufacturer's recommended The amount of grip provided. 68 kg (150 lbs). See Vehicle tire inflation pressure as shown Tread: The portion of a tire Load Limits on page 9‑22. on the tire placard. See Tire that comes into contact with Occupant Distribution: Pressure on page 10‑63 the road. Designated seating positions. andVehicle Load Limits on page 9‑22. Treadwear Indicators: Narrow Outward Facing Sidewall: The bands, sometimes called wear side of an asymmetrical tire that Radial Ply Tire: A pneumatic bars, that show across the tread has a particular side that faces tire in which the ply cords that of a tire when only 1.6 mm outward when mounted on a extend to the beads are laid at (1/16 in) of tread remains. See vehicle. The side of the tire that 90 degrees to the centerline of When It Is Time for New Tires the tread. contains a whitewall, bears on page 10‑73. white lettering, or bears Rim: A metal support for a tire UTQGS (Uniform Tire Quality manufacturer, brand, and/or and upon which the tire beads Grading Standards): A tire model name molding that is are seated. information system that provides higher or deeper than the same Sidewall: The portion of a tire consumers with ratings for a moldings on the other sidewall between the tread and the bead. tire's traction, temperature, of the tire. Speed Rating: An and treadwear. Ratings Passenger (P-Metric) Tire: A alphanumeric code assigned are determined by tire tire used on passenger cars and to a tire indicating the maximum manufacturers using some light duty trucks and speed at which a tire can government testing multipurpose vehicles. operate. procedures. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (63,1)
Vehicle Care 10-63
The ratings are molded into the Tire Pressure Overinflated tires, or tires that sidewall of the tire. See Uniform have too much air, can Tire Quality Grading on Tires need the correct amount result in: of air pressure to operate page 10‑75. effectively. . Unusual wear. Vehicle Capacity Weight: The . Poor handling. number of designated seating Notice: Neither tire positions multiplied by underinflation nor . Rough ride. overinflation is good. 68 kg (150 lbs) plus the rated . Needless damage from cargo load. See Vehicle Load Underinflated tires, or tires that do not have enough air, road hazards. Limits on page 9‑22. can result in: The Tire and Loading Vehicle Maximum Load on the Information label on the vehicle . Tire overloading and Tire: Load on an individual tire indicates the original equipment due to curb weight, accessory overheating which could lead to a blowout. tires and the correct cold weight, occupant weight, and tire inflation pressures. The cargo weight. . Premature or recommended pressure is the Vehicle Placard: A label irregular wear. minimum air pressure needed to permanently attached to a . Poor handling. support the vehicle's maximum vehicle showing the vehicle load carrying capacity. . Reduced fuel economy. capacity weight and the original equipment tire size and recommended inflation pressure. See “Tire and Loading Information Label” under Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑22. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (64,1)
10-64 Vehicle Care
For additional information How to Check Re-check the tire pressure with regarding how much weight Use a good quality pocket-type the tire gauge. the vehicle can carry, and an gauge to check tire pressure. Return the valve caps on the example of the Tire and Loading Proper tire inflation cannot be valve stems to prevent leaks Information label, see Vehicle determined by looking at the tire. and keep out dirt and moisture. Load Limits on page 9‑22. How Check the tire inflation pressure the vehicle is loaded affects when the tires are cold, meaning Tire Pressure for vehicle handling and ride the vehicle has not been driven High-Speed Operation comfort. Never load the vehicle for at least three hours or no with more weight than it was more than 1.6 km (1 mi). designed to carry. { WARNING Remove the valve cap from the When to Check tire valve stem. Press the tire Driving at high speeds, 160 km/h gauge firmly onto the valve to (100 mph) or higher, puts an Check the tires once a month additional strain on tires. get a pressure measurement. or more. Sustained high-speed driving If the cold tire inflation pressure Do not forget the spare tire, causes excessive heat buildup matches the recommended if the vehicle has one. and can cause sudden tire failure. pressure on the Tire and SeeFull-Size Spare Tire on You could have a crash and you Loading Information label, no page 10 93 for additional or others could be killed. Some ‑ further adjustment is necessary. information. high-speed rated tires require If the inflation pressure is low, inflation pressure adjustment for add air until the recommended high-speed operation. When pressure is reached. If the speed limits and road conditions inflation pressure is high, press are such that a vehicle can be on the metal stem in the center driven at high speeds, make sure of the tire valve to release air. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (65,1)
Vehicle Care 10-65
Tire Pressure Monitor As an added safety feature, your WARNING (Continued) vehicle has been equipped with a System tire pressure monitoring system the tires are rated for high-speed The Tire Pressure Monitor System (TPMS) that illuminates a low tire operation, in excellent condition, (TPMS) uses radio and sensor pressure telltale when one or and set to the correct cold tire technology to check tire pressure more of your tires is significantly inflation pressure for the levels. The TPMS sensors monitor under‐inflated. vehicle load. the air pressure in your tires and Accordingly, when the low tire transmit tire pressure readings to a pressure telltale illuminates, you Vehicles with P265/70R17 or P275/ receiver located in the vehicle. should stop and check your tires as 55R20 size tires require inflation Each tire, including the spare soon as possible, and inflate them pressure adjustment when driving (if provided), should be checked to the proper pressure. Driving on a the vehicle at speeds of 160 km/h monthly when cold and inflated to significantly under‐inflated tire (100 mph) or higher. Set the cold tire the inflation pressure recommended causes the tire to overheat and can inflation pressure to 20 kPa (3 psi) by the vehicle manufacturer on the lead to tire failure. Under‐inflation above the recommended cold tire vehicle placard or tire inflation also reduces fuel efficiency and tire pressure shown on the Tire and pressure label. (If your vehicle has tread life, and may affect the Loading Information label. tires of a different size than the size vehicle's handling and stopping Return the tires to the indicated on the vehicle placard or ability. recommended cold tire inflation tire inflation pressure label, you Please note that the TPMS is pressure when high-speed driving should determine the proper tire not a substitute for proper tire has ended. See Vehicle Load Limits inflation pressure for those tires.) maintenance, and it is the driver's on page 9‑22 and Tire Pressure on responsibility to maintain correct tire page 10‑63. pressure, even if under‐inflation has not reached the level to trigger illumination of the TPMS low tire pressure telltale. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (66,1)
10-66 Vehicle Care
Your vehicle has also been Always check the TPMS malfunction Tire Pressure Monitor equipped with a TPMS malfunction telltale after replacing one or more indicator to indicate when the tires or wheels on your vehicle to Operation system is not operating properly. ensure that the replacement or This vehicle may have a Tire The TPMS malfunction indicator is alternate tires and wheels allow the Pressure Monitor System (TPMS). combined with the low tire pressure TPMS to continue to function The TPMS is designed to warn the telltale. When the system detects a properly. driver when a low tire pressure malfunction, the telltale will flash for See Tire Pressure Monitor condition exists. TPMS sensors are approximately one minute and then mounted onto each tire and wheel Operation on page 10‑66 for remain continuously illuminated. additional information. assembly, excluding the spare tire This sequence will continue upon and wheel assembly. The TPMS subsequent vehicle start‐ups as Federal Communications sensors monitor the air pressure in long as the malfunction exists. Commission (FCC) and the tires and transmit the tire When the malfunction indicator is Industry Canada pressure readings to a receiver located in the vehicle. illuminated, the system may not be See Radio Frequency Statement on able to detect or signal low tire page 13‑18 for information pressure as intended. TPMS regarding Part 15 of the Federal malfunctions may occur for a variety Communications Commission (FCC) of reasons, including the installation rules and Industry Canada of replacement or alternate tires or Standards RSS-210/220/310. wheels on the vehicle that prevent the TPMS from functioning properly. When a low tire pressure condition is detected, the TPMS illuminates the low tire pressure warning light located on the instrument cluster. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (67,1)
Vehicle Care 10-67
If the warning light comes on, stop A Tire and Loading Information label TPMS Malfunction Light and as soon as possible and inflate the shows the size of the original Message tires to the recommended pressure equipment tires and the correct shown on the Tire and Loading inflation pressure for the tires when The TPMS will not function properly Information label. See Vehicle Load they are cold. See Vehicle Load if one or more of the TPMS sensors are missing or inoperable. When the Limits on page 9‑22. Limits on page 9‑22, for an example system detects a malfunction, the A message to check the pressure in of the Tire and Loading Information label and its location. Also see Tire low tire pressure warning light a specific tire displays in the Driver flashes for about one minute and Pressure on page 10‑63. Information Center (DIC). The low then stays on for the remainder of tire pressure warning light and the The TPMS can warn about a the ignition cycle. A DIC warning DIC warning message come on at low tire pressure condition but it message also displays. The each ignition cycle until the tires are does not replace normal tire malfunction light and DIC warning inflated to the correct inflation maintenance. See Tire Inspection message come on at each ignition pressure. If the vehicle has DIC on page 10‑69, Tire Rotation on cycle until the problem is corrected. buttons, tire pressure levels can be page 10‑70 and Tires on Some of the conditions that can viewed. For additional information page 10‑55. cause these to come on are: and details about the DIC operation Notice: Tire sealant materials are . and displays, see Driver Information One of the road tires has been not all the same. A non-approved replaced with the spare tire. The Center (DIC) on page 5‑32 and Tire tire sealant could damage the spare tire does not have a Messages on page 5‑48. TPMS sensors. TPMS sensor TPMS sensor. The malfunction The low tire pressure warning light damage caused by using an light and the DIC message may come on in cool weather when incorrect tire sealant is not should go off after the road tire the vehicle is first started, and then covered by the vehicle is replaced and the sensor turn off as the vehicle is driven. This warranty. Always use only the matching process is performed could be an early indicator that the GM-approved tire sealant successfully. See "TPMS Sensor air pressure is getting low and available through your dealer or Matching Process" later in this needs to be inflated to the proper included in the vehicle. section. pressure. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (68,1)
10-68 Vehicle Care
. The TPMS sensor matching . Operating electronic devices or using a TPMS relearn tool, in the process was not done or not being near facilities using radio following order: driver side front tire, completed successfully wave frequencies similar to the passenger side front tire, passenger after rotating the tires. The TPMS could cause the TPMS side rear tire, and driver side rear. malfunction light and the DIC sensors to malfunction. See your dealer for service or to message should go off after If the TPMS is not functioning purchase a relearn tool. successfully completing the properly, it cannot detect or signal a sensor matching process. See There are two minutes to match low tire condition. See your dealer the first tire/wheel position, and "TPMS Sensor Matching for service if the TPMS malfunction Process" later in this section. five minutes overall to match all light and DIC message come on four tire/wheel positions. If it takes . One or more TPMS sensors and stay on. longer, the matching process stops are missing or damaged. The and must be restarted. malfunction light and the DIC TPMS Sensor Matching message should go off when the Process The TPMS sensor matching process is: TPMS sensors are installed and Each TPMS sensor has a unique the sensor matching process is identification code. The identification 1. Set the parking brake. performed successfully. See code needs to be matched to a new 2. Turn the ignition to ON/RUN with your dealer for service. tire/wheel position after rotating the the engine off. . Replacement tires or wheels do vehicle’s tires or replacing one or 3. Press the Remote Keyless not match the original equipment more of the TPMS sensors. Also, Entry (RKE) transmitter's LOCK tires or wheels. Tires and wheels the TPMS sensor matching process and UNLOCK buttons at the other than those recommended should be performed after replacing same time for approximately could prevent the TPMS from a spare tire with a road tire five seconds. The horn sounds functioning properly. See Buying containing the TPMS sensor. The twice to signal the receiver New Tires on page 10‑74. malfunction light and the DIC message should go off at the next is in relearn mode and TIRE ignition cycle. The sensors are LEARNING ACTIVE message matched to the tire/wheel positions, displays on the DIC screen. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (69,1)
Vehicle Care 10-69
If the vehicle does not have 5. Place the relearn tool against 9. Turn the ignition switch to RKE, press the Driver the tire sidewall, near the valve LOCK/OFF. Information Center (DIC) vehicle stem. Then press the button to 10. Set all four tires to the information button until the activate the TPMS sensor. recommended air pressure PRESS V TO RELEARN TIRE A horn chirp confirms that the level as indicated on the Tire POSITIONS message displays. sensor identification code has and Loading Information label. The horn sounds twice to signal been matched to this tire and the receiver is in relearn mode wheel position. Tire Inspection and TIRE LEARNING ACTIVE 6. Proceed to the passenger message displays on the DIC side front tire, and repeat the We recommend that the tires, screen. procedure in Step 5. including the spare tire, if the vehicle has one, be inspected If the vehicle does not have RKE 7. Proceed to the passenger or DIC buttons, press the trip side rear tire, and repeat the for signs of wear or damage at odometer reset stem located on procedure in Step 5. least once a month. the instrument panel cluster until 8. Proceed to the driver side rear Replace the tire if: the PRESS V TO RELEARN tire, and repeat the procedure in . TIRE POSITIONS message The indicators at three or Step 5. The horn sounds two more places around the tire displays. The horn sounds times to indicate the sensor twice to signal the receiver identification code has been can be seen. is in relearn mode and TIRE matched to the driver side rear . There is cord or fabric LEARNING ACTIVE message tire, and the TPMS sensor showing through the tire's displays on the DIC screen. matching process is no longer rubber. 4. Start with the driver side active. The TIRE LEARNING front tire. ACTIVE message on the DIC display screen goes off. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (70,1)
10-70 Vehicle Care
. The tread or sidewall is Tires are rotated to achieve cracked, cut, or snagged a uniform wear for all tires. deep enough to show cord or The first rotation is the most fabric. important. . The tire has a bump, bulge, Any time unusual wear is or split. noticed, rotate the tires as . The tire has a puncture, cut, soon as possible and check the or other damage that cannot wheel alignment. Also check for be repaired well because of damaged tires or wheels. See the size or location of the When It Is Time for New Tires damage. on page 10‑73 and Wheel Replacement on page 10‑77. Use this rotation pattern when Tire Rotation If your vehicle has dual rear rotating the tires if the vehicle has single rear wheels and the Tires should be rotated every wheels, also see Dual Tire Rotation on page 10‑72. tread design for the front tires is 12 000 km (7,500 mi). See the same as the rear tires. Scheduled Maintenance on page 11‑2. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (71,1)
Vehicle Care 10-71
Dual tires are rotated as a pair, and the inside rear tires become the outside rear tires. When installing dual wheels, check that the vent holes in the inner and outer wheels on each side are lined up. Adjust the front and rear tires to the recommended inflation pressure on the Tire and Loading Information label after Use this rotation pattern when Use this rotation pattern when rotating the tires if the vehicle the tires have been rotated. See rotating the tires if the vehicle Tire Pressure on page 10‑63 has dual rear wheels and the has dual rear wheels and the tread design for the front tires is and Vehicle Load Limits on tread design for the front tires is page 9‑22. the same as the rear tires. different from the dual rear tires. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (72,1)
10-72 Vehicle Care
Check that all wheel nuts are Lightly coat the center of the Dual Tire Rotation properly tightened. See Wheel wheel hub with wheel bearing “ When the vehicle is new, Nut Torque” under Capacities grease after a wheel change or or whenever a wheel, wheel bolt, and Specifications on tire rotation to prevent corrosion or wheel nut is replaced, check page 12‑2. or rust build-up. Do not get the wheel nut torque after grease on the flat wheel 160, 1 600, and 10 000 km { WARNING mounting surface or on the (100, 1,000, and 6,000 mi) of wheel nuts or bolts. driving. For proper torque and Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the wheel nut tightening information, Reset the Tire Pressure Monitor parts to which it is fastened, can see “Removing the Spare Tire and make wheel nuts become loose System (TPMS), if the vehicle Tools” under Tire Changing on after time. The wheel could come has one. See Tire Pressure page 10‑81. Monitor Operation on off and cause an accident. When The outer tire on a dual wheel setup changing a wheel, remove any page 10‑66. generally wears faster than the rust or dirt from places where the Check that the spare tire, if inner tire. Tires last longer and wear wheel attaches to the vehicle. In the vehicle has one, is stored more evenly if they are rotated. See an emergency, a cloth or a paper properly. Push, pull, and then Tire Inspection on page 10‑69 and towel can be used; however, use try to rotate or turn the tire. If it Tire Rotation on page 10‑70. Also a scraper or wire brush later to moves, tighten the cable. See see Scheduled Maintenance on remove all rust or dirt. page 11‑2. “Storing a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools” underTire Changing on page 10‑81. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (73,1)
Vehicle Care 10-73
including temperatures, loading { WARNING conditions, and inflation pressure maintenance affect how fast aging If the vehicle is operated with a takes place. Tires will typically need tire that is underinflated, the tire to be replaced due to wear before can overheat. An overheated tire they may need to be replaced can lose air suddenly or catch due to age. Consult the tire fire. You or others could be manufacturer for more information injured. Properly inflate all tires, on when tires should be replaced. including the spare. Vehicle Storage
See Tire Pressure on page 10‑63, Tires age when stored normally mounted on a parked vehicle. Park for information on proper tire Treadwear indicators are one way to a vehicle that will be stored for at inflation. tell when it is time for new tires. least a month in a cool, dry, clean Treadwear indicators appear when area away from direct sunlight to When It Is Time for New the tires have only 1.6 mm (1/16 in) slow aging. This area should be or less of tread remaining. Some Tires free of grease, gasoline or other commercial truck tires may not substances that can deteriorate Factors, such as maintenance, have treadwear indicators. See Tire rubber. temperatures, driving speeds, Inspection on page 10‑69 and Tire vehicle loading, and road conditions Rotation on page 10‑70 for Parking for an extended period can affect the wear rate of the tires. additional information. cause flat spots on the tires that may result in vibrations while The rubber in tires ages over time. driving. When storing a vehicle This also applies to the spare tire, for at least a month, remove the if the vehicle has one, even if it is tires or raise the vehicle to reduce never used. Multiple conditions the weight from the tires. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (74,1)
10-74 Vehicle Care
Buying New Tires GM recommends replacing all the tires at the same time. Uniform { WARNING GM has developed and matched tread depth on all tires will help to specific tires for the vehicle. The maintain the performance of the Mixing tires of different sizes, original equipment tires installed vehicle. Braking and handling brands, or types may cause loss were designed to meet General performance may be adversely of control of the vehicle, resulting Motors Tire Performance Criteria affected if all the tires are not in a crash or other vehicle Specification (TPC Spec) system replaced at the same time. See Tire damage. Use the correct size, rating. When replacement tires are Inspection on page 10‑69 and Tire brand, and type of tires on all needed, GM strongly recommends Rotation on page 10‑70 for wheels. buying tires with the same TPC information on proper tire rotation. Spec rating. This vehicle may have a different size spare than the road tires GM's exclusive TPC Spec system { WARNING originally installed on the vehicle. considers over a dozen critical When new, the vehicle included a Tires could explode during specifications that impact the spare tire and wheel assembly overall performance of the improper service. Attempting to with a similar overall diameter as vehicle, including brake system mount or dismount a tire could the road tires and wheels, so it is performance, ride and handling, cause injury or death. Only your all right to drive on it. The spare traction control, and tire pressure dealer or authorized tire service tire was developed for use on this monitoring performance. GM's TPC center should mount or dismount vehicle and will not affect vehicle Spec number is molded onto the the tires. tire's sidewall near the tire size. handling. If the tires have an all‐season tread design, the TPC Spec number will be followed by MS for mud and snow. See Tire Sidewall Labeling on page 10‑56 for additional information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (75,1)
Vehicle Care 10-75
The Tire and Loading Information { WARNING label indicates the original { WARNING equipment tires on the vehicle. See If different sized wheels are used, Using bias-ply tires on the Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑22 vehicle may cause the wheel for the label location and more there may not be an acceptable rim flanges to develop cracks information about the Tire and level of performance and safety if after many miles of driving. Loading Information label. tires not recommended for those A tire and/or wheel could fail wheels are selected. This suddenly and cause a crash. Different Size Tires and increases the chance of a crash Use only radial-ply tires with Wheels and serious injury. Only use GM the wheels on the vehicle. specific wheel and tire systems If wheels or tires are installed that developed for the vehicle, and are a different size than the original have them properly installed by a If the vehicle tires must be replaced equipment wheels and tires, vehicle GM certified technician. with a tire that does not have a TPC performance, including its braking, Spec number, make sure they are ride and handling characteristics, the same size, load range, speed stability, and resistance to rollover See Buying New Tires on rating, and construction (radial) as may be affected. If the vehicle has page 10‑74 and Accessories and the original tires. electronic systems such as antilock Modifications on page 10‑3 for additional information. Vehicles that have a tire pressure brakes, rollover airbags, traction monitoring system could give an control, and electronic stability inaccurate low‐pressure warning if control, the performance of these non‐TPC Spec rated tires are systems can also be affected. installed. See Tire Pressure Monitor System on page 10‑65. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (76,1)
10-76 Vehicle Care
Uniform Tire Quality use spare tires, tires with government test course. For Grading nominal rim diameters of example, a tire graded 10 to 12 inches (25 to 30 cm), 150 would wear one and a half Quality grades can be found or to some limited-production (1½) times as well on the where applicable on the tire tires. government course as a tire sidewall between tread shoulder While the tires available on graded 100. The relative and maximum section width. performance of tires depends For example: General Motors passenger cars and light trucks may vary with upon the actual conditions of Treadwear 200 Traction AA respect to these grades, they their use, however, and may Temperature A must also conform to federal depart significantly from the safety requirements and norm due to variations in driving The following information relates habits, service practices and to the system developed by the additional General Motors Tire Performance Criteria (TPC) differences in road United States National Highway characteristics and climate. Traffic Safety Administration standards. (NHTSA), which grades tires by All Passenger Car Tires Must Traction – AA, A, B, C treadwear, traction, and Conform to Federal Safety The traction grades, from temperature performance. This Requirements In Addition To highest to lowest, are AA, A, B, applies only to vehicles sold in These Grades. and C. Those grades represent the United States. The grades Treadwear the tire's ability to stop on wet are molded on the sidewalls of pavement as measured under most passenger car tires. The The treadwear grade is a controlled conditions on Uniform Tire Quality Grading comparative rating based on specified government test (UTQG) system does not apply the wear rate of the tire when surfaces of asphalt and to deep tread, winter-type snow tested under controlled concrete. A tire marked C may tires, space-saver, or temporary conditions on a specified have poor traction performance. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (77,1)
Vehicle Care 10-77
Warning: The traction grade under the Federal Motor Safety wear or if the vehicle is pulling to assigned to this tire is based on Standard No. 109. Grades B and one side or the other. If the vehicle straight-ahead braking traction A represent higher levels of vibrates when driving on a smooth tests, and does not include performance on the laboratory road, the tires and wheels might acceleration, cornering, test wheel than the minimum need to be rebalanced. See your dealer for proper diagnosis. hydroplaning, or peak traction required by law. Warning: The characteristics. temperature grade for this tire Wheel Replacement is established for a tire that is Temperature A, B, C – properly inflated and not Replace any wheel that is bent, The temperature grades are overloaded. Excessive speed, cracked, or badly rusted or A (the highest), B, and C, underinflation, or excessive corroded. If wheel nuts keep coming representing the tire's resistance loading, either separately or in loose, the wheel, wheel bolts and to the generation of heat and wheel nuts should be replaced. combination, can cause heat If the wheel leaks air, replace it. its ability to dissipate heat buildup and possible tire failure. Some aluminum wheels can be when tested under controlled repaired. See your dealer if any of conditions on a specified indoor Wheel Alignment and Tire these conditions exist. laboratory test wheel. Sustained Balance Your dealer will know the kind of high temperature can cause the wheel that is needed. material of the tire to degenerate The tires and wheels were aligned and reduce tire life, and and balanced at the factory to Each new wheel should have the provide the longest tire life and best excessive temperature can same load-carrying capacity, overall performance. Adjustments to diameter, width, offset and be lead to sudden tire failure. The wheel alignment and tire balancing mounted the same way as the one grade C corresponds to a will not be necessary on a regular it replaces. level of performance which all basis. However, check the passenger car tires must meet alignment if there is unusual tire Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (78,1)
10-78 Vehicle Care
Replace wheels, wheel bolts, wheel Notice: The wrong wheel can Used Replacement Wheels nuts, or Tire Pressure Monitor also cause problems with bearing System (TPMS) sensors with new life, brake cooling, speedometer { WARNING GM original equipment parts. or odometer calibration, headlamp aim, bumper height, Replacing a wheel with a used { WARNING vehicle ground clearance, and tire one is dangerous. How it has or tire chain clearance to the been used or how far it has been Using the wrong replacement body and chassis. driven may be unknown. It could wheels, wheel bolts, or wheel Whenever a wheel, wheel bolt, fail suddenly and cause a crash. nuts can be dangerous. It could or wheel nut is replaced on a dual When replacing wheels, use a affect the braking and handling of wheel setup, check the wheel nut new GM original equipment the vehicle. Tires can lose air, torque after 160, 1 600 and wheel. and cause loss of control, causing 10 000 km (100, 1,000 and 6,000 mi) a crash. Always use the correct of driving. For proper torque, see wheel, wheel bolts, and wheel “Wheel Nut Torque” under Tire Chains nuts for replacement. Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2. { WARNING See If a Tire Goes Flat on If the vehicle has dual wheels or page 10‑79 for more information. P265/65R18, P275/55R20, LT265/70R17, LT265/70R18, LT265/60R20, P285/50R20, P285/45R22 or 285/45R22 size tires, do not use tire chains. They can damage the vehicle because there is not enough clearance. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (79,1)
Vehicle Care 10-79
Notice: If the vehicle does not If a Tire Goes Flat WARNING (Continued) have dual wheels and has a tire size other than P265/65R18, P275/ It is unusual for a tire to blowout Tire chains used on a vehicle 55R20, LT265/70R17, LT265/ while driving, especially if the tires without the proper amount of 70R18, LT265/60R20, P285/50R20, are maintained properly. If air goes clearance can cause damage to P285/45R22, or 285/45R22, use out of a tire, it is much more likely to the brakes, suspension, or other tire chains only where legal and leak out slowly. But if there ever is a vehicle parts. The area damaged only when you must. Use chains blowout, here are a few tips about by the tire chains could cause you that are the proper size for the what to expect and what to do: to lose control of the vehicle and tires. Install them on the tires of If a front tire fails, the flat tire you or others may be injured in a the rear axle. Do not use chains creates a drag that pulls the vehicle crash. on the tires of the front axle. toward that side. Take your foot off Tighten them as tightly as Use another type of traction the accelerator pedal and grip the possible with the ends securely device only if its manufacturer steering wheel firmly. Steer to fastened. Drive slowly and follow recommends it for use on the maintain lane position, and then the chain manufacturer's gently brake to a stop, well off the vehicle and tire size combination instructions. If you can hear the road, if possible. and road conditions. Follow that chains contacting the vehicle, manufacturer's instructions. To stop and retighten them. If the A rear blowout, particularly on a help avoid damage to the vehicle, contact continues, slow down curve, acts much like a skid and drive slowly, readjust, or remove until it stops. Driving too fast or may require the same correction the device if it is contacting the spinning the wheels with chains as used in a skid. Stop pressing vehicle, and do not spin the on will damage the vehicle. the accelerator pedal and steer to vehicle's wheels. straighten the vehicle. If you do find traction devices that will fit, install them on the rear tires. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (80,1)
10-80 Vehicle Care
It may be very bumpy and noisy. Gently brake to a stop, well off the { WARNING { WARNING road, if possible. Lifting a vehicle and getting Changing a tire can be under it to do maintenance or dangerous. The vehicle can slip { WARNING repairs is dangerous without the off the jack and roll over or fall Driving on a flat tire will cause appropriate safety equipment and causing injury or death. Find a permanent damage to the tire. training. If a jack is provided with level place to change the tire. To Re-inflating a tire after it has been the vehicle, it is designed only for help prevent the vehicle from driven on while severely changing a flat tire. If it is used for moving: underinflated or flat may cause a anything else, you or others could 1. Set the parking brake firmly. blowout and a serious crash. be badly injured or killed if the vehicle slips off the jack. If a jack 2. Put an automatic Never attempt to re-inflate a tire transmission in P (Park) that has been driven on while is provided with the vehicle, only use it for changing a flat tire. or a manual transmission in severely underinflated or flat. 1 (First) or R (Reverse). Have your dealer or an authorized 3. For four-wheel-drive tire service center repair or If a tire goes flat, avoid further tire vehicles, be sure the replace the flat tire as soon as and wheel damage by driving slowly transfer case is in a drive possible. to a level place, well off the road, gear not in N (Neutral). if possible. Turn on the hazard – warning flashers. See Hazard (Continued) Warning Flashers on page 6‑5. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (81,1)
Vehicle Care 10-81
Tire Changing WARNING (Continued) Removing the Spare Tire and 4. Turn off the engine and do Tools not restart while the vehicle is raised. 5. Do not allow passengers to remain in the vehicle. 6. Place wheel blocks on both A. Wheel Block sides of the tire at the B. Flat Tire opposite corner of the tire The following information explains being changed. how to use the jack and change a tire. When the vehicle has a flat tire (B), use the following example as a guide to assist in the placement of Crew Cab the wheel blocks (A). A. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit B. Tool Kit C. Wheel Blocks D. Jack E. Jack Knob F. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel Blocks Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (82,1)
10-82 Vehicle Care
For regular cab models, the equipment you will need is behind the passenger seat. For extended and crew cab models, the equipment is on the shelf behind the passenger side second row seat. 1. Turn the knob on the jack counterclockwise to lower the jack head to release the jack from its holder. 2. Remove the wheel blocks and Regular Cab Extended Cab the wheel block retainer by A. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit A. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit turning the wing nut B. Tool Kit B. Tool Kit counterclockwise. C. Wheel Blocks C. Wheel Blocks 3. Remove the wing nut used to retain the storage bag and tools D. Jack D. Jack by turning it counterclockwise. E. Jack Knob E. Jack Knob You will use the jack handle F. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel extensions and the wheel wrench to Blocks remove the underbody-mounted spare tire. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (83,1)
Vehicle Care 10-83
H. Wheel Wrench I. Jack Handle Extensions J. Spare Tire Lock (If equipped) 1. Open the spare tire lock cover on the bumper and use the ignition key to remove the spare tire lock (J). To remove the spare tire lock, insert the ignition key turn and pull straight out.
A. Spare Tire (Valve Stem 3. Insert the hoist end (open Pointed Down) end) (F) of the extension through B. Hoist Assembly the hole (G) in the rear bumper. C. Hoist Cable Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel wrench. D. Tire/Wheel Retainer Be sure the hoist end of the E. Hoist Shaft extension (F) connects to the F. Hoist End of Extension Tool hoist shaft (E). The ribbed G. Hoist Shaft Access Hole square end of the extension is used to lower the spare tire. 2. Assemble the wheel wrench (H) 4. Turn the wheel wrench (H) and the two jack handle counterclockwise to lower the extensions (I) as shown. spare tire to the ground. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (84,1)
10-84 Vehicle Care
Continue to turn the wheel Removing the Flat Tire and wrench until the spare tire can Installing the Spare Tire be pulled out from under the vehicle. Use the following pictures and instructions to remove the flat tire 5. Pull the spare tire out from under and raise the vehicle. the vehicle.
2. If your vehicle has wheel nut caps, loosen them by turning the wheel wrench counterclockwise. If the vehicle has a center cap with wheel nut caps, the wheel nut caps are designed to stay The tools you will be using include with the center cap after they are 6. Tilt the tire toward the vehicle the jack (A), the wheel blocks (B), loosened. Remove the entire with some slack in the cable to the jack handle (C), the jack handle center cap. access the tire/wheel retainer. extensions (D), and the wheel Tilt the retainer and pull it wrench (E). through the center of the wheel 1. Do a safety check before along with the cable and spring. proceeding. See If a Tire Goes 7. Put the spare tire near the Flat on page 10‑79 for more flat tire. information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (85,1)
Vehicle Care 10-85
If the wheel has a smooth center 3. Use the wheel wrench and turn it Front Position - 1500 Models cap, place the chisel end of the counterclockwise to loosen the 4. Position the jack under the wheel wrench in the slot on the wheel nuts. Do not remove the vehicle as shown. If the flat tire wheel, and gently pry it out. wheel nuts yet. is on the front of the vehicle (1500 Model vehicles), position the jack under the bracket attached to the vehicle's frame, behind the flat tire. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (86,1)
10-86 Vehicle Care
Front Position - All Other Models Rear Position – 1500 Models Rear Position – All Other Models Position the jack under the 5. If the flat tire is on the rear, for For all other models, position the vehicle as shown. If the flat tire 1500 models position the jack jack under the rear axle between is on the front of the vehicle (all under the rear axle about the spring anchor and the shock other models), position the jack 2 inches (5 cm) inboard of the absorber bracket. on the frame behind the flat tire. shock absorber bracket. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (87,1)
Vehicle Care 10-87
If you have added a snow plow to the front of your vehicle, lower { WARNING the snow plow fully before raising the vehicle. Raising the vehicle with the jack improperly positioned can Make sure that the jack head is damage the vehicle and even positioned so that the rear axle make the vehicle fall. To help is resting securely between the avoid personal injury and vehicle grooves that are on the damage, be sure to fit the jack lift jack head. head into the proper location before raising the vehicle. { WARNING
Getting under a vehicle when it is 6. Turn the wheel wrench 7. Remove all the wheel nuts and jacked up is dangerous. If the clockwise to raise the vehicle. take off the flat tire. vehicle slips off the jack, you Raise the vehicle far enough off could be badly injured or killed. the ground so there is enough Never get under a vehicle when it room for the spare tire to fit is supported only by a jack. under the wheel well. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (88,1)
10-88 Vehicle Care
11. Tighten each wheel nut by { WARNING hand. Then use the wheel wrench to tighten the nuts until Rust or dirt on a wheel, or on the the wheel is held against parts to which it is fastened, can the hub. make wheel nuts become loose after time. The wheel could come 12. Turn the wheel wrench off and cause an accident. When counterclockwise to lower the changing a wheel, remove any vehicle. Lower the jack completely. rust or dirt from places where the wheel attaches to the vehicle. In an emergency, a cloth or a paper { WARNING towel can be used; however, use 8. Remove any rust or dirt from the If wheel studs are damaged, they a scraper or wire brush later to wheel bolts, mounting surfaces, can break. If all the studs on a remove all rust or dirt. and spare wheel. wheel broke, the wheel could 9. Install the spare tire. come off and cause a crash. If any stud is damaged because { WARNING of a loose-running wheel, it could be that all of the studs are Never use oil or grease on bolts damaged. To be sure, replace all or nuts because the nuts might studs on the wheel. If the stud come loose. The vehicle's wheel holes in a wheel have become could fall off, causing a crash. larger, the wheel could collapse in operation. Replace any wheel if its stud holes have become larger 10. Put the wheel nuts back on or distorted in any way. Inspect with the rounded end of the nuts toward the wheel. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (89,1)
Vehicle Care 10-89
WARNING (Continued) WARNING (Continued)
hubs and hub‐piloted wheels after replacing. Follow the torque for damage. Because of loose specification supplied by the running wheels, piloting pad aftermarket manufacturer when damage may occur and require using accessory locking wheel replacement of the entire hub, for nuts. See Capacities and proper centering of the wheels. Specifications on page 12‑2 for When replacing studs, hubs, original equipment wheel nut wheel nuts or wheels, be sure to torque specifications. use GM original equipment parts. Notice: Improperly tightened 13. Tighten the nuts firmly in a wheel nuts can lead to brake crisscross sequence as shown { WARNING pulsation and rotor damage. To by turning the wheel wrench avoid expensive brake repairs, clockwise. Wheel nuts that are improperly or evenly tighten the wheel nuts in For vehicles with dual wheels, have incorrectly tightened can cause the proper sequence and to the a technician check the wheel nut the wheels to become loose or proper torque specification. See tightness of all wheels with a torque come off. The wheel nuts should Capacities and Specifications on wrench after the first 100 miles be tightened with a torque wrench page 12‑2 for the wheel nut (160 km) and then 1,000 miles to the proper torque specification torque specification. (1600 km) after that. Repeat this (Continued) service whenever you have a tire removed or serviced. See Capacities and Specifications on page 12‑2 for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (90,1)
10-90 Vehicle Care
When you reinstall the regular Storing a Flat or Spare Tire wheel and tire, you must also and Tools reinstall either the center cap, or bolt-on hub cap, depending on { WARNING what your vehicle is equipped with. For center caps, place the cap on Storing a jack, a tire, or other the wheel and tap it into place until equipment in the passenger it seats flush with the wheel. The compartment of the vehicle could cap only goes on one way. Be sure cause injury. In a sudden stop or to line up the tab on the center cap collision, loose equipment could with the indentation on the wheel. strike someone. Store all these in For bolt-on hub caps, align the the proper place. plastic nut caps with the wheel nuts A. Flat or Spare Tire (Valve Stem and then tighten by hand. Then use Pointed Down) the wheel wrench to tighten. Notice: Storing an aluminum wheel with a flat tire under your B. Hoist Assembly vehicle for an extended period of C. Hoist Cable time or with the valve stem D. Tire/Wheel Retainer pointing up can damage the wheel. Always stow the wheel E. Hoist Shaft with the valve stem pointing F. Hoist End of Extension Tool down and have the wheel/tire repaired as soon as possible. G. Hoist Shaft Access Hole Store the tire under the rear of the vehicle in the spare tire carrier. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (91,1)
Vehicle Care 10-91
H. Wheel Wrench I. Jack Handle Extensions J. Spare Tire Lock (If Equipped) 1. Put the tire on the ground at the rear of the vehicle with the valve stem pointed down, and to the rear. 2. Pull the cable and spring through the center of the wheel. Tilt the wheel retainer plate down and through the center wheel. 3. Attach the wheel wrench (H) and 4. Insert the hoist end (F) through extensions (I) together, as the hole (G) in the rear bumper Make sure the retainer is fully shown. and onto the hoist shaft. seated across the underside of the wheel. Do not use the chiseled end of the wheel wrench. 5. Raise the tire part way upward. Make sure the retainer is seated in the wheel opening. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (92,1)
10-92 Vehicle Care
6. Raise the tire fully against the To store the jack and jack tools: G. Jack underside of the vehicle by H. Bolt Retaining Wheel Blocks turning the wheel wrench clockwise until you hear two 1. Put the tools (D) in the tool clicks or feel it skip twice. You bag (E) and place them in the cannot overtighten the cable. retaining bracket (C). 2. Tighten down the wing nut (C). 3. Assemble the wheel blocks (B) and jack (G) together with the wing nut (A) and retaining bolt (H). 4. Position the jack (G) in the mounting bracket (F). Position A. Wing Nut Retaining Wheel the holes in the base of the Blocks jack (G) onto the pin in the mounting bracket (F). B. Wheel Blocks 5. Return them to their original C. Wing Nut Retaining Tool Kit location in the vehicle. For more 7. Make sure the tire is stored D. Wheel Wrench and Extensions information, refer to “Removing the Spare Tire and Tools for securely. Push, pull (A), and then E. Tool Bag ” try to turn (B) the tire. If the tire more information. moves, use the wheel wrench to F. Jack Mounting Bracket tighten the cable. 8. Reinstall the spare tire lock, if the vehicle has one. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (93,1)
Vehicle Care 10-93
Full-Size Spare Tire Notice: If the vehicle has After installing the spare tire on your four-wheel drive and a different vehicle, you should stop as soon as Your vehicle, when new, had a size spare tire is installed, do not possible and make sure the spare fully-inflated spare tire. A spare tire drive in four-wheel drive until tire is correctly inflated. Have the may lose air over time, so check its the flat tire is repaired and/or damaged or flat road tire repaired or inflation pressure regularly. See Tire replaced. The vehicle could be replaced as soon as you can and Pressure on page 10‑63 and damaged and the repairs would installed back onto your vehicle. Vehicle Load Limits on page 9‑22 not be covered by the warranty. This way, the spare tire will be for information regarding proper tire Never use four-wheel drive when available in case you need it again. inflation and loading your vehicle. a different size spare tire is Do not mix tires and wheels of For instruction on how to remove, installed on the vehicle. install or store a spare tire, see different sizes, because they will “Removing the Flat Tire and Your vehicle may have a different not fit. Keep your spare tire and its Installing the Spare” and “Storing a size spare tire than the road tires wheel together. If your vehicle has a Flat or Spare Tire and Tools” under originally installed on your vehicle. spare tire that does not match your Tire Changing on page 10‑81. This spare tire was developed for vehicle's original road tires and use on your vehicle, so it is all right wheels in size and type, do not to drive on it. If your vehicle has include the spare in the tire rotation. four-wheel drive and the different size spare tire is installed, keep the vehicle in two-wheel drive. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (94,1)
10-94 Vehicle Care
Jump Starting 2. If you have a vehicle with a WARNING (Continued) diesel engine with two batteries, For more information about the you should know before you vehicle battery, see Battery on If you do not follow these steps begin that, especially in cold page 10‑33. exactly, some or all of these weather, you may not be able to things can hurt you. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the get enough power from a single hybrid supplement for more battery in another vehicle to start information. Notice: Ignoring these steps your diesel engine. If your could result in costly damage to vehicle has more than one If the vehicle's battery (or batteries) the vehicle that would not be battery, using the battery that is has run down, you may want to use covered by the warranty. closer to the starter will reduce another vehicle and some jumper electrical resistance. This is cables to start your vehicle. Be sure Trying to start the vehicle by located on the passenger side, to use the following steps to do it pushing or pulling it will not in the rear of the engine safely. work, and it could damage the compartment. vehicle. 3. Get the vehicles close enough { WARNING 1. Check the other vehicle. It must so the jumper cables can reach, have a 12-volt battery with a but be sure the vehicles are not Batteries can hurt you. They can negative ground system. touching each other. If they are, be dangerous because: Notice: Only use a vehicle it could cause an unwanted . They contain acid that can that has a 12-volt system with ground connection. You would burn you. a negative ground for jump not be able to start your vehicle, . They contain gas that can starting. If the other vehicle does and the bad grounding could explode or ignite. not have a 12-volt system with a damage the electrical systems. negative ground, both vehicles . They contain enough can be damaged. electricity to burn you. (Continued) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (95,1)
Vehicle Care 10-95
To avoid the possibility of the 4. Turn off the ignition on both vehicles rolling, set the parking vehicles. Unplug unnecessary brake firmly on both vehicles accessories plugged into the involved in the jump start cigarette lighter or the accessory procedure. Put the automatic power outlets. Turn off the radio transmission in P (Park) or a and all the lamps that are not manual transmission in Neutral needed. This will avoid sparks before setting the parking brake. and help save both batteries. If you have a four-wheel-drive And it could save the radio! vehicle, be sure the transfer 5. Open the hood on the other case is in a drive gear, not in vehicle and locate the Neutral. positive (+) and negative (−) Notice: If the radio or other terminal locations on that If your vehicle has a gasoline accessories are left on during the vehicle. engine, the remote negative (-) jump starting procedure, they The positive (+) terminal, is terminal is a stud located on the could be damaged. The repairs located under a red plastic cover right front of the engine, where would not be covered by the at the positive battery post. To the negative battery cable warranty. Always turn off the uncover the positive (+) terminal, attaches. radio and other accessories when open the red plastic cover. jump starting the vehicle. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (96,1)
10-96 Vehicle Care
If your vehicle has a diesel engine, the remote negative (-) { WARNING WARNING (Continued) terminal is the negative (-) post on the auxiliary battery on the Using an open flame near a battery can cause battery gas to Battery fluid contains acid that driver side of the engine can burn you. Do not get it on compartment. explode. People have been hurt doing this, and some have been you. If you accidentally get it in For more information on the blinded. Use a flashlight if you your eyes or on your skin, flush location of the remote need more light. the place with water and get positive (+) and remote medical help immediately. negative (−) terminals, see Be sure the battery has enough Engine Compartment Overview water. You do not need to add on page 10‑6 water to the battery installed in your new vehicle. But if a battery { WARNING { WARNING has filler caps, be sure the right amount of fluid is there. If it is low, Fans or other moving engine An electric fan can start up even add water to take care of that parts can injure you badly. Keep when the engine is not running first. If you do not, explosive gas your hands away from moving and can injure you. Keep hands, could be present. parts once the engine is running. clothing and tools away from any (Continued) underhood electric fan. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (97,1)
Vehicle Care 10-97
6. Check that the jumper cables 8. Do not let the other end touch do not have loose or missing metal. Connect it to the insulation. If they do, you could positive (+) terminal of the get a shock. The vehicles could good battery. Use a remote be damaged too. positive (+) terminal if the vehicle Before you connect the cables, has one. here are some basic things you 9. Now connect the black should know. Positive (+) will go negative (−) cable to the to positive (+) or to a remote negative (−) terminal of the positive (+) terminal if the vehicle good battery. Use a remote has one. Negative (−) will go to a negative (−) terminal if the heavy, unpainted metal engine vehicle has one. 5.3L engine (4.3L, 4.8L, 6.0L, 6.2L part or to a remote negative (−) Do not let the other end touch terminal if the vehicle has one. and 6.6L similar) anything until the next step. Do not connect positive (+) to 7. Connect the red positive (+) 10. Connect the other end of the negative (−) or you will get a cable to the positive (+) terminal negative (−) cable to a heavy, short that would damage the of the vehicle with the dead unpainted metal engine part or battery and maybe other parts battery. to the remote negative (−) too. And do not connect the terminal, on the vehicle with negative (−) cable to the the dead battery. negative (−) terminal on the dead battery because this can cause sparks. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (98,1)
10-98 Vehicle Care
11. Start the vehicle with the good To disconnect the jumper cables battery and run the engine for a from both vehicles do the following: while. 1. Disconnect the black 12. Try to start the vehicle that had negative (−) cable from the the dead battery. If it will not vehicle that had the bad battery. start after a few tries, it 2. Disconnect the black probably needs service. negative (−) cable from the Notice: If the jumper cables are vehicle with the good battery. connected or removed in the 3. Disconnect the red positive (+) wrong order, electrical shorting cable from the vehicle with the may occur and damage the good battery. vehicle. The repairs would not be Jumper Cable Removal covered by the vehicle warranty. 4. Disconnect the red positive (+) Always connect and remove the A. Heavy, Unpainted Metal Engine cable from the other vehicle. jumper cables in the correct Part or Remote Negative (−) 5. Return the positive (+) terminal order, making sure that the Terminal cover, to its original position. cables do not touch each other or B. Good Battery or Remote other metal. Positive (+) and Remote Negative (−) Terminals C. Dead Battery or Remote Positive (+) Terminal Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (99,1)
Vehicle Care 10-99
Recreational Vehicle . What is the distance that will be Towing travelled? Some vehicles have Towing restrictions on how far and how Towing the Vehicle Recreational vehicle towing means long they can tow. Notice: To avoid damage, the towing the vehicle behind another . Is the proper towing equipment disabled vehicle should be towed vehicle, such as a motor home. going to be used? See your with all four wheels off the The two most common types of dealer or trailering professional ground. Care must be taken recreational vehicle towing are for additional advice and with vehicles that have low known as dinghy towing and dolly equipment recommendations. ground clearance and/or special towing. Dinghy towing is towing the . Is the vehicle ready to be equipment. Always flatbed on a vehicle with all four wheels on the towed? Just as preparing the car carrier. ground. Dolly towing is towing the vehicle with two wheels on the vehicle for a long trip, make sure Consult your dealer or a ground and two wheels up on a the vehicle is prepared to be professional towing service if the device known as a dolly. towed. disabled vehicle must be towed. See Roadside Assistance Program Here are some important things to (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or consider before recreational vehicle Roadside Assistance Program towing: (Mexico) on page 13‑9. . What is the towing capacity To tow the vehicle behind another of the towing vehicle? Be sure vehicle for recreational purposes, to read the tow vehicle such as behind a motorhome, see manufacturer's “Recreational Vehicle Towing” in this recommendations. section. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (100,1)
10-100 Vehicle Care
Dinghy Towing transmissions have no provisions 3. Securely attach the vehicle for internal lubrication while being being towed to the tow vehicle. Two-Wheel-Drive Vehicles towed. Four-Wheel-Drive Vehicles { WARNING Shifting a four-wheel-drive vehicle's transfer case into N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle to roll even if the transmission is in P (Park). The driver or others could be injured. Make sure the parking brake is firmly set before the transfer case is shifted to N (Neutral).
Notice: If the vehicle is 4. Shift the transfer case to towed with all four wheels N (Neutral). See “Shifting into on the ground, the drivetrain Use the following procedure to Neutral” under Four-Wheel Drive components could be damaged. dinghy tow a four-wheel-drive on page 9‑50 for the proper The repairs would not be covered vehicle: procedure to select the Neutral by the vehicle warranty. Do not 1. Position the vehicle being towed position for the vehicle. tow the vehicle with all four behind the tow vehicle and shift wheels on the ground. the transmission to P (Park). Two-wheel-drive vehicles should 2. Turn the engine off and firmly set not be towed with all four wheels the parking brake. on the ground. Two-wheel-drive Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (101,1)
Vehicle Care 10-101
5. Release the parking brake only Dolly Towing Two-wheel-drive vehicles should not after the vehicle being towed is be towed with the rear wheels on firmly attached to the towing Front Towing (Front Wheels Off the ground. Two-wheel-drive vehicle. the Ground) – Two-Wheel-Drive transmissions have no provisions Vehicles 6. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF for internal lubrication while being towed. and remove the key — the steering wheel will still turn. To dolly tow a two‐wheel‐drive vehicle, the vehicle must be towed After towing, see “Shifting Out of with the rear wheels on the dolly. Neutral” under Four-Wheel Drive on See Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off page 9‑50 for the proper procedure “ to take the vehicle out of the Neutral the Ground)” later in this section for position. more information.
Notice: If a two-wheel-drive vehicle is towed with the rear wheels on the ground, the transmission could be damaged. The repairs would not be covered by the vehicle warranty. Never tow the vehicle with the rear wheels on the ground. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (102,1)
10-102 Vehicle Care
Front Towing (Front Wheels Off 3. Shift the transmission to 6. Secure the vehicle to the dolly the Ground) – Four-Wheel-Drive P (Park). following the manufacturer's Vehicles 4. Firmly set the parking brake. instructions. 7. Shift the transfer case to { WARNING N (Neutral). See “Shifting into Neutral” under Four-Wheel Drive Shifting a four-wheel-drive on page 9‑50 for the proper vehicle's transfer case into procedure to select the neutral N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle position for the vehicle. to roll even if the transmission is 8. Release the parking brake only in P (Park). The driver or others after the vehicle being towed is could be injured. Make sure the firmly attached to the towing parking brake is firmly set before vehicle. the transfer case is shifted to 9. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. N (Neutral). After towing, see “Shifting Out of Use the following procedure to dolly Neutral” under Four-Wheel Drive on tow a four-wheel-drive vehicle from 5. Use an adequate clamping page 9‑50. the front: device designed for towing to 1. Attach the dolly to the tow ensure that the front wheels are vehicle following the dolly locked into the straight position. manufacturer's instructions. 2. Drive the front wheels onto the dolly. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (103,1)
Vehicle Care 10-103
Rear Towing (Rear Wheels Off 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the Four‐Wheel‐Drive Vehicles the Ground) dolly. Use the following procedure to dolly 3. Firmly set the parking brake. tow a four-wheel-drive vehicle from Two‐Wheel‐Drive Vehicles See Parking Brake on the rear: page 9‑64. 1. Attach the dolly to the tow 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). vehicle following the dolly 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly manufacturer's instructions. following the manufacturer's 2. Drive the rear wheels onto the instructions. dolly. 6. Use an adequate clamping 3. Firmly set the parking brake. device designed for towing to See Parking Brake on ensure that the front wheels are page 9‑64. locked into the straight position. 4. Put the transmission in P (Park). 7. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. 5. Secure the vehicle to the dolly following the manufacturer's Use the following procedure to dolly instructions. tow a two-wheel-drive vehicle from the rear: 6. Use an adequate clamping device designed for towing to 1. Attach the dolly to the tow ensure that the front wheels are vehicle following the dolly locked into the straight position. manufacturer's instructions. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (104,1)
10-104 Vehicle Care
Appearance Care Do not wash the vehicle in direct { WARNING sunlight. Use a car washing soap. Do not use cleaning agents that are Shifting a four-wheel-drive Exterior Care petroleum based or that contain vehicle's transfer case into Silicone grease on weatherstrips will acid or abrasives, as they can N (Neutral) can cause the vehicle make them last longer, seal better, damage the paint, metal or plastic to roll even if the transmission is and not stick or squeak. Apply on the vehicle. Approved cleaning in P (Park). The driver or others silicone grease with a clean cloth. products can be obtained from your could be injured. Make sure the During very cold, damp weather dealer. Follow all manufacturers' parking brake is firmly set before frequent application may be directions regarding correct the transfer case is shifted to required. See Recommended Fluids product usage, necessary safety N (Neutral). and Lubricants on page 11‑8. precautions and appropriate disposal of any vehicle care Washing the Vehicle product. 7. Shift the transfer case to N (Neutral). See “Shifting into The best way to preserve the Rinse the vehicle well, before Neutral” under Four-Wheel Drive vehicle's finish is to keep it clean by washing and after to remove all on page 9‑50 for the proper washing it often. cleaning agents completely. If they procedure to select the neutral Notice: Certain cleaners contain are allowed to dry on the surface, position for the vehicle. chemicals that can damage the they could stain. 8. Turn the ignition to LOCK/OFF. emblems or nameplates on the Dry the finish with a soft, clean vehicle. Check the cleaning chamois or an all-cotton towel to After towing, see Shifting Out of “ product label. If it states that it avoid surface scratches and water Neutral under Four-Wheel Drive on ” should not be used on plastic spotting. page 9‑50. parts, do not use it on the vehicle or damage may occur and it would not be covered by the warranty. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (105,1)
Vehicle Care 10-105
High pressure car washes may If the vehicle has a basecoat/ Exterior painted surfaces are cause water to enter the vehicle. clearcoat paint finish, the clearcoat subject to aging, weather and Avoid using high pressure washes gives more depth and gloss to the chemical fallout that can take their closer than 30 cm (12 in) to the colored basecoat. Always use toll over a period of years. To help surface of the vehicle. Use of power waxes and polishes that are keep the paint finish looking new, washers exceeding 8 274 kPa non-abrasive and made for a keep the vehicle garaged or (1,200 psi) can result in damage or basecoat/clearcoat paint finish. covered whenever possible. removal of paint and decals. Notice: Machine compounding Protecting Exterior Bright Metal Cleaning Exterior or aggressive polishing on a Parts basecoat/clearcoat paint Lamps/Lenses Bright metal parts should be finish may damage it. Use only cleaned regularly to keep their Use only lukewarm or cold water, a non-abrasive waxes and polishes luster. Washing with water is all that soft cloth and a car washing soap to that are made for a basecoat/ is usually needed. However, chrome clean exterior lamps and lenses. clearcoat paint finish on the polish may be used on chrome or Follow instructions under “Washing vehicle. the Vehicle”. stainless steel trim, if necessary. Foreign materials such as calcium Use special care with aluminum Finish Care chloride and other salts, ice melting trim. To avoid damaging protective agents, road oil and tar, tree sap, Occasional waxing or mild polishing trim, never use auto or chrome bird droppings, chemicals from of the vehicle by hand may be polish, steam or caustic soap to industrial chimneys, etc., can necessary to remove residue from clean aluminum. A coating of damage the vehicle's finish if they the paint finish. Approved cleaning wax, rubbed to high polish, is remain on painted surfaces. Wash products can be obtained from your recommended for all bright metal the vehicle as soon as possible. dealer. parts. If necessary, use non-abrasive cleaners that are marked safe for painted surfaces to remove foreign matter. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (106,1)
10-106 Vehicle Care
Windshield and Wiper Blades Aluminum or Chrome-Plated damage the surface of the wheel(s). The repairs would Clean the outside of the windshield Wheels and Trim not be covered by the vehicle with glass cleaner. The vehicle may have either warranty. Use only approved Clean the rubber blades using a lint aluminum or chrome-plated wheels. cleaners on aluminum or free cloth or paper towel soaked Keep the wheels clean using a soft chrome-plated wheels. with windshield washer fluid or a clean cloth with mild soap and The surface of these wheels is mild detergent. Wash the windshield water. Rinse with clean water. After similar to the painted surface of the thoroughly when cleaning the rinsing thoroughly, dry with a soft vehicle. Do not use strong soaps, blades. Bugs, road grime, sap clean towel. A wax may then be chemicals, abrasive polishes, and a buildup of vehicle wash/wax applied. abrasive cleaners, cleaners with treatments may cause wiper Notice: Chrome wheels and other acid, or abrasive cleaning brushes streaking. Replace the wiper chrome trim may be damaged if on them because they could blades if they are worn or damaged. the vehicle is not washed after damage the surface. Do not use Wipers can be damaged by: driving on roads that have been chrome polish on aluminum wheels. . Extreme dusty conditions sprayed with magnesium, calcium Notice: Using chrome polish on or sodium chloride. These . Sand and salt aluminum wheels could damage chlorides are used on roads for the wheels. The repairs would . Heat and sun conditions such as ice and dust. not be covered by the vehicle Always wash the vehicle's . Snow and ice, without proper warranty. Use chrome polish chrome with soap and water on chrome wheels only. removal after exposure. Use chrome polish only on Notice: Using strong soaps, chrome-plated wheels, but avoid chemicals, abrasive polishes, any painted surface of the wheel, cleaners, brushes, or cleaners and buff off immediately after that contain acid on aluminum application. or chrome-plated wheels, could Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (107,1)
Vehicle Care 10-107
Notice: Driving the vehicle Sheet Metal Damage Chemicals used for ice and snow through an automatic car wash removal and dust control can collect If the vehicle is damaged and that has silicone carbide tire on the underbody. If these are not requires sheet metal repair or cleaning brushes, could damage removed, corrosion and rust can replacement, make sure the body the aluminum or chrome-plated develop on the underbody parts repair shop applies anti-corrosion wheels. The repairs would not be such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, material to parts repaired or covered by the vehicle warranty. and exhaust system even though replaced to restore corrosion Never drive a vehicle that has they have corrosion protection. protection. aluminum or chrome-plated At least every spring, flush these Original manufacturer replacement wheels through an automatic car materials from the underbody with parts will provide the corrosion wash that uses silicone carbide plain water. Clean any areas where protection while maintaining the tire cleaning brushes. mud and debris can collect. Dirt vehicle warranty. Tires packed in close areas of the frame Finish Damage should be loosened before being To clean the tires, use a stiff brush flushed. Your dealer or an with tire cleaner. Any stone chips, fractures or deep underbody car washing system scratches in the finish should be Notice: Using petroleum-based can do this. repaired right away. Bare metal will tire dressing products on the corrode quickly and may develop vehicle may damage the paint Steering, Suspension, and into major repair expense. finish and/or tires. When applying Chassis Components a tire dressing, always wipe off Minor chips and scratches can be Visually inspect front and rear any overspray from all painted repaired with touch-up materials suspension and steering system surfaces on the vehicle. available from your dealer. Larger for damaged, loose, or missing areas of finish damage can be parts or signs of wear. Inspect corrected in your dealer's body power steering lines and hoses for and paint shop. proper hook-up, binding, leaks, Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (108,1)
10-108 Vehicle Care
cracks, chafing, etc. Visually check loosened before being flushed. Your the carpet, fabric, leather, and constant velocity joints, rubber dealer or an underbody car washing plastic surfaces. Stains should be boots, and axle seals for leaks. system can do this. removed quickly as extreme heat could cause them to set rapidly. Lubricate Body Components Chemical Paint Spotting Lighter colored interiors may Lubricate all key lock cylinders, Some weather and atmospheric require more frequent cleaning. hood hinges, liftgate hinges, and conditions can create a chemical Newspapers and garments that can steel fuel door hinge unless the fallout. Airborne pollutants can fall transfer color to home furnishings components are plastic. Applying upon and attack painted surfaces on can also transfer color to the silicone grease on weatherstrips the vehicle. This damage can take interior. with a clean cloth will make them two forms: blotchy, ring-shaped last longer, seal better, and not stick discolorations, and small, irregular Remove dust from small buttons or squeak. dark spots etched into the paint and knobs with a small brush with surface. soft bristles. Underbody Maintenance Although no defect in the paint job Your dealer has products for Chemicals used for ice and snow causes this, we will repair, at no cleaning the interior. When cleaning removal and dust control can collect charge to the owner, the surfaces of the interior, only use cleaners on the underbody. If these are not new vehicles damaged by this specifically designed for the removed, corrosion and rust can fallout condition within 12 months or surfaces that are being cleaned. develop on the underbody parts 20 000 km (12,000 mi) of purchase, Permanent damage can result from such as fuel lines, frame, floor pan, whichever occurs first. using cleaners on surfaces for and exhaust system even though which they were not intended. Apply they have corrosion protection. Interior Care the cleaner directly to the cleaning Flush these materials from the cloth to prevent over-spray. Remove The interior will continue to look underbody with plain water. Clean any accidental over-spray from its best if it is cleaned often. Dust any areas where mud and debris other surfaces immediately. can collect. Dirt packed in close and dirt can accumulate on the upholstery and cause damage to areas of the frame should be Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (109,1)
Vehicle Care 10-109
Notice: Using abrasive cleaners . Never apply heavy pressure or always try to remove them first with when cleaning glass surfaces on rub aggressively with a cleaning plain water or club soda. Before the vehicle, could scratch the cloth. Use of heavy pressure can cleaning, gently remove as much of glass and/or cause damage to the damage the interior and does the soil as possible using one of the rear window defogger. When not improve the effectiveness of following techniques: cleaning the glass on the vehicle, soil removal. . For liquids: gently blot the use only a soft cloth and glass . Use only mild, neutral-pH soaps. remaining soil with a paper cleaner. Avoid laundry detergents or towel. Allow the soil to absorb Cleaners can contain solvents that dishwashing soaps with into the paper towel until no can become concentrated in the degreasers. Using too much more can be removed. interior. Before using cleaners, read soap will leave a residue that . For solid dry soils: remove as and adhere to all safety instructions leaves streaks and attracts dirt. For liquid cleaners, about much as possible and then on the label. While cleaning the vacuum. interior, maintain adequate 20 drops per 3.78 L (1 gal) of ventilation by opening the doors water is a good guide. To clean: and windows. . Do not heavily saturate the 1. Saturate a lint-free, clean white Do not clean the interior using the upholstery while cleaning. cloth with water or club soda. following cleaners or techniques: . Cleaners that contain solvents 2. Remove excess moisture. can damage the interior. . Never use a knife or any other 3. Start on the outside edge of the sharp object to remove a soil Fabric/Carpet soil and gently rub toward the from any interior surface. center. Continue cleaning, using Use a vacuum cleaner with a soft . Never use a stiff brush. It can a clean area of the cloth each brush attachment to remove dust time it becomes soiled. cause damage to the interior and loose dirt. A canister vacuum surfaces. with a beater bar in the nozzle may 4. Continue to gently rub the only be used on floor carpet and soiled area. carpeted floor mats. For soils, Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (110,1)
10-110 Vehicle Care
5. If the soil is not completely To remove dust, a soft cloth Instrument Panel, Vinyl and removed, use a mild soap dampened with water can be used. other Plastic Surfaces solution and repeat the cleaning If a more thorough cleaning is process that was used with plain necessary, a soft cloth dampened To remove dust, a soft cloth water. with a mild soap solution can be dampened with water can be used. If a more thorough cleaning is If any of the soil remains, a used. Your dealer has a GM approved leather cleaner available necessary, a clean soft cloth commercial fabric cleaner or spot dampened with a mild soap solution lifter may be necessary. Test a small that provides superior cleaning performance when used regularly can be used to gently remove dust hidden area for colorfastness before and dirt. Never use spot lifters or using a commercial upholstery on finished automotive leathers. Allow the leather to dry naturally. Do removers on plastic surfaces. cleaner or spot lifter. If the locally Many commercial cleaners and cleaned area gives any impression not use heat, steam, spot lifters or spot removers, or shoe polish on coatings that are sold to preserve that a ring formation may result, and protect soft plastic surfaces clean the entire surface. leather. Many commercial leather cleaners and coatings that are sold may permanently change the A paper towel can be used to blot to preserve and protect leather appearance and feel of the interior excess moisture from the fabric or may permanently change the and are not recommended. Do not carpet after the cleaning process. appearance and feel of the leather use silicone or wax-based products, or those containing organic solvents Leather/Leatherette and are not recommended. Do not use silicone or wax-based products, to clean the interior because they Leather, and lighter colored leather or those containing organic solvents can alter the appearance by in particular, will need more frequent to clean the interior because they increasing the gloss in a cleaning to prevent the buildup of can alter the appearance by non-uniform manner. dust, dirt, and colors transferred increasing the gloss in a Some commercial products may from other items so that these do non-uniform manner. increase gloss on the instrument not become permanent stains. panel. The increase in gloss may cause annoying reflections in the Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (111,1)
Vehicle Care 10-111
windshield and even make it difficult Floor Mats Use the following guidelines for to see through the windshield under proper floor mat usage. certain conditions. { WARNING . The original equipment floor Notice: Air fresheners contain mats were designed for the solvents that may cause damage If a floor mat is the wrong size or vehicle. If the floor mats need to plastics and painted surfaces. is not properly installed, it can replacing, it is recommended Follow the manufacturer’s interfere with the accelerator that GM certified floor mats be instructions when using air pedal and/or brake pedal. purchased. Non-GM floor mats fresheners in the vehicle. If air Interference with the pedals can may not fit properly and may freshener comes in contact with cause unintended acceleration interfere with the accelerator or paint or a plastic surface, blot and/or increased stopping brake pedal. Always check that immediately with a soft cloth. distance which can cause a crash the floor mats do not interfere Damage caused by using air and injury. Make sure the floor with the pedals. fresheners would not be covered mat does not interfere with the . Use the floor mat with the by the vehicle warranty. accelerator or brake pedal. correct side up. Do not turn Care of Safety Belts it over. Keep belts clean and dry. . Do not place anything on top of the driver side floor mat. { WARNING . Use only a single floor mat on the driver side. Do not bleach or dye safety belts. . Do not place one floor mat on It may severely weaken them. In top of another. a crash, they might not be able to provide adequate protection. Clean safety belts only with mild soap and lukewarm water. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (112,1)
10-112 Vehicle Care
2 NOTES Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-1
General Information Because of all the different ways Service and people use vehicles, maintenance Maintenance This maintenance section applies to needs vary. The vehicle might need vehicles with a gasoline engine. more frequent checks and services. For diesel engine vehicles, see the Please read the information under General Information maintenance schedule section in Scheduled Maintenance. To keep General Information ...... 11-1 the Duramax Diesel Supplement. the vehicle in good condition, see Notice: Maintenance intervals, your dealer. Scheduled Maintenance checks, inspections, The maintenance schedule is for Scheduled Maintenance . . . . . 11-2 recommended fluids, and vehicles that: lubricants are necessary to keep Recommended Fluids, . Carry passengers and cargo this vehicle in good working Lubricants, and Parts within recommended limits on condition. Damage caused by Recommended Fluids and the Tire and Loading Information failure to follow scheduled Lubricants ...... 11-8 label. See Vehicle Load Limits maintenance might not be Maintenance Replacement on page 9‑22. Parts ...... 11-11 covered by the vehicle warranty. . Are driven on reasonable road As the vehicle owner, you are Maintenance Records surfaces within legal driving responsible for the scheduled Maintenance Records ...... 11-12 limits. maintenance in this section. We recommend having your . Are driven off-road in the dealer perform these services. recommended manner. See Proper vehicle maintenance helps to Off-Road Driving on page 9‑7. keep the vehicle in good working . Use the recommended fuel. condition, improves fuel economy, See Recommended Fuel on and reduces vehicle emissions for page 9‑79. better air quality. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
11-2 Service and Maintenance
The proper replacement parts, Scheduled { WARNING fluids, and lubricants to use are listed in Recommended Fluids and Maintenance Performing maintenance work can Lubricants on page 11‑8 and be dangerous. Some jobs can Maintenance Replacement Parts on When the Change Engine Oil cause serious injury. Perform page 11‑11. We recommend the use Soon Message Displays maintenance work only if you of genuine parts from your dealer. Change engine oil and filter. have the required know-how and Rotation of New Tires See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. the proper tools and equipment. An Emission Control Service. If in doubt, see your dealer to To maintain ride, handling, and have a qualified technician do the performance of the vehicle, it is When the CHANGE ENGINE OIL work. See Doing Your Own important that the first rotation SOON message displays in the Driver Information Center (DIC), Service Work on page 10‑4. service for new tires be performed. Tires should be rotated every service is required for the vehicle as 12 000 km/7,500 miles. See Tire soon as possible, within the next At your dealer, you can be certain Rotation on page 10‑70. 1 000 km/600 miles. If driving under that you will receive the highest the best conditions, the engine oil level of service available. life system might not indicate the Your dealer has specially trained need for vehicle service for more service technicians, uses genuine than a year. The engine oil and filter replacement parts, as well as, must be changed at least once a up‐to‐date tools and equipment year and the oil life system must be to ensure fast and accurate reset. Your dealer has trained diagnostics. service technicians who will perform this work and reset the system. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-3
If the engine oil life system is reset . Windshield washer fluid level . Fluids visual leak check accidentally, service the vehicle check. See Washer Fluid on (or every 12 months, whichever within 5 000 km/3,000 miles since page 10‑29. occurs first). A leak in any system must be repaired and the last service. Reset the oil life . Windshield wiper blade system whenever the oil is changed. inspection for wear, cracking, the fluid level checked. See Engine Oil Life System on or contamination and windshield . Engine air cleaner filter page 10‑12. and wiper blade cleaning, inspection. See Engine Air Every Engine Oil Change if contaminated. See Exterior Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑20. Care on page 10 104. Worn or ‑ . Brake system inspection . Change engine oil and filter. damaged wiper blade (or every 12 months, whichever Reset oil life system. See replacement. See Wiper Blade occurs first). Engine Oil on page 10‑8 and Replacement on page 10‑40. Engine Oil Life System on . For vehicles with Allison . Tire inflation pressures check. ® page 10 12. An Emission Transmission only: At the first ‑ See Tire Pressure on Control Service. engine oil change only, replace page 10‑63. external transmission filter. . Engine coolant level check. . Tire wear inspection. See Tire See Engine Coolant on . Steering and suspension Inspection on page 10‑69. page 10‑22. inspection. Visual inspection for . Rotate tires if necessary. damaged, loose, or missing . Engine cooling system See Tire Rotation on parts or signs of wear. inspection. Visual inspection of page 10 70. hoses, pipes, fittings, and ‑ clamps and replacement, if needed. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
11-4 Service and Maintenance
. Lubricate the front suspension, Applying silicone grease on Additional Required Services steering linkage, and parking weatherstrips with a clean cloth brake cable guides. Control arm makes them last longer, seal At the First 160 km/100 Miles, ball joints on 2500/3500 series better, and not stick or squeak. 1 600 km/1,000 Miles, and vehicles require lubrication but 10 000 km/6,000 Miles should not be lubricated unless . Restraint system component check. See Safety System . For vehicles with dual wheels: their temperature is −12°C Check dual wheel nut torque. Check on page 3‑28. (10°F) or higher, or they could For proper torque, see be damaged. Control arm ball . Fuel system inspection for Capacities and Specifications on joints on 1500 series vehicles damage or leaks. page 12‑2. are maintenance‐free. Vehicles . Exhaust system and nearby heat used under severe commercial Every 12 000 km/7,500 Miles shields inspection for loose or operating conditions require damaged components. . Rotate tires. Tires should be lubrication on a regular basis rotated every 12 000 km/ every 5 000 km/3,000 miles. . Vehicles with diesel engine or 7,500 miles. See Tire Rotation GVWR above 4 536 kg . Body hinges and latches, key on page 10‑70. (10,000 lbs) only: Shields lock cylinders, folding seat inspection for damage or At Each Fuel Stop hardware, and tailgate hinges, looseness. Adjust or replace linkage, and handle pivot points . Engine oil level check. as required. This is a Noise lubrication. See Recommended See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. Emission Control Service. Fluids and Lubricants on Applicable to vehicles sold in the . Engine coolant level check. page 11 8. More frequent ‑ United States and recommended See Engine Coolant on lubrication may be required for vehicles sold in Canada. page 10‑22. when the vehicle is exposed to a corrosive environment. . Windshield washer fluid level check. See Washer Fluid on page 10‑29. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-5
Once a Month . See Ignition Transmission Lock First Engine Oil Change After Check on page 10‑39. Every 40 000 km/25,000 Miles . Tire inflation pressures check. See Tire Pressure on . See Park Brake and P (Park) . Four‐wheel drive only: Transfer page 10‑63. Mechanism Check on case fluid change (extreme duty page 10‑40. service) for vehicles mainly . Tire wear inspection. See Tire . driven off road in four wheel Inspection on page 10‑69. Accelerator pedal check for ‐ ‐ damage, high effort, or binding. drive. Vehicles used for farming, . Sunroof track and seal Replace if needed. mining, forestry, Department of inspection, if equipped. Natural Resources (DNR), and See Sunroof (Extended Cab) on . Underbody flushing service. snow plowing occupations meet page 2‑20 or Sunroof (Crew . Hood/Decklid/Liftgate/Liftglass this definition. Check vent hose Cab) on page 2‑21. Support Gas Strut Service: at transfer case for kinks and Once a Year Visually inspect gas strut, proper installation. Check to be if equipped, for signs of wear, sure vent hose is unobstructed, . See Starter Switch Check on cracks, or other damage. Check clear, and free of debris. During page 10‑38. the hold open ability of the gas any maintenance, if a power . See Automatic Transmission strut. Contact your dealer if washer is used to clean mud Shift Lock Control Function service is required. and dirt from the underbody, Check on page 10‑39. care should be taken to not directly spray the transfer case output seals. High pressure water can overcome the seals and contaminate the transfer case fluid. Contaminated fluid will decrease the life of the transfer case and should be replaced. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
11-6 Service and Maintenance
First Engine Oil Change After . Four‐wheel drive only: Transfer . Evaporative control system Every 80 000 km/50,000 Miles case fluid change (severe inspection. Check all fuel and service) for vehicles mainly vapor lines and hoses for proper . Engine air cleaner filter driven when frequently towing a hook‐up, routing, and condition. replacement. See Engine Air trailer, or used for taxi, police, Check that the purge valve, Cleaner/Filter on page 10‑20. or delivery service. Check vent if the vehicle has one, works . Automatic transmission fluid hose at transfer case for properly. Replace as needed. change (severe service) for kinks and proper installation. An Emission Control Service. vehicles with Gross Vehicle Check to be sure vent hose is The U.S. Environmental Weight Rating (GVWR) over unobstructed, clear, and free of Protection Agency or the 3 901 kg (8,600 lbs) or mainly debris. During any maintenance, California Air Resources Board driven in heavy city traffic in hot if a power washer is used to has determined that the failure weather, in hilly or mountainous clean mud and dirt from the to perform this maintenance item terrain, when frequently towing a underbody, care should be taken will not nullify the emission trailer, or used for taxi, police, to not directly spray the transfer warranty or limit recall liability or delivery service. See case output seals. High pressure prior to the completion of Automatic Transmission Fluid water can overcome the seals the vehicle's useful life. (4-Speed Transmission) on and contaminate the transfer We, however, urge that all page 10‑13 or Automatic case fluid. Contaminated fluid recommended maintenance Transmission Fluid (6-Speed will decrease the life of the services be performed at the Transmission) on page 10‑16. transfer case and should be indicated intervals and the replaced. maintenance be recorded. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-7
First Engine Oil Change After care should be taken to not First Engine Oil Change After Every 160 000 km/100,000 Miles directly spray the transfer case Every 240 000 km/150,000 Miles output seals. High pressure . Automatic transmission fluid . Engine cooling system drain, change (normal service). water can overcome the seals flush, and refill (or every See Automatic Transmission and contaminate the transfer five years, whichever occurs Fluid (4-Speed Transmission) on case fluid. Contaminated fluid first). See Engine Coolant on will decrease the life of the page 10‑13 or Automatic page 10‑22. An Emission Transmission Fluid (6-Speed transfer case and should be Control Service. Transmission) on page 10 16. replaced. ‑ . Engine drive belts inspection . Spark plug replacement and . Four‐wheel drive only: Transfer for fraying, excessive cracks, case fluid change (normal spark plug wires inspection. or obvious damage (or every service). Check vent hose at An Emission Control Service. 10 years, whichever occurs transfer case for kinks and first). Replace, if needed. proper installation. Check to be . Manual transmission fluid sure vent hose is unobstructed, change. clear, and free of debris. During any maintenance, if a power washer is used to clean mud and dirt from the underbody, Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)
11-8 Service and Maintenance
Recommended Fluids, Lubricants, and Parts Recommended Fluids and Lubricants This maintenance section applies to vehicles with a gasoline engine. If the vehicle has a diesel engine and/or an Allison Transmission, see the maintenance schedule section in the Duramax Diesel Supplement. Fluids and lubricants identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer.
Usage Fluid/Lubricant The engine requires engine oil approved to the dexos specification. Oils meeting this specification can be identified with the dexos certification Engine Oil mark. Look for and use only an engine oil that displays the dexos certification mark of the proper viscosity grade. See Engine Oil on page 10‑8. 50/50 mixture of clean, drinkable water and use only DEX-COOL coolant. Engine Coolant See Engine Coolant on page 10‑22. DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 12377967, Hydraulic Brake System in Canada 89021320). DOT 3 Hydraulic Brake Fluid (GM Part No. 12377967, Hydraulic Clutch System in Canada 89021320). Windshield Washer Optikleen® Washer Solvent. Power Steering System GM Power Steering Fluid (GM Part No. 89021184, in Canada 89021186). Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-9
Usage Fluid/Lubricant Automatic Transmission DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Synchromesh Transmission Fluid (GM Part No. 12345349, Manual Transmission in Canada 10953465). Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Key Lock Cylinders in Canada 10953474). Lubriplate Lubricant Aerosol (GM Part No. 12346293, in Canada 992723) Floor Shift Linkage or lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2 Category LB or GC-LB. Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Chassis Lubrication lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Front Axle (1500 Series) SAE 80W-90 Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021671, Four‐Wheel Drive in Canada 89021672). Front Axle (1500, 2500 HD, and SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, 3500 HD Series) in Canada 89021678). SAE 75W-90 Synthetic Axle Lubricant (GM Part No. 89021677, Rear Axle in Canada 89021678). Transfer Case (Four‐Wheel Drive) DEXRON®-VI Automatic Transmission Fluid. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)
11-10 Service and Maintenance
Usage Fluid/Lubricant Front Axle Propshaft Spline or One-Piece Propshaft Spline Spline Lubricant, Special Lubricant (GM Part No. 12345879, (Two-Wheel Drive with in Canada 10953511). 4‐Speed Auto. Trans.) Chassis Lubricant (GM Part No. 12377985, in Canada 88901242) or Rear Driveline Center Spline lubricant meeting requirements of NLGI #2, Category LB or GC-LB. Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Hood Hinges in Canada 10953474). Body Door Hinge Pins, Tailgate Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Hinge and Linkage, Folding Seats, in Canada 10953474). and Fuel Door Hinge Tailgate Handle Pivot Points, Hinges, Multi-Purpose Lubricant, Superlube (GM Part No. 12346241, Latch Bolt, and Linkage in Canada 10953474). Weatherstrip Lubricant (GM Part No. 3634770, in Canada 10953518) or Weatherstrip Conditioning Dielectric Silicone Grease (GM Part No. 12345579, in Canada 992887). Synthetic Grease with Teflon, Superlube (GM Part No. 12371287, Weatherstrip Squeaks in Canada 10953437). Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-11
Maintenance Replacement Parts Replacement parts identified below by name, part number, or specification can be obtained from your dealer. If your vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. Part GM Part Number ACDelco Part Number Engine Air Cleaner/Filter Standard Filter 15908916* A3086C* High Capacity Filter 15908915 A3085C Oil Filter 4.3L V6 25010792 PF47 4.8L V8; 5.3L V8; 6.0L V8; 6.2L V8 89017524 PF48 Spark Plugs 4.3L V6 12568387 41-101 4.8L V8; 5.3L V8; 6.0L V8; 6.2L V8 12621258 41-110 Wiper Blades – 55.0 cm (21.6 in) 25877402 — *15908915 (A3085C) high-capacity air cleaner filter may be substituted. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)
11-12 Service and Maintenance
Maintenance Records After the scheduled services are performed, record the date, odometer reading, who performed the service, and the type of services performed in the boxes provided. Retain all maintenance receipts.
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)
Service and Maintenance 11-13
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)
11-14 Service and Maintenance
Odometer Date Serviced By Services Performed Reading Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
Technical Data 12-1
Technical Data Vehicle Identification Engine Identification The eighth character in the VIN Vehicle Identification is the engine code. This code Vehicle Identification Number (VIN) identifies the vehicle's engine, Vehicle Identification specifications, and replacement Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 parts. See “Engine Specifications” Service Parts Identification under Capacities and Specifications Label ...... 12-1 on page 12‑2 for the vehicle's engine code. Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications ...... 12-2 Service Parts Engine Drive Belt Routing . . . 12-6 Identification Label This label, on the inside of the glove box, has the following information: . Vehicle Identification Number (VIN). . Model designation. This legal identifier is in the front . corner of the instrument panel, on Paint information. the left side of the vehicle. It can be . Production options and special seen through the windshield from equipment. outside. The VIN also appears on Do not remove this label from the the Vehicle Certification and Service vehicle. Parts labels and certificates of title and registration. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
12-2 Technical Data
Vehicle Data Capacities and Specifications The following approximate capacities are given in metric and English conversions. See Recommended Fluids and Lubricants on page 11‑8 for more information. If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information.
Capacities Application Metric English For the air conditioning system refrigerant charge Air Conditioning Refrigerant R134a amount, see the refrigerant label located under the hood. See your dealer for more information. Cooling System 4.3L V6 1500 Series 15.6 L 16.5 qt 4.8L V8 1500 Series 16.0 L 16.9 qt 5.3L V8 1500 Series 16.0 L 16.9 qt 6.0L V8 2500 Series and 3500 Series 15.5 L 16.4 qt 6.2L V8 1500 Series 15.9 L 16.8 qt Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
Technical Data 12-3
Capacities Application Metric English Engine Oil with Filter 4.3L V6 4.3 L 4.5 qt 4.8L V8; 5.3L V8; 6.0L V8; 6.2L V8 5.7 L 6.0 qt Fuel Tank 1500 Series Standard and Short Box 98.4 L 26.0 gal 1500 Series Long Box 128.7 L 34.0 gal 2500 Series Standard Box 136.3 L 36.0 gal 2500 Series and 3500 Series Long Box 136.3 L 36.0 gal 3500 Series Chassis Cab 240.4 L 63.5 gal 3500 Chassis Cab – Front Tank 89.0 L 23.5 gal 3500 Chassis Cab – Rear Tank (if equipped) 151.4 L 40.0 gal Transfer Case Fluid 1.5 L 1.6 qt Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
12-4 Technical Data
Capacities Application Metric English Transmission Fluid - Automatic (Pan Removal and Filter Replacement) 4-Speed Transmission 4L60-E Electronic Transmission 4.7 L 5.0 qt 6-Speed Transmission 6L80-E 5.7 L 6.0 qt 6-Speed Transmission 6L90-E 6.0 L 6.3 qt 6-Speed Transmission Allison 7.0 L 7.4 qt Transmission Fluid - Manual (Drain and Refill) 1500 Series 4.4 L 4.6 qt 3500 Series 3.5 L 3.7 qt Wheel Nut Torque 190 Y 140 ft lb All capacities are approximate. When adding, be sure to fill to the approximate level, as recommended in this manual. Recheck fluid level after filling. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
Technical Data 12-5
Engine Specifications Engine VIN Code Transmission Spark Plug Gap 4.3L V6 (LU3) X Automatic 1.52 mm (0.060 in) 4.8L V8 (L20) A Automatic 1.02 mm (0.040 in) 5.3L V8 FlexFuel with Active Fuel Management™ 0 Automatic 1.02 mm (0.040 in) (Iron Block) (LMG) 5.3L V8 FlexFuel with Active Fuel Management™ 3 Automatic 1.02 mm (0.040 in) (Aluminum Block) (LC9) 6.0L V8 (Iron Block) (LC8) B Automatic 1.02 mm (0.040 in) 6.0L V8 (Iron Block) (L96) G Automatic 1.02 mm (0.040 in) 6.2L V8 FlexFuel 2 Automatic 1.02 mm (0.040 in) (Aluminum Block) (L9H) Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
12-6 Technical Data
Engine Drive Belt Routing
V8 Engines V6 Engines If the vehicle has a diesel engine, see the Duramax diesel supplement for more information. If the vehicle is a hybrid, see the hybrid supplement for more information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
Customer Information 13-1
Courtesy Transportation Customer Information Customer Program (U.S. and Information Canada) ...... 13-10 Collision Damage Repair Customer Satisfaction (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-11 Procedure (U.S. and Customer Information Service Publications Canada) Customer Satisfaction Ordering Information ...... 13-14 Your satisfaction and goodwill are Procedure (U.S. and Reporting Safety Defects important to your dealer and to Canada) ...... 13-1 Reporting Safety Defects to Chevrolet. Normally, any concerns Customer Satisfaction the United States Procedure (Mexico) ...... 13-3 with the sales transaction or the Government ...... 13-15 operation of the vehicle will be Customer Assistance Offices Reporting Safety Defects to (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-4 resolved by your dealer's sales or the Canadian service departments. Sometimes, Customer Assistance Offices Government ...... 13-15 (Mexico) ...... 13-5 however, despite the best intentions Reporting Safety Defects to of all concerned, misunderstandings Customer Assistance for General Motors ...... 13-16 Text Telephone (TTY) Users can occur. If your concern has not (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-6 Vehicle Data Recording and been resolved to your satisfaction, Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Privacy the following steps should be taken: GM Mobility Reimbursement Vehicle Data Recording STEP ONE: Discuss your concern Program (U.S. and and Privacy ...... 13-16 with a member of dealership Canada) ...... 13-7 Event Data Recorders ...... 13-16 management. Normally, concerns Roadside Assistance Program OnStar® ...... 13-17 can be quickly resolved at that level. (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-7 Navigation System ...... 13-17 If the matter has already been Roadside Assistance Program Radio Frequency reviewed with the sales, service, (Mexico) ...... 13-9 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-18 or parts manager, contact the owner Scheduling Service Radio Frequency of your dealership or the general Appointments Statement ...... 13-18 manager. (U.S. and Canada) ...... 13-9 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
13-2 Customer Information
STEP TWO: If after contacting a When contacting Chevrolet, case will generally be heard within member of dealership management, remember that your concern will 40 days. If you do not agree with the it appears your concern cannot be likely be resolved at a dealer's decision given in your case, you resolved by your dealership without facility. That is why we suggest may reject it and proceed with any further help, in the U.S., call the following Step One first. other venue for relief available Chevrolet Customer Assistance to you. STEP THREE — U.S. Owners: Center at 1-800-222-1020. Both General Motors and your You may contact the BBB Auto Line In Canada, call General Motors of dealer are committed to making Program using the toll-free Canada Customer Communication sure you are completely satisfied telephone number or write them at Centre at 1-800-263-3777 (English), with your new vehicle. However, the following address: or 1-800-263-7854 (French). if you continue to remain unsatisfied BBB Auto Line Program We encourage you to call the after following the procedure Council of Better Business toll-free number in order to give your outlined in Steps One and Two, you Bureaus, Inc. inquiry prompt attention. Have the can file with the Better Business ® 4200 Wilson Boulevard following information available to Bureau (BBB) Auto Line Program Suite 800 give the Customer Assistance to enforce your rights. Arlington, VA 22203-1838 representative: The BBB Auto Line Program is an Telephone: 1-800-955-5100 . Vehicle Identification out-of-court program administered www.dr.bbb.org/goauto Number (VIN). This is available by the Council of Better Business from the vehicle registration or Bureaus to settle automotive This program is available in all title, or the plate at the top left of disputes regarding vehicle repairs or 50 states and the District of the instrument panel and visible the interpretation of the New Vehicle Columbia. Eligibility is limited by through the windshield. Limited Warranty. Although you may vehicle age, mileage, and other be required to resort to this informal factors. General Motors reserves . Dealership name and location. dispute resolution program prior to the right to change eligibility . Vehicle delivery date and filing a court action, use of the limitations and/or discontinue its present mileage. program is free of charge and your participation in this program. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
Customer Information 13-3
STEP THREE — Canadian For further information concerning Customer Satisfaction Owners: In the event that you do eligibility in the Canadian Motor not feel your concerns have been Vehicle Arbitration Plan (CAMVAP), Procedure (Mexico) addressed after following the call toll-free 1-800-207-0685, or call procedure outlined in Steps One the General Motors Customer and Two, General Motors of Canada Communication Centre, Limited wants you to be aware of 1-800-263-3777 (English), its participation in a no-charge 1-800-263-7854 (French), Mediation/Arbitration Program. or write to: General Motors of Canada Limited The Mediation/Arbitration Program has committed to binding arbitration c/o Customer Communication Did you get the Warranty Extension of owner disputes involving Centre Plan? This plan is recommended by factory-related vehicle service General Motors of Canada Limited General Motors to supplement the claims. The program provides for Mail Code: CA1-163-005 warranty included with the new the review of the facts involved by 1908 Colonel Sam Drive vehicle purchase. an impartial third party arbiter, and Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 may include an informal hearing See your dealer for details. before the arbiter. The program is Your inquiry should be accompanied Customer Assistance by the Vehicle Identification designed so that the entire dispute Procedure settlement process, from the time Number (VIN). you file your complaint to the final Owner satisfaction and goodwill are decision, should be completed in very important to your dealer and about 70 days. We believe our General Motors. impartial program offers advantages Normally, any problem with the over courts in most jurisdictions transaction, sale, or usage of the because it is informal, quick, and vehicle must be handled by your free of charge. dealer sales or service departments. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
13-4 Customer Information
However, we recognize that despite STEP THREE See Customer Assistance Offices the good intentions of all parties If your case is not resolved in a (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑4 or involved, sometimes a reasonable amount of time by your Customer Assistance Offices misunderstanding may occur. dealer, please call the General (Mexico) on page 13‑5 for more If you have a problem that has not Motors Customer Assistance information. been satisfactorily handled through Center (CAC) and provide the the normal means, we suggest the following information: Customer Assistance following steps: . Name Offices (U.S. and Canada) STEP ONE . Address Chevrolet encourages customers to call the toll-free number for Explain your case to your dealer . Phone number service agent, service manager, assistance. However, if a customer dealer sales agent, or sales . Model year wishes to write or e-mail Chevrolet, manager, depending on your case. . Brand the letter should be addressed to: Make sure that they have all . Vehicle Identification United States necessary information. They are Number (VIN) Chevrolet Motor Division interested in your continual . Chevrolet Customer Assistance satisfaction. Mileage Center . Delivery date STEP TWO P.O. Box 33170 If you are not satisfied, please . Description of the problem Detroit, MI 48232-5170 contact the general manager or your . Dealership name www.Chevrolet.com dealership owner to ask for their . Dealership address 1-800-222-1020 help. If they are not able to resolve 1-800-833-2438 (For Text your case, ask them to contact the Telephone Devices (TTYs)) right people at General Motors for Roadside Assistance: support, if needed. 1-800-243-8872 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
Customer Information 13-5
From Puerto Rico: Mexico, Central America, and Mexico Caribbean Islands/Countries 1-800-496-9992 (English) From Mexico City 1-800-496-9993 (Spanish) (Except Puerto Rico and U.S. Virgin Islands) 5329-0811 From U.S. Virgin Islands: General Motors de Mexico, S. de From Other Mexico Locations 1-800-496-9994 R.L. de C.V. 01-800-466-0811 Canada Customer Assistance Center Av. Ejercito Nacional #843 United States and Canada General Motors of Canada Limited Col. Granada 1-866-466-8190 Customer Communication Centre, C.P. 11520, Mexico, D.F. Mail Code: CA1-163-005 Costa Rica 1908 Colonel Sam Drive 01-800-466-0800 Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 Long Distance: 011-52-53 29 0800 00-800-052-1005 www.gm.ca Guatemala 1-800-263-3777 (English) Customer Assistance 1-800-263-7854 (French) Offices (Mexico) 1-800-999-5252 1-800-263-3830 (For Text To contact the Customer Assistance Panama Telephone devices (TTYs)) Center (CAC), use the phone 00-800-052-0001 Roadside Assistance: numbers listed in this section. 1-800-268-6800 Customer assistance is available Dominican Republic Overseas Monday through Friday, 08:00 to 1-888-751-5301 20:00 hours, and Saturdays from Please contact the local General 08:00 to 15:00 hours. El Salvador Motors Business Unit. All e-mail inquiries to the Customer 800-6273 Assistance Center (CAC) should be sent to: [email protected]. Honduras 800-0122-6101 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
13-6 Customer Information
Customer Assistance for . Chevrolet dealer locator for Here are a few of the valuable service nationwide. Text Telephone (TTY) tools and services you will have . access to: Users (U.S. and Canada) Exclusive privileges and offers. . Recall notices for your specific . My Showroom: Find and save To assist customers who are deaf, vehicle. information on vehicles and hard of hearing, or speech-impaired current offers in your area. and who use Text Telephones . OnStar and GM Cardmember . My Dealers: Save details such (TTYs), Chevrolet has TTY Services Earnings summaries. as address and phone number equipment available at its Customer Other Helpful Links for each of your preferred Assistance Center. Any TTY user GM dealers. in the U.S. can communicate Chevrolet — www.chevrolet.com with Chevrolet by dialing: Chevrolet Merchandise — . My Driveway: Access quick links 1-800-833-2438. TTY users in www.chevymall.com to parts and service estimates, Canada can dial 1-800-263-3830. check trade-in values, Help Center — www.chevrolet.com/ or schedule a service Online Owner Center pages/mds/helpcenter/faq.do appointment by adding the . FAQ vehicles you own to your Chevrolet Owner Center (U.S.) driveway profile. www.chevyownercenter.com . Contact Us . My Preferences: Manage your Information and services My GM Canada www.gm.ca profile and use tools and forms customized for your specific My GM Canada is a with greater ease. vehicle — all in one convenient password-protected section of place. To sign up, visit the My GM.ca www.gm.ca where you can save section within www.gm.ca. . Digital owner manual, warranty information on GM vehicles, get information, and more. personalized offers, and use handy tools and forms with greater ease. . Storage for online service and maintenance records. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)
Customer Information 13-7
GM Mobility Roadside Assistance . Odometer reading, Vehicle Identification Number (VIN), and Reimbursement Program Program (U.S. and delivery date of the vehicle. (U.S. and Canada) Canada) . Description of the problem. For U.S.‐purchased vehicles, Coverage call 1 800 243 8872; ‐ ‐ ‐ Services are provided up to (Text Telephone (TTY): 5 years/160 000 km (100,000 mi), 1 888 889 2438). ‐ ‐ ‐ whichever comes first. For Canadian‐purchased vehicles, In the U.S., anyone driving the call 1-800-268-6800. This program is available to vehicle is covered. In Canada, a qualified applicants for cost Service is available 24 hours a day, person driving the vehicle without reimbursement of eligible 365 days a year. permission from the owner is not covered. aftermarket adaptive equipment Calling for Assistance required for the vehicle, such as Roadside Assistance is not a part of When calling Roadside Assistance, the New Vehicle Limited Warranty. hand controls or a wheelchair/ have the following information scooter lift for the vehicle. Chevrolet and General Motors of ready: Canada Limited reserve the right to For more information on the limited . offer, visit www.gmmobility.com or Your name, home address, and make any changes or discontinue call the GM Mobility Assistance home telephone number. the Roadside Assistance program at any time without notification. Center at 1-800-323-9935. . Telephone number of your Text Telephone (TTY) users, location. Chevrolet and General Motors of call 1-800-833-9935. Canada Limited reserve the right to . Location of the vehicle. General Motors of Canada limit services or payment to an also has a Mobility Program. . Model, year, color, and license owner or driver if they decide the Call 1-800-GM-DRIVE (463-7483) plate number of the vehicle. claims are made too often, or the for details. TTY users call same type of claim is made many 1-800-263-3830. times. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)
13-8 Customer Information
Services Provided . Flat Tire Change: Service to Services Specific to Canadian change a flat tire with the spare Purchased Vehicles . Emergency Fuel Delivery: tire. The spare tire, if equipped, Delivery of enough fuel for the must be in good condition and . Fuel Delivery: Reimbursement vehicle to get to the nearest properly inflated. It is the owner's is approximately $5 Canadian. service station. responsibility for the repair or Diesel fuel delivery may be restricted. Propane and other . Lock‐Out Service: Service to replacement of the tire if it is not unlock the vehicle if you are covered by the warranty. fuels are not provided through this service. locked out. A remote unlock may . Battery Jump Start: Service to be available if you have OnStar. jump start a dead battery. . Lock-Out Service: Vehicle For security reasons, the driver registration is required. must present identification Services Not Included in . Trip Routing Service: Detailed before this service is given. Roadside Assistance maps of North America are . Emergency Tow From a Public . Impound towing caused by provided when requested Road or Highway: Tow to the violation of any laws. either with the most direct route nearest Chevrolet dealer for . Legal fines. or the most scenic route. warranty service, or if the vehicle There is a limit of six requests was in a crash and cannot be . Mounting, dismounting, per year. Additional travel driven. Assistance is also given or changing of snow tires, information is also available. when the vehicle is stuck in the chains, or other traction devices. Allow three weeks for delivery. sand, mud, or snow. . Towing or services for vehicles driven on a non-public road or highway. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)
Customer Information 13-9
. Trip Interruption Benefits and Roadside Assistance Scheduling Service Assistance: Must be over 250 kilometers from where Program (Mexico) Appointments your trip was started to Roadside Assistance is available (U.S. and Canada) qualify. General Motors of 24 hours a day, 365 days of When the vehicle requires Canada Limited requires the year. pre-authorization, original warranty service, contact your detailed receipts, and a copy For detailed information about dealer and request an appointment. of the repair orders. Once Roadside Assistance, please see By scheduling a service authorization has been received, the brochure provided with your new appointment and advising the the Roadside Assistance advisor vehicle or visit our website at: service consultant of your will help to make arrangements www.chevrolet.com.mx. Navigate transportation needs, your dealer and explain how to receive the site and click on “Asistencia en can help minimize your payment. el Camino.” E-mail correspondence inconvenience. should be sent to: If the vehicle cannot be scheduled . Alternative Service: [email protected]. If assistance cannot be provided into the service department right away, the Roadside To contact Roadside Assistance by immediately, keep driving it until it Assistance advisor may give phone, use the following numbers: can be scheduled for service, unless, of course, the problem is permission to get local Mexico emergency road service. safety related. If it is, please call You will receive payment, up to 01-800-466-0800 your dealership, let them know this, and ask for instructions. $100, after sending the original United States receipt to Roadside Assistance. If your dealer requests you to bring Mechanical failures may be 1-866-466-8901 the vehicle for service, you are covered, however any cost for Canada urged to do so as early in the work parts and labor for repairs not day as possible to allow for the covered by the warranty are the 1-800-268-6800 same day-repair. owner responsibility. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)
13-10 Customer Information
Courtesy Transportation Transportation Options Public Transportation or Fuel Reimbursement Program (U.S. and Warranty service can generally be Canada) completed while you wait. However, If the vehicle requires overnight if you are unable to wait, GM helps warranty repairs, and public To enhance your ownership to minimize inconvenience by transportation is used instead of experience, we and our participating providing several transportation your dealer's shuttle service, the dealers are proud to offer Courtesy options. Depending on the expense must be supported by Transportation, a customer support circumstances, your dealer can original receipts and can only be up program for vehicles with the offer one of the following: to the maximum amount allowed by Bumper-to-Bumper (Base Warranty GM for shuttle service. In addition, Coverage period in Canada), Shuttle Service for U.S. customers, should you extended powertrain, and/or Shuttle service is the preferred arrange transportation through hybrid‐specific warranties in both means of offering Courtesy a friend or relative, limited the U.S. and Canada. Transportation. Dealers may provide reimbursement for reasonable Several Courtesy Transportation shuttle service to get you to your fuel expenses may be available. options are available to assist in destination with minimal interruption Claim amounts should reflect actual reducing inconvenience when of your daily schedule. This includes costs and be supported by original warranty repairs are required. one‐way or round‐trip shuttle service receipts. See your dealer for within reasonable time and distance information regarding the allowance Courtesy Transportation is not a parameters of your dealer's area. amounts for reimbursement of fuel part of the New Vehicle Limited or other transportation costs. Warranty. A separate booklet entitled “Warranty and Owner Assistance Information” furnished with each new vehicle provides detailed warranty coverage information. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)
Customer Information 13-11
Courtesy Rental Vehicle Additional Program Collision Damage Repair Your dealer may arrange to provide Information (U.S. and Canada) you with a courtesy rental vehicle or All program options, such as shuttle If the vehicle is involved in a reimburse you for a rental vehicle service, may not be available at that you obtain if the vehicle is kept collision and it is damaged, have the every dealer. Please contact your damage repaired by a qualified for an overnight warranty repair. dealer for specific information Rental reimbursement will be limited technician using the proper about availability. All Courtesy equipment and quality replacement and must be supported by original Transportation arrangements will be receipts. This requires that you sign parts. Poorly performed collision administered by appropriate dealer repairs diminish the vehicle resale and complete a rental agreement personnel. and meet state/provincial, local, and value, and safety performance can rental vehicle provider requirements. General Motors reserves the be compromised in subsequent Requirements vary and may include right to unilaterally modify, collisions. change, or discontinue Courtesy minimum age requirements, Collision Parts insurance coverage, credit card, etc. Transportation at any time and to You are responsible for fuel resolve all questions of claim Genuine GM Collision parts are new usage charges and may also be eligibility pursuant to the terms and parts made with the same materials responsible for taxes, levies, usage conditions described herein at its and construction methods as the fees, excessive mileage, or rental sole discretion. parts with which the vehicle was usage beyond the completion of the originally built. Genuine GM repair. Collision parts are the best choice to ensure that the vehicle's designed It may not be possible to provide a appearance, durability, and safety like vehicle as a courtesy rental. are preserved. The use of Genuine GM parts can help maintain the GM New Vehicle Limited Warranty. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)
13-12 Customer Information
Recycled original equipment parts covered by the GM New Vehicle Many insurance policies provide may also be used for repair. These Limited Warranty, and any vehicle reduced protection to the GM parts are typically removed from failure related to such parts is not vehicle by limiting compensation vehicles that were total losses in covered by that warranty. for damage repairs by using prior crashes. In most cases, the aftermarket collision parts. Some parts being recycled are from Repair Facility insurance companies will not undamaged sections of the vehicle. GM also recommends that you specify aftermarket collision parts. A recycled original equipment GM choose a collision repair facility that When purchasing insurance, we part may be an acceptable choice to meets your needs before you ever recommend that you ensure that the maintain the vehicle's originally need collision repairs. Your dealer vehicle will be repaired with GM designed appearance and safety may have a collision repair center original equipment collision parts. performance; however, the history of with GM-trained technicians and If such insurance coverage is not these parts is not known. Such parts state‐of‐the‐art equipment, or be available from your current are not covered by the GM New able to recommend a collision insurance carrier, consider switching Vehicle Limited Warranty, and any repair center that has GM-trained to another insurance carrier. related failures are not covered by technicians and comparable If the vehicle is leased, the leasing that warranty. equipment. company may require you to have Aftermarket collision parts are also Insuring The Vehicle insurance that ensures repairs with available. These are made by Genuine GM Original Equipment companies other than GM and may Protect your investment in the Manufacturer (OEM) parts or not have been tested for the vehicle. GM vehicle with comprehensive Genuine Manufacturer replacement As a result, these parts may fit and collision insurance coverage. parts. Read the lease carefully, as poorly, exhibit premature durability/ There are significant differences in you may be charged at the end of corrosion problems, and may not the quality of coverage afforded by the lease for poor quality repairs. perform properly in subsequent various insurance policy terms. collisions. Aftermarket parts are not Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)
Customer Information 13-13
If a Crash Occurs . Vehicle Identification original GM parts. Remember, Number (VIN). recycled parts will not be covered by If there has been an injury, call . Insurance company and policy the GM vehicle warranty. emergency services for help. Do not number. leave the scene of a crash until all Insurance pays the bill for the repair, matters have been taken care of. . General description of the but you must live with the repair. Move the vehicle only if its position damage to the other vehicle. Depending on your policy limits, puts you in danger, or you are Choose a reputable repair facility your insurance company may instructed to move it by a police that uses quality replacement parts. initially value the repair using officer. See “Collision Parts” earlier in this aftermarket parts. Discuss this with Give only the necessary information section. the repair professional, and insist on Genuine GM parts. Remember, to police and other parties involved If the airbag has inflated, see What in the crash. if the vehicle is leased, you may be Will You See after an Airbag obligated to have the vehicle For emergency towing see Inflates? on page 3‑35. repaired with Genuine GM parts, Roadside Assistance Program Managing the Vehicle Damage even if your insurance coverage (U.S. and Canada) on page 13‑7 or does not pay the full cost. Roadside Assistance Program Repair Process If another party's insurance (Mexico) on page 13‑9. In the event that the vehicle requires company is paying for the repairs, damage repairs, GM recommends Gather the following information: you are not obligated to accept a that you take an active role in its . Driver name, address, and repair valuation based on that repair. If you have a pre-determined telephone number. insurance company's collision policy repair facility of choice, take the repair limits, as you have no . Driver license number. vehicle there, or have it towed there. contractual limits with that company. . Owner name, address, and Specify to the facility that any In such cases, you can have control telephone number. required replacement collision parts of the repair and parts choices as be original equipment parts, either . Vehicle license plate number. long as the cost stays within new Genuine GM parts or recycled . Vehicle make, model, and reasonable limits. model year. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)
13-14 Customer Information
Service Publications Owner Information Current and Past Models Ordering Information Owner publications are written Technical Service Bulletins and specifically for owners and intended Manuals are available for current Service Manuals to provide basic operational and past model GM vehicles. Service Manuals have the diagnosis information about the vehicle. The Owner Manual includes the ORDER TOLL FREE: and repair information on the 1-800-551-4123 Monday - Friday Maintenance Schedule for all engines, transmission, axle, 8:00 AM - 6:00 PM Eastern Time suspension, brakes, electrical, models. For Credit Card Orders Only steering, body, etc. In-Portfolio: Includes a Portfolio, (VISA-MasterCard-Discover), visit Owner Manual, and Warranty Service Bulletins Helm, Inc. at: www.helminc.com. Booklet. Service Bulletins give additional Or write to: technical service information RETAIL SELL PRICE: Helm, Incorporated needed to knowledgeably service $35.00 (U.S.) plus handling and P.O. Box 07130 General Motors cars and trucks. shipping fees. Detroit, MI 48207 Each bulletin contains instructions Without Portfolio: Owner to assist in the diagnosis and Manual only. Prices are subject to change without notice and without incurring service of the vehicle. RETAIL SELL PRICE: obligation. Allow ample time for $25.00 (U.S.) plus handling and delivery. shipping fees. All listed prices are quoted in U.S. funds. Make checks payable in U.S. funds. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (15,1)
Customer Information 13-15
Reporting Safety However, NHTSA cannot Reporting Safety Defects become involved in individual to the Canadian Defects problems between you, your dealer, or General Motors. Government Reporting Safety Defects To contact NHTSA, you may If you live in Canada, and you believe that the vehicle has a safety to the United States call the Vehicle Safety Hotline Government defect, notify Transport Canada toll-free at 1-888-327-4236 immediately, and notify General If you believe that your vehicle (TTY: 1-800-424-9153); go to Motors of Canada Limited. Call has a defect which could cause http://www.safercar.gov; or them at 1-800-333-0510 or write to: write to: a crash or could cause injury or Transport Canada death, you should immediately Administrator, NHTSA Road Safety Branch inform the National Highway 1200 New Jersey Avenue, S.E. 2780 Sheffield Road Traffic Safety Administration Washington, D.C. 20590 Ottawa, Ontario K1B 3V9 (NHTSA) in addition to notifying You can also obtain other General Motors. information about motor If NHTSA receives similar vehicle safety from complaints, it may open an http://www.safercar.gov. investigation, and if it finds that a safety defect exists in a group of vehicles, it may order a recall and remedy campaign. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (16,1)
13-16 Customer Information
Reporting Safety Defects Vehicle Data Event Data Recorders to General Motors Recording and This vehicle has an Event Data In addition to notifying NHTSA Privacy Recorder (EDR). The main purpose (or Transport Canada) in a situation of an EDR is to record, in certain like this, notify General Motors. This GM vehicle has a number of crash or near crash-like situations, sophisticated computers that record such as an airbag deployment or Call 1-800-222-1020, or write: information about the vehicle’s hitting a road obstacle, data that Chevrolet Motor Division performance and how it is driven. will assist in understanding how a Chevrolet Customer Assistance For example, the vehicle uses vehicle's systems performed. Center computer modules to monitor and The EDR is designed to record data P.O. Box 33170 control engine and transmission related to vehicle dynamics and Detroit, MI 48232-5170 performance, to monitor the safety systems for a short period of time, typically 30 seconds or less. In Canada, call 1-800-263-3777 conditions for airbag deployment and deploy airbags in a crash, and, The EDR in this vehicle is designed (English) or 1-800-263-7854 to record such data as: (French), or write: if so equipped, to provide antilock braking to help the driver control the . How various systems in the General Motors of Canada Limited vehicle. These modules may store vehicle were operating. Customer Communication Centre, data to help your dealer technician . Mail Code: CA1-163-005 service the vehicle. Some modules Whether or not the driver and 1908 Colonel Sam Drive may also store data about how you passenger safety belts were Oshawa, Ontario L1H 8P7 operate the vehicle, such as rate of buckled/fastened. fuel consumption or average speed. . How far, if at all, the driver was These modules may also retain the pressing the accelerator and/or owner’s personal preferences, such brake pedal. as radio pre-sets, seat positions, . How fast the vehicle was and temperature settings. traveling. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (17,1)
Customer Information 13-17
This data can help provide a better GM will not access this data or OnStar® understanding of the circumstances share it with others except: with the in which crashes and injuries occur. consent of the vehicle owner or, If the vehicle is equipped with an active OnStar system, that Important: EDR data is recorded if the vehicle is leased, with the consent of the lessee; in response system may also record data in by the vehicle only if a non-trivial crash or near crash‐like situations. crash situation occurs; no data is to an official request by police or similar government office; as part of The OnStar Terms and Conditions recorded by the EDR under normal provides information on data driving conditions and no personal GM's defense of litigation through the discovery process; or, as collection and use and is available data (e.g., name, gender, age, in the OnStar glove box kit, and crash location) is recorded. required by law. Data that GM collects or receives may also be at www.onstar.com (U.S.) or However, other parties, such as www.onstar.ca (Canada), or by law enforcement, could combine used for GM research needs or may pressing the Q button and the EDR data with the type of be made available to others for personally identifying data routinely research purposes, where a need is speaking to an advisor. acquired during a crash shown and the data is not tied to a investigation. specific vehicle or vehicle owner. Navigation System To read data recorded by an EDR, If the vehicle has a navigation special equipment is required, and system, use of the system may access to the vehicle or the EDR is result in the storage of destinations, needed. In addition to the vehicle addresses, telephone numbers, and manufacturer, other parties, such as other trip information. Refer to the law enforcement, that have the navigation system operating manual special equipment, can read the for information on stored data and information if they have access to for deletion instructions. the vehicle or the EDR. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (18,1)
13-18 Customer Information
Radio Frequency Radio Frequency Identification (RFID) Statement RFID technology is used in some This vehicle has systems that vehicles for functions such as tire operate on a radio frequency that pressure monitoring and ignition comply with Part 15 of the Federal system security, as well as in Communications Commission (FCC) connection with conveniences rules and with Industry Canada such as key fobs for remote door Standards RSS‐210/220/310. locking/unlocking and starting, and Operation is subject to the following in-vehicle transmitters for garage two conditions: door openers. RFID technology in GM vehicles does not use or record 1. The device may not cause personal information or link with any interference. other GM system containing 2. The device must accept any personal information. interference received, including interference that may cause undesired operation of the device. Changes or modifications to any of these systems by other than an authorized service facility could void authorization to use this equipment. Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (1,1)
INDEX i-1
A Airbag System (cont.) Antilock Brake What Makes an Airbag System (ABS) ...... 9-63 Accessories and Inflate? ...... 3-35 Warning Light ...... 5-28 Modifications ...... 10-3 What Will You See after an Appearance Care Accessory Power ...... 9-36 ® Airbag Inflates? ...... 3-35 Exterior ...... 10-104 Active Fuel Management . . . . . 9-40 When Should an Airbag Interior ...... 10-108 Add-On Electrical Inflate? ...... 3-33 Armrest Storage ...... 4-1 Equipment ...... 9-117 Where Are the Airbags? ...... 3-31 Ashtrays ...... 5-11 Adding a Snow Plow or Airbags Assistance Program, Similar Equipment ...... 9-117 On-Off Light ...... 5-21 Roadside ...... 13-7, 13-9 Adjustable Throttle and On-Off Switch ...... 3-37 Audio Players ...... 7-14 Brake Pedal ...... 9-31 Passenger Status Indicator . . .5-23 CD ...... 7-14 Adjustments Readiness Light ...... 5-20 CD/DVD ...... 7-21 Lumbar, Front Seats ...... 3-7 Servicing Airbag-Equipped Audio System Air Cleaner/Filter, Engine . . . . . 10-20 Vehicles ...... 3-44 Fixed Mast Antenna ...... 7-14 Air Vents ...... 8-10 System Check ...... 3-29 Radio Reception ...... 7-13 Airbag Alarm System Rear Seat (RSA) ...... 7-46 Adding Equipment to the Anti-theft ...... 2-11 Theft-Deterrent Feature ...... 7-2 Vehicle ...... 3-45 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-8 Automatic Light On-Off ...... 5-21 Antenna Door Locks ...... 2-8 Airbag System Satellite Radio ...... 7-14 Headlamp System ...... 6-4 Check ...... 3-46 Anti-theft How Does an Airbag Alarm System ...... 2-11 Restrain? ...... 3-35 Alarm System Messages . . . . .5-47 Passenger Sensing System ...... 3-40 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (2,1)
i-2 INDEX
Automatic Transmission ...... 9-42 Brake Bulb Replacement (cont.) Fluid ...... 10-13, 10-16 Pedal and Adjustable Pick-up Box Identification Manual Mode ...... 9-45 Throttle ...... 9-31 and Fender Marker Shift Lock Control Brake System Warning Light . . . 5-27 Lamps ...... 10-44 Function Check ...... 10-39 Brakes ...... 10-30 Taillamps ...... 10-44 Auxiliary Antilock ...... 9-63 Taillamps, Turn Signal, Roof Mounted Lamp ...... 6-7 Assist ...... 9-66 Stoplamps, and Auxiliary Devices ...... 7-31 Fluid ...... 10-31 Back-up Lamps ...... 10-45 Axle, Front ...... 10-35 Parking ...... 9-64 Buying New Tires ...... 10-74 Axle, Rear ...... 10-36 System Messages ...... 5-41 Braking ...... 9-3 C B Break-In, New Vehicle ...... 9-31 Calibration ...... 5-5 Battery ...... 10-33 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-47 California Jump Starting ...... 10-94 Center High-Mounted Fuel Requirements ...... 9-80 Load Management ...... 6-10 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Perchlorate Materials Power Protection ...... 6-10 Cargo Lamp ...... 10-46 Requirements ...... 10-3 Voltage and Charging Fog Lamps ...... 6-6 Warning ...... 10-3 Messages ...... 5-41 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-43 Camera, Rear Vision ...... 9-74 Blade Replacement, Wiper . . . 10-40 Headlamp Aiming ...... 10-41 Canadian Vehicle Owners ...... iii Bluetooth ...... 7-48 Headlamps ...... 10-43 Capacities and License Plate Lamps ...... 10-46 Specifications ...... 12-2 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (3,1)
INDEX i-3
Carbon Monoxide Child Restraints Compass ...... 5-5 Engine Exhaust ...... 9-40 Infants and Young Control of a Vehicle ...... 9-3 Tailgate ...... 2-10 Children ...... 3-50 Convex Mirrors ...... 2-14 Winter Driving ...... 9-19 Lower Anchors and Coolant Cargo Lamp ...... 6-8 Tethers for Children ...... 3-56 Engine ...... 10-22 Cautions, Danger, and Older Children ...... 3-47 Engine Temperature Warnings ...... iv Securing ...... 3-65, 3-67 Gauge ...... 5-18 CD Player ...... 7-14 Systems ...... 3-52 Cooling System ...... 10-21 CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Cigarette Lighter ...... 5-10 Engine Messages ...... 5-43 Center Console Storage ...... 4-2 Circuit Breakers ...... 10-48 Courtesy Transportation Center High-Mounted Cleaning Program ...... 13-10 Stoplamp (CHMSL) and Exterior Care ...... 10-104 Cruise Control ...... 9-69 Cargo Lamp ...... 10-46 Interior Care ...... 10-108 Light ...... 5-32 Center Seat ...... 3-4 Climate Control Systems . . .8-1, 8-4 Cupholders ...... 4-1 Chains, Tire ...... 10-78 Air Conditioning ...... 8-1, 8-4 Customer Assistance ...... 13-6 Charging System Light ...... 5-24 Dual Automatic ...... 8-5 Offices ...... 13-4, 13-5 Check Heating ...... 8-1, 8-4 Text Telephone (TTY) Engine Light ...... 5-24 Clock ...... 5-7 Users ...... 13-6 Ignition Cluster, Instrument ...... 5-12 Customer Information Transmission Lock ...... 10-39 Clutch, Hydraulic ...... 10-19 Service Publications Collision Damage Repair . . . . . 13-11 Ordering Information ...... 13-14 Customer Satisfaction Procedure ...... 13-1, 13-3 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (4,1)
i-4 INDEX
D Driving E Characteristics and Damage Repair, Collision . . . . . 13-11 E85 Fuel ...... 9-81 Towing Tips ...... 9-85 Danger, Warnings, and Electrical Equipment, Defensive ...... 9-2 Cautions ...... iv Add-On ...... 9-117 Drunk ...... 9-2 Data Recorders, Event ...... 13-16 Electrical System For Better Fuel Economy . . . . .1-34 Daytime Running Engine Compartment Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-18 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Fuse Block ...... 10-48 Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-18 Defensive Driving ...... 9-2 Fuses and Circuit If the Vehicle is Stuck ...... 9-21 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Breakers ...... 10-48 Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Devices, Auxiliary ...... 7-31 Instrument Panel Fuse Off-Road ...... 9-7 Dome Lamps ...... 6-8 Block ...... 10-52 Off-Road Recovery ...... 9-5 Door Overload ...... 10-47 Vehicle Load Limits ...... 9-22 Ajar Messages ...... 5-42 Engine Wet Roads ...... 9-17 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Air Cleaner/Filter ...... 10-20 Winter ...... 9-19 Locks ...... 2-7 Check and Service Engine Dual Automatic Climate Power Locks ...... 2-8 Soon Light ...... 5-24 Control System ...... 8-5 Rear Doors ...... 2-9 Compartment Overview ...... 10-6 Dual Tire Drive Belt Routing, Engine . . . . . 12-6 Coolant ...... 10-22 Rotation ...... 10-72 Driver Information Coolant Heater ...... 9-36 DVD Center (DIC) ...... 5-32 Coolant Temperature Rear Seat Entertainment Gauge ...... 5-18 System ...... 7-36 Cooling System ...... 10-21 DVD/CD Player ...... 7-21 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (5,1)
INDEX i-5
Engine (cont.) F Fog Lamps Cooling System Messages . . .5-43 Bulb Replacement ...... 6-6 Fan Drive Belt Routing ...... 12-6 Folding Mirrors ...... 2-15 Engine ...... 10-28 Exhaust ...... 9-40 Four-Wheel Drive ...... 10-34, 9-50 Fast Idle System ...... 9-35 Fan ...... 10-28 Four-Wheel-Drive Light ...... 5-29 Features Oil Pressure Gauge ...... 5-17 Front Axle ...... 10-35 Memory ...... 1-13 Overheated Protection Front Fog Lamp Filter, Operating Mode ...... 10-28 Light ...... 5-32 Engine Air Cleaner ...... 10-20 Overheating ...... 10-26 Front Seats Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Power Messages ...... 5-45 Adjustment ...... 3-3 Flashers, Hazard Warning ...... 6-5 Pressure Light ...... 5-31 Heated ...... 3-10 Flat Tire ...... 10-79 Running While Parked ...... 9-41 Fuel ...... 9-79 Changing ...... 10-81 Starting ...... 9-33 Additives ...... 9-80 Floor Mats ...... 10-111 Engine Oil E85 (85% Ethanol) ...... 9-81 Fluid Life System ...... 10-12 Filling a Portable Fuel Automatic Messages ...... 5-44 Container ...... 9-84 Transmission ...... 10-13, 10-16 Entry Lighting ...... 6-9 Filling the Tank ...... 9-83 Brakes ...... 10-31 Equipment, Towing ...... 9-105 Fuels in Foreign Countries . . . .9-80 Four-Wheel Drive Event Data Recorders ...... 13-16 Gasoline Specifications ...... 9-80 Transfer Case ...... 9-50 Exit Lighting ...... 6-9 Gauge ...... 5-16 Power Steering ...... 10-29 Extender, Safety Belt ...... 3-28 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-31 Washer ...... 10-29 Exterior Lamp Controls ...... 6-1 Management, Active ...... 9-40 Exterior Lamps Off Reminder . . . 6-3 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (6,1)
i-6 INDEX
Fuel (cont.) Gauges (cont.) H Recommended ...... 9-79 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-17 Halogen Bulbs ...... 10-43 Requirements, California . . . . .9-80 Fuel ...... 5-16 Hazard Warning Flashers ...... 6-5 System Messages ...... 5-45 Odometer ...... 5-15 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Fuel Economy Speedometer ...... 5-15 Headlamps ...... 10-43 Driving ...... 1-34 Tachometer ...... 5-15 Aiming ...... 10-41 Full-Size Spare Tire ...... 10-93 Trip Odometer ...... 5-15 Automatic ...... 6-4 Fuses Voltmeter ...... 5-19 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-43 Engine Compartment Warning Lights and Daytime Running Fuse Block ...... 10-48 Indicators ...... 5-11 Lamps (DRL) ...... 6-3 Fuses and Circuit General Information Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 Breakers ...... 10-48 Service and Maintenance . . . . . 11-1 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-32 Instrument Panel Fuse Towing ...... 9-85 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-3 Block ...... 10-52 Vehicle Care ...... 10-2 Heated Front Seats ...... 3-10 Glass Replacement ...... 10-41 Heated Mirrors ...... 2-16 Glove Box ...... 4-1 G Heater GM Mobility Reimbursement Garage Door Opener ...... 5-58 Engine Coolant ...... 9-36 Program ...... 13-7 Programming ...... 5-58 Heating and Air Gasoline Conditioning ...... 8-1, 8-4 Specifications ...... 9-80 High-Beam On Light ...... 5-32 Gauges High-Speed Operation ...... 10-64 Engine Coolant Highway Hypnosis ...... 9-18 Temperature ...... 5-18 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (7,1)
INDEX i-7
Hill and Mountain Roads ...... 9-18 J Lamps (cont.) Hill Start Assist (HSA) ...... 9-66 License Plate ...... 10-46 Jump Starting ...... 10-94 Hood ...... 10-5 Malfunction Indicator ...... 5-24 Horn ...... 5-4 Pick-up Box Identification How to Wear Safety Belts K and Fender Marker ...... 10-44 Properly ...... 3-16 Key and Lock Messages ...... 5-45 Reading ...... 6-9 Hydraulic Clutch ...... 10-19 Keyless Entry Taillamps ...... 10-44 Remote (RKE) System ...... 2-3 Lap Belt ...... 3-27 I Keys ...... 2-2 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-22 Idle System LATCH System Fast ...... 9-35 L Replacing Parts after a Ignition Positions ...... 9-32 Labeling, Tire Sidewall ...... 10-56 Crash ...... 3-64 Ignition Transmission Lock Lamp Messages ...... 5-45 LATCH, Lower Anchors and Check ...... 10-39 Lamps Tethers for Children ...... 3-56 Immobilizer ...... 2-12 Auxiliary Roof Lighter, Cigarette ...... 5-10 Infants and Young Children, Mounted Lamp ...... 6-7 Lighting Restraints ...... 3-50 Cargo ...... 6-8 Entry ...... 6-9 Infotainment ...... 7-1 Daytime Running (DRL) ...... 6-3 Exit ...... 6-9 Instrument Cluster ...... 5-12 Dome ...... 6-8 Illumination Control ...... 6-8 Instrument Panel Exterior Controls ...... 6-1 Lights Storage Area ...... 4-1 Exterior Lamps Off Airbag On-Off ...... 5-21 Introduction ...... iii Reminder ...... 6-3 Airbag Readiness ...... 5-20 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (8,1)
i-8 INDEX
Lights (cont.) Locks (cont.) Manual Transmission ...... 9-48 Antilock Brake System Power Door ...... 2-8 Fluid ...... 10-19 (ABS) Warning ...... 5-28 Safety ...... 2-8 Manual Windows ...... 2-18 Brake System Warning ...... 5-27 Loss of Control ...... 9-6 Memory Features ...... 1-13 Charging System ...... 5-24 Low Fuel Warning Light ...... 5-31 Messages Cruise Control ...... 5-32 Lower Anchors and Tethers Airbag System ...... 5-47 Engine Oil Pressure ...... 5-31 for Children (LATCH Anti-theft Alarm System ...... 5-47 Flash-to-Pass ...... 6-3 System) ...... 3-56 Battery Voltage and Four-Wheel-Drive ...... 5-29 Lumbar Adjustment ...... 3-7 Charging ...... 5-41 Front Fog Lamp ...... 5-32 Front Seats ...... 3-7 Brake System ...... 5-41 High-Beam On ...... 5-32 Door Ajar ...... 5-42 High/Low Beam Changer ...... 6-3 M Engine Cooling System ...... 5-43 Low Fuel Warning ...... 5-31 Maintenance Engine Oil ...... 5-44 Safety Belt Reminders ...... 5-20 Records ...... 11-12 Engine Power ...... 5-45 Security ...... 5-31 Fuel System ...... 5-45 ® Maintenance Schedule StabiliTrak Indicator ...... 5-30 Recommended Fluids and Key and Lock ...... 5-45 Tire Pressure ...... 5-30 Lubricants ...... 11-8 Lamp ...... 5-45 Tow/Haul Mode ...... 5-29 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-2 Object Detection System . . . . .5-46 Locking Rear Axle ...... 9-69 Transfer Case ...... 9-50 Ride Control System ...... 5-46 Locks Malfunction Indicator Lamp . . . . 5-24 Starting the Vehicle ...... 5-48 Automatic Door ...... 2-8 Manual Mirrors ...... 2-14 Tire ...... 5-48 Delayed Locking ...... 2-8 Manual Mode ...... 9-45 Transmission ...... 5-49 Door ...... 2-7 Vehicle ...... 5-41 Lockout Protection ...... 2-8 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (9,1)
INDEX i-9
Messages (cont.) O Overheated Engine Vehicle Reminder ...... 5-49 Protection Object Detection System Washer Fluid ...... 5-50 Operating Mode ...... 10-28 Messages ...... 5-46 Mirrors Overheating, Engine ...... 10-26 Odometer ...... 5-15 Automatic Dimming Trip ...... 5-15 Rearview ...... 2-17 Off-Road ...... 9-7 P Convex ...... 2-14 Driving ...... 9-7 Park Folding ...... 2-15 Recovery ...... 9-5 Shifting into ...... 9-37 Heated ...... 2-16 Oil Shifting out of ...... 9-38 Manual ...... 2-14 Engine ...... 10-8 Park Tilt Mirrors ...... 2-17 Manual Rearview ...... 2-17 Engine Oil Life System . . . . . 10-12 Parking ...... 9-39 Park Tilt ...... 2-17 Engine Oil Pressure Assist, Ultrasonic ...... 9-72 Power ...... 2-15 Gauge ...... 5-17 Brake ...... 9-64 Trailer Tow ...... 2-14 Messages ...... 5-44 Brake and P (Park) Monitor System, Tire Pressure Light ...... 5-31 Mechanism Check ...... 10-40 Pressure ...... 10-65 Older Children, Restraints . . . . . 3-47 Over Things That Burn ...... 9-39 Online Owner Center ...... 13-6 Passenger Airbag Status N OnStar® System ...... 1-35 Indicator ...... 5-23 Navigation Operation, Infotainment Passenger Sensing System . . . 3-40 Vehicle Data Recording System ...... 7-2 Perchlorate Materials and Privacy ...... 13-17 Ordering Requirements, California . . . . . 10-3 New Vehicle Break-In ...... 9-31 Service Publications ...... 13-14 Personalization Noise Control System ...... 10-37 Outlets Vehicle ...... 5-50 Power ...... 5-9 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (10,1)
i-10 INDEX
Phone R Rearview Mirror Bluetooth ...... 7-48 Automatic Dimming ...... 2-17 Radio Frequency Pick-up Box Identification Rearview Mirrors ...... 2-17 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-18 and Fender Marker Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-8 Statement ...... 13-18 Lamps ...... 10-44 Recommended Radios Pickup Conversion to Fuel ...... 9-79 AM-FM Radio ...... 7-8 Chassis Cab ...... 9-121 Recommended Fluids and CD/DVD Player ...... 7-21 Power Lubricants ...... 11-8 Reception ...... 7-13 Door Locks ...... 2-8 Records Satellite ...... 7-10 Mirrors ...... 2-15 Maintenance ...... 11-12 Reading Lamps ...... 6-9 Outlets ...... 5-9 Recreational Vehicle Rear Axle ...... 10-36 Protection, Battery ...... 6-10 Towing ...... 10-99 Locking ...... 9-69 Retained Accessory (RAP) . . .9-36 Reimbursement Program, Rear Doors ...... 2-9 Seat Adjustment ...... 3-5 GM Mobility ...... 13-7 Rear Seat Audio (RSA) Steering Fluid ...... 10-29 Remote Keyless Entry System ...... 7-46 Windows ...... 2-18 (RKE) System ...... 2-2, 2-3 Rear Seat Entertainment Pregnancy, Using Safety Remote Vehicle Start ...... 2-5 System ...... 7-36 Belts ...... 3-27 Replacement Rear Seat Audio (RSA) ...... 7-46 Privacy Glass ...... 10-41 Rear Seats ...... 3-11, 3-12 Replacement Bulbs ...... 10-47 Radio Frequency Rear Vision Camera (RVC) . . . . 9-74 Identification (RFID) ...... 13-18 Replacement Parts Rear Windows ...... 2-19 Program Airbags ...... 3-47 Courtesy Transportation . . . . 13-10 Maintenance ...... 11-11 Proposition 65 Warning, Replacing Airbag System ...... 3-47 California ...... 10-3 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (11,1)
INDEX i-11
Replacing LATCH System S Seats Parts after a Crash ...... 3-64 Adjustment, Front ...... 3-3 Safety Belts ...... 3-12 Replacing Safety Belt Center Seat ...... 3-4 Care ...... 3-28 System Parts after a Crash . . . 3-29 Head Restraints ...... 3-2 Extender ...... 3-28 Reporting Safety Defects Heated Front ...... 3-10 How to Wear Safety Belts Canadian Government ...... 13-15 Lumbar Adjustment, Front . . . . . 3-7 Properly ...... 3-16 General Motors ...... 13-16 Power Adjustment, Front ...... 3-5 Lap Belt ...... 3-27 U.S. Government ...... 13-15 Rear ...... 3-11, 3-12 Lap-Shoulder Belt ...... 3-22 Restraints Reclining Seatbacks ...... 3-8 Reminders ...... 5-20 Where to Put ...... 3-54 Securing Child Replacing after a Crash ...... 3-29 Retained Accessory Restraints ...... 3-65, 3-67 Use During Pregnancy ...... 3-27 Power (RAP) ...... 9-36 Security Safety Defects Reporting Ride Control Systems Light ...... 5-31 Canadian Government ...... 13-15 Messages ...... 5-46 Vehicle ...... 2-11 General Motors ...... 13-16 Roads Service U.S. Government ...... 13-15 Driving, Wet ...... 9-17 Accessories and Safety Locks ...... 2-8 Roadside Assistance Modifications ...... 10-3 Safety System Check ...... 3-28 Program ...... 13-7, 13-9 Doing Your Own Work ...... 10-4 Satellite Radio ...... 7-10 Roof Engine Soon Light ...... 5-24 Scheduled Maintenance ...... 11-2 Maintenance Records ...... 11-12 Sunroof ...... 2-20, 2-21 Scheduling Appointments ...... 13-9 Rotation, Tires ...... 10-70 Maintenance, General Routing, Engine Drive Belt . . . . . 12-6 Information ...... 11-1 Running the Vehicle While Parked ...... 9-41 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (12,1)
i-12 INDEX
Service (cont.) Start Assist, Hills ...... 9-66 Switches Parts Identification Label . . . . .12-1 Start Vehicle, Remote ...... 2-5 Airbag On-Off ...... 3-37 Publications Ordering Starter Switch Check ...... 10-38 Symbols ...... iv Information ...... 13-14 Starting the Engine ...... 9-33 System Scheduling Appointments . . . . .13-9 Starting the Vehicle Infotainment ...... 7-1 Servicing the Airbag ...... 3-44 Messsages ...... 5-48 Noise Control ...... 10-37 Shift Lock Control Function Steering ...... 9-4 Check, Automatic Fluid, Power ...... 10-29 T Transmission ...... 10-39 Wheel Adjustment ...... 5-2 Tachometer ...... 5-15 Shifting Wheel Controls ...... 5-2 Tailgate ...... 2-10 Into Park ...... 9-37 Stoplamps and Back-up Lamps Taillamps ...... 10-44 Out of Park ...... 9-38 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-45 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-45 Signals, Turn and Storage Areas Text Telephone (TTY) Users . . . 13-6 Lane-Change ...... 6-6 Armrest ...... 4-1 Theft-Deterrent Systems ...... 2-12 Snow Plow ...... 9-117 Center Console ...... 4-2 Immobilizer ...... 2-12 Specifications and Glove Box ...... 4-1 Throttle, Adjustable ...... 9-31 Capacities ...... 12-2 Instrument Panel ...... 4-1 Time ...... 5-7 Speedometer ...... 5-15 Stuck Vehicle ...... 9-21 Tires StabiliTrak Sun Visors ...... 2-20 Buying New Tires ...... 10-74 Indicator Light ...... 5-30 Sunroof ...... 2-20, 2-21 Chains ...... 10-78 System ...... 9-67 Changing ...... 10-81 Designations ...... 10-59 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (13,1)
INDEX i-13
Tires (cont.) Towing Truck-Camper Loading Different Size ...... 10-75 Driving Characteristics ...... 9-85 Information ...... 9-29 Dual Rotation ...... 10-72 Equipment ...... 9-105 Turn and Lane-Change Full-Size Spare ...... 10-93 General Information ...... 9-85 Signals ...... 6-6 If a Tire Goes Flat ...... 10-79 Recreational Vehicle ...... 10-99 Turn Signal Inflation Monitor System . . . . 10-66 Trailer ...... 9-89 Bulb Replacement ...... 10-45 Inspection ...... 10-69 Trailer Sway Messages ...... 5-48 Control (TSC) ...... 9-116 U Pressure ...... 10-64 Vehicle ...... 10-99 Ultrasonic Parking Assist ...... 9-72 Pressure Light ...... 5-30 Trailer Uniform Tire Quality Pressure Monitor System . . . 10-65 Sway Control (TSC) ...... 9-116 Grading ...... 10-75 Rotation ...... 10-70 Tow Mirrors ...... 2-14 Universal Remote System . . . . . 5-58 Sidewall Labeling ...... 10-56 Trailer Towing ...... 9-89 Operation ...... 5-63 Terminology and Transfer Case ...... 9-50 Programming ...... 5-58 Definitions ...... 10-60 Transmission Using This Manual ...... iv Uniform Tire Quality Automatic ...... 9-42 Grading ...... 10-75 Fluid, Automatic . . . . . 10-13, 10-16 Wheel Alignment and Tire Fluid, Manual ...... 10-19 V Balance ...... 10-77 Messages ...... 5-49 Vehicle Wheel Replacement ...... 10-77 Transportation Program, Canadian Owners ...... iii When It Is Time for New Courtesy ...... 13-10 Control ...... 9-3 Tires ...... 10-73 Trip Odometer ...... 5-15 Identification Tow/Haul Mode ...... 9-46 Number (VIN) ...... 12-1 Tow/Haul Mode Light ...... 5-29 Load Limits ...... 9-22 Chevrolet Silverado Owner Manual - 2011 Black plate (14,1)
i-14 INDEX
Vehicle (cont.) W When It Is Time for New Messages ...... 5-41 Tires ...... 10-73 Warning Personalization ...... 5-50 Where to Put the Restraint . . . . 3-54 Brake System Light ...... 5-27 Reminder Messages ...... 5-49 Windows ...... 2-18 Warning Lights, Gauges, Remote Start ...... 2-5 Manual ...... 2-18 and Indicators ...... 5-11 Security ...... 2-11 Power ...... 2-18 Warnings ...... iv Towing ...... 10-99 Rear ...... 2-19 Cautions and Danger ...... iv Vehicle Care Windshield Hazard Flashers ...... 6-5 Tire Pressure ...... 10-63 Wiper/Washer ...... 5-4 Washer Fluid ...... 10-29 Vehicle Identification Winter Washer Fluid Messages ...... 5-50 Service Parts Identification Driving ...... 9-19 Wheels Label ...... 12-1 Wiper Blade Replacement . . . . 10-40 Alignment and Tire Ventilation, Air ...... 8-10 Balance ...... 10-77 Visors ...... 2-20 Different Size ...... 10-75 Voltmeter Gauge ...... 5-19 Replacement ...... 10-77